Bibliotheca Polyglotta

Her hefr frasógn af annari bok moysí. þeirí sem exodus heitir. er hon æigi fyrir þann skylld. at hennar frasagnar efni leidiz æigi samfestiliga ok ut greíníz af fyrir farandi frasógn genesis. utan helldr fyrir þat at hans verk er til þers sundr greínt ok diuiserat í v. parta. at þeim sem lesa. megi sua liettara ok uleidigiarnara uera. hefir huerr þersi partr eigínligt bókarinnar nafn. ok hennar þyding isínu nafní. Sua sem su bok exodus er nu byreaz. þuiat exodus upp á girzku er upp á latínu exitus. Enn upp á norrœnu sua sem utferdar bok. þviat hon segir af utferd israels folks af egípto. hver er af þeiri sǫk ok tilgangí byriaz ifyrstu sem her fylgir.
1,6: Eptir þat er ioseph uar andadr. ok allir hans bræðr.¹

1. Verse 1,6, see below.

א. וְאֵלֶּה שְׁמוֹת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל הַבָּאִים מִצְרָיְמָה אֵת יַעֲקֹב אִישׁ וּבֵיתוֹ בָּאוּ:

ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ τῶν εἰσπεπορευμένων εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἅμα Ιακωβ τῷ πατρὶ αὐτῶν ἕκαστος πανοικίᾳ αὐτῶν εἰσήλθοσαν

Hæc sunt nomina filiorum Israël qui ingressi sunt in Ægyptum cum Jacob: singuli cum domibus suis introierunt:

[1 huerir er medr sinum fedr iacob ilenduz huerr medr sínum híunum ok hyski á egipta landi.]² .

2. Placed after verse 4

1 Now these are the names of the children of Israel, which came into Egypt; every man and his household came with Jacob.

ב. רְאוּבֵן שִׁמְעוֹן לֵוִי וִיהוּדָה:

Ρουβην Συμεων Λευι Ιουδας

Ruben, Simeon, Levi, Judas,

2 Ruben. símeon. Leuí. Judas.

2 Reuben, Simeon, Levi, and Judah,

ג. יִשָּׂשכָר זְבוּלֻן וּבִנְיָמִן:

Ισσαχαρ Ζαβουλων καὶ Βενιαμιν

Issachar, Zabulon et Benjamin,

3 ysachár. zabulon. ok beniamín.

3 Issachar, Zebulun, and Benjamin,

ד. דָּן וְנַפְתָּלִי גָּד וְאָשֵׁר:

Δαν καὶ Νεφθαλι Γαδ καὶ Ασηρ

Dan et Nephthali, Gad et Aser.

4 Dan ok neptalím. Gaad ok asser.
1bc: huerir er medr sinum fedr iacob ilenduz huerr medr sínum híunum ok hyski á egipta landi.
8a: þa kom nyr konungr siðr yfir egiptum.

4 Dan, and Naphtali, Gad, and Asher.

ה. וַיְהִי כָּל נֶפֶשׁ יֹצְאֵי יֶרֶךְ יַעֲקֹב שִׁבְעִים נָפֶשׁ וְיוֹסֵף הָיָה בְמִצְרָיִם:

Ιωσηφ δὲ ἦν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἦσαν δὲ πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ ἐξ Ιακωβ πέντε καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα

Erant igitur omnes animæ eorum qui egressi sunt de femore Jacob, septuaginta: Joseph autem in Ægypto erat.

5 And all the souls that came out of the loins of Jacob were seventy souls: for Joseph was in Egypt already.

ו. וַיָּמָת יוֹסֵף וְכָל אֶחָיו וְכֹל הַדּוֹר הַהוּא:

ἐτελεύτησεν δὲ Ιωσηφ καὶ πάντες οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ πᾶσα ἡ γενεὰ ἐκείνη

Quo mortuo, et universis fratribus ejus, omnique cognatione illa,

[6 Eptir þat er ioseph var andadr. ok allir hans bræðr.]³ sva sem þeira nánazta kynkuisl ok ætt var ǫll vordín. þersi var hínn attandi fra fyrr nefndum nephrem egipta landz konungi. þeim sem ioseph hof fyrst til hófdíngiadoms. ok uar hans eigínligt nafn amenophis. á huers dogum er moyses var fæddr. Enn fyrir þa sók at hann uar af annars háttar ættum. ok husi til konungs tekinn. enn hinir fyrri konungar. þa villdi hann uminnigr vera þeira velgernínga sem ioseph hafdi egipta landz monnum gort. hatadi hann ok striddi af þi storliga miok ollu israels afkvęmí. at allr egipta landz lydr ófundadi medr sealfum honum þa hína ebresku ok þo eínkannliga mest af þersum iiij. lutum. þat hít fyrsta. at þeir varu i ollum lutum miklu visarí. Enn þat annat at i ollum sinum verkum ok gerdum varu þeir miklu hagari ok klokarí. þat hit iij. at þeir urdu at godzínu miklu rikarí. þat hit iiija. at þeira getnadr ok af spríngi var miklu gilld ari ok giptusamligri.
13 Nu af sinni eiginní ófund ok illzku. medr ódrum sógdum lutum. let hann þa hína ebresku marga vega verda kvalda. ok sagdi sua til sínna manna.

3. Placed after the introduction.

6 And Joseph died, and all his brethren, and all that generation.

ז. וּבְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל פָּרוּ וַיִּשְׁרְצוּ וַיִּרְבּוּ וַיַּעַצְמוּ בִּמְאֹד מְאֹד וַתִּמָּלֵא הָאָרֶץ אֹתָם:

οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ ηὐξήθησαν καὶ ἐπληθύνθησαν καὶ χυδαῖοι ἐγένοντο καὶ κατίσχυον σφόδρα σφόδρα ἐπλήθυνεν δὲ ἡ γῆ αὐτούς

filii Israël creverunt, et quasi germinantes multiplicati sunt: ac roborati nimis, impleverunt terram.

7 And the children of Israel were fruitful, and increased abundantly, and multiplied, and waxed exceeding mighty; and the land was filled with them.

ח. וַיָּקָם מֶלֶךְ חָדָשׁ עַל מִצְרָיִם אֲשֶׁר לֹא יָדַע אֶת יוֹסֵף:

ἀνέστη δὲ βασιλεὺς ἕτερος ἐπ᾽ Αἴγυπτον ὃς οὐκ ᾔδει τὸν Ιωσηφ

Surrexit interea rex novus super Ægyptum, qui ignorabat Joseph.

8 Now there arose up a new king over Egypt, which knew not Joseph.

ט. וַיֹּאמֶר אֶל עַמּוֹ הִנֵּה עַם בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל רַב וְעָצוּם מִמֶּנּוּ:

εἶπεν δὲ τῷ ἔθνει αὐτοῦ ἰδοὺ τὸ γένος τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ μέγα πλῆθος καὶ ἰσχύει ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς

Et ait ad populum suum: Ecce, populus filiorum Israël multus, et fortior nobis est.

9 þer siaít at ismaels lydr geriz sva margr at hann er skiott oss ok varu landz folki fræknarí ok sterkarí.

9 And he said unto his people, Behold, the people of the children of Israel are more and mightier than we:

י. הָבָה נִתְחַכְּמָה לוֹ פֶּן יִרְבֶּה וְהָיָה כִּי תִקְרֶאנָה מִלְחָמָה וְנוֹסַף גַּם הוּא עַל שׂנְאֵינוּ וְנִלְחַם בָּנוּ וְעָלָה מִן הָאָרֶץ:

δεῦτε οὖν κατασοφισώμεθα αὐτούς μήποτε πληθυνθῇ καί ἡνίκα ἂν συμβῇ ἡμῖν πόλεμος προστεθήσονται καὶ οὗτοι πρὸς τοὺς ὑπεναντίους καὶ ἐκπολεμήσαντες ἡμᾶς ἐξελεύσονται ἐκ τῆς γῆς

Venite, sapienter opprimamus eum, ne forte multiplicetur: et si ingruerit contra nos bellum, addatur inimicis nostris, expugnatisque nobis egrediatur de terra.

10 komít til at þí ok kreppít hann sua klokliga at hann fiolgiz eckí. þviat ef hann eflir ufrid ok bardaga oss ímot. þa ma liettliga at hann fylli váru uuína flock. ok komíz sua brott hedan or landínu. ok uoru riki.
ef sua berr til. at þeir beriz vid oss til þersa þottiz hann fó ok finna oruga klokskapar uęl. upp á þann hátt at hann lagði sua þungar ok erfidar verka naudir upp á þa. at þar af skylldi þeir fyrirlegiaz ok ecki til sambudanna fysaz. var þersi hín erfida. ok hín þunga verknaud medr þrennum þyngslum ok þrældomí. sem á þa var lagt.

10 Come on, let us deal wisely with them; lest they multiply, and it come to pass, that, when there falleth out any war, they join also unto our enemies, and fight against us, and so get them up out of the land.

יא. וַיָּשִׂימוּ עָלָיו שָׂרֵי מִסִּים לְמַעַן עַנֹּתוֹ בְּסִבְלֹתָם וַיִּבֶן עָרֵי מִסְכְּנוֹת לְפַרְעֹה אֶת פִּתֹם וְאֶת רַעַמְסֵס:

καὶ ἐπέστησεν αὐτοῖς ἐπιστάτας τῶν ἔργων ἵνα κακώσωσιν αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις καὶ ᾠκοδόμησαν πόλεις ὀχυρὰς τῷ Φαραω τήν τε Πιθωμ καὶ Ραμεσση καὶ Ων ἥ ἐστιν Ἡλίου πόλις

Præposuit itaque eis magistros operum, ut affligerent eos oneribus: ædificaveruntque urbes tabernaculorum Pharaoni, Phithom et Ramesses.

1.11b Su var eín. at þeir skylldu ellta leír. ok gera tigl. steikia þat ok saman bera. af hveríu er þeir gordu konungínum þær ij. tialldbuda borgir. sem onnur heitir phyton enn onnur rameses.
Borgir hofdu þær æigi sidr fyrri kalladar verít. enn ekkí varu þær þa vid tialldbudir kendar. Enn fyrir þann skylld at þár stodu vid landa mæri i egipto. ok þo ekki val muradar þa let fyrr nefndr konungr hverr er pharao er kalladr sem allir adrir egiptalandz konungar. þær efla til þers at hann villdi þar iafnan lata vera val væpnta vakandi varðhalldz menn. sómu leid sem i tialldbudum. at eigi mætti nockuʀ madr sinn fót egípta land setia. utan medr konungsíns bodskap ok blidum vilia. varu þær fyrir þa greín tialldbuða borgir kalladar. ella fyrir þa sók at i þeim var adr mest fatækra manna bygd. þa leidis sem i tiálldbudum utí.

11 Therefore they did set over them taskmasters to afflict them with their burdens. And they built for Pharaoh treasure cities, Pithom and Raamses.

יב. וְכַאֲשֶׁר יְעַנּוּ אֹתוֹ כֵּן יִרְבֶּה וְכֵן יִפְרֹץ וַיָּקֻצוּ מִפְּנֵי בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל:

καθότι δὲ αὐτοὺς ἐταπείνουν τοσούτῳ πλείους ἐγίνοντο καὶ ἴσχυον σφόδρα σφόδρα καὶ ἐβδελύσσοντο οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ

Quantoque opprimebant eos, tanto magis multiplicabantur, et crescebant:

12 Enn sidan aukaduz þeir ok audgaðuz af þeira aud ok erfiðí. Ebreska menn skipadi konungrinn til allrar gerdarinnar setníngar ok forsagnar. Enn egiptzka menn ok meistara til þers at þeir kveldiz erfidandi sem mest ok þyldi sem verst.⁴
Ónnur þeira erfidiss neyd su sem konungrinn lagdi uppá þa. var eigi sua þungh sem hon uar ful ok þrælslig. at þeir skylldu bera þrekk ok leir i lǫpum i brott fra ǫllum bæíum ok stræítum. þar sem þeir varu. af hueriu er þat er i psalmínum lesít. ᴍedr vandlaupi þionaðu ok þrælkaduz hans hendr. Hít iijia. þeira verk ok erfidi var þat eptir sógn iosephí. at þeir skylldu árinnar vatn nili. landinu til freoleiks ok áuaxtar ueíta um eína stadi ok ymissa. ok kringia sidan medr þeiri klokskapar vęl umvergiss allar borgírnar. at vótnín mætti hvergi meín gera. edr ofmiok at þeim æsaz. Leiddu þeir hinir ebresku lyktada sina lifdaga. i þilikrí neyð ok þrældomí. nær um cccc. ára tírætt.
12 Enn þi meir sem þeir varu af hinum egiptzkum þróngdir ok þrælkadir. þi framari gaf guð at þeir freouadiz æ. ok fiolgadiz.

4. Cf. also previous verse

12 But the more they afflicted them, the more they multiplied and grew. And they were grieved because of the children of Israel.

יג. וַיַּעֲבִדוּ מִצְרַיִם אֶת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל בְּפָרֶךְ:

καὶ κατεδυνάστευον οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ βίᾳ

oderantque filios Israël Ægyptii, et affligebant illudentes eis,

[Nu af sinni eiginní ófund ok illzku. medr ódrum sógdum lutum. let hann þa hína ebresku marga vega verda kvalda. ok sagdi sua til sínna manna.]⁵

5. Placed after verse 6.

13 And the Egyptians made the children of Israel to serve with rigour:

יד. וַיְמָרֲרוּ אֶת חַיֵּיהֶם בַּעֲבֹדָה קָשָׁה בְּחֹמֶר וּבִלְבֵנִים וּבְכָל עֲבֹדָה בַּשָּׂדֶה אֵת כָּל עֲבֹדָתָם אֲשֶׁר עָבְדוּ בָהֶם בְּפָרֶךְ:

καὶ κατωδύνων αὐτῶν τὴν ζωὴν ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τοῖς σκληροῖς τῷ πηλῷ καὶ τῇ πλινθείᾳ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ἔργοις τοῖς ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις κατὰ πάντα τὰ ἔργα ὧν κατεδουλοῦντο αὐτοὺς μετὰ βίας

atque ad amaritudinem perducebant vitam eorum operibus duris luti et lateris, omnique famulatu, quo in terræ operibus premebantur.

14 And they made their lives bitter with hard bondage, in morter, and in brick, and in all manner of service in the field: all their service, wherein they made them serve, was with rigour.

טו. וַיֹּאמֶר מֶלֶךְ מִצְרַיִם לַמְיַלְּדֹת הָעִבְרִיֹּת אֲשֶׁר שֵׁם הָאַחַת שִׁפְרָה וְשֵׁם הַשֵּׁנִית פּוּעָה:

καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ταῖς μαίαις τῶν Εβραίων τῇ μιᾷ αὐτῶν ᾗ ὄνομα Σεπφωρα καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς δευτέρας Φουα

Dixit autem rex Ægypti obstetricibus Hebræorum, quarum una vocabatur Sephora, altera Phua,

15 And the king of Egypt spake to the Hebrew midwives, of which the name of the one was Shiphrah, and the name of the other Puah:

טז. וַיֹּאמֶר בְּיַלֶּדְכֶן אֶת הָעִבְרִיּוֹת וּרְאִיתֶן עַל הָאָבְנָיִם אִם בֵּן הוּא וַהֲמִתֶּן אֹתוֹ וְאִם בַּת הִוא וָחָיָה:

καὶ εἶπεν ὅταν μαιοῦσθε τὰς Εβραίας καὶ ὦσιν πρὸς τῷ τίκτειν ἐὰν μὲν ἄρσεν ᾖ ἀποκτείνατε αὐτό ἐὰν δὲ θῆλυ περιποιεῖσθε αὐτό

præcipiens eis: Quando obstetricabitis Hebræas, et partus tempus advenerit: si masculus fuerit, interficite eum: si femina, reservate.

16 And he said, When ye do the office of a midwife to the Hebrew women, and see them upon the stools; if it be a son, then ye shall kill him: but if it be a daughter, then she shall live.

יז. וַתִּירֶאןָ הַמְיַלְּדֹת אֶת הָאֱלֹהִים וְלֹא עָשׂוּ כַּאֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּר אֲלֵיהֶן מֶלֶךְ מִצְרָיִם וַתְּחַיֶּיןָ אֶת הַיְלָדִים:

ἐφοβήθησαν δὲ αἱ μαῖαι τὸν θεὸν καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησαν καθότι συνέταξεν αὐταῖς ὁ βασιλεὺς Αἰγύπτου καὶ ἐζωογόνουν τὰ ἄρσενα

Timuerunt autem obstetrices Deum, et non fecerunt juxta præceptum regis Ægypti, sed conservabant mares.

17 But the midwives feared God, and did not as the king of Egypt commanded them, but saved the men children alive.

יח. וַיִּקְרָא מֶלֶךְ מִצְרַיִם לַמְיַלְּדֹת וַיֹּאמֶר לָהֶן מַדּוּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶן הַדָּבָר הַזֶּה וַתְּחַיֶּיןָ אֶת הַיְלָדִים:

ἐκάλεσεν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς Αἰγύπτου τὰς μαίας καὶ εἶπεν αὐταῖς τί ὅτι ἐποιήσατε τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο καὶ ἐζωογονεῖτε τὰ ἄρσενα

Quibus ad se accersitis, rex ait: Quidnam est hoc quod facere voluistis, ut pueros servaretis?

18 And the king of Egypt called for the midwives, and said unto them, Why have ye done this thing, and have saved the men children alive?

יט. וַתֹּאמַרְןָ הַמְיַלְּדֹת אֶל פַּרְעֹה כִּי לֹא כַנָּשִׁים הַמִּצְרִיֹּת הָעִבְרִיֹּת כִּי חָיוֹת הֵנָּה בְּטֶרֶם תָּבוֹא אֲלֵהֶן הַמְיַלֶּדֶת וְיָלָדוּ:

εἶπαν δὲ αἱ μαῖαι τῷ Φαραω οὐχ ὡς γυναῖκες Αἰγύπτου αἱ Εβραῖαι τίκτουσιν γὰρ πρὶν ἢ εἰσελθεῖν πρὸς αὐτὰς τὰς μαίας καὶ ἔτικτον

Quæ responderunt: Non sunt Hebreæ sicut ægyptiæ mulieres: ipsæ enim obstetricandi habent scientiam, et priusquam veniamus ad eas, pariunt.

19 And the midwives said unto Pharaoh, Because the Hebrew women are not as the Egyptian women; for they are lively, and are delivered ere the midwives come in unto them.

כ. וַיֵּיטֶב אֱלֹהִים לַמְיַלְּדֹת וַיִּרֶב הָעָם וַיַּעַצְמוּ מְאֹד:

εὖ δὲ ἐποίει ὁ θεὸς ταῖς μαίαις καὶ ἐπλήθυνεν ὁ λαὸς καὶ ἴσχυεν σφόδρα

Bene ergo fecit Deus obstetricibus: et crevit populus, confortatusque est nimis.

20 Therefore God dealt well with the midwives: and the people multiplied, and waxed very mighty.

כא. וַיְהִי כִּי יָרְאוּ הַמְיַלְּדֹת אֶת הָאֱלֹהִים וַיַּעַשׂ לָהֶם בָּתִּים:

ἐπειδὴ ἐφοβοῦντο αἱ μαῖαι τὸν θεόν ἐποίησαν ἑαυταῖς οἰκίας

Et quia timuerunt obstetrices Deum, ædificavit eis domos.

21 And it came to pass, because the midwives feared God, that he made them houses.

כב. וַיְצַו פַּרְעֹה לְכָל עַמּוֹ לֵאמֹר כָּל הַבֵּן הַיִּלּוֹד הַיְאֹרָה תַּשְׁלִיכֻהוּ וְכָל הַבַּת תְּחַיּוּן:

συνέταξεν δὲ Φαραω παντὶ τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ λέγων πᾶν ἄρσεν ὃ ἐὰν τεχθῇ τοῖς Εβραίοις εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν ῥίψατε καὶ πᾶν θῆλυ ζωογονεῖτε αὐτό

Præcepit ergo Pharao omni populo suo, dicens: Quidquid masculini sexus natum fuerit, in flumen projicite: quidquid feminini, reservate.

22 And Pharaoh charged all his people, saying, Every son that is born ye shall cast into the river, and every daughter ye shall save alive.

Bʹ

Cap. 2

א. וַיֵּלֶךְ אִישׁ מִבֵּית לֵוִי וַיִּקַּח אֶת בַּת לֵוִי:

ἦν δέ τις ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Λευι ὃς ἔλαβεν τῶν θυγατέρων Λευι καὶ ἔσχεν αὐτήν

Egressus est post hæc vir de domo Levi: et accepit uxorem stirpis suæ.

1 And there went a man of the house of Levi, and took to wife a daughter of Levi.

ב. וַתַּהַר הָאִשָּׁה וַתֵּלֶד בֵּן וַתֵּרֶא אֹתוֹ כִּי טוֹב הוּא וַתִּצְפְּנֵהוּ שְׁלשָׁה יְרָחִים:

καὶ ἐν γαστρὶ ἔλαβεν καὶ ἔτεκεν ἄρσεν ἰδόντες δὲ αὐτὸ ἀστεῖον ἐσκέπασαν αὐτὸ μῆνας τρεῖς

Quæ concepit, et peperit filium: et videns eum elegantem, abscondit tribus mensibus.

2 And the woman conceived, and bare a son: and when she saw him that he was a goodly child, she hid him three months.

ג. וְלֹא יָכְלָה עוֹד הַצְּפִינוֹ וַתִּקַח לוֹ תֵּבַת גֹּמֶא וַתַּחְמְרָה בַחֵמָר וּבַזָּפֶת וַתָּשֶׂם בָּהּ אֶת הַיֶּלֶד וַתָּשֶׂם בַּסּוּף עַל שְׂפַת הַיְאֹר:

ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἠδύναντο αὐτὸ ἔτι κρύπτειν ἔλαβεν αὐτῷ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ θῖβιν καὶ κατέχρισεν αὐτὴν ἀσφαλτοπίσσῃ καὶ ἐνέβαλεν τὸ παιδίον εἰς αὐτὴν καὶ ἔθηκεν αὐτὴν εἰς τὸ ἕλος παρὰ τὸν ποταμόν

Cumque jam celare non posset, sumpsit fiscellam scirpeam, et linivit eam bitumine ac pice: posuitque intus infantulum, et exposuit eum in carecto ripæ fluminis,

3 And when she could not longer hide him, she took for him an ark of bulrushes, and daubed it with slime and with pitch, and put the child therein; and she laid it in the flags by the river's brink.

ד. וַתֵּתַצַּב אֲחֹתוֹ מֵרָחֹק לְדֵעָה מַה יֵּעָשֶׂה לוֹ:

καὶ κατεσκόπευεν ἡ ἀδελφὴ αὐτοῦ μακρόθεν μαθεῖν τί τὸ ἀποβησόμενον αὐτῷ

stante procul sorore ejus, et considerante eventum rei.

4 And his sister stood afar off, to wit what would be done to him.

ה. וַתֵּרֶד בַּת פַּרְעֹה לִרְחֹץ עַל הַיְאֹר וְנַעֲרֹתֶיהָ הֹלְכֹת עַל יַד הַיְאֹר וַתֵּרֶא אֶת הַתֵּבָה בְּתוֹךְ הַסּוּף וַתִּשְׁלַח אֶת אֲמָתָהּ וַתִּקָּחֶהָ:

κατέβη δὲ ἡ θυγάτηρ Φαραω λούσασθαι ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν καὶ αἱ ἅβραι αὐτῆς παρεπορεύοντο παρὰ τὸν ποταμόν καὶ ἰδοῦσα τὴν θῖβιν ἐν τῷ ἕλει ἀποστείλασα τὴν ἅβραν ἀνείλατο αὐτήν

Ecce autem descendebat filia Pharaonis ut lavaretur in flumine: et puellæ ejus gradiebantur per crepidinem alvei. Quæ cum vidisset fiscellam in papyrione, misit unam e famulabus suis: et allatam

5 And the daughter of Pharaoh came down to wash herself at the river; and her maidens walked along by the river's side; and when she saw the ark among the flags, she sent her maid to fetch it.

ו. וַתִּפְתַּח וַתִּרְאֵהוּ אֶת הַיֶּלֶד וְהִנֵּה נַעַר בֹּכֶה וַתַּחְמֹל עָלָיו וַתֹּאמֶר מִיַּלְדֵי הָעִבְרִים זֶה:

ἀνοίξασα δὲ ὁρᾷ παιδίον κλαῖον ἐν τῇ θίβει καὶ ἐφείσατο αὐτοῦ ἡ θυγάτηρ Φαραω καὶ ἔφη ἀπὸ τῶν παιδίων τῶν Εβραίων τοῦτο

aperiens, cernensque in ea parvulum vagientem, miserta ejus, ait: De infantibus Hebræorum est hic.

6 And when she had opened it, she saw the child: and, behold, the babe wept. And she had compassion on him, and said, This is one of the Hebrews' children.

ז. וַתֹּאמֶר אֲחֹתוֹ אֶל בַּת פַּרְעֹה הַאֵלֵךְ וְקָרָאתִי לָךְ אִשָּׁה מֵינֶקֶת מִן הָעִבְרִיֹּת וְתֵינִק לָךְ אֶת הַיָּלֶד:

καὶ εἶπεν ἡ ἀδελφὴ αὐτοῦ τῇ θυγατρὶ Φαραω θέλεις καλέσω σοι γυναῖκα τροφεύουσαν ἐκ τῶν Εβραίων καὶ θηλάσει σοι τὸ παιδίον

Cui soror pueri: Vis, inquit, ut vadam, et vocem tibi mulierem hebræam, quæ nutrire possit infantulum?

7 Then said his sister to Pharaoh's daughter, Shall I go and call to thee a nurse of the Hebrew women, that she may nurse the child for thee?

ח. וַתֹּאמֶר לָהּ בַּת פַּרְעֹה לֵכִי וַתֵּלֶךְ הָעַלְמָה וַתִּקְרָא אֶת אֵם הַיָּלֶד:

ἡ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῇ ἡ θυγάτηρ Φαραω πορεύου ἐλθοῦσα δὲ ἡ νεᾶνις ἐκάλεσεν τὴν μητέρα τοῦ παιδίου

Respondit: Vade. Perrexit puella et vocavit matrem suam.

8 And Pharaoh's daughter said to her, Go. And the maid went and called the child's mother.

ט. וַתֹּאמֶר לָהּ בַּת פַּרְעֹה הֵילִיכִי אֶת הַיֶּלֶד הַזֶּה וְהֵינִקִהוּ לִי וַאֲנִי אֶתֵּן אֶת שְׂכָרֵךְ וַתִּקַּח הָאִשָּׁה הַיֶּלֶד וַתְּנִיקֵהוּ:

εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτὴν ἡ θυγάτηρ Φαραω διατήρησόν μοι τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο καὶ θήλασόν μοι αὐτό ἐγὼ δὲ δώσω σοι τὸν μισθόν ἔλαβεν δὲ ἡ γυνὴ τὸ παιδίον καὶ ἐθήλαζεν αὐτό

Ad quam locuta filia Pharaonis: Accipe, ait, puerum istum, et nutri mihi: ego dabo tibi mercedem tuam. Suscepit mulier, et nutrivit puerum: adultumque tradidit filiæ Pharaonis.

9 And Pharaoh's daughter said unto her, Take this child away, and nurse it for me, and I will give thee thy wages. And the women took the child, and nursed it.

י. וַיִּגְדַּל הַיֶּלֶד וַתְּבִאֵהוּ לְבַת פַּרְעֹה וַיְהִי לָהּ לְבֵן וַתִּקְרָא שְׁמוֹ משֶׁה וַתֹּאמֶר כִּי מִן הַמַּיִם מְשִׁיתִהוּ:

ἁδρυνθέντος δὲ τοῦ παιδίου εἰσήγαγεν αὐτὸ πρὸς τὴν θυγατέρα Φαραω καὶ ἐγενήθη αὐτῇ εἰς υἱόν ἐπωνόμασεν δὲ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Μωυσῆν λέγουσα ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος αὐτὸν ἀνειλόμην

Quem illa adoptavit in locum filii, vocavitque nomen ejus Moyses, dicens: Quia de aqua tuli eum.

10 And the child grew, and she brought him unto Pharaoh's daughter, and he became her son. And she called his name Moses: and she said, Because I drew him out of the water.

יא. וַיְהִי בַּיָּמִים הָהֵם וַיִּגְדַּל משֶׁה וַיֵּצֵא אֶל אֶחָיו וַיַּרְא בְּסִבְלֹתָם וַיַּרְא אִישׁ מִצְרִי מַכֶּה אִישׁ עִבְרִי מֵאֶחָיו:

ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταῖς πολλαῖς ἐκείναις μέγας γενόμενος Μωυσῆς ἐξήλθεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ κατανοήσας δὲ τὸν πόνον αὐτῶν ὁρᾷ ἄνθρωπον Αἰγύπτιον τύπτοντά τινα Εβραῖον τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ἀδελφῶν τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ

In diebus illis postquam creverat Moyses, egressus est ad fratres suos: viditque afflictionem eorum, et virum ægyptium percutientem quemdam de Hebræis fratribus suis.

11 And it came to pass in those days, when Moses was grown, that he went out unto his brethren, and looked on their burdens: and he spied an Egyptian smiting an Hebrew, one of his brethren.

יב. וַיִּפֶן כֹּה וָכֹה וַיַּרְא כִּי אֵין אִישׁ וַיַּךְ אֶת הַמִּצְרִי וַיִּטְמְנֵהוּ בַּחוֹל:

περιβλεψάμενος δὲ ὧδε καὶ ὧδε οὐχ ὁρᾷ οὐδένα καὶ πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον ἔκρυψεν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἄμμῳ

Cumque circumspexisset huc atque illuc, et nullum adesse vidisset, percussum Ægyptium abscondit sabulo.

12 And he looked this way and that way, and when he saw that there was no man, he slew the Egyptian, and hid him in the sand.

יג. וַיֵּצֵא בַּיּוֹם הַשֵּׁנִי וְהִנֵּה שְׁנֵי אֲנָשִׁים עִבְרִים נִצִּים וַיֹּאמֶר לָרָשָׁע לָמָּה תַכֶּה רֵעֶךָ:

ἐξελθὼν δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ δευτέρᾳ ὁρᾷ δύο ἄνδρας Εβραίους διαπληκτιζομένους καὶ λέγει τῷ ἀδικοῦντι διὰ τί σὺ τύπτεις τὸν πλησίον

Et egressus die altero conspexit duos Hebræos rixantes: dixitque ei qui faciebat injuriam: Quare percutis proximum tuum?

13 And when he went out the second day, behold, two men of the Hebrews strove together: and he said to him that did the wrong, Wherefore smitest thou thy fellow?

יד. וַיֹּאמֶר מִי שָׂמְךָ לְאִישׁ שַׂר וְשֹׁפֵט עָלֵינוּ הַלְהָרְגֵנִי אַתָּה אֹמֵר כַּאֲשֶׁר הָרַגְתָּ אֶת הַמִּצְרִי וַיִּירָא משֶׁה וַיֹּאמַר אָכֵן נוֹדַע הַדָּבָר:

ὁ δὲ εἶπεν τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν μὴ ἀνελεῖν με σὺ θέλεις ὃν τρόπον ἀνεῖλες ἐχθὲς τὸν Αἰγύπτιον ἐφοβήθη δὲ Μωυσῆς καὶ εἶπεν εἰ οὕτως ἐμφανὲς γέγονεν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο

Qui respondit: Quis te constituit principem et judicem super nos? num occidere me tu vis, sicut heri occidisti Ægyptium? Timuit Moyses, et ait: Quomodo palam factum est verbum istud?

14 And he said, Who made thee a prince and a judge over us? intendest thou to kill me, as thou killedst the Egyptian? And Moses feared, and said, Surely this thing is known.

טו. וַיִּשְׁמַע פַּרְעֹה אֶת הַדָּבָר הַזֶּה וַיְבַקֵּשׁ לַהֲרֹג אֶת משֶׁה וַיִּבְרַח משֶׁה מִפְּנֵי פַרְעֹה וַיֵּשֶׁב בְּאֶרֶץ מִדְיָן וַיֵּשֶׁב עַל הַבְּאֵר:

ἤκουσεν δὲ Φαραω τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο καὶ ἐζήτει ἀνελεῖν Μωυσῆν ἀνεχώρησεν δὲ Μωυσῆς ἀπὸ προσώπου Φαραω καὶ ᾤκησεν ἐν γῇ Μαδιαμ ἐλθὼν δὲ εἰς γῆν Μαδιαμ ἐκάθισεν ἐπὶ τοῦ φρέατος

Audivitque Pharao sermonem hunc, et quærebat occidere Moysen: qui fugiens de conspectu ejus, moratus est in terra Madian, et sedit juxta puteum.

15 Now when Pharaoh heard this thing, he sought to slay Moses. But Moses fled from the face of Pharaoh, and dwelt in the land of Midian: and he sat down by a well.

טז. וּלְכֹהֵן מִדְיָן שֶׁבַע בָּנוֹת וַתָּבֹאנָה וַתִּדְלֶנָה וַתְּמַלֶּאנָה אֶת הָרְהָטִים לְהַשְׁקוֹת צֹאן אֲבִיהֶן:

τῷ δὲ ἱερεῖ Μαδιαμ ἦσαν ἑπτὰ θυγατέρες ποιμαίνουσαι τὰ πρόβατα τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν Ιοθορ παραγενόμεναι δὲ ἤντλουν ἕως ἔπλησαν τὰς δεξαμενὰς ποτίσαι τὰ πρόβατα τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν Ιοθορ

Erant autem sacerdoti Madian septem filiæ, quæ venerunt ad hauriendam aquam: et impletis canalibus adaquare cupiebant greges patris sui.

16 Now the priest of Midian had seven daughters: and they came and drew water, and filled the troughs to water their father's flock.

יז. וַיָּבֹאוּ הָרֹעִים וַיְגָרְשׁוּם וַיָּקָם משֶׁה וַיּוֹשִׁעָן וַיַּשְׁקְ אֶת צֹאנָם:

παραγενόμενοι δὲ οἱ ποιμένες ἐξέβαλον αὐτάς ἀναστὰς δὲ Μωυσῆς ἐρρύσατο αὐτὰς καὶ ἤντλησεν αὐταῖς καὶ ἐπότισεν τὰ πρόβατα αὐτῶν

Supervenere pastores, et ejecerunt eas: surrexitque Moyses, et defensis puellis, adaquavit oves earum.

17 And the shepherds came and drove them away: but Moses stood up and helped them, and watered their flock.

יח. וַתָּבֹאנָה אֶל רְעוּאֵל אֲבִיהֶן וַיֹּאמֶר מַדּוּעַ מִהַרְתֶּן בֹּא הַיּוֹם:

παρεγένοντο δὲ πρὸς Ραγουηλ τὸν πατέρα αὐτῶν ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐταῖς τί ὅτι ἐταχύνατε τοῦ παραγενέσθαι σήμερον

Quæ cum revertissent ad Raguel patrem suum, dixit ad eas: Cur velocius venistis solito?

18 And when they came to Reuel their father, he said, How is it that ye are come so soon to day?

יט. וַתֹּאמַרְןָ אִישׁ מִצְרִי הִצִּילָנוּ מִיַּד הָרֹעִים וְגַם דָּלֹה דָלָה לָנוּ וַיַּשְׁקְ אֶת הַצֹּאן:

αἱ δὲ εἶπαν ἄνθρωπος Αἰγύπτιος ἐρρύσατο ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τῶν ποιμένων καὶ ἤντλησεν ἡμῖν καὶ ἐπότισεν τὰ πρόβατα ἡμῶν

Responderunt: Vir ægyptius liberavit nos de manu pastorum: insuper et hausit aquam nobiscum, potumque dedit ovibus.

19 And they said, An Egyptian delivered us out of the hand of the shepherds, and also drew water enough for us, and watered the flock.

כ. וַיֹּאמֶר אֶל בְּנֹתָיו וְאַיּוֹ לָמָּה זֶּה עֲזַבְתֶּן אֶת הָאִישׁ קִרְאֶן לוֹ וְיֹאכַל לָחֶם:

ὁ δὲ εἶπεν ταῖς θυγατράσιν αὐτοῦ καὶ ποῦ ἐστι καὶ ἵνα τί οὕτως καταλελοίπατε τὸν ἄνθρωπον καλέσατε οὖν αὐτόν ὅπως φάγῃ ἄρτον

At ille: Ubi est? inquit: quare dimisistis hominem? vocate eum ut comedat panem.

20 And he said unto his daughters, And where is he? why is it that ye have left the man? call him, that he may eat bread.

כא. וַיּוֹאֶל משֶׁה לָשֶׁבֶת אֶת הָאִישׁ וַיִּתֵּן אֶת צִפֹּרָה בִתּוֹ לְמשֶׁה:

κατῳκίσθη δὲ Μωυσῆς παρὰ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ ἐξέδοτο Σεπφωραν τὴν θυγατέρα αὐτοῦ Μωυσῇ γυναῖκα

Juravit ergo Moyses quod habitaret cum eo. Accepitque Sephoram filiam ejus uxorem:

21 And Moses was content to dwell with the man: and he gave Moses Zipporah his daughter.

כב. וַתֵּלֶד בֵּן וַיִּקְרָא אֶת שְׁמוֹ גֵּרְשֹׁם כִּי אָמַר גֵּר הָיִיתִי בְּאֶרֶץ נָכְרִיָּה:

ἐν γαστρὶ δὲ λαβοῦσα ἡ γυνὴ ἔτεκεν υἱόν καὶ ἐπωνόμασεν Μωυσῆς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Γηρσαμ λέγων ὅτι πάροικός εἰμι ἐν γῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ

quæ peperit ei filium, quem vocavit Gersam, dicens: Advena fui in terra aliena. Alterum vero peperit, quem vocavit Eliezer, dicens: Deus enim patris mei adjutor meus eripuit me de manu Pharaonis.

22 And she bare him a son, and he called his name Gershom: for he said, I have been a stranger in a strange land.

כג. וַיְהִי בַיָּמִים הָרַבִּים הָהֵם וַיָּמָת מֶלֶךְ מִצְרַיִם וַיֵּאָנְחוּ בְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מִן הָעֲבֹדָה וַיִּזְעָקוּ וַתַּעַל שַׁוְעָתָם אֶל הָאֱלֹהִים מִן הָעֲבֹדָה:

μετὰ δὲ τὰς ἡμέρας τὰς πολλὰς ἐκείνας ἐτελεύτησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Αἰγύπτου καὶ κατεστέναξαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων καὶ ἀνεβόησαν καὶ ἀνέβη ἡ βοὴ αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων

Post multum vero tempore mortuus est rex Ægypti: et ingemiscentes filii Israël, propter opera vociferati sunt: ascenditque clamor eorum ad Deum ab operibus.

23 And it came to pass in process of time, that the king of Egypt died: and the children of Israel sighed by reason of the bondage, and they cried, and their cry came up unto God by reason of the bondage.

כד. וַיִּשְׁמַע אֱלֹהִים אֶת נַאֲקָתָם וַיִּזְכֹּר אֱלֹהִים אֶת בְּרִיתוֹ אֶת אַבְרָהָם אֶת יִצְחָק וְאֶת יַעֲקֹב:

καὶ εἰσήκουσεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν στεναγμὸν αὐτῶν καὶ ἐμνήσθη ὁ θεὸς τῆς διαθήκης αὐτοῦ τῆς πρὸς Αβρααμ καὶ Ισαακ καὶ Ιακωβ

Et audivit gemitum eorum, ac recordatus est fœderis quod pepigit cum Abraham, Isaac et Jacob.

24 And God heard their groaning, and God remembered his covenant with Abraham, with Isaac, and with Jacob.

כה. וַיַּרְא אֱלֹהִים אֶת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וַיֵּדַע אֱלֹהִים:

καὶ ἐπεῖδεν ὁ θεὸς τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ καὶ ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς

Et respexit Dominus filios Israël et cognovit eos.

25 And God looked upon the children of Israel, and God had respect unto them.

Γʹ

Cap. 3

א. וּמשֶׁה הָיָה רֹעֶה אֶת צֹאן יִתְרוֹ חֹתְנוֹ כֹּהֵן מִדְיָן וַיִּנְהַג אֶת הַצֹּאן אַחַר הַמִּדְבָּר וַיָּבֹא אֶל הַר הָאֱלֹהִים חֹרֵבָה:

καὶ Μωυσῆς ἦν ποιμαίνων τὰ πρόβατα Ιοθορ τοῦ γαμβροῦ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἱερέως Μαδιαμ καὶ ἤγαγεν τὰ πρόβατα ὑπὸ τὴν ἔρημον καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς τὸ ὄρος Χωρηβ

Moyses autem pascebat oves Jethro soceri sui sacerdotis Madian: cumque minasset gregem ad interiora deserti, venit ad montem Dei Horeb.

1 Now Moses kept the flock of Jethro his father in law, the priest of Midian: and he led the flock to the backside of the desert, and came to the mountain of God, even to Horeb.

ב. וַיֵּרָא מַלְאַךְ יְהֹוָה אֵלָיו בְּלַבַּת אֵשׁ מִתּוֹךְ הַסְּנֶה וַיַּרְא וְהִנֵּה הַסְּנֶה בֹּעֵר בָּאֵשׁ וְהַסְּנֶה אֵינֶנּוּ אֻכָּל:

ὤφθη δὲ αὐτῷ ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐν φλογὶ πυρὸς ἐκ τοῦ βάτου καὶ ὁρᾷ ὅτι ὁ βάτος καίεται πυρί ὁ δὲ βάτος οὐ κατεκαίετο

Apparuitque ei Dominus in flamma ignis de medio rubi: et videbat quod rubus arderet, et non combureretur.

2 And the angel of the LORD appeared unto him in a flame of fire out of the midst of a bush: and he looked, and, behold, the bush burned with fire, and the bush was not consumed.

ג. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה אָסֻרָה נָּא וְאֶרְאֶה אֶת הַמַּרְאֶה הַגָּדֹל הַזֶּה מַדּוּעַ לֹא יִבְעַר הַסְּנֶה:

εἶπεν δὲ Μωυσῆς παρελθὼν ὄψομαι τὸ ὅραμα τὸ μέγα τοῦτο τί ὅτι οὐ κατακαίεται ὁ βάτος

Dixit ergo Moyses: Vadam, et videbo visionem hanc magnam, quare non comburatur rubus.

3 And Moses said, I will now turn aside, and see this great sight, why the bush is not burnt.

ד. וַיַּרְא יְהֹוָה כִּי סָר לִרְאוֹת וַיִּקְרָא אֵלָיו אֱלֹהִים מִתּוֹךְ הַסְּנֶה וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה משֶׁה וַיֹּאמֶר הִנֵּנִי:

ὡς δὲ εἶδεν κύριος ὅτι προσάγει ἰδεῖν ἐκάλεσεν αὐτὸν κύριος ἐκ τοῦ βάτου λέγων Μωυσῆ Μωυσῆ ὁ δὲ εἶπεν τί ἐστιν

Cernens autem Dominus quod pergeret ad videndum, vocavit eum de medio rubi, et ait: Moyses, Moyses. Qui respondit: Adsum.

4 And when the LORD saw that he turned aside to see, God called unto him out of the midst of the bush, and said, Moses, Moses. And he said, Here am I.

ה. וַיֹּאמֶר אַל תִּקְרַב הֲלֹם שַׁל נְעָלֶיךָ מֵעַל רַגְלֶיךָ כִּי הַמָּקוֹם אֲשֶׁר אַתָּה עוֹמֵד עָלָיו אַדְמַת קֹדֶשׁ הוּא:

καὶ εἶπεν μὴ ἐγγίσῃς ὧδε λῦσαι τὸ ὑπόδημα ἐκ τῶν ποδῶν σου ὁ γὰρ τόπος ἐν ᾧ σὺ ἕστηκας γῆ ἁγία ἐστίν

At ille: Ne appropies, inquit, huc: solve calceamentum de pedibus tuis: locus enim, in quo stas, terra sancta est.

5 And he said, Draw not nigh hither: put off thy shoes from off thy feet, for the place whereon thou standest is holy ground.

ו. וַיֹּאמֶר אָנֹכִי אֱלֹהֵי אָבִיךָ אֱלֹהֵי אַבְרָהָם אֱלֹהֵי יִצְחָק וֵאלֹהֵי יַעֲקֹב וַיַּסְתֵּר משֶׁה פָּנָיו כִּי יָרֵא מֵהַבִּיט אֶל הָאֱלֹהִים:

καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ θεὸς τοῦ πατρός σου θεὸς Αβρααμ καὶ θεὸς Ισαακ καὶ θεὸς Ιακωβ ἀπέστρεψεν δὲ Μωυσῆς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ εὐλαβεῖτο γὰρ κατεμβλέψαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ

Et ait: Ego sum Deus patris tui, Deus Abraham, Deus Isaac et Deus Jacob. Abscondit Moyses faciem suam: non enim audebat aspicere contra Deum.

6 Moreover he said, I am the God of thy father, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob. And Moses hid his face; for he was afraid to look upon God.

ז. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה רָאֹה רָאִיתִי אֶת עֳנִי עַמִּי אֲשֶׁר בְּמִצְרָיִם וְאֶת צַעֲקָתָם שָׁמַעְתִּי מִפְּנֵי נֹגְשָׂיו כִּי יָדַעְתִּי אֶת מַכְאֹבָיו:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἰδὼν εἶδον τὴν κάκωσιν τοῦ λαοῦ μου τοῦ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ τῆς κραυγῆς αὐτῶν ἀκήκοα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐργοδιωκτῶν οἶδα γὰρ τὴν ὀδύνην αὐτῶν

Cui ait Dominus: Vidi afflictionem populi mei in Ægypto, et clamorem ejus audivi propter duritiam eorum qui præsunt operibus:

7 And the LORD said, I have surely seen the affliction of my people which are in Egypt, and have heard their cry by reason of their taskmasters; for I know their sorrows;

ח. וָאֵרֵד לְהַצִּילוֹ מִיַּד מִצְרַיִם וּלְהַעֲלֹתוֹ מִן הָאָרֶץ הַהִוא אֶל אֶרֶץ טוֹבָה וּרְחָבָה אֶל אֶרֶץ זָבַת חָלָב וּדְבָשׁ אֶל מְקוֹם הַכְּנַעֲנִי וְהַחִתִּי וְהָאֱמֹרִי וְהַפְּרִזִּי וְהַחִוִּי וְהַיְבוּסִי:

καὶ κατέβην ἐξελέσθαι αὐτοὺς ἐκ χειρὸς Αἰγυπτίων καὶ ἐξαγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐκείνης καὶ εἰσαγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς γῆν ἀγαθὴν καὶ πολλήν εἰς γῆν ῥέουσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι εἰς τὸν τόπον τῶν Χαναναίων καὶ Χετταίων καὶ Αμορραίων καὶ Φερεζαίων καὶ Γεργεσαίων καὶ Ευαίων καὶ Ιεβουσαίων

et sciens dolorem ejus, descendi ut liberem eum de manibus Ægyptiorum, et educam de terra illa in terram bonam, et spatiosam, in terram quæ fluit lacte et melle, ad loca Chananæi et Hethæi, et Amorrhæi, et Pherezæi, et Hevæi, et Jebusæi.

8 And I am come down to deliver them out of the hand of the Egyptians, and to bring them up out of that land unto a good land and a large, unto a land flowing with milk and honey; unto the place of the Canaanites, and the Hittites, and the Amorites, and the Perizzites, and the Hivites, and the Jebusites.

ט. וְעַתָּה הִנֵּה צַעֲקַת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל בָּאָה אֵלָי וְגַם רָאִיתִי אֶת הַלַּחַץ אֲשֶׁר מִצְרַיִם לֹחֲצִים אֹתָם:

καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ κραυγὴ τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ ἥκει πρός με κἀγὼ ἑώρακα τὸν θλιμμόν ὃν οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι θλίβουσιν αὐτούς

Clamor ergo filiorum Israël venit ad me: vidique afflictionem eorum, qua ab Ægyptiis opprimuntur.

9 Now therefore, behold, the cry of the children of Israel is come unto me: and I have also seen the oppression wherewith the Egyptians oppress them.

י. וְעַתָּה לְכָה וְאֶשְׁלָחֲךָ אֶל פַּרְעֹה וְהוֹצֵא אֶת עַמִּי בְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מִמִּצְרָיִם:

καὶ νῦν δεῦρο ἀποστείλω σε πρὸς Φαραω βασιλέα Αἰγύπτου καὶ ἐξάξεις τὸν λαόν μου τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου

Sed veni, et mittam te ad Pharaonem, ut educas populum meum, filios Israël, de Ægypto.

10 Come now therefore, and I will send thee unto Pharaoh, that thou mayest bring forth my people the children of Israel out of Egypt.

יא. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה אֶל הָאֱלֹהִים מִי אָנֹכִי כִּי אֵלֵךְ אֶל פַּרְעֹה וְכִי אוֹצִיא אֶת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מִמִּצְרָיִם:

καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς πρὸς τὸν θεόν τίς εἰμι ὅτι πορεύσομαι πρὸς Φαραω βασιλέα Αἰγύπτου καὶ ὅτι ἐξάξω τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου

Dixitque Moyses ad Deum: Quis sum ego ut vadam ad Pharaonem, et educam filios Israël de Ægypto?

11 And Moses said unto God, Who am I, that I should go unto Pharaoh, and that I should bring forth the children of Israel out of Egypt?

יב. וַיֹּאמֶר כִּי אֶהְיֶה עִמָּךְ וְזֶה לְּךָ הָאוֹת כִּי אָנֹכִי שְׁלַחְתִּיךָ בְּהוֹצִיאֲךָ אֶת הָעָם מִמִּצְרַיִם תַּעַבְדוּן אֶת הָאֱלֹהִים עַל הָהָר הַזֶּה:

εἶπεν δὲ ὁ θεὸς Μωυσεῖ λέγων ὅτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ καὶ τοῦτό σοι τὸ σημεῖον ὅτι ἐγώ σε ἐξαποστέλλω ἐν τῷ ἐξαγαγεῖν σε τὸν λαόν μου ἐξ Αἰγύπτου καὶ λατρεύσετε τῷ θεῷ ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ

Qui dixit ei: Ego ero tecum: et hoc habebis signum, quod miserim te: cum eduxeris populum meum de Ægypto, immolabis Deo super montem istum.

12 And he said, Certainly I will be with thee; and this shall be a token unto thee, that I have sent thee: When thou hast brought forth the people out of Egypt, ye shall serve God upon this mountain.

יג. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה אֶל הָאֱלֹהִים הִנֵּה אָנֹכִי בָא אֶל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְאָמַרְתִּי לָהֶם אֱלֹהֵי אֲבוֹתֵיכֶם שְׁלָחַנִי אֲלֵיכֶם וְאָמְרוּ לִי מַה שְּׁמוֹ מָה אֹמַר אֲלֵהֶם:

καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς πρὸς τὸν θεόν ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἐλεύσομαι πρὸς τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ καὶ ἐρῶ πρὸς αὐτούς ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν ἀπέσταλκέν με πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐρωτήσουσίν με τί ὄνομα αὐτῷ τί ἐρῶ πρὸς αὐτούς

Ait Moyses ad Deum: Ecce ego vadam ad filios Israël, et dicam eis: Deus patrum vestrorum misit me ad vos. Si dixerint mihi: Quod est nomen ejus? quid dicam eis?

13 And Moses said unto God, Behold, when I come unto the children of Israel, and shall say unto them, The God of your fathers hath sent me unto you; and they shall say to me, What is his name? what shall I say unto them?

יד. וַיֹּאמֶר אֱלֹהִים אֶל משֶׁה אֶהְיֶה אֲשֶׁר אֶהְיֶה וַיֹּאמֶר כֹּה תֹאמַר לִבְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אֶהְיֶה שְׁלָחַנִי אֲלֵיכֶם:

καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὤν καὶ εἶπεν οὕτως ἐρεῖς τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ ὁ ὢν ἀπέσταλκέν με πρὸς ὑμᾶς

Dixit Deus ad Moysen: Ego sum qui sum. Ait: Sic dices filiis Israël: Qui est, misit me ad vos.

14 And God said unto Moses, I AM THAT I AM: and he said, Thus shalt thou say unto the children of Israel, I AM hath sent me unto you.

טו. וַיֹּאמֶר עוֹד אֱלֹהִים אֶל משֶׁה כֹּה תֹאמַר אֶל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵי אֲבֹתֵיכֶם אֱלֹהֵי אַבְרָהָם אֱלֹהֵי יִצְחָק וֵאלֹהֵי יַעֲקֹב שְׁלָחַנִי אֲלֵיכֶם זֶה שְּׁמִי לְעֹלָם וְזֶה זִכְרִי לְדֹר דֹּר:

καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς πάλιν πρὸς Μωυσῆν οὕτως ἐρεῖς τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν θεὸς Αβρααμ καὶ θεὸς Ισαακ καὶ θεὸς Ιακωβ ἀπέσταλκέν με πρὸς ὑμᾶς τοῦτό μού ἐστιν ὄνομα αἰώνιον καὶ μνημόσυνον γενεῶν γενεαῖς

Dixitque iterum Deus ad Moysen: Hæc dices filiis Israël: Dominus Deus patrum vestrorum, Deus Abraham, Deus Isaac et Deus Jacob, misit me ad vos: hoc nomen mihi est in æternum, et hoc memoriale meum in generationem et generationem.

15 And God said moreover unto Moses, Thus shalt thou say unto the children of Israel, the LORD God of your fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, hath sent me unto you: this is my name for ever, and this is my memorial unto all generations.

טז. לֵךְ וְאָסַפְתָּ אֶת זִקְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְאָמַרְתָּ אֲלֵהֶם יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵי אֲבֹתֵיכֶם נִרְאָה אֵלַי אֱלֹהֵי אַבְרָהָם יִצְחָק וְיַעֲקֹב לֵאמֹר פָּקֹד פָּקַדְתִּי אֶתְכֶם וְאֶת הֶעָשׂוּי לָכֶם בְּמִצְרָיִם:

ἐλθὼν οὖν συνάγαγε τὴν γερουσίαν τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτούς κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν ὦπταί μοι θεὸς Αβρααμ καὶ θεὸς Ισαακ καὶ θεὸς Ιακωβ λέγων ἐπισκοπῇ ἐπέσκεμμαι ὑμᾶς καὶ ὅσα συμβέβηκεν ὑμῖν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ

Vade, et congrega seniores Israël, et dices ad eos: Dominus Deus patrum vestrorum apparuit mihi, Deus Abraham, Deus Isaac et Deus Jacob, dicens: Visitans visitavi vos: et vidi omnia quæ acciderunt vobis in Ægypto.

16 Go, and gather the elders of Israel together, and say unto them, The LORD God of your fathers, the God of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob, appeared unto me, saying, I have surely visited you, and seen that which is done to you in Egypt:

יז. וָאֹמַר אַעֲלֶה אֶתְכֶם מֵעֳנִי מִצְרַיִם אֶל אֶרֶץ הַכְּנַעֲנִי וְהַחִתִּי וְהָאֱמֹרִי וְהַפְּרִזִּי וְהַחִוִּי וְהַיְבוּסִי אֶל אֶרֶץ זָבַת חָלָב וּדְבָשׁ:

καὶ εἶπον ἀναβιβάσω ὑμᾶς ἐκ τῆς κακώσεως τῶν Αἰγυπτίων εἰς τὴν γῆν τῶν Χαναναίων καὶ Χετταίων καὶ Αμορραίων καὶ Φερεζαίων καὶ Γεργεσαίων καὶ Ευαίων καὶ Ιεβουσαίων εἰς γῆν ῥέουσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι

Et dixi ut educam vos de afflictione Ægypti in terram Chananæi, et Hethæi, et Amorrhæi, et Pherezæi, et Hevæi, et Jebusæi, ad terram fluentem lacte et melle.

17 And I have said, I will bring you up out of the affliction of Egypt unto the land of the Canaanites, and the Hittites, and the Amorites, and the Perizzites, and the Hivites, and the Jebusites, unto a land flowing with milk and honey.

יח. וְשָׁמְעוּ לְקֹלֶךָ וּבָאתָ אַתָּה וְזִקְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אֶל מֶלֶךְ מִצְרַיִם וַאֲמַרְתֶּם אֵלָיו יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵי הָעִבְרִיִּים נִקְרָה עָלֵינוּ וְעַתָּה נֵלֲכָה נָּא דֶּרֶךְ שְׁלשֶׁת יָמִים בַּמִּדְבָּר וְנִזְבְּחָה לַיהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵינוּ:

καὶ εἰσακούσονταί σου τῆς φωνῆς καὶ εἰσελεύσῃ σὺ καὶ ἡ γερουσία Ισραηλ πρὸς Φαραω βασιλέα Αἰγύπτου καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτόν ὁ θεὸς τῶν Εβραίων προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς πορευσώμεθα οὖν ὁδὸν τριῶν ἡμερῶν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον ἵνα θύσωμεν τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν

Et audient vocem tuam: ingredierisque tu, et seniores Israël, ad regem Ægypti, et dices ad eum: Dominus Deus Hebræorum vocavit nos: ibimus viam trium dierum in solitudinem, ut immolemus Domino Deo nostro.

18 And they shall hearken to thy voice: and thou shalt come, thou and the elders of Israel, unto the king of Egypt, and ye shall say unto him, The LORD God of the Hebrews hath met with us: and now let us go, we beseech thee, three days' journey into the wilderness, that we may sacrifice to the LORD our God.

יט. וַאֲנִי יָדַעְתִּי כִּי לֹא יִתֵּן אֶתְכֶם מֶלֶךְ מִצְרַיִם לַהֲלֹךְ וְלֹא בְּיָד חֲזָקָה:

ἐγὼ δὲ οἶδα ὅτι οὐ προήσεται ὑμᾶς Φαραω βασιλεὺς Αἰγύπτου πορευθῆναι ἐὰν μὴ μετὰ χειρὸς κραταιᾶς

Sed ego scio quod non dimittet vos rex Ægypti ut eatis nisi per manum validam.

19 And I am sure that the king of Egypt will not let you go, no, not by a mighty hand.

כ. וְשָׁלַחְתִּי אֶת יָדִי וְהִכֵּיתִי אֶת מִצְרַיִם בְּכֹל נִפְלְאתָי אֲשֶׁר אֶעשֶׂה בְּקִרְבּוֹ וְאַחֲרֵי כֵן יְשַׁלַּח אֶתְכֶם:

καὶ ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα πατάξω τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς θαυμασίοις μου οἷς ποιήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐξαποστελεῖ ὑμᾶς

Extendam enim manum meam, et percutiam Ægyptum in cunctis mirabilibus meis, quæ facturus sum in medio eorum: post hæc dimittet vos.

20 And I will stretch out my hand, and smite Egypt with all my wonders which I will do in the midst thereof: and after that he will let you go.

כא. וְנָתַתִּי אֶת חֵן הָעָם הַזֶּה בְּעֵינֵי מִצְרָיִם וְהָיָה כִּי תֵלֵכוּן לֹא תֵלְכוּ רֵיקָם:

καὶ δώσω χάριν τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ ἐναντίον τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ὅταν δὲ ἀποτρέχητε οὐκ ἀπελεύσεσθε κενοί

Daboque gratiam populo huic coram Ægyptiis: et cum egrediemini, non exibitis vacui:

21 And I will give this people favour in the sight of the Egyptians: and it shall come to pass, that, when ye go, ye shall not go empty.

כב. וְשָׁאֲלָה אִשָּׁה מִשְּׁכֶנְתָּהּ וּמִגָּרַת בֵּיתָהּ כְּלֵי כֶסֶף וּכְלֵי זָהָב וּשְׂמָלֹת וְשַׂמְתֶּם עַל בְּנֵיכֶם וְעַל בְּנֹתֵיכֶם וְנִצַּלְתֶּם אֶת מִצְרָיִם:

αἰτήσει γυνὴ παρὰ γείτονος καὶ συσκήνου αὐτῆς σκεύη ἀργυρᾶ καὶ χρυσᾶ καὶ ἱματισμόν καὶ ἐπιθήσετε ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς θυγατέρας ὑμῶν καὶ σκυλεύσετε τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους

sed postulabit mulier a vicina sua et ab hospita sua, vasa argentea et aurea, ac vestes: ponetisque eas super filios et filias vestras, et spoliabitis Ægyptum.

22 But every woman shall borrow of her neighbour, and of her that sojourneth in her house, jewels of silver, and jewels of gold, and raiment: and ye shall put them upon your sons, and upon your daughters; and ye shall spoil the Egyptians.

Δʹ

Cap. 4

א. וַיַּעַן משֶׁה וַיֹּאמֶר וְהֵן לֹא יַאֲמִינוּ לִי וְלֹא יִשְׁמְעוּ בְּקֹלִי כִּי יֹאמְרוּ לֹא נִרְאָה אֵלֶיךָ יְהֹוָה:

ἀπεκρίθη δὲ Μωυσῆς καὶ εἶπεν ἐὰν οὖν μὴ πιστεύσωσίν μοι μηδὲ εἰσακούσωσιν τῆς φωνῆς μου ἐροῦσιν γὰρ ὅτι οὐκ ὦπταί σοι ὁ θεός τί ἐρῶ πρὸς αὐτούς

Respondens Moyses ait: Non credent mihi, neque audient vocem meam, sed dicent: Non apparuit tibi Dominus.

1 And Moses answered and said, But, behold, they will not believe me, nor hearken unto my voice: for they will say, The LORD hath not appeared unto thee.

ב. וַיֹּאמֶר אֵלָיו יְהֹוָה מַה זֶּה בְיָדֶךָ וַיֹּאמֶר מַטֶּה:

εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ κύριος τί τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἐν τῇ χειρί σου ὁ δὲ εἶπεν ῥάβδος

Dixit ergo ad eum: Quid est quod tenes in manu tua? Respondit: Virga.

2 And the LORD said unto him, What is that in thine hand? And he said, A rod.

ג. וַיֹּאמֶר הַשְׁלִיכֵהוּ אַרְצָה וַיַּשְׁלִכֵהוּ אַרְצָה וַיְהִי לְנָחָשׁ וַיָּנָס משֶׁה מִפָּנָיו:

καὶ εἶπεν ῥῖψον αὐτὴν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ ἔρριψεν αὐτὴν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ ἐγένετο ὄφις καὶ ἔφυγεν Μωυσῆς ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ

Dixitque Dominus: Projice eam in terram. Projecit, et versa est in colubrum, ita ut fugeret Moyses.

3 And he said, Cast it on the ground. And he cast it on the ground, and it became a serpent; and Moses fled from before it.

ד. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה שְׁלַח יָדְךָ וֶאֱחֹז בִּזְנָבוֹ וַיִּשְׁלַח יָדוֹ וַיַּחֲזֶק בּוֹ וַיְהִי לְמַטֶּה בְּכַפּוֹ:

καὶ εἶπεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρα καὶ ἐπιλαβοῦ τῆς κέρκου ἐκτείνας οὖν τὴν χεῖρα ἐπελάβετο τῆς κέρκου καὶ ἐγένετο ῥάβδος ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ

Dixitque Dominus: Extende manum tuam, et apprehende caudam ejus. Extendit, et tenuit, versaque est in virgam.

4 And the LORD said unto Moses, Put forth thine hand, and take it by the tail. And he put forth his hand, and caught it, and it became a rod in his hand:

ה. לְמַעַן יַאֲמִינוּ כִּי נִרְאָה אֵלֶיךָ יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵי אֲבֹתָם אֱלֹהֵי אַבְרָהָם אֱלֹהֵי יִצְחָק וֵאלֹהֵי יַעֲקֹב:

ἵνα πιστεύσωσίν σοι ὅτι ὦπταί σοι κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων αὐτῶν θεὸς Αβρααμ καὶ θεὸς Ισαακ καὶ θεὸς Ιακωβ

Ut credant, inquit, quod apparuerit tibi Dominus Deus patrum suorum, Deus Abraham, Deus Isaac et Deus Jacob.

5 That they may believe that the LORD God of their fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, hath appeared unto thee.

ו. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה לוֹ עוֹד הָבֵא נָא יָדְךָ בְּחֵיקֶךָ וַיָּבֵא יָדוֹ בְּחֵיקוֹ וַיּוֹצִאָהּ וְהִנֵּה יָדוֹ מְצֹרַעַת כַּשָּׁלֶג:

εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ κύριος πάλιν εἰσένεγκε τὴν χεῖρά σου εἰς τὸν κόλπον σου καὶ εἰσήνεγκεν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν κόλπον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξήνεγκεν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐκ τοῦ κόλπου αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐγενήθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ χιών

Dixitque Dominus rursum: Mitte manum tuam in sinum tuum. Quam cum misisset in sinum, protulit leprosam instar nivis.

6 And the LORD said furthermore unto him, Put now thine hand into thy bosom. And he put his hand into his bosom: and when he took it out, behold, his hand was leprous as snow.

ז. וַיֹּאמֶר הָשֵׁב יָדְךָ אֶל חֵיקֶךָ וַיָּשֶׁב יָדוֹ אֶל חֵיקוֹ וַיּוֹצִאָהּ מֵחֵיקוֹ וְהִנֵּה שָׁבָה כִּבְשָׂרוֹ:

καὶ εἶπεν πάλιν εἰσένεγκε τὴν χεῖρά σου εἰς τὸν κόλπον σου καὶ εἰσήνεγκεν τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὸν κόλπον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξήνεγκεν αὐτὴν ἐκ τοῦ κόλπου αὐτοῦ καὶ πάλιν ἀπεκατέστη εἰς τὴν χρόαν τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ

Retrahe, ait, manum tuam in sinum tuum. Retraxit, et protulit iterum, et erat similis carni reliquæ.

7 And he said, Put thine hand into thy bosom again. And he put his hand into his bosom again; and plucked it out of his bosom, and, behold, it was turned again as his other flesh.

ח. וְהָיָה אִם לֹא יַאֲמִינוּ לָךְ וְלֹא יִשְׁמְעוּ לְקֹל הָאֹת הָרִאשׁוֹן וְהֶאֱמִינוּ לְקֹל הָאֹת הָאַחֲרוֹן:

ἐὰν δὲ μὴ πιστεύσωσίν σοι μηδὲ εἰσακούσωσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ σημείου τοῦ πρώτου πιστεύσουσίν σοι τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ σημείου τοῦ ἐσχάτου

Si non crediderint, inquit, tibi, neque audierint sermonem signi prioris, credent verbo signi sequentis.

8 And it shall come to pass, if they will not believe thee, neither hearken to the voice of the first sign, that they will believe the voice of the latter sign.

ט. וְהָיָה אִם לֹא יַאֲמִינוּ גַּם לִשְׁנֵי הָאֹתוֹת הָאֵלֶּה וְלֹא יִשְׁמְעוּן לְקֹלֶךָ וְלָקַחְתָּ מִמֵּימֵי הַיְאֹר וְשָׁפַכְתָּ הַיַּבָּשָׁה וְהָיוּ הַמַּיִם אֲשֶׁר תִּקַּח מִן הַיְאֹר וְהָיוּ לְדָם בַּיַּבָּשֶׁת:

καὶ ἔσται ἐὰν μὴ πιστεύσωσίν σοι τοῖς δυσὶ σημείοις τούτοις μηδὲ εἰσακούσωσιν τῆς φωνῆς σου λήμψῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ ἐκχεεῖς ἐπὶ τὸ ξηρόν καὶ ἔσται τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ ἐὰν λάβῃς ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ αἷμα ἐπὶ τοῦ ξηροῦ

Quod si nec duobus quidem his signis crediderint, neque audierint vocem tuam: sume aquam fluminis, et effunde eam super aridam, et quidquid hauseris de fluvio, vertetur in sanguinem.

9 And it shall come to pass, if they will not believe also these two signs, neither hearken unto thy voice, that thou shalt take of the water of the river, and pour it upon the dry land: and the water which thou takest out of the river shall become blood upon the dry land.

י. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה אֶל יְהֹוָה בִּי אֲדֹנָי לֹא אִישׁ דְּבָרִים אָנֹכִי גַּם מִתְּמוֹל גַּם מִשִּׁלְשֹׁם גַּם מֵאָז דַּבֶּרְךָ אֶל עַבְדֶּךָ כִּי כְבַד פֶּה וּכְבַד לָשׁוֹן אָנֹכִי:

εἶπεν δὲ Μωυσῆς πρὸς κύριον δέομαι κύριε οὐχ ἱκανός εἰμι πρὸ τῆς ἐχθὲς οὐδὲ πρὸ τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας οὐδὲ ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἤρξω λαλεῖν τῷ θεράποντί σου ἰσχνόφωνος καὶ βραδύγλωσσος ἐγώ εἰμι

Ait Moyses: Obsecro, Domine, non sum eloquens ab heri et nudiustertius: et ex quo locutus es ad servum tuum, impeditioris et tardioris linguæ sum.

10 And Moses said unto the LORD, O my LORD, I am not eloquent, neither heretofore, nor since thou hast spoken unto thy servant: but I am slow of speech, and of a slow tongue.

יא. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֵלָיו מִי שָׂם פֶּה לָאָדָם אוֹ מִי יָשׂוּם אִלֵּם אוֹ חֵרֵשׁ אוֹ פִקֵּחַ אוֹ עִוֵּר הֲלֹא אָנֹכִי יְהֹוָה:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν τίς ἔδωκεν στόμα ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ τίς ἐποίησεν δύσκωφον καὶ κωφόν βλέποντα καὶ τυφλόν οὐκ ἐγὼ ὁ θεός

Dixit Dominus ad eum: Quis fecit os hominis? aut quis fabricatus est mutum et surdum, videntem et cæcum? nonne ego?

11 And the LORD said unto him, Who hath made man's mouth? or who maketh the dumb, or deaf, or the seeing, or the blind? have not I the LORD?

יב. וְעַתָּה לֵךְ וְאָנֹכִי אֶהְיֶה עִם פִּיךָ וְהוֹרֵיתִיךָ אֲשֶׁר תְּדַבֵּר:

καὶ νῦν πορεύου καὶ ἐγὼ ἀνοίξω τὸ στόμα σου καὶ συμβιβάσω σε ὃ μέλλεις λαλῆσαι

Perge, igitur, et ego ero in ore tuo: doceboque te quid loquaris.

12 Now therefore go, and I will be with thy mouth, and teach thee what thou shalt say.

יג. וַיֹּאמֶר בִּי אֲדֹנָי שְׁלַח נָא בְּיַד תִּשְׁלָח:

καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς δέομαι κύριε προχείρισαι δυνάμενον ἄλλον ὃν ἀποστελεῖς

At ille: Obsecro, inquit, Domine, mitte quem missurus es.

13 And he said, O my LORD, send, I pray thee, by the hand of him whom thou wilt send.

יד. וַיִּחַר אַף יְהֹוָה בְּמשֶׁה וַיֹּאמֶר הֲלֹא אַהֲרֹן אָחִיךָ הַלֵּוִי יָדַעְתִּי כִּי דַבֵּר יְדַבֵּר הוּא וְגַם הִנֵּה הוּא יֹצֵא לִקְרָאתֶךָ וְרָאֲךָ וְשָׂמַח בְּלִבּוֹ:

καὶ θυμωθεὶς ὀργῇ κύριος ἐπὶ Μωυσῆν εἶπεν οὐκ ἰδοὺ Ααρων ὁ ἀδελφός σου ὁ Λευίτης ἐπίσταμαι ὅτι λαλῶν λαλήσει αὐτός σοι καὶ ἰδοὺ αὐτὸς ἐξελεύσεται εἰς συνάντησίν σοι καὶ ἰδών σε χαρήσεται ἐν ἑαυτῷ

Iratus Dominus in Moysen, ait: Aaron frater tuus Levites, scio quod eloquens sit: ecce ipse egreditur in occursum tuum, vidensque te lætabitur corde.

14 And the anger of the LORD was kindled against Moses, and he said, Is not Aaron the Levite thy brother? I know that he can speak well. And also, behold, he cometh forth to meet thee: and when he seeth thee, he will be glad in his heart.

טו. וְדִבַּרְתָּ אֵלָיו וְשַׂמְתָּ אֶת הַדְּבָרִים בְּפִיו וְאָנֹכִי אֶהְיֶה עִם פִּיךָ וְעִם פִּיהוּ וְהוֹרֵיתִי אֶתְכֶם אֵת אֲשֶׁר תַּעֲשׂוּן:

καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ δώσεις τὰ ῥήματά μου εἰς τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐγὼ ἀνοίξω τὸ στόμα σου καὶ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ καὶ συμβιβάσω ὑμᾶς ἃ ποιήσετε

Loquere ad eum, et pone verba mea in ore ejus: et ego ero in ore tuo, et in ore illius, et ostendam vobis quid agere debeatis.

15 And thou shalt speak unto him, and put words in his mouth: and I will be with thy mouth, and with his mouth, and will teach you what ye shall do.

טז. וְדִבֶּר הוּא לְךָ אֶל הָעָם וְהָיָה הוּא יִהְיֶה לְּךָ לְפֶה וְאַתָּה תִּהְיֶה לּוֹ לֵאלֹהִים:

καὶ αὐτός σοι προσλαλήσει πρὸς τὸν λαόν καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται σου στόμα σὺ δὲ αὐτῷ ἔσῃ τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν

Ipse loquetur pro te ad populum, et erit os tuum: tu autem eris ei in his quæ ad Deum pertinent.

16 And he shall be thy spokesman unto the people: and he shall be, even he shall be to thee instead of a mouth, and thou shalt be to him instead of God.

יז. וְאֶת הַמַּטֶּה הַזֶּה תִּקַּח בְּיָדֶךָ אֲשֶׁר תַּעֲשֶׂה בּוֹ אֶת הָאֹתֹת:

καὶ τὴν ῥάβδον ταύτην τὴν στραφεῖσαν εἰς ὄφιν λήμψῃ ἐν τῇ χειρί σου ἐν ᾗ ποιήσεις ἐν αὐτῇ τὰ σημεῖα

Virgam quoque hanc sume in manu tua, in qua facturus es signa.

17 And thou shalt take this rod in thine hand, wherewith thou shalt do signs.

יח. וַיֵּלֶךְ משֶׁה וַיָּשָׁב אֶל יֶתֶר חֹתְנוֹ וַיֹּאמֶר לוֹ אֵלֲכָה נָּא וְאָשׁוּבָה אֶל אַחַי אֲשֶׁר בְּמִצְרַיִם וְאֶרְאֶה הַעוֹדָם חַיִּים וַיֹּאמֶר יִתְרוֹ לְמשֶׁה לֵךְ לְשָׁלוֹם:

ἐπορεύθη δὲ Μωυσῆς καὶ ἀπέστρεψεν πρὸς Ιοθορ τὸν γαμβρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ λέγει πορεύσομαι καὶ ἀποστρέψω πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφούς μου τοὺς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ ὄψομαι εἰ ἔτι ζῶσιν καὶ εἶπεν Ιοθορ Μωυσῇ βάδιζε ὑγιαίνων

Abiit Moyses, et reversus est ad Jethro socerum suum, dixitque ei: Vadam et revertar ad fratres meos in Ægyptum, ut videam si adhuc vivant. Cui ait Jethro: Vade in pace.

18 And Moses went and returned to Jethro his father in law, and said unto him, Let me go, I pray thee, and return unto my brethren which are in Egypt, and see whether they be yet alive. And Jethro said to Moses, Go in peace.

יט. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה בְּמִדְיָן לֵךְ שֻׁב מִצְרָיִם כִּי מֵתוּ כָּל הָאֲנָשִׁים הַמְבַקְשִׁים אֶת נַפְשֶׁךָ:

μετὰ δὲ τὰς ἡμέρας τὰς πολλὰς ἐκείνας ἐτελεύτησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Αἰγύπτου εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἐν Μαδιαμ βάδιζε ἄπελθε εἰς Αἴγυπτον τεθνήκασιν γὰρ πάντες οἱ ζητοῦντές σου τὴν ψυχήν

Dixit ergo Dominus ad Moysen in Madian: Vade, et revertere in Ægyptum, mortui sunt enim omnes qui quærebant animam tuam.

19 And the LORD said unto Moses in Midian, Go, return into Egypt: for all the men are dead which sought thy life.

כ. וַיִּקַּח משֶׁה אֶת אִשְׁתּוֹ וְאֶת בָּנָיו וַיַּרְכִּבֵם עַל הַחֲמֹר וַיָּשָׁב אַרְצָה מִצְרָיִם וַיִּקַּח משֶׁה אֶת מַטֵּה הָאֱלֹהִים בְּיָדוֹ:

ἀναλαβὼν δὲ Μωυσῆς τὴν γυναῖκα καὶ τὰ παιδία ἀνεβίβασεν αὐτὰ ἐπὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια καὶ ἐπέστρεψεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἔλαβεν δὲ Μωυσῆς τὴν ῥάβδον τὴν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ

Tulit ergo Moyses uxorem suam, et filios suos, et imposuit eos super asinum: reversusque est in Ægyptum, portans virgam Dei in manu sua.

20 And Moses took his wife and his sons, and set them upon an ass, and he returned to the land of Egypt: and Moses took the rod of God in his hand.

כא. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה בְּלֶכְתְּךָ לָשׁוּב מִצְרַיְמָה רְאֵה כָּל הַמֹּפְתִים אֲשֶׁר שַׂמְתִּי בְיָדֶךָ וַעֲשִׂיתָם לִפְנֵי פַרְעֹה וַאֲנִי אֲחַזֵּק אֶת לִבּוֹ וְלֹא יְשַׁלַּח אֶת הָעָם:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν πορευομένου σου καὶ ἀποστρέφοντος εἰς Αἴγυπτον ὅρα πάντα τὰ τέρατα ἃ ἔδωκα ἐν ταῖς χερσίν σου ποιήσεις αὐτὰ ἐναντίον Φαραω ἐγὼ δὲ σκληρυνῶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐξαποστείλῃ τὸν λαόν

Dixitque ei Dominus revertenti in Ægyptum: Vide ut omnia ostenta quæ posui in manu tua, facias coram Pharaone: ego indurabo cor ejus, et non dimittet populum.

21 And the LORD said unto Moses, When thou goest to return into Egypt, see that thou do all those wonders before Pharaoh, which I have put in thine hand: but I will harden his heart, that he shall not let the people go.

כב. וְאָמַרְתָּ אֶל פַּרְעֹה כֹּה אָמַר יְהֹוָה בְּנִי בְכֹרִי יִשְׂרָאֵל:

σὺ δὲ ἐρεῖς τῷ Φαραω τάδε λέγει κύριος υἱὸς πρωτότοκός μου Ισραηλ

Dicesque ad eum: Hæc dicit Dominus: Filius meus primogenitus Israël.

22 And thou shalt say unto Pharaoh, Thus saith the LORD, Israel is my son, even my firstborn:

כג. וָאֹמַר אֵלֶיךָ שַׁלַּח אֶת בְּנִי וְיַעַבְדֵנִי וַתְּמָאֵן לְשַׁלְּחוֹ הִנֵּה אָנֹכִי הֹרֵג אֶת בִּנְךָ בְּכֹרֶךָ:

εἶπα δέ σοι ἐξαπόστειλον τὸν λαόν μου ἵνα μοι λατρεύσῃ εἰ μὲν οὖν μὴ βούλει ἐξαποστεῖλαι αὐτούς ὅρα οὖν ἐγὼ ἀποκτενῶ τὸν υἱόν σου τὸν πρωτότοκον

Dixi tibi: Dimitte filium meum ut serviat mihi; et noluisti dimittere eum: ecce ego interficiam filium tuum primogenitum.

23 And I say unto thee, Let my son go, that he may serve me: and if thou refuse to let him go, behold, I will slay thy son, even thy firstborn.

כד. וַיְהִי בַדֶּרֶךְ בַּמָּלוֹן וַיִּפְגְּשֵׁהוּ יְהֹוָה וַיְבַקֵּשׁ הֲמִיתוֹ:

ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἐν τῷ καταλύματι συνήντησεν αὐτῷ ἄγγελος κυρίου καὶ ἐζήτει αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι

Cumque esset in itinere, in diversorio occurrit ei Dominus, et volebat occidere eum.

24 And it came to pass by the way in the inn, that the LORD met him, and sought to kill him.

כה. וַתִּקַּח צִפֹּרָה צֹר וַתִּכְרֹת אֶת עָרְלַת בְּנָהּ וַתַּגַּע לְרַגְלָיו וַתֹּאמֶר כִּי חֲתַן דָּמִים אַתָּה לִי:

καὶ λαβοῦσα Σεπφωρα ψῆφον περιέτεμεν τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτῆς καὶ προσέπεσεν πρὸς τοὺς πόδας καὶ εἶπεν ἔστη τὸ αἷμα τῆς περιτομῆς τοῦ παιδίου μου

Tulit idcirco Sephora acutissimam petram, et circumcidit præputium filii sui, tetigitque pedes ejus, et ait: Sponsus sanguinum tu mihi es.

25 Then Zipporah took a sharp stone, and cut off the foreskin of her son, and cast it at his feet, and said, Surely a bloody husband art thou to me.

כו. וַיִּרֶף מִמֶּנּוּ אָז אָמְרָה חֲתַן דָּמִים לַמּוּלֹת:

καὶ ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ διότι εἶπεν ἔστη τὸ αἷμα τῆς περιτομῆς τοῦ παιδίου μου

Et dimisit eum postquam dixerat: Sponsus sanguinum ob circumcisionem.

26 So he let him go: then she said, A bloody husband thou art, because of the circumcision.

כז. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל אַהֲרֹן לֵךְ לִקְרַאת משֶׁה הַמִּדְבָּרָה וַיֵּלֶךְ וַיִּפְגְּשֵׁהוּ בְּהַר הָאֱלֹהִים וַיִּשַּׁק לוֹ:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Ααρων πορεύθητι εἰς συνάντησιν Μωυσεῖ εἰς τὴν ἔρημον καὶ ἐπορεύθη καὶ συνήντησεν αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ ὄρει τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ κατεφίλησαν ἀλλήλους

Dixit autem Dominus ad Aaron: Vade in occursum Moysi in desertum. Qui perrexit obviam ei in montem Dei, et osculatus est eum.

27 And the LORD said to Aaron, Go into the wilderness to meet Moses. And he went, and met him in the mount of God, and kissed him.

כח. וַיַּגֵּד משֶׁה לְאַהֲרֹן אֵת כָּל דִּבְרֵי יְהֹוָה אֲשֶׁר שְׁלָחוֹ וְאֵת כָּל הָאֹתֹת אֲשֶׁר צִוָּהוּ:

καὶ ἀνήγγειλεν Μωυσῆς τῷ Ααρων πάντας τοὺς λόγους κυρίου οὓς ἀπέστειλεν καὶ πάντα τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐνετείλατο αὐτῷ

Narravitque Moyses Aaron omnia verba Domini quibus miserat eum, et signa quæ mandaverat.

28 And Moses told Aaron all the words of the LORD who had sent him, and all the signs which he had commanded him.

כט. וַיֵּלֶךְ משֶׁה וְאַהֲרֹן וַיַּאַסְפוּ אֶת כָּל זִקְנֵי בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל:

ἐπορεύθη δὲ Μωυσῆς καὶ Ααρων καὶ συνήγαγον τὴν γερουσίαν τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ

Veneruntque simul, et congregaverunt cunctos seniores filiorum Israël.

29 And Moses and Aaron went and gathered together all the elders of the children of Israel:

ל. וַיְדַבֵּר אַהֲרֹן אֵת כָּל הַדְּבָרִים אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה וַיַּעַשׂ הָאֹתֹת לְעֵינֵי הָעָם:

καὶ ἐλάλησεν Ααρων πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα ἃ ἐλάλησεν ὁ θεὸς πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ ἐποίησεν τὰ σημεῖα ἐναντίον τοῦ λαοῦ

Locutusque est Aaron omnia verba quæ dixerat Dominus ad Moysen: et fecit signa coram populo,

30 And Aaron spake all the words which the LORD had spoken unto Moses, and did the signs in the sight of the people.

לא. וַיַּאֲמֵן הָעָם וַיִּשְׁמְעוּ כִּי פָקַד יְהֹוָה אֶת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְכִי רָאָה אֶת עָנְיָם וַיִּקְּדוּ וַיִּשְׁתַּחֲווּ:

καὶ ἐπίστευσεν ὁ λαὸς καὶ ἐχάρη ὅτι ἐπεσκέψατο ὁ θεὸς τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ καὶ ὅτι εἶδεν αὐτῶν τὴν θλῖψιν κύψας δὲ ὁ λαὸς προσεκύνησεν

et credidit populus. Audieruntque quod visitasset Dominus filios Israël, et respexisset afflictionem illorum: et proni adoraverunt.

31 And the people believed: and when they heard that the LORD had visited the children of Israel, and that he had looked upon their affliction, then they bowed their heads and worshipped.

Ε'

Cap. 5

א. וְאַחַר בָּאוּ משֶׁה וְאַהֲרֹן וַיֹּאמְרוּ אֶל פַּרְעֹה כֹּה אָמַר יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל שַׁלַּח אֶת עַמִּי וְיָחֹגּוּ לִי בַּמִּדְבָּר:

καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα εἰσῆλθεν Μωυσῆς καὶ Ααρων πρὸς Φαραω καὶ εἶπαν αὐτῷ τάδε λέγει κύριος ὁ θεὸς Ισραηλ ἐξαπόστειλον τὸν λαόν μου ἵνα μοι ἑορτάσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ

Post hæc ingressi sunt Moyses et Aaron, et dixerunt Pharaoni: Hæc dicit Dominus Deus Israël: Dimitte populum meum ut sacrificet mihi in deserto.

1 And afterward Moses and Aaron went in, and told Pharaoh, Thus saith the LORD God of Israel, Let my people go, that they may hold a feast unto me in the wilderness.

ב. וַיֹּאמֶר פַּרְעֹה מִי יְהֹוָה אֲשֶׁר אֶשְׁמַע בְּקֹלוֹ לְשַׁלַּח אֶת יִשְׂרָאֵל לֹא יָדַעְתִּי אֶת יְהֹוָה וְגַם אֶת יִשְׂרָאֵל לֹא אֲשַׁלֵּחַ:

καὶ εἶπεν Φαραω τίς ἐστιν οὗ εἰσακούσομαι τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ὥστε ἐξαποστεῖλαι τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ οὐκ οἶδα τὸν κύριον καὶ τὸν Ισραηλ οὐκ ἐξαποστέλλω

At ille respondit: Quis est Dominus, ut audiam vocem ejus, et dimittam Israël? nescio Dominum, et Israël non dimittam.

2 And Pharaoh said, Who is the LORD, that I should obey his voice to let Israel go? I know not the LORD, neither will I let Israel go.

ג. וַיֹּאמְרוּ אֱלֹהֵי הָעִבְרִים נִקְרָא עָלֵינוּ נֵלֲכָה נָּא דֶּרֶךְ שְׁלשֶׁת יָמִים בַּמִּדְבָּר וְנִזְבְּחָה לַיהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵינוּ פֶּן יִפְגָּעֵנוּ בַּדֶּבֶר אוֹ בֶחָרֶב:

καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ ὁ θεὸς τῶν Εβραίων προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς πορευσόμεθα οὖν ὁδὸν τριῶν ἡμερῶν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον ὅπως θύσωμεν τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν μήποτε συναντήσῃ ἡμῖν θάνατος ἢ φόνος

Dixeruntque: Deus Hebræorum vocavit nos, ut eamus viam trium dierum in solitudinem, et sacrificemus Domino Deo nostro: ne forte accidat nobis pestis aut gladius.

3 And they said, The God of the Hebrews hath met with us: let us go, we pray thee, three days' journey into the desert, and sacrifice unto the LORD our God; lest he fall upon us with pestilence, or with the sword.

ד. וַיֹּאמֶר אֲלֵהֶם מֶלֶךְ מִצְרַיִם לָמָּה משֶׁה וְאַהֲרֹן תַּפְרִיעוּ אֶת הָעָם מִמַּעֲשָׂיו לְכוּ לְסִבְלֹתֵיכֶם:

καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ βασιλεὺς Αἰγύπτου ἵνα τί Μωυσῆ καὶ Ααρων διαστρέφετε τὸν λαόν μου ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων ἀπέλθατε ἕκαστος ὑμῶν πρὸς τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ

Ait ad eos rex Ægypti: Quare Moyses et Aaron sollicitatis populum ab operibus suis? ite ad onera vestra.

4 And the king of Egypt said unto them, Wherefore do ye, Moses and Aaron, let the people from their works? get you unto your burdens.

ה. וַיֹּאמֶר פַּרְעֹה הֵן רַבִּים עַתָּה עַם הָאָרֶץ וְהִשְׁבַּתֶּם אֹתָם מִסִּבְלֹתָם:

καὶ εἶπεν Φαραω ἰδοὺ νῦν πολυπληθεῖ ὁ λαός μὴ οὖν καταπαύσωμεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων

Dixitque Pharao: Multus est populus terræ: videtis quod turba succreverit: quanto magis si dederitis eis requiem ab operibus?

5 And Pharaoh said, Behold, the people of the land now are many, and ye make them rest from their burdens.

ו. וַיְצַו פַּרְעֹה בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא אֶת הַנֹּגְשִׂים בָּעָם וְאֶת שֹׁטְרָיו לֵאמֹר:

συνέταξεν δὲ Φαραω τοῖς ἐργοδιώκταις τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τοῖς γραμματεῦσιν λέγων

Præcepit ergo in die illo præfectis operum et exactoribus populi, dicens:

6 And Pharaoh commanded the same day the taskmasters of the people, and their officers, saying,

ז. לֹא תֹאסִפוּן לָתֵת תֶּבֶן לָעָם לִלְבֹּן הַלְּבֵנִים כִּתְמוֹל שִׁלְשֹׁם הֵם יֵלְכוּ וְקשְׁשׁוּ לָהֶם תֶּבֶן:

οὐκέτι προστεθήσεται διδόναι ἄχυρον τῷ λαῷ εἰς τὴν πλινθουργίαν καθάπερ ἐχθὲς καὶ τρίτην ἡμέραν αὐτοὶ πορευέσθωσαν καὶ συναγαγέτωσαν ἑαυτοῖς ἄχυρα

Nequaquam ultra dabitis paleas populo ad conficiendos lateres, sicut prius: sed ipsi vadant, et colligant stipulas.

7 Ye shall no more give the people straw to make brick, as heretofore: let them go and gather straw for themselves.

ח. וְאֶת מַתְכֹּנֶת הַלְּבֵנִים אֲשֶׁר הֵם עֹשִׂים תְּמוֹל שִׁלְשֹׁם תָּשִׂימוּ עֲלֵיהֶם לֹא תִגְרְעוּ מִמֶּנּוּ כִּי נִרְפִּים הֵם עַל כֵּן הֵם צֹעֲקִים לֵאמֹר נֵלְכָה נִזְבְּחָה לֵאלֹהֵינוּ:

καὶ τὴν σύνταξιν τῆς πλινθείας ἧς αὐτοὶ ποιοῦσιν καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἐπιβαλεῖς αὐτοῖς οὐκ ἀφελεῖς οὐδέν σχολάζουσιν γάρ διὰ τοῦτο κεκράγασιν λέγοντες πορευθῶμεν καὶ θύσωμεν τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν

Et mensuram laterum, quam prius faciebant, imponetis super eos, nec minuetis quidquam: vacant enim, et idcirco vociferantur, dicentes: Eamus, et sacrificemus Deo nostro.

8 And the tale of the bricks, which they did make heretofore, ye shall lay upon them; ye shall not diminish ought thereof: for they be idle; therefore they cry, saying, Let us go and sacrifice to our God.

ט. תִּכְבַּד הָעֲבֹדָה עַל הָאֲנָשִׁים וְיַעֲשׂוּ בָהּ וְאַל יִשְׁעוּ בְּדִבְרֵי שָׁקֶר:

βαρυνέσθω τὰ ἔργα τῶν ἀνθρώπων τούτων καὶ μεριμνάτωσαν ταῦτα καὶ μὴ μεριμνάτωσαν ἐν λόγοις κενοῖς

Opprimantur operibus, et expleant ea: ut non acquiescant verbis mendacibus.

9 Let there more work be laid upon the men, that they may labour therein; and let them not regard vain words.

י. וַיֵּצְאוּ נֹגְשֵׂי הָעָם וְשֹׁטְרָיו וַיֹּאמְרוּ אֶל הָעָם לֵאמֹר כֹּה אָמַר פַּרְעֹה אֵינֶנִּי נֹתֵן לָכֶם תֶּבֶן:

κατέσπευδον δὲ αὐτοὺς οἱ ἐργοδιῶκται καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ ἔλεγον πρὸς τὸν λαὸν λέγοντες τάδε λέγει Φαραω οὐκέτι δίδωμι ὑμῖν ἄχυρα

Igitur egressi præfecti operum et exactores ad populum, dixerunt: Sic dicit Pharao: Non do vobis paleas:

10 And the taskmasters of the people went out, and their officers, and they spake to the people, saying, Thus saith Pharaoh, I will not give you straw.

יא. אַתֶּם לְכוּ קְחוּ לָכֶם תֶּבֶן מֵאֲשֶׁר תִּמְצָאוּ כִּי אֵין נִגְרָע מֵעֲבֹדַתְכֶם דָּבָר:

αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς πορευόμενοι συλλέγετε ἑαυτοῖς ἄχυρα ὅθεν ἐὰν εὕρητε οὐ γὰρ ἀφαιρεῖται ἀπὸ τῆς συντάξεως ὑμῶν οὐθέν

ite, et colligite sicubi invenire poteritis, nec minuetur quidquam de opere vestro.

11 Go ye, get you straw where ye can find it: yet not ought of your work shall be diminished.

יב. וַיָּפֶץ הָעָם בְּכָל אֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם לְקשֵׁשׁ קַשׁ לַתֶּבֶן:

καὶ διεσπάρη ὁ λαὸς ἐν ὅλῃ Αἰγύπτῳ συναγαγεῖν καλάμην εἰς ἄχυρα

Dispersusque est populus per omnem terram Ægypti ad colligendas paleas.

12 So the people were scattered abroad throughout all the land of Egypt to gather stubble instead of straw.

יג. וְהַנֹּגְשִׂים אָצִים לֵאמֹר כַּלּוּ מַעֲשֵׂיכֶם דְּבַר יוֹם בְּיוֹמוֹ כַּאֲשֶׁר בִּהְיוֹת הַתֶּבֶן:

οἱ δὲ ἐργοδιῶκται κατέσπευδον αὐτοὺς λέγοντες συντελεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τὰ καθήκοντα καθ᾽ ἡμέραν καθάπερ καὶ ὅτε τὸ ἄχυρον ἐδίδοτο ὑμῖν

Præfecti quoque operum instabant, dicentes: Complete opus vestrum quotidie, ut prius facere solebatis quando dabantur vobis paleæ.

13 And the taskmasters hasted them, saying, Fulfil your works, your daily tasks, as when there was straw.

יד. וַיֻּכּוּ שֹׁטְרֵי בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אֲשֶׁר שָׂמוּ עֲלֵהֶם נֹגְשֵׂי פַרְעֹה לֵאמֹר מַדּוּעַ לֹא כִלִּיתֶם חָקְכֶם לִלְבֹּן כִּתְמוֹל שִׁלְשֹׁם גַּם תְּמוֹל גַּם הַיּוֹם:

καὶ ἐμαστιγώθησαν οἱ γραμματεῖς τοῦ γένους τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ οἱ κατασταθέντες ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐπιστατῶν τοῦ Φαραω λέγοντες διὰ τί οὐ συνετελέσατε τὰς συντάξεις ὑμῶν τῆς πλινθείας καθάπερ ἐχθὲς καὶ τρίτην ἡμέραν καὶ τὸ τῆς σήμερον

Flagellatique sunt qui præerant operibus filiorum Israël, ab exactoribus Pharaonis, dicentibus: Quare non impletis mensuram laterum sicut prius, nec heri, nec hodie?

14 And the officers of the children of Israel, which Pharaoh's taskmasters had set over them, were beaten, and demanded, Wherefore have ye not fulfilled your task in making brick both yesterday and to day, as heretofore?

טו. וַיָּבֹאוּ שֹׁטְרֵי בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וַיִּצְעֲקוּ אֶל פַּרְעֹה לֵאמֹר לָמָּה תַעֲשֶׂה כֹה לַעֲבָדֶיךָ:

εἰσελθόντες δὲ οἱ γραμματεῖς τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ κατεβόησαν πρὸς Φαραω λέγοντες ἵνα τί οὕτως ποιεῖς τοῖς σοῖς οἰκέταις

Veneruntque præpositi filiorum Israël, et vociferati sunt ad Pharaonem dicentes: Cur ita agis contra servos tuos?

15 Then the officers of the children of Israel came and cried unto Pharaoh, saying, Wherefore dealest thou thus with thy servants?

טז. תֶּבֶן אֵין נִתָּן לַעֲבָדֶיךָ וּלְבֵנִים אֹמְרִים לָנוּ עֲשׂוּ וְהִנֵּה עֲבָדֶיךָ מֻכִּים וְחָטָאת עַמֶּךָ:

ἄχυρον οὐ δίδοται τοῖς οἰκέταις σου καὶ τὴν πλίνθον ἡμῖν λέγουσιν ποιεῖν καὶ ἰδοὺ οἱ παῖδές σου μεμαστίγωνται ἀδικήσεις οὖν τὸν λαόν σου

paleæ non dantur nobis, et lateres similiter imperantur: en famuli tui flagellis cædimur, et injuste agitur contra populum tuum.

16 There is no straw given unto thy servants, and they say to us, Make brick: and, behold, thy servants are beaten; but the fault is in thine own people.

יז. וַיֹּאמֶר נִרְפִּים אַתֶּם נִרְפִּים עַל כֵּן אַתֶּם אֹמְרִים נֵלְכָה נִזְבְּחָה לַיהֹוָה:

καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς σχολάζετε σχολασταί ἐστε διὰ τοῦτο λέγετε πορευθῶμεν θύσωμεν τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν

Qui ait: Vacatis otio, et idcirco dicitis: Eamus, et sacrificemus Domino.

17 But he said, Ye are idle, ye are idle: therefore ye say, Let us go and do sacrifice to the LORD.

יח. וְעַתָּה לְכוּ עִבְדוּ וְתֶבֶן לֹא יִנָּתֵן לָכֶם וְתֹכֶן לְבֵנִים תִּתֵּנוּ:

νῦν οὖν πορευθέντες ἐργάζεσθε τὸ γὰρ ἄχυρον οὐ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν καὶ τὴν σύνταξιν τῆς πλινθείας ἀποδώσετε

Ite ergo, et operamini: paleæ non dabuntur vobis, et reddetis consuetum numerum laterum.

18 Go therefore now, and work; for there shall no straw be given you, yet shall ye deliver the tale of bricks.

יט. וַיִּרְאוּ שֹׁטְרֵי בְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אֹתָם בְּרָע לֵאמֹר לֹא תִגְרְעוּ מִלִּבְנֵיכֶם דְּבַר יוֹם בְּיוֹמוֹ:

ἑώρων δὲ οἱ γραμματεῖς τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ ἑαυτοὺς ἐν κακοῖς λέγοντες οὐκ ἀπολείψετε τῆς πλινθείας τὸ καθῆκον τῇ ἡμέρᾳ

Videbantque se præpositi filiorum Israël in malo, eo quod diceretur eis: Non minuetur quidquam de lateribus per singulos dies.

19 And the officers of the children of Israel did see that they were in evil case, after it was said, Ye shall not minish ought from your bricks of your daily task.

כ. וַיִּפְגְּעוּ אֶת משֶׁה וְאֶת אַהֲרֹן נִצָּבִים לִקְרָאתָם בְּצֵאתָם מֵאֵת פַּרְעֹה:

συνήντησαν δὲ Μωυσῇ καὶ Ααρων ἐρχομένοις εἰς συνάντησιν αὐτοῖς ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Φαραω

Occurreruntque Moysi et Aaron, qui stabant ex adverso, egredientibus a Pharaone:

20 And they met Moses and Aaron, who stood in the way, as they came forth from Pharaoh:

כא. וַיֹּאמְרוּ אֲלֵהֶם יֵרֶא יְהֹוָה עֲלֵיכֶם וְיִשְׁפֹּט אֲשֶׁר הִבְאַשְׁתֶּם אֶת רֵיחֵנוּ בְּעֵינֵי פַרְעֹה וּבְעֵינֵי עֲבָדָיו לָתֶת חֶרֶב בְּיָדָם לְהָרְגֵנוּ:

καὶ εἶπαν αὐτοῖς ἴδοι ὁ θεὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ κρίναι ὅτι ἐβδελύξατε τὴν ὀσμὴν ἡμῶν ἐναντίον Φαραω καὶ ἐναντίον τῶν θεραπόντων αὐτοῦ δοῦναι ῥομφαίαν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ ἀποκτεῖναι ἡμᾶς

et dixerunt ad eos: Videat Dominus et judicet, quoniam fœtere fecistis odorem nostrum coram Pharaone et servis ejus, et præbuistis ei gladium, ut occideret nos.

21 And they said unto them, The LORD look upon you, and judge; because ye have made our savour to be abhorred in the eyes of Pharaoh, and in the eyes of his servants, to put a sword in their hand to slay us.

כב. וַיָּשָׁב משֶׁה אֶל יְהֹוָה וַיֹּאמַר אֲדֹנָי לָמָה הֲרֵעֹתָה לָעָם הַזֶּה לָמָּה זֶּה שְׁלַחְתָּנִי:

ἐπέστρεψεν δὲ Μωυσῆς πρὸς κύριον καὶ εἶπεν κύριε διὰ τί ἐκάκωσας τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον καὶ ἵνα τί ἀπέσταλκάς με

Reversusque est Moyses ad Dominum, et ait: Domine, cur afflixisti populum istum? quare misisti me?

22 And Moses returned unto the LORD, and said, LORD, wherefore hast thou so evil entreated this people? why is it that thou hast sent me?

כג. וּמֵאָז בָּאתִי אֶל פַּרְעֹה לְדַבֵּר בִּשְׁמֶךָ הֵרַע לָעָם הַזֶּה וְהַצֵּל לֹא הִצַּלְתָּ אֶת עַמֶּךָ:

καὶ ἀφ᾽ οὗ πεπόρευμαι πρὸς Φαραω λαλῆσαι ἐπὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐκάκωσεν τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον καὶ οὐκ ἐρρύσω τὸν λαόν σου

ex eo enim quo ingressus sum ad Pharaonem ut loquerer in nomine tuo, afflixit populum tuum: et non liberasti eos.

23 For since I came to Pharaoh to speak in thy name, he hath done evil to this people; neither hast thou delivered thy people at all.

ς'

Cap. 6

א. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה עַתָּה תִרְאֶה אֲשֶׁר אֶעֱשֶׂה לְפַרְעֹה כִּי בְיָד חֲזָקָה יְשַׁלְּחֵם וּבְיָד חֲזָקָה יְגָרְשֵׁם מֵאַרְצוֹ:

καὶ εἶπεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἤδη ὄψει ἃ ποιήσω τῷ Φαραω ἐν γὰρ χειρὶ κραταιᾷ ἐξαποστελεῖ αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐν βραχίονι ὑψηλῷ ἐκβαλεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῆς γῆς αὐτοῦ

Dixitque Dominus ad Moysen: Nunc videbis quæ facturus sim Pharaoni: per manum enim fortem dimittet eos, et in manu robusta ejiciet illos de terra sua.

1 Then the LORD said unto Moses, Now shalt thou see what I will do to Pharaoh: for with a strong hand shall he let them go, and with a strong hand shall he drive them out of his land.

ב. וַיְדַבֵּר אֱלֹהִים אֶל משֶׁה וַיֹּאמֶר אֵלָיו אֲנִי יְהֹוָה:

ἐλάλησεν δὲ ὁ θεὸς πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν ἐγὼ κύριος

Locutusque est Dominus ad Moysen dicens: Ego Dominus

2 And God spake unto Moses, and said unto him, I am the LORD:

ג. וָאֵרָא אֶל אַבְרָהָם אֶל יִצְחָק וְאֶל יַעֲקֹב בְּאֵל שַׁדָּי וּשְׁמִי יְהֹוָה לֹא נוֹדַעְתִּי לָהֶם:

καὶ ὤφθην πρὸς Αβρααμ καὶ Ισαακ καὶ Ιακωβ θεὸς ὢν αὐτῶν καὶ τὸ ὄνομά μου κύριος οὐκ ἐδήλωσα αὐτοῖς

qui apparui Abraham, Isaac et Jacob in Deo omnipotente: et nomen meum Adonai non indicavi eis.

3 And I appeared unto Abraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jacob, by the name of God Almighty, but by my name JEHOVAH was I not known to them.

ד. וְגַם הֲקִמֹתִי אֶת בְּרִיתִי אִתָּם לָתֵת לָהֶם אֶת אֶרֶץ כְּנָעַן אֵת אֶרֶץ מְגֻרֵיהֶם אֲשֶׁר גָּרוּ בָהּ:

καὶ ἔστησα τὴν διαθήκην μου πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὥστε δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν γῆν τῶν Χαναναίων τὴν γῆν ἣν παρῳκήκασιν ἐν ᾗ καὶ παρῴκησαν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς

Pepigique fœdus cum eis, ut darem eis terram Chanaan, terram peregrinationis eorum, in qua fuerunt advenæ.

4 And I have also established my covenant with them, to give them the land of Canaan, the land of their pilgrimage, wherein they were strangers.

ה. וְגַם אֲנִי שָׁמַעְתִּי אֶת נַאֲקַת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אֲשֶׁר מִצְרַיִם מַעֲבִדִים אֹתָם וָאֶזְכֹּר אֶת בְּרִיתִי:

καὶ ἐγὼ εἰσήκουσα τὸν στεναγμὸν τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ ὃν οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι καταδουλοῦνται αὐτούς καὶ ἐμνήσθην τῆς διαθήκης ὑμῶν

Ego audivi gemitum filiorum Israël, quo Ægyptii oppresserunt eos: et recordatus sum pacti mei.

5 And I have also heard the groaning of the children of Israel, whom the Egyptians keep in bondage; and I have remembered my covenant.

ו. לָכֵן אֱמֹר לִבְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אֲנִי יְהֹוָה וְהוֹצֵאתִי אֶתְכֶם מִתַּחַת סִבְלֹת מִצְרַיִם וְהִצַּלְתִּי אֶתְכֶם מֵעֲבֹדָתָם וְגָאַלְתִּי אֶתְכֶם בִּזְרוֹעַ נְטוּיָה וּבִשְׁפָטִים גְּדֹלִים:

βάδιζε εἰπὸν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ λέγων ἐγὼ κύριος καὶ ἐξάξω ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς δυναστείας τῶν Αἰγυπτίων καὶ ῥύσομαι ὑμᾶς ἐκ τῆς δουλείας καὶ λυτρώσομαι ὑμᾶς ἐν βραχίονι ὑψηλῷ καὶ κρίσει μεγάλῃ

Ideo dic filiis Israël: Ego Dominus qui educam vos de ergastulo Ægyptiorum, et eruam de servitute, ac redimam in brachio excelso et judiciis magnis.

6 Wherefore say unto the children of Israel, I am the LORD, and I will bring you out from under the burdens of the Egyptians, and I will rid you out of their bondage, and I will redeem you with a stretched out arm, and with great judgments:

ז. וְלָקַחְתִּי אֶתְכֶם לִי לְעָם וְהָיִיתִי לָכֶם לֵאלֹהִים וִידַעְתֶּם כִּי אֲנִי יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵיכֶם הַמּוֹצִיא אֶתְכֶם מִתַּחַת סִבְלוֹת מִצְרָיִם:

καὶ λήμψομαι ἐμαυτῷ ὑμᾶς λαὸν ἐμοὶ καὶ ἔσομαι ὑμῶν θεός καὶ γνώσεσθε ὅτι ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν ὁ ἐξαγαγὼν ὑμᾶς ἐκ τῆς καταδυναστείας τῶν Αἰγυπτίων

Et assumam vos mihi in populum, et ero vester Deus: et scietis quod ego sum Dominus Deus vester qui eduxerim vos de ergastulo Ægyptiorum,

7 And I will take you to me for a people, and I will be to you a God: and ye shall know that I am the LORD your God, which bringeth you out from under the burdens of the Egyptians.

ח. וְהֵבֵאתִי אֶתְכֶם אֶל הָאָרֶץ אֲשֶׁר נָשָׂאתִי אֶת יָדִי לָתֵת אֹתָהּ לְאַבְרָהָם לְיִצְחָק וּלְיַעֲקֹב וְנָתַתִּי אֹתָהּ לָכֶם מוֹרָשָׁה אֲנִי יְהֹוָה:

καὶ εἰσάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν γῆν εἰς ἣν ἐξέτεινα τὴν χεῖρά μου δοῦναι αὐτὴν τῷ Αβρααμ καὶ Ισαακ καὶ Ιακωβ καὶ δώσω ὑμῖν αὐτὴν ἐν κλήρῳ ἐγὼ κύριος

et induxerim in terram, super quam levavi manum meam ut darem eam Abraham, Isaac et Jacob: daboque illam vobis possidendam. Ego Dominus.

8 And I will bring you in unto the land, concerning the which I did swear to give it to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob; and I will give it you for an heritage: I am the LORD.

ט. וַיְדַבֵּר משֶׁה כֵּן אֶל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְלֹא שָׁמְעוּ אֶל משֶׁה מִקֹּצֶר רוּחַ וּמֵעֲבֹדָה קָשָׁה:

ἐλάλησεν δὲ Μωυσῆς οὕτως τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ καὶ οὐκ εἰσήκουσαν Μωυσῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ὀλιγοψυχίας καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων τῶν σκληρῶν

Narravit ergo Moyses omnia filiis Israël: qui non acquieverunt ei propter angustiam spiritus, et opus durissimum.

9 And Moses spake so unto the children of Israel: but they hearkened not unto Moses for anguish of spirit, and for cruel bondage.

י. וַיְדַבֵּר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה לֵּאמֹר:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων

Locutusque est Dominus ad Moysen, dicens:

10 And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,

יא. בֹּא דַבֵּר אֶל פַּרְעֹה מֶלֶךְ מִצְרָיִם וִישַׁלַּח אֶת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מֵאַרְצוֹ:

εἴσελθε λάλησον Φαραω βασιλεῖ Αἰγύπτου ἵνα ἐξαποστείλῃ τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ ἐκ τῆς γῆς αὐτοῦ

Ingredere, et loquere ad Pharaonem regem Ægypti, ut dimittat filios Israël de terra sua.

11 Go in, speak unto Pharaoh king of Egypt, that he let the children of Israel go out of his land.

יב. וַיְדַבֵּר משֶׁה לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה לֵאמֹר הֵן בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל לֹא שָׁמְעוּ אֵלַי וְאֵיךְ יִשְׁמָעֵנִי פַרְעֹה וַאֲנִי עֲרַל שְׂפָתָיִם:

ἐλάλησεν δὲ Μωυσῆς ἔναντι κυρίου λέγων ἰδοὺ οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ οὐκ εἰσήκουσάν μου καὶ πῶς εἰσακούσεταί μου Φαραω ἐγὼ δὲ ἄλογός εἰμι

Respondit Moyses coram Domino: Ecce filii Israël non audiunt me: et quomodo audiet Pharao, præsertim cum incircumcisus sim labiis?

12 And Moses spake before the LORD, saying, Behold, the children of Israel have not hearkened unto me; how then shall Pharaoh hear me, who am of uncircumcised lips?

יג. וַיְדַבֵּר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה וְאֶל אַהֲרֹן וַיְצַוֵּם אֶל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְאֶל פַּרְעֹה מֶלֶךְ מִצְרָיִם לְהוֹצִיא אֶת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ Ααρων καὶ συνέταξεν αὐτοῖς πρὸς Φαραω βασιλέα Αἰγύπτου ὥστε ἐξαποστεῖλαι τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου

Locutusque est Dominus ad Moysen et Aaron, et dedit mandatum ad filios Israël, et ad Pharaonem regem Ægypti ut educerent filios Israël de terra Ægypti.

13 And the LORD spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, and gave them a charge unto the children of Israel, and unto Pharaoh king of Egypt, to bring the children of Israel out of the land of Egypt.

יד. אֵלֶּה רָאשֵׁי בֵית אֲבֹתָם בְּנֵי רְאוּבֵן בְּכֹר יִשְׂרָאֵל חֲנוֹךְ וּפַלּוּא חֶצְרֹן וְכַרְמִי אֵלֶּה מִשְׁפְּחֹת רְאוּבֵן:

καὶ οὗτοι ἀρχηγοὶ οἴκων πατριῶν αὐτῶν υἱοὶ Ρουβην πρωτοτόκου Ισραηλ Ενωχ καὶ Φαλλους Ασρων καὶ Χαρμι αὕτη ἡ συγγένεια Ρουβην

Isti sunt principes domorum per familias suas. Filii Ruben primogeniti Israëlis: Henoch et Phallu, Hesron et Charmi:

14 These be the heads of their fathers' houses: The sons of Reuben the firstborn of Israel; Hanoch, and Pallu, Hezron, and Carmi: these be the families of Reuben.

טו. וּבְנֵי שִׁמְעוֹן יְמוּאֵל וְיָמִין וְאֹהַד וְיָכִין וְצֹחַר וְשָׁאוּל בֶּן הַכְּנַעֲנִית אֵלֶּה מִשְׁפְּחֹת שִׁמְעוֹן:

καὶ υἱοὶ Συμεων Ιεμουηλ καὶ Ιαμιν καὶ Αωδ καὶ Ιαχιν καὶ Σααρ καὶ Σαουλ ὁ ἐκ τῆς Φοινίσσης αὗται αἱ πατριαὶ τῶν υἱῶν Συμεων

hæ cognationes Ruben. Filii Simeon: Jamuel, et Jamin, et Ahod, et Jachin, et Soar, et Saul filius Chananitidis: hæ progenies Simeon.

15 And the sons of Simeon; Jemuel, and Jamin, and Ohad, and Jachin, and Zohar, and Shaul the son of a Canaanitish woman: these are the families of Simeon.

טז. וְאֵלֶּה שְׁמוֹת בְּנֵי לֵוִי לְתֹלְדֹתָם גֵּרְשׁוֹן וּקְהָת וּמְרָרִי וּשְׁנֵי חַיֵּי לֵוִי שֶׁבַע וּשְׁלשִׁים וּמְאַת שָׁנָה:

καὶ ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν υἱῶν Λευι κατὰ συγγενείας αὐτῶν Γεδσων Κααθ καὶ Μεραρι καὶ τὰ ἔτη τῆς ζωῆς Λευι ἑκατὸν τριάκοντα ἑπτά

Et hæc nomina filiorum Levi per cognationes suas: Gerson, et Caath, et Merari. Anni autem vitæ Levi fuerunt centum triginta septem.

16 And these are the names of the sons of Levi according to their generations; Gershon, and Kohath, and Merari: and the years of the life of Levi were an hundred thirty and seven years.

יז. בְּנֵי גֵרְשׁוֹן לִבְנִי וְשִׁמְעִי לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָם:

καὶ οὗτοι υἱοὶ Γεδσων Λοβενι καὶ Σεμεϊ οἶκοι πατριᾶς αὐτῶν

Filii Gerson: Lobni et Semei, per cognationes suas.

17 The sons of Gershon; Libni, and Shimi, according to their families.

יח. וּבְנֵי קְהָת עַמְרָם וְיִצְהָר וְחֶבְרוֹן וְעֻזִּיאֵל וּשְׁנֵי חַיֵּי קְהָת שָׁלשׁ וּשְׁלשִׁים וּמְאַת שָׁנָה:

καὶ υἱοὶ Κααθ Αμβραμ καὶ Ισσααρ Χεβρων καὶ Οζιηλ καὶ τὰ ἔτη τῆς ζωῆς Κααθ ἑκατὸν τριάκοντα ἔτη

Filii Caath: Amram, et Isaar, et Hebron, et Oziel; anni quoque vitæ Caath, centum triginta tres.

18 And the sons of Kohath; Amram, and Izhar, and Hebron, and Uzziel: and the years of the life of Kohath were an hundred thirty and three years.

יט. וּבְנֵי מְרָרִי מַחְלִי וּמוּשִׁי אֵלֶּה מִשְׁפְּחֹת הַלֵּוִי לְתֹלְדֹתָם:

καὶ υἱοὶ Μεραρι Μοολι καὶ Ομουσι οὗτοι οἶκοι πατριῶν Λευι κατὰ συγγενείας αὐτῶν

Filii Merari: Moholi et Musi: hæ cognationes Levi per familias suas.

19 And the sons of Merari; Mahali and Mushi: these are the families of Levi according to their generations.

כ. וַיִּקַּח עַמְרָם אֶת יוֹכֶבֶד דֹּדָתוֹ לוֹ לְאִשָּׁה וַתֵּלֶד לוֹ אֶת אַהֲרֹן וְאֶת משֶׁה וּשְׁנֵי חַיֵּי עַמְרָם שֶׁבַע וּשְׁלשִׁים וּמְאַת שָׁנָה:

καὶ ἔλαβεν Αμβραμ τὴν Ιωχαβεδ θυγατέρα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ ἑαυτῷ εἰς γυναῖκα καὶ ἐγέννησεν αὐτῷ τόν τε Ααρων καὶ Μωυσῆν καὶ Μαριαμ τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῶν τὰ δὲ ἔτη τῆς ζωῆς Αμβραμ ἑκατὸν τριάκοντα δύο ἔτη

Accepit autem Amram uxorem Jochabed patruelem suam: quæ peperit ei Aaron et Moysen. Fueruntque anni vitæ Amram, centum triginta septem.

20 And Amram took him Jochebed his father's sister to wife; and she bare him Aaron and Moses: and the years of the life of Amram were an hundred and thirty and seven years.

כא. וּבְנֵי יִצְהָר קֹרַח וָנֶפֶג וְזִכְרִי:

καὶ υἱοὶ Ισσααρ Κορε καὶ Ναφεκ καὶ Ζεχρι

Filii quoque Isaar: Core, et Nepheg, et Zechri.

21 And the sons of Izhar; Korah, and Nepheg, and Zichri.

כב. וּבְנֵי עֻזִּיאֵל מִישָׁאֵל וְאֶלְצָפָן וְסִתְרִי:

καὶ υἱοὶ Οζιηλ Ελισαφαν καὶ Σετρι

Filii quoque Oziel: Misaël, et Elisaphan, et Sethri.

22 And the sons of Uzziel; Mishael, and Elzaphan, and Zithri.

כג. וַיִּקַּח אַהֲרֹן אֶת אֱלִישֶׁבַע בַּת עַמִּינָדָב אֲחוֹת נַחְשׁוֹן לוֹ לְאִשָּׁה וַתֵּלֶד לוֹ אֶת נָדָב וְאֶת אֲבִיהוּא אֶת אֶלְעָזָר וְאֶת אִיתָמָר:

ἔλαβεν δὲ Ααρων τὴν Ελισαβεθ θυγατέρα Αμιναδαβ ἀδελφὴν Ναασσων αὐτῷ γυναῖκα καὶ ἔτεκεν αὐτῷ τόν τε Ναδαβ καὶ Αβιουδ καὶ Ελεαζαρ καὶ Ιθαμαρ

Accepit autem Aaron uxorem Elisabeth filiam Aminadab, sororem Nahason, quæ peperit ei Nadab, et Abiu, et Eleazar, et Ithamar.

23 And Aaron took him Elisheba, daughter of Amminadab, sister of Naashon, to wife; and she bare him Nadab, and Abihu, Eleazar, and Ithamar.

כד. וּבְנֵי קֹרַח אַסִּיר וְאֶלְקָנָה וַאֲבִיאָסָף אֵלֶּה מִשְׁפְּחֹת הַקָּרְחִי:

υἱοὶ δὲ Κορε Ασιρ καὶ Ελκανα καὶ Αβιασαφ αὗται αἱ γενέσεις Κορε

Filii quoque Core: Aser, et Elcana, et Abiasaph: hæ sunt cognationes Coritarum.

24 And the sons of Korah; Assir, and Elkanah, and Abiasaph: these are the families of the Korhites.

כה. וְאֶלְעָזָר בֶּן אַהֲרֹן לָקַח לוֹ מִבְּנוֹת פּוּטִיאֵל לוֹ לְאִשָּׁה וַתֵּלֶד לוֹ אֶת פִּינְחָס אֵלֶּה רָאשֵׁי אֲבוֹת הַלְוִיִּם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָם:

καὶ Ελεαζαρ ὁ τοῦ Ααρων ἔλαβεν τῶν θυγατέρων Φουτιηλ αὐτῷ γυναῖκα καὶ ἔτεκεν αὐτῷ τὸν Φινεες αὗται αἱ ἀρχαὶ πατριᾶς Λευιτῶν κατὰ γενέσεις αὐτῶν

At vero Eleazar filius Aaron accepit uxorem de filiabus Phutiel: quæ peperit ei Phinees. Hi sunt principes familiarum Leviticarum per cognationes suas.

25 And Eleazar Aaron's son took him one of the daughters of Putiel to wife; and she bare him Phinehas: these are the heads of the fathers of the Levites according to their families.

כו. הוּא אַהֲרֹן וּמשֶׁה אֲשֶׁר אָמַר יְהֹוָה לָהֶם הוֹצִיאוּ אֶת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם עַל צִבְאֹתָם:

οὗτος Ααρων καὶ Μωυσῆς οἷς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς ἐξαγαγεῖν τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σὺν δυνάμει αὐτῶν

Iste est Aaron et Moyses, quibus præcepit Dominus ut educerent filios Israël de terra Ægypti per turmas suas.

26 These are that Aaron and Moses, to whom the LORD said, Bring out the children of Israel from the land of Egypt according to their armies.

כז. הֵם הַמְדַבְּרִים אֶל פַּרְעֹה מֶלֶךְ מִצְרַיִם לְהוֹצִיא אֶת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מִמִּצְרָיִם הוּא משֶׁה וְאַהֲרֹן:

οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ διαλεγόμενοι πρὸς Φαραω βασιλέα Αἰγύπτου καὶ ἐξήγαγον τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ ἐξ Αἰγύπτου αὐτὸς Ααρων καὶ Μωυσῆς

Hi sunt, qui loquuntur ad Pharaonem regem Ægypti, ut educant filios Israël de Ægypto: iste est Moyses et Aaron,

27 These are they which spake to Pharaoh king of Egypt, to bring out the children of Israel from Egypt: these are that Moses and Aaron.

כח. וַיְהִי בְּיוֹם דִּבֶּר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה בְּאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ ἐλάλησεν κύριος Μωυσῇ ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ

in die qua locutus est Dominus ad Moysen, in terra Ægypti.

28 And it came to pass on the day when the LORD spake unto Moses in the land of Egypt,

כט. וַיְדַבֵּר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה לֵּאמֹר אֲנִי יְהֹוָה דַּבֵּר אֶל פַּרְעֹה מֶלֶךְ מִצְרַיִם אֵת כָּל אֲשֶׁר אֲנִי דֹּבֵר אֵלֶיךָ:

καὶ ἐλάλησεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων ἐγὼ κύριος λάλησον πρὸς Φαραω βασιλέα Αἰγύπτου ὅσα ἐγὼ λέγω πρὸς σέ

Et locutus est Dominus ad Moysen, dicens: Ego Dominus: loquere ad Pharaonem regem Ægypti, omnia quæ ego loquor tibi.

29 That the LORD spake unto Moses, saying, I am the LORD: speak thou unto Pharaoh king of Egypt all that I say unto thee.

ל. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה הֵן אֲנִי עֲרַל שְׂפָתַיִם וְאֵיךְ יִשְׁמַע אֵלַי פַּרְעֹה:

καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς ἐναντίον κυρίου ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἰσχνόφωνός εἰμι καὶ πῶς εἰσακούσεταί μου Φαραω

Et ait Moyses coram Domino: En incircumcisus labiis sum, quomodo audiet me Pharao?

30 And Moses said before the LORD, Behold, I am of uncircumcised lips, and how shall Pharaoh hearken unto me?

Ζ'

Cap. 7

א. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה רְאֵה נְתַתִּיךָ אֱלֹהִים לְפַרְעֹה וְאַהֲרֹן אָחִיךָ יִהְיֶה נְבִיאֶךָ:

καὶ εἶπεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων ἰδοὺ δέδωκά σε θεὸν Φαραω καὶ Ααρων ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔσται σου προφήτης

Dixitque Dominus ad Moysen: Ecce constitui te Deum Pharaonis: et Aaron frater tuus erit propheta tuus.

1 And the LORD said unto Moses, See, I have made thee a god to Pharaoh: and Aaron thy brother shall be thy prophet.

ב. אַתָּה תְדַבֵּר אֵת כָּל אֲשֶׁר אֲצַוֶּךָּ וְאַהֲרֹן אָחִיךָ יְדַבֵּר אֶל פַּרְעֹה וְשִׁלַּח אֶת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מֵאַרְצוֹ:

σὺ δὲ λαλήσεις αὐτῷ πάντα ὅσα σοι ἐντέλλομαι ὁ δὲ Ααρων ὁ ἀδελφός σου λαλήσει πρὸς Φαραω ὥστε ἐξαποστεῖλαι τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ ἐκ τῆς γῆς αὐτοῦ

Tu loqueris ei omnia quæ mando tibi: et ille loquetur ad Pharaonem, ut dimittat filios Israël de terra sua.

2 Thou shalt speak all that I command thee: and Aaron thy brother shall speak unto Pharaoh, that he send the children of Israel out of his land.

ג. וַאֲנִי אַקְשֶׁה אֶת לֵב פַּרְעֹה וְהִרְבֵּיתִי אֶת אֹתֹתַי וְאֶת מוֹפְתַי בְּאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

ἐγὼ δὲ σκληρυνῶ τὴν καρδίαν Φαραω καὶ πληθυνῶ τὰ σημεῖά μου καὶ τὰ τέρατα ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ

Sed ego indurabo cor ejus, et multiplicabo signa et ostenta mea in terra Ægypti,

3 And I will harden Pharaoh's heart, and multiply my signs and my wonders in the land of Egypt.

ד. וְלֹא יִשְׁמַע אֲלֵכֶם פַּרְעֹה וְנָתַתִּי אֶת יָדִי בְּמִצְרָיִם וְהוֹצֵאתִי אֶת צִבְאֹתַי אֶת עַמִּי בְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם בִּשְׁפָטִים גְּדֹלִים:

καὶ οὐκ εἰσακούσεται ὑμῶν Φαραω καὶ ἐπιβαλῶ τὴν χεῖρά μου ἐπ᾽ Αἴγυπτον καὶ ἐξάξω σὺν δυνάμει μου τὸν λαόν μου τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σὺν ἐκδικήσει μεγάλῃ

et non audiet vos: immittamque manum meam super Ægyptum, et educam exercitum et populum meum filios Israël de terra Ægypti per judicia maxima.

4 But Pharaoh shall not hearken unto you, that I may lay my hand upon Egypt, and bring forth mine armies, and my people the children of Israel, out of the land of Egypt by great judgments.

ה. וְיָדְעוּ מִצְרַיִם כִּי אֲנִי יְהֹוָה בִּנְטֹתִי אֶת יָדִי עַל מִצְרָיִם וְהוֹצֵאתִי אֶת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מִתּוֹכָם:

καὶ γνώσονται πάντες οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι κύριος ἐκτείνων τὴν χεῖρα ἐπ᾽ Αἴγυπτον καὶ ἐξάξω τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν

Et scient Ægyptii quia ego sum Dominus qui extenderim manum meam super Ægyptum, et eduxerim filios Israël de medio eorum.

5 And the Egyptians shall know that I am the LORD, when I stretch forth mine hand upon Egypt, and bring out the children of Israel from among them.

ו. וַיַּעַשׂ משֶׁה וְאַהֲרֹן כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֹתָם כֵּן עָשׂוּ:

ἐποίησεν δὲ Μωυσῆς καὶ Ααρων καθάπερ ἐνετείλατο αὐτοῖς κύριος οὕτως ἐποίησαν

Fecit itaque Moyses et Aaron sicut præceperat Dominus: ita egerunt.

6 And Moses and Aaron did as the LORD commanded them, so did they.

ז. וּמשֶׁה בֶּן שְׁמֹנִים שָׁנָה וְאַהֲרֹן בֶּן שָׁלשׁ וּשְׁמֹנִים שָׁנָה בְּדַבְּרָם אֶל פַּרְעֹה:

Μωυσῆς δὲ ἦν ἐτῶν ὀγδοήκοντα Ααρων δὲ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ ἐτῶν ὀγδοήκοντα τριῶν ἡνίκα ἐλάλησεν πρὸς Φαραω

Erat autem Moyses octoginta annorum, et Aaron octoginta trium, quando locuti sunt ad Pharaonem.

7 And Moses was fourscore years old, and Aaron fourscore and three years old, when they spake unto Pharaoh.

ח. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה וְאֶל אַהֲרֹן לֵאמֹר:

καὶ εἶπεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ Ααρων λέγων

Dixitque Dominus ad Moysen et Aaron:

8 And the LORD spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying,

ט. כִּי יְדַבֵּר אֲלֵכֶם פַּרְעֹה לֵאמֹר תְּנוּ לָכֶם מוֹפֵת וְאָמַרְתָּ אֶל אַהֲרֹן קַח אֶת מַטְּךָ וְהַשְׁלֵךְ לִפְנֵי פַרְעֹה יְהִי לְתַנִּין:

καὶ ἐὰν λαλήσῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς Φαραω λέγων δότε ἡμῖν σημεῖον ἢ τέρας καὶ ἐρεῖς Ααρων τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου λαβὲ τὴν ῥάβδον καὶ ῥῖψον αὐτὴν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἐναντίον Φαραω καὶ ἐναντίον τῶν θεραπόντων αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔσται δράκων

Cum dixerit vobis Pharao, Ostendite signa: dices ad Aaron: Tolle virgam tuam, et projice eam coram Pharaone, ac vertetur in colubrum.

9 When Pharaoh shall speak unto you, saying, Shew a miracle for you: then thou shalt say unto Aaron, Take thy rod, and cast it before Pharaoh, and it shall become a serpent.

י. וַיָּבֹא משֶׁה וְאַהֲרֹן אֶל פַּרְעֹה וַיַּעֲשׂוּ כֵן כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה וַיַּשְׁלֵךְ אַהֲרֹן אֶת מַטֵּהוּ לִפְנֵי פַרְעֹה וְלִפְנֵי עֲבָדָיו וַיְהִי לְתַנִּין:

εἰσῆλθεν δὲ Μωυσῆς καὶ Ααρων ἐναντίον Φαραω καὶ τῶν θεραπόντων αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐποίησαν οὕτως καθάπερ ἐνετείλατο αὐτοῖς κύριος καὶ ἔρριψεν Ααρων τὴν ῥάβδον ἐναντίον Φαραω καὶ ἐναντίον τῶν θεραπόντων αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐγένετο δράκων

Ingressi itaque Moyses et Aaron ad Pharaonem, fecerunt sicut præceperat Dominus: tulitque Aaron virgam coram Pharaone et servis ejus, quæ versa est in colubrum.

10 And Moses and Aaron went in unto Pharaoh, and they did so as the LORD had commanded: and Aaron cast down his rod before Pharaoh, and before his servants, and it became a serpent.

יא. וַיִּקְרָא גַּם פַּרְעֹה לַחֲכָמִים וְלַמְכַשְּׁפִים וַיַּעֲשׂוּ גַם הֵם חַרְטֻמֵּי מִצְרַיִם בְּלַהֲטֵיהֶם כֵּן:

συνεκάλεσεν δὲ Φαραω τοὺς σοφιστὰς Αἰγύπτου καὶ τοὺς φαρμακούς καὶ ἐποίησαν καὶ οἱ ἐπαοιδοὶ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ταῖς φαρμακείαις αὐτῶν ὡσαύτως

Vocavit autem Pharao sapientes et maleficos: et fecerunt etiam ipsi per incantationes ægyptiacas et arcana quædam similiter.

11 Then Pharaoh also called the wise men and the sorcerers: now the magicians of Egypt, they also did in like manner with their enchantments.

יב. וַיַּשְׁלִיכוּ אִישׁ מַטֵּהוּ וַיִּהְיוּ לְתַנִּינִם וַיִּבְלַע מַטֵּה אַהֲרֹן אֶת מַטֹּתָם:

καὶ ἔρριψαν ἕκαστος τὴν ῥάβδον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐγένοντο δράκοντες καὶ κατέπιεν ἡ ῥάβδος ἡ Ααρων τὰς ἐκείνων ῥάβδους

Projeceruntque singuli virgas suas, quæ versæ sunt in dracones: sed devoravit virga Aaron virgas eorum.

12 For they cast down every man his rod, and they became serpents: but Aaron's rod swallowed up their rods.

יג. וַיֶּחֱזַק לֵב פַּרְעֹה וְלֹא שָׁמַע אֲלֵהֶם כַּאֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּר יְהֹוָה:

καὶ κατίσχυσεν ἡ καρδία Φαραω καὶ οὐκ εἰσήκουσεν αὐτῶν καθάπερ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς κύριος

Induratumque est cor Pharaonis, et non audivit eos, sicut præceperat Dominus.

13 And he hardened Pharaoh's heart, that he hearkened not unto them; as the LORD had said.

יד. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה כָּבֵד לֵב פַּרְעֹה מֵאֵן לְשַׁלַּח הָעָם:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν βεβάρηται ἡ καρδία Φαραω τοῦ μὴ ἐξαποστεῖλαι τὸν λαόν

Dixit autem Dominus ad Moysen: Ingravatum est cor Pharaonis: non vult dimittere populum.

14 And the LORD said unto Moses, Pharaoh's heart is hardened, he refuseth to let the people go.

טו. לֵךְ אֶל פַּרְעֹה בַּבֹּקֶר הִנֵּה יֹצֵא הַמַּיְמָה וְנִצַּבְתָּ לִקְרָאתוֹ עַל שְׂפַת הַיְאֹר וְהַמַּטֶּה אֲשֶׁר נֶהְפַּךְ לְנָחָשׁ תִּקַּח בְּיָדֶךָ:

βάδισον πρὸς Φαραω τὸ πρωί ἰδοὺ αὐτὸς ἐκπορεύεται ἐπὶ τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ στήσῃ συναντῶν αὐτῷ ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖλος τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ τὴν ῥάβδον τὴν στραφεῖσαν εἰς ὄφιν λήμψῃ ἐν τῇ χειρί σου

Vade ad eum mane, ecce egredietur ad aquas: et stabis in occursum ejus super ripam fluminis: et virgam quæ conversa est in draconem, tolles in manu tua.

15 Get thee unto Pharaoh in the morning; lo, he goeth out unto the water; and thou shalt stand by the river's brink against he come; and the rod which was turned to a serpent shalt thou take in thine hand.

טז. וְאָמַרְתָּ אֵלָיו יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵי הָעִבְרִים שְׁלָחַנִי אֵלֶיךָ לֵאמֹר שַׁלַּח אֶת עַמִּי וְיַעַבְדֻנִי בַּמִּדְבָּר וְהִנֵּה לֹא שָׁמַעְתָּ עַד כֹּה:

καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτόν κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν Εβραίων ἀπέσταλκέν με πρὸς σὲ λέγων ἐξαπόστειλον τὸν λαόν μου ἵνα μοι λατρεύσῃ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ καὶ ἰδοὺ οὐκ εἰσήκουσας ἕως τούτου

Dicesque ad eum: Dominus Deus Hebræorum misit me ad te, dicens: Dimitte populum meum ut sacrificet mihi in deserto: et usque ad præsens audire noluisti.

16 And thou shalt say unto him, The LORD God of the Hebrews hath sent me unto thee, saying, Let my people go, that they may serve me in the wilderness: and, behold, hitherto thou wouldest not hear.

יז. כֹּה אָמַר יְהֹוָה בְּזֹאת תֵּדַע כִּי אֲנִי יְהֹוָה הִנֵּה אָנֹכִי מַכֶּה בַּמַּטֶּה אֲשֶׁר בְּיָדִי עַל הַמַּיִם אֲשֶׁר בַּיְאֹר וְנֶהֶפְכוּ לְדָם:

τάδε λέγει κύριος ἐν τούτῳ γνώσῃ ὅτι ἐγὼ κύριος ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ τύπτω τῇ ῥάβδῳ τῇ ἐν τῇ χειρί μου ἐπὶ τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ἐν τῷ ποταμῷ καὶ μεταβαλεῖ εἰς αἷμα

Hæc igitur dicit Dominus: In hoc scies quod sim Dominus: ecce percutiam virga, quæ in manu mea est, aquam fluminis, et vertetur in sanguinem.

17 Thus saith the LORD, In this thou shalt know that I am the LORD: behold, I will smite with the rod that is in mine hand upon the waters which are in the river, and they shall be turned to blood.

יח. וְהַדָּגָה אֲשֶׁר בַּיְאֹר תָּמוּת וּבָאַשׁ הַיְאֹר וְנִלְאוּ מִצְרַיִם לִשְׁתּוֹת מַיִם מִן הַיְאֹר:

καὶ οἱ ἰχθύες οἱ ἐν τῷ ποταμῷ τελευτήσουσιν καὶ ἐποζέσει ὁ ποταμός καὶ οὐ δυνήσονται οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι πιεῖν ὕδωρ ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ

Pisces quoque, qui sunt in fluvio, morientur, et computrescent aquæ, et affligentur Ægyptii bibentes aquam fluminis.

18 And the fish that is in the river shall die, and the river shall stink; and the Egyptians shall lothe to drink of the water of the river.

יט. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה אֱמֹר אֶל אַהֲרֹן קַח מַטְּךָ וּנְטֵה יָדְךָ עַל מֵימֵי מִצְרַיִם עַל נַהֲרֹתָם עַל יְאֹרֵיהֶם וְעַל אַגְמֵיהֶם וְעַל כָּל מִקְוֵה מֵימֵיהֶם וְיִהְיוּ דָם וְהָיָה דָם בְּכָל אֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם וּבָעֵצִים וּבָאֲבָנִים:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν εἰπὸν Ααρων τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου λαβὲ τὴν ῥάβδον σου καὶ ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα Αἰγύπτου καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ποταμοὺς αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς διώρυγας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἕλη αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶν συνεστηκὸς ὕδωρ αὐτῶν καὶ ἔσται αἷμα καὶ ἐγένετο αἷμα ἐν πάσῃ γῇ Αἰγύπτου ἔν τε τοῖς ξύλοις καὶ ἐν τοῖς λίθοις

Dixit quoque Dominus ad Moysen: Dic ad Aaron: Tolle virgam tuam, et extende manum tuam super aquas Ægypti, et super fluvios eorum, et rivos ac paludes, et omnes lacus aquarum, ut vertantur in sanguinem: et sit cruor in omni terra Ægypti, tam in ligneis vasis quam in saxeis.

19 And the LORD spake unto Moses, Say unto Aaron, Take thy rod, and stretch out thine hand upon the waters of Egypt, upon their streams, upon their rivers, and upon their ponds, and upon all their pools of water, that they may become blood; and that there may be blood throughout all the land of Egypt, both in vessels of wood, and in vessels of stone.

כ. וַיַּעֲשׂוּ כֵן משֶׁה וְאַהֲרֹן כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה וַיָּרֶם בַּמַּטֶּה וַיַּךְ אֶת הַמַּיִם אֲשֶׁר בַּיְאֹר לְעֵינֵי פַרְעֹה וּלְעֵינֵי עֲבָדָיו וַיֵּהָפְכוּ כָּל הַמַּיִם אֲשֶׁר בַּיְאֹר לְדָם:

καὶ ἐποίησαν οὕτως Μωυσῆς καὶ Ααρων καθάπερ ἐνετείλατο αὐτοῖς κύριος καὶ ἐπάρας τῇ ῥάβδῳ αὐτοῦ ἐπάταξεν τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ἐν τῷ ποταμῷ ἐναντίον Φαραω καὶ ἐναντίον τῶν θεραπόντων αὐτοῦ καὶ μετέβαλεν πᾶν τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ἐν τῷ ποταμῷ εἰς αἷμα

Feceruntque Moyses et Aaron sicut præceperat Dominus: et elevans virgam percussit aquam fluminis coram Pharaone et servis ejus: quæ versa est in sanguinem.

20 And Moses and Aaron did so, as the LORD commanded; and he lifted up the rod, and smote the waters that were in the river, in the sight of Pharaoh, and in the sight of his servants; and all the waters that were in the river were turned to blood.

כא. וְהַדָּגָה אֲשֶׁר בַּיְאֹר מֵתָה וַיִּבְאַשׁ הַיְאֹר וְלֹא יָכְלוּ מִצְרַיִם לִשְׁתּוֹת מַיִם מִן הַיְאֹר וַיְהִי הַדָּם בְּכָל אֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

καὶ οἱ ἰχθύες οἱ ἐν τῷ ποταμῷ ἐτελεύτησαν καὶ ἐπώζεσεν ὁ ποταμός καὶ οὐκ ἠδύναντο οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι πιεῖν ὕδωρ ἐκ τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ ἦν τὸ αἷμα ἐν πάσῃ γῇ Αἰγύπτου

Et pisces, qui erant in flumine, mortui sunt: computruitque fluvius, et non poterant Ægyptii bibere aquam fluminis, et fuit sanguis in tota terra Ægypti.

21 And the fish that was in the river died; and the river stank, and the Egyptians could not drink of the water of the river; and there was blood throughout all the land of Egypt.

כב. וַיַּעֲשׂוּ כֵן חַרְטֻמֵּי מִצְרַיִם בְּלָטֵיהֶם וַיֶּחֱזַק לֵב פַּרְעֹה וְלֹא שָׁמַע אֲלֵהֶם כַּאֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּר יְהֹוָה:

ἐποίησαν δὲ ὡσαύτως καὶ οἱ ἐπαοιδοὶ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ταῖς φαρμακείαις αὐτῶν καὶ ἐσκληρύνθη ἡ καρδία Φαραω καὶ οὐκ εἰσήκουσεν αὐτῶν καθάπερ εἶπεν κύριος

Feceruntque similiter malefici Ægyptiorum incantationibus suis: et induratum est cor Pharaonis, nec audivit eos, sicut præceperat Dominus.

22 And the magicians of Egypt did so with their enchantments: and Pharaoh's heart was hardened, neither did he hearken unto them; as the LORD had said.

כג. וַיִּפֶן פַּרְעֹה וַיָּבֹא אֶל בֵּיתוֹ וְלֹא שָׁת לִבּוֹ גַּם לָזֹאת:

ἐπιστραφεὶς δὲ Φαραω εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ καὶ οὐκ ἐπέστησεν τὸν νοῦν αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τούτῳ

Avertitque se, et ingressus est domum suam, nec apposuit cor etiam hac vice.

23 And Pharaoh turned and went into his house, neither did he set his heart to this also.

כד. וַיַּחְפְּרוּ כָל מִצְרַיִם סְבִיבֹת הַיְאֹר מַיִם לִשְׁתּוֹת כִּי לֹא יָכְלוּ לִשְׁתֹּת מִמֵּימֵי הַיְאֹר:

ὤρυξαν δὲ πάντες οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι κύκλῳ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ὥστε πιεῖν ὕδωρ καὶ οὐκ ἠδύναντο πιεῖν ὕδωρ ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ

Foderunt autem omnes Ægyptii per circuitum fluminis aquam ut biberent: non enim poterant bibere de aqua fluminis.

24 And all the Egyptians digged round about the river for water to drink; for they could not drink of the water of the river.

כה. וַיִּמָּלֵא שִׁבְעַת יָמִים אַחֲרֵי הַכּוֹת יְהֹוָה אֶת הַיְאֹר:

καὶ ἀνεπληρώθησαν ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι μετὰ τὸ πατάξαι κύριον τὸν ποταμόν

Impletique sunt septem dies, postquam percussit Dominus fluvium.

25 And seven days were fulfilled, after that the LORD had smitten the river.

כו. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה בֹּא אֶל פַּרְעֹה וְאָמַרְתָּ אֵלָיו כֹּה אָמַר יְהֹוָה שַׁלַּח אֶת עַמִּי וְיַעַבְדֻנִי:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν εἴσελθε πρὸς Φαραω καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτόν τάδε λέγει κύριος ἐξαπόστειλον τὸν λαόν μου ἵνα μοι λατρεύσωσιν

Cap. 8
Dixit quoque Dominus ad Moysen: Ingredere ad Pharaonem, et dices ad eum: Hæc dicit Dominus: Dimitte populum meum, ut sacrificet mihi:

8
1 And the LORD spake unto Moses, Go unto Pharaoh, and say unto him, Thus saith the LORD, Let my people go, that they may serve me.

כז. וְאִם מָאֵן אַתָּה לְשַׁלֵּחַ הִנֵּה אָנֹכִי נֹגֵף אֶת כָּל גְּבוּלְךָ בַּצְפַרְדְּעִים:

εἰ δὲ μὴ βούλει σὺ ἐξαποστεῖλαι ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ τύπτω πάντα τὰ ὅριά σου τοῖς βατράχοις

sin autem nolueris dimittere, ecce ego percutiam omnes terminos tuos ranis,

2 And if thou refuse to let them go, behold, I will smite all thy borders with frogs:

כח. וְשָׁרַץ הַיְאֹר צְפַרְדְּעִים וְעָלוּ וּבָאוּ בְּבֵיתֶךָ וּבַחֲדַר מִשְׁכָּבְךָ וְעַל מִטָּתֶךָ וּבְבֵית עֲבָדֶיךָ וּבְעַמֶּךָ וּבְתַנּוּרֶיךָ וּבְמִשְׁאֲרוֹתֶיךָ:

καὶ ἐξερεύξεται ὁ ποταμὸς βατράχους καὶ ἀναβάντες εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τοὺς οἴκους σου καὶ εἰς τὰ ταμίεια τῶν κοιτώνων σου καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν κλινῶν σου καὶ εἰς τοὺς οἴκους τῶν θεραπόντων σου καὶ τοῦ λαοῦ σου καὶ ἐν τοῖς φυράμασίν σου καὶ ἐν τοῖς κλιβάνοις σου

et ebulliet fluvius ranas: quæ ascendent, et ingredientur domum tuam, et cubiculum lectuli tui, et super stratum tuum, et in domos servorum tuorum, et in populum tuum, et in furnos tuos, et in reliquias ciborum tuorum:

3 And the river shall bring forth frogs abundantly, which shall go up and come into thine house, and into thy bedchamber, and upon thy bed, and into the house of thy servants, and upon thy people, and into thine ovens, and into thy kneadingtroughs:

כט. וּבְכָה וּבְעַמְּךָ וּבְכָל עֲבָדֶיךָ יַעֲלוּ הַצְפַרְדְּעִים:

καὶ ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς θεράποντάς σου καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν λαόν σου ἀναβήσονται οἱ βάτραχοι

et ad te, et ad populum tuum, et ad omnes servos tuos intrabunt ranæ.

4 And the frogs shall come up both on thee, and upon thy people, and upon all thy servants.

Η'

א. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה אֱמֹר אֶל אַהֲרֹן נְטֵה אֶת יָדְךָ בְּמַטֶּךָ עַל הַנְּהָרֹת עַל הַיְאֹרִים וְעַל הָאֲגַמִּים וְהַעַל אֶת הַצְפַרְדְּעִים עַל אֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν εἰπὸν Ααρων τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου ἔκτεινον τῇ χειρὶ τὴν ῥάβδον σου ἐπὶ τοὺς ποταμοὺς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς διώρυγας καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἕλη καὶ ἀνάγαγε τοὺς βατράχους

Dixitque Dominus ad Moysen: Dic ad Aaron: Extende manum tuam super fluvios ac super rivos et paludes, et educ ranas super terram Ægypti.

5 And the LORD spake unto Moses, Say unto Aaron, Stretch forth thine hand with thy rod over the streams, over the rivers, and over the ponds, and cause frogs to come up upon the land of Egypt.

ב. וַיֵּט אַהֲרֹן אֶת יָדוֹ עַל מֵימֵי מִצְרָיִם וַתַּעַל הַצּפַרְדֵּעַ וַתְּכַס אֶת אֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

καὶ ἐξέτεινεν Ααρων τὴν χεῖρα ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα Αἰγύπτου καὶ ἀνήγαγεν τοὺς βατράχους καὶ ἀνεβιβάσθη ὁ βάτραχος καὶ ἐκάλυψεν τὴν γῆν Αἰγύπτου

Et extendit Aaron manum super aquas Ægypti, et ascenderunt ranæ, operueruntque terram Ægypti.

6 And Aaron stretched out his hand over the waters of Egypt; and the frogs came up, and covered the land of Egypt.

ג. וַיַּעֲשׂוּ כֵן הַחַרְטֻמִּים בְּלָטֵיהֶם וַיַּעֲלוּ אֶת הַצְפַרְדְּעִים עַל אֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

ἐποίησαν δὲ ὡσαύτως καὶ οἱ ἐπαοιδοὶ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ταῖς φαρμακείαις αὐτῶν καὶ ἀνήγαγον τοὺς βατράχους ἐπὶ γῆν Αἰγύπτου

Fecerunt autem et malefici per incantationes suas similiter, eduxeruntque ranas super terram Ægypti.

7 And the magicians did so with their enchantments, and brought up frogs upon the land of Egypt.

ד. וַיִּקְרָא פַרְעֹה לְמשֶׁה וּלְאַהֲרֹן וַיֹּאמֶר הַעְתִּירוּ אֶל יְהֹוָה וְיָסֵר הַצְפַרְדְּעִים מִמֶּנִּי וּמֵעַמִּי וַאֲשַׁלְּחָה אֶת הָעָם וְיִזְבְּחוּ לַיהֹוָה:

καὶ ἐκάλεσεν Φαραω Μωυσῆν καὶ Ααρων καὶ εἶπεν εὔξασθε περὶ ἐμοῦ πρὸς κύριον καὶ περιελέτω τοὺς βατράχους ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λαοῦ καὶ ἐξαποστελῶ τὸν λαόν καὶ θύσωσιν κυρίῳ

Vocavit autem Pharao Moysen et Aaron, et dixit eis: Orate Dominum ut auferat ranas a me et a populo meo, et dimittam populum ut sacrificet Domino.

8 Then Pharaoh called for Moses and Aaron, and said, Intreat the LORD, that he may take away the frogs from me, and from my people; and I will let the people go, that they may do sacrifice unto the LORD.

ה. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה לְפַרְעֹה הִתְפָּאֵר עָלַי לְמָתַי אַעְתִּיר לְךָ וְלַעֲבָדֶיךָ וּלְעַמְּךָ לְהַכְרִית הַצְפַרְדְּעִים מִמְּךָ וּמִבָּתֶּיךָ רַק בַּיְאֹר תִּשָּׁאַרְנָה:

εἶπεν δὲ Μωυσῆς πρὸς Φαραω τάξαι πρός με πότε εὔξωμαι περὶ σοῦ καὶ περὶ τῶν θεραπόντων σου καὶ περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ σου ἀφανίσαι τοὺς βατράχους ἀπὸ σοῦ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ λαοῦ σου καὶ ἐκ τῶν οἰκιῶν ὑμῶν πλὴν ἐν τῷ ποταμῷ ὑπολειφθήσονται

Dixitque Moyses ad Pharaonem: Constitue mihi quando deprecer pro te, et pro servis tuis, et pro populo tuo, ut abigantur ranæ a te, et a domo tua, et a servis tuis, et a populo tuo: et tantum in flumine remaneant.

9 And Moses said unto Pharaoh, Glory over me: when shall I intreat for thee, and for thy servants, and for thy people, to destroy the frogs from thee and thy houses, that they may remain in the river only?

ו. וַיֹּאמֶר לְמָחָר וַיֹּאמֶר כִּדְבָרְךָ לְמַעַן תֵּדַע כִּי אֵין כַּיהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵינוּ:

ὁ δὲ εἶπεν εἰς αὔριον εἶπεν οὖν ὡς εἴρηκας ἵνα εἰδῇς ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος πλὴν κυρίου

Qui respondit: Cras. At ille: Juxta, inquit, verbum tuum faciam: ut scias quoniam non est sicut Dominus Deus noster.

10 And he said, To morrow. And he said, Be it according to thy word: that thou mayest know that there is none like unto the LORD our God.

ז. וְסָרוּ הַצְפַרְדְּעִים מִמְּךָ וּמִבָּתֶּיךָ וּמֵעֲבָדֶיךָ וּמֵעַמֶּךָ רַק בַּיְאֹר תִּשָּׁאַרְנָה:

καὶ περιαιρεθήσονται οἱ βάτραχοι ἀπὸ σοῦ καὶ ἐκ τῶν οἰκιῶν ὑμῶν καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐπαύλεων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν θεραπόντων σου καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ λαοῦ σου πλὴν ἐν τῷ ποταμῷ ὑπολειφθήσονται

Et recedent ranæ a te, et a domo tua, et a servis tuis, et a populo tuo: et tantum in flumine remanebunt.

11 And the frogs shall depart from thee, and from thy houses, and from thy servants, and from thy people; they shall remain in the river only.

ח. וַיֵּצֵא משֶׁה וְאַהֲרֹן מֵעִם פַּרְעֹה וַיִּצְעַק משֶׁה אֶל יְהֹוָה עַל דְּבַר הַצְפַרְדְּעִים אֲשֶׁר שָׂם לְפַרְעֹה:

ἐξῆλθεν δὲ Μωυσῆς καὶ Ααρων ἀπὸ Φαραω καὶ ἐβόησεν Μωυσῆς πρὸς κύριον περὶ τοῦ ὁρισμοῦ τῶν βατράχων ὡς ἐτάξατο Φαραω

Egressique sunt Moyses et Aaron a Pharaone: et clamavit Moyses ad Dominum pro sponsione ranarum quam condixerat Pharaoni.

12 And Moses and Aaron went out from Pharaoh: and Moses cried unto the LORD because of the frogs which he had brought against Pharaoh.

ט. וַיַּעַשׂ יְהֹוָה כִּדְבַר משֶׁה וַיָּמֻתוּ הַצְפַרְדְּעִים מִן הַבָּתִּים מִן הַחֲצֵרֹת וּמִן הַשָּׂדֹת:

ἐποίησεν δὲ κύριος καθάπερ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς καὶ ἐτελεύτησαν οἱ βάτραχοι ἐκ τῶν οἰκιῶν καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐπαύλεων καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν

Fecitque Dominus juxta verbum Moysi: et mortuæ sunt ranæ de domibus, et de villis, et de agris.

13 And the LORD did according to the word of Moses; and the frogs died out of the houses, out of the villages, and out of the fields.

י. וַיִּצְבְּרוּ אֹתָם חֳמָרִם חֳמָרִם וַתִּבְאַשׁ הָאָרֶץ:

καὶ συνήγαγον αὐτοὺς θιμωνιὰς θιμωνιάς καὶ ὤζεσεν ἡ γῆ

Congregaveruntque eas in immensos aggeres, et computruit terra.

14 And they gathered them together upon heaps: and the land stank.

יא. וַיַּרְא פַּרְעֹה כִּי הָיְתָה הָרְוָחָה וְהַכְבֵּד אֶת לִבּוֹ וְלֹא שָׁמַע אֲלֵהֶם כַּאֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּר יְהֹוָה:

ἰδὼν δὲ Φαραω ὅτι γέγονεν ἀνάψυξις ἐβαρύνθη ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ καὶ οὐκ εἰσήκουσεν αὐτῶν καθάπερ ἐλάλησεν κύριος

Videns autem Pharao quod data esset requies, ingravavit cor suum, et non audivit eos, sicut præceperat Dominus.

15 But when Pharaoh saw that there was respite, he hardened his heart, and hearkened not unto them; as the LORD had said.

יב. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה אֱמֹר אֶל אַהֲרֹן נְטֵה אֶת מַטְּךָ וְהַךְ אֶת עֲפַר הָאָרֶץ וְהָיָה לְכִנִּם בְּכָל אֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν εἰπὸν Ααρων ἔκτεινον τῇ χειρὶ τὴν ῥάβδον σου καὶ πάταξον τὸ χῶμα τῆς γῆς καὶ ἔσονται σκνῖφες ἔν τε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις καὶ ἐν τοῖς τετράποσιν καὶ ἐν πάσῃ γῇ Αἰγύπτου

Dixitque Dominus ad Moysen: Loquere ad Aaron: Extende virgam tuam, et percute pulverem terræ: et sint sciniphes in universa terra Ægypti.

16 And the LORD said unto Moses, Say unto Aaron, Stretch out thy rod, and smite the dust of the land, that it may become lice throughout all the land of Egypt.

יג. וַיַּעֲשׂוּ כֵן וַיֵּט אַהֲרֹן אֶת יָדוֹ בְמַטֵּהוּ וַיַּךְ אֶת עֲפַר הָאָרֶץ וַתְּהִי הַכִּנָּם בָּאָדָם וּבַבְּהֵמָה כָּל עֲפַר הָאָרֶץ הָיָה כִנִּים בְּכָל אֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

ἐξέτεινεν οὖν Ααρων τῇ χειρὶ τὴν ῥάβδον καὶ ἐπάταξεν τὸ χῶμα τῆς γῆς καὶ ἐγένοντο οἱ σκνῖφες ἔν τε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις καὶ ἐν τοῖς τετράποσιν καὶ ἐν παντὶ χώματι τῆς γῆς ἐγένοντο οἱ σκνῖφες ἐν πάσῃ γῇ Αἰγύπτου

Feceruntque ita. Et extendit Aaron manum, virgam tenens: percussitque pulverem terræ, et facti sunt sciniphes in hominibus, et in jumentis: omnis pulvis terræ versus est in sciniphes per totam terram Ægypti.

17 And they did so; for Aaron stretched out his hand with his rod, and smote the dust of the earth, and it became lice in man, and in beast; all the dust of the land became lice throughout all the land of Egypt.

יד. וַיַּעֲשׂוּ כֵן הַחַרְטֻמִּים בְּלָטֵיהֶם לְהוֹצִיא אֶת הַכִּנִּים וְלֹא יָכֹלוּ וַתְּהִי הַכִּנָּם בָּאָדָם וּבַבְּהֵמָה:

ἐποιήσαν δὲ ὡσαύτως καὶ οἱ ἐπαοιδοὶ ταῖς φαρμακείαις αὐτῶν ἐξαγαγεῖν τὸν σκνῖφα καὶ οὐκ ἠδύναντο καὶ ἐγένοντο οἱ σκνῖφες ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις καὶ ἐν τοῖς τετράποσιν

Feceruntque similiter malefici incantationibus suis, ut educerent sciniphes, et non potuerunt: erantque sciniphes tam in hominibus quam in jumentis.

18 And the magicians did so with their enchantments to bring forth lice, but they could not: so there were lice upon man, and upon beast.

טו. וַיֹּאמְרוּ הַחַרְטֻמִּם אֶל פַּרְעֹה אֶצְבַּע אֱלֹהִים הִוא וַיֶּחֱזַק לֵב פַּרְעֹה וְלֹא שָׁמַע אֲלֵהֶם כַּאֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּר יְהֹוָה:

εἶπαν οὖν οἱ ἐπαοιδοὶ τῷ Φαραω δάκτυλος θεοῦ ἐστιν τοῦτο καὶ ἐσκληρύνθη ἡ καρδία Φαραω καὶ οὐκ εἰσήκουσεν αὐτῶν καθάπερ ἐλάλησεν κύριος

Et dixerunt malefici ad Pharaonem: Digitus Dei est hic; induratumque est cor Pharaonis, et non audivit eos sicut præceperat Dominus.

19 Then the magicians said unto Pharaoh, This is the finger of God: and Pharaoh's heart was hardened, and he hearkened not unto them; as the LORD had said.

טז. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה הַשְׁכֵּם בַּבֹּקֶר וְהִתְיַצֵּב לִפְנֵי פַרְעֹה הִנֵּה יוֹצֵא הַמָּיְמָה וְאָמַרְתָּ אֵלָיו כֹּה אָמַר יְהֹוָה שַׁלַּח עַמִּי וְיַעַבְדֻנִי:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ὄρθρισον τὸ πρωὶ καὶ στῆθι ἐναντίον Φαραω καὶ ἰδοὺ αὐτὸς ἐξελεύσεται ἐπὶ τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτόν τάδε λέγει κύριος ἐξαπόστειλον τὸν λαόν μου ἵνα μοι λατρεύσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ

Dixit quoque Dominus ad Moysen: Consurge diluculo, et sta coram Pharaone: egredietur enim ad aquas: et dices ad eum: Hæc dicit Dominus: Dimitte populum meum ut sacrificet mihi.

20 And the LORD said unto Moses, Rise up early in the morning, and stand before Pharaoh; lo, he cometh forth to the water; and say unto him, Thus saith the LORD, Let my people go, that they may serve me.

יז. כִּי אִם אֵינְךָ מְשַׁלֵּחַ אֶת עַמִּי הִנְנִי מַשְׁלִיחַ בְּךָ וּבַעֲבָדֶיךָ וּבְעַמְּךָ וּבְבָתֶּיךָ אֶת הֶעָרֹב וּמָלְאוּ בָּתֵּי מִצְרַיִם אֶת הֶעָרֹב וְגַם הָאֲדָמָה אֲשֶׁר הֵם עָלֶיהָ:

ἐὰν δὲ μὴ βούλῃ ἐξαποστεῖλαι τὸν λαόν μου ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἐπαποστέλλω ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς θεράποντάς σου καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν λαόν σου καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς οἴκους ὑμῶν κυνόμυιαν καὶ πλησθήσονται αἱ οἰκίαι τῶν Αἰγυπτίων τῆς κυνομυίης καὶ εἰς τὴν γῆν ἐφ᾽ ἧς εἰσιν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς

Quod si non dimiseris eum, ecce ego immittam in te, et in servos tuos, et in populum tuum, et in domos tuas, omne genus muscarum: et implebuntur domus Ægyptiorum muscis diversi generis, et universa terra in qua fuerint.

21 Else, if thou wilt not let my people go, behold, I will send swarms of flies upon thee, and upon thy servants, and upon thy people, and into thy houses: and the houses of the Egyptians shall be full of swarms of flies, and also the ground whereon they are.

יח. וְהִפְלֵיתִי בַיּוֹם הַהוּא אֶת אֶרֶץ גּשֶׁן אֲשֶׁר עַמִּי עֹמֵד עָלֶיהָ לְבִלְתִּי הֱיוֹת שָׁם עָרֹב לְמַעַן תֵּדַע כִּי אֲנִי יְהֹוָה בְּקֶרֶב הָאָרֶץ:

καὶ παραδοξάσω ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ τὴν γῆν Γεσεμ ἐφ᾽ ἧς ὁ λαός μου ἔπεστιν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς ἐφ᾽ ἧς οὐκ ἔσται ἐκεῖ ἡ κυνόμυια ἵνα εἰδῇς ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι κύριος ὁ κύριος πάσης τῆς γῆς

Faciamque mirabilem in die illa terram Gessen, in qua populus meus est, ut non sint ibi muscæ: et scias quoniam ego Dominus in medio terræ.

22 And I will sever in that day the land of Goshen, in which my people dwell, that no swarms of flies shall be there; to the end thou mayest know that I am the LORD in the midst of the earth.

יט. וְשַׂמְתִּי פְדֻת בֵּין עַמִּי וּבֵין עַמֶּךָ לְמָחָר יִהְיֶה הָאֹת הַזֶּה:

καὶ δώσω διαστολὴν ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ ἐμοῦ λαοῦ καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ σοῦ λαοῦ ἐν δὲ τῇ αὔριον ἔσται τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς

Ponamque divisionem inter populum meum et populum tuum: cras erit signum istud.

23 And I will put a division between my people and thy people: to morrow shall this sign be.

כ. וַיַּעַשׂ יְהֹוָה כֵּן וַיָּבֹא עָרֹב כָּבֵד בֵּיתָה פַרְעֹה וּבֵית עֲבָדָיו וּבְכָל אֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם תִּשָּׁחֵת הָאָרֶץ מִפְּנֵי הֶעָרֹב:

ἐποίησεν δὲ κύριος οὕτως καὶ παρεγένετο ἡ κυνόμυια πλῆθος εἰς τοὺς οἴκους Φαραω καὶ εἰς τοὺς οἴκους τῶν θεραπόντων αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν Αἰγύπτου καὶ ἐξωλεθρεύθη ἡ γῆ ἀπὸ τῆς κυνομυίης

Fecitque Dominus ita. Et venit musca gravissima in domos Pharaonis et servorum ejus, et in omnem terram Ægypti: corruptaque est terra ab hujuscemodi muscis.

24 And the LORD did so; and there came a grievous swarm of flies into the house of Pharaoh, and into his servants' houses, and into all the land of Egypt: the land was corrupted by reason of the swarm of flies.

כא. וַיִּקְרָא פַרְעֹה אֶל משֶׁה וּלְאַהֲרֹן וַיֹּאמֶר לְכוּ זִבְחוּ לֵאלֹהֵיכֶם בָּאָרֶץ:

ἐκάλεσεν δὲ Φαραω Μωυσῆν καὶ Ααρων λέγων ἐλθόντες θύσατε τῷ θεῷ ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ γῇ

Vocavitque Pharao Moysen et Aaron, et ait eis: Ite et sacrificate Deo vestro in terra hac.

25 And Pharaoh called for Moses and for Aaron, and said, Go ye, sacrifice to your God in the land.

כב. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה לֹא נָכוֹן לַעֲשׂוֹת כֵּן כִּי תּוֹעֲבַת מִצְרַיִם נִזְבַּח לַיהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵינוּ הֵן נִזְבַּח אֶת תּוֹעֲבַת מִצְרַיִם לְעֵינֵיהֶם וְלֹא יִסְקְלֻנוּ:

καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς οὐ δυνατὸν γενέσθαι οὕτως τὰ γὰρ βδελύγματα τῶν Αἰγυπτίων θύσομεν κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν ἐὰν γὰρ θύσωμεν τὰ βδελύγματα τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἐναντίον αὐτῶν λιθοβοληθησόμεθα

Et ait Moyses: Non potest ita fieri: abominationes enim Ægyptiorum immolabimus Domino Deo nostro: quod si mactaverimus ea quæ colunt Ægyptii coram eis, lapidibus nos obruent.

26 And Moses said, It is not meet so to do; for we shall sacrifice the abomination of the Egyptians to the LORD our God: lo, shall we sacrifice the abomination of the Egyptians before their eyes, and will they not stone us?

כג. דֶּרֶךְ שְׁלשֶׁת יָמִים נֵלֵךְ בַּמִּדְבָּר וְזָבַחְנוּ לַיהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵינוּ כַּאֲשֶׁר יֹאמַר אֵלֵינוּ:

ὁδὸν τριῶν ἡμερῶν πορευσόμεθα εἰς τὴν ἔρημον καὶ θύσομεν κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν καθάπερ εἶπεν ἡμῖν

Viam trium dierum pergemus in solitudinem: et sacrificabimus Domino Deo nostro, sicut præcepit nobis.

27 We will go three days' journey into the wilderness, and sacrifice to the LORD our God, as he shall command us.

כד. וַיֹּאמֶר פַּרְעֹה אָנֹכִי אֲשַׁלַּח אֶתְכֶם וּזְבַחְתֶּם לַיהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵיכֶם בַּמִּדְבָּר רַק הַרְחֵק לֹא תַרְחִיקוּ לָלֶכֶת הַעְתִּירוּ בַּעֲדִי:

καὶ εἶπεν Φαραω ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς καὶ θύσατε κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἀλλ᾽ οὐ μακρὰν ἀποτενεῖτε πορευθῆναι εὔξασθε οὖν περὶ ἐμοῦ πρὸς κύριον

Dixitque Pharao: Ego dimittam vos ut sacrificetis Domino Deo vestro in deserto: verumtamen longius ne abeatis, rogate pro me.

28 And Pharaoh said, I will let you go, that ye may sacrifice to the LORD your God in the wilderness; only ye shall not go very far away: intreat for me.

כה. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה הִנֵּה אָנֹכִי יוֹצֵא מֵעִמָּךְ וְהַעְתַּרְתִּי אֶל יְהֹוָה וְסָר הֶעָרֹב מִפַּרְעֹה מֵעֲבָדָיו וּמֵעַמּוֹ מָחָר רַק אַל יֹסֵף פַּרְעֹה הָתֵל לְבִלְתִּי שַׁלַּח אֶת הָעָם לִזְבֹּחַ לַיהֹוָה:

εἶπεν δὲ Μωυσῆς ὅδε ἐγὼ ἐξελεύσομαι ἀπὸ σοῦ καὶ εὔξομαι πρὸς τὸν θεόν καὶ ἀπελεύσεται ἡ κυνόμυια ἀπὸ σοῦ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν θεραπόντων σου καὶ τοῦ λαοῦ σου αὔριον μὴ προσθῇς ἔτι Φαραω ἐξαπατῆσαι τοῦ μὴ ἐξαποστεῖλαι τὸν λαὸν θῦσαι κυρίῳ

At ait Moyses: Egressus a te, orabo Dominum: et recedet musca a Pharaone, et a servis suis, et a populo ejus cras: verumtamen noli ultra fallere, ut non dimittas populum sacrificare Domino.

29 And Moses said, Behold, I go out from thee, and I will intreat the LORD that the swarms of flies may depart from Pharaoh, from his servants, and from his people, to morrow: but let not Pharaoh deal deceitfully any more in not letting the people go to sacrifice to the LORD.

כו. וַיֵּצֵא משֶׁה מֵעִם פַּרְעֹה וַיֶּעְתַּר אֶל יְהֹוָה:

ἐξῆλθεν δὲ Μωυσῆς ἀπὸ Φαραω καὶ ηὔξατο πρὸς τὸν θεόν

Egressusque Moyses a Pharaone, oravit Dominum.

30 And Moses went out from Pharaoh, and intreated the LORD.

כז. וַיַּעַשׂ יְהֹוָה כִּדְבַר משֶׁה וַיָּסַר הֶעָרֹב מִפַּרְעֹה מֵעֲבָדָיו וּמֵעַמּוֹ לֹא נִשְׁאַר אֶחָד:

ἐποίησεν δὲ κύριος καθάπερ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς καὶ περιεῖλεν τὴν κυνόμυιαν ἀπὸ Φαραω καὶ τῶν θεραπόντων αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ καὶ οὐ κατελείφθη οὐδεμία

Qui fecit juxta verbum illius, et abstulit muscas a Pharaone, et a servis suis, et a populo ejus: non superfuit ne una quidem.

31 And the LORD did according to the word of Moses; and he removed the swarms of flies from Pharaoh, from his servants, and from his people; there remained not one.

כח. וַיַּכְבֵּד פַּרְעֹה אֶת לִבּוֹ גַּם בַּפַּעַם הַזֹּאת וְלֹא שִׁלַּח אֶת הָעָם:

καὶ ἐβάρυνεν Φαραω τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ καιροῦ τούτου καὶ οὐκ ἠθέλησεν ἐξαποστεῖλαι τὸν λαόν

Et ingravatum est cor Pharaonis, ita ut nec hac quidem vice dimitteret populum.

32 And Pharaoh hardened his heart at this time also, neither would he let the people go.

Θ'

Cap. 9

א. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה בֹּא אֶל פַּרְעֹה וְדִבַּרְתָּ אֵלָיו כֹּה אָמַר יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵי הָעִבְרִים שַׁלַּח אֶת עַמִּי וְיַעַבְדֻנִי:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν εἴσελθε πρὸς Φαραω καὶ ἐρεῖς αὐτῷ τάδε λέγει κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν Εβραίων ἐξαπόστειλον τὸν λαόν μου ἵνα μοι λατρεύσωσιν

Dixit autem Dominus ad Moysen: Ingredere ad Pharaonem, et loquere ad eum: Hæc dicit Dominus Deus Hebræorum: Dimitte populum meum ut sacrificet mihi.

1 Then the LORD said unto Moses, Go in unto Pharaoh, and tell him, Thus saith the LORD God of the Hebrews, Let my people go, that they may serve me.

ב. כִּי אִם מָאֵן אַתָּה לְשַׁלֵּחַ וְעוֹדְךָ מַחֲזִיק בָּם:

εἰ μὲν οὖν μὴ βούλει ἐξαποστεῖλαι τὸν λαόν μου ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι ἐγκρατεῖς αὐτοῦ

Quod si adhuc renuis, et retines eos,

2 For if thou refuse to let them go, and wilt hold them still,

ג. הִנֵּה יַד יְהֹוָה הוֹיָה בְּמִקְנְךָ אֲשֶׁר בַּשָּׂדֶה בַּסּוּסִים בַּחֲמֹרִים בַּגְּמַלִּים בַּבָּקָר וּבַצֹּאן דֶּבֶר כָּבֵד מְאֹד:

ἰδοὺ χεὶρ κυρίου ἐπέσται ἐν τοῖς κτήνεσίν σου τοῖς ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις ἔν τε τοῖς ἵπποις καὶ ἐν τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις καὶ ταῖς καμήλοις καὶ βουσὶν καὶ προβάτοις θάνατος μέγας σφόδρα

ecce manus mea erit super agros tuos, et super equos, et asinos, et camelos, et boves, et oves, pestis valde gravis.

3 Behold, the hand of the LORD is upon thy cattle which is in the field, upon the horses, upon the asses, upon the camels, upon the oxen, and upon the sheep: there shall be a very grievous murrain.

ד. וְהִפְלָה יְהֹוָה בֵּין מִקְנֵה יִשְׂרָאֵל וּבֵין מִקְנֵה מִצְרָיִם וְלֹא יָמוּת מִכָּל לִבְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל דָּבָר:

καὶ παραδοξάσω ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν κτηνῶν τῶν Αἰγυπτίων καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν κτηνῶν τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ οὐ τελευτήσει ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τοῦ Ισραηλ υἱῶν ῥητόν

Et faciet Dominus mirabile inter possessiones Israël et possessiones Ægyptiorum, ut nihil omnino pereat ex eis quæ pertinent ad filios Israël.

4 And the LORD shall sever between the cattle of Israel and the cattle of Egypt: and there shall nothing die of all that is the children's of Israel.

ה. וַיָּשֶׂם יְהֹוָה מוֹעֵד לֵאמֹר מָחָר יַעֲשֶׂה יְהֹוָה הַדָּבָר הַזֶּה בָּאָרֶץ:

καὶ ἔδωκεν ὁ θεὸς ὅρον λέγων ἐν τῇ αὔριον ποιήσει κύριος τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς

Constituitque Dominus tempus, dicens: Cras faciet Dominus verbum istud in terra.

5 And the LORD appointed a set time, saying, To morrow the LORD shall do this thing in the land.

ו. וַיַּעַשׂ יְהֹוָה אֶת הַדָּבָר הַזֶּה מִמָּחֳרָת וַיָּמָת כֹּל מִקְנֵה מִצְרָיִם וּמִמִּקְנֵה בְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל לֹא מֵת אֶחָד:

καὶ ἐποίησεν κύριος τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο τῇ ἐπαύριον καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν πάντα τὰ κτήνη τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν κτηνῶν τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ οὐκ ἐτελεύτησεν οὐδέν

Fecit ergo Dominus verbum hoc altera die: mortuaque sunt omnia animantia Ægyptiorum; de animalibus vero filiorum Israël, nihil omnino periit.

6 And the LORD did that thing on the morrow, and all the cattle of Egypt died: but of the cattle of the children of Israel died not one.

ז. וַיִּשְׁלַח פַּרְעֹה וְהִנֵּה לֹא מֵת מִמִּקְנֵה יִשְׂרָאֵל עַד אֶחָד וַיִּכְבַּד לֵב פַּרְעֹה וְלֹא שִׁלַּח אֶת הָעָם:

ἰδὼν δὲ Φαραω ὅτι οὐκ ἐτελεύτησεν ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν κτηνῶν τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ οὐδέν ἐβαρύνθη ἡ καρδία Φαραω καὶ οὐκ ἐξαπέστειλεν τὸν λαόν

Et misit Pharao ad videndum: nec erat quidquam mortuum de his quæ possidebat Israël. Ingravatumque est cor Pharaonis, et non dimisit populum.

7 And Pharaoh sent, and, behold, there was not one of the cattle of the Israelites dead. And the heart of Pharaoh was hardened, and he did not let the people go.

ח. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה וְאֶל אַהֲרֹן קְחוּ לָכֶם מְלֹא חָפְנֵיכֶם פִּיחַ כִּבְשָׁן וּזְרָקוֹ משֶׁה הַשָּׁמַיְמָה לְעֵינֵי פַרְעֹה:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ Ααρων λέγων λάβετε ὑμεῖς πλήρεις τὰς χεῖρας αἰθάλης καμιναίας καὶ πασάτω Μωυσῆς εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐναντίον Φαραω καὶ ἐναντίον τῶν θεραπόντων αὐτοῦ

Et dixit Dominus ad Moysen et Aaron: Tollite plenas manus cineris de camino, et spargat illum Moyses in cælum coram Pharaone.

8 And the LORD said unto Moses and unto Aaron, Take to you handfuls of ashes of the furnace, and let Moses sprinkle it toward the heaven in the sight of Pharaoh.

ט. וְהָיָה לְאָבָק עַל כָּל אֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם וְהָיָה עַל הָאָדָם וְעַל הַבְּהֵמָה לִשְׁחִין פֹּרֵחַ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹת בְּכָל אֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

καὶ γενηθήτω κονιορτὸς ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν Αἰγύπτου καὶ ἔσται ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τετράποδα ἕλκη φλυκτίδες ἀναζέουσαι ἔν τε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις καὶ ἐν τοῖς τετράποσιν καὶ ἐν πάσῃ γῇ Αἰγύπτου

Sitque pulvis super omnem terram Ægypti: erunt enim in hominibus et jumentis ulcera, et vesicæ turgentes in universa terra Ægypti.

9 And it shall become small dust in all the land of Egypt, and shall be a boil breaking forth with blains upon man, and upon beast, throughout all the land of Egypt.

י. וַיִּקְחוּ אֶת פִּיחַ הַכִּבְשָׁן וַיַּעַמְדוּ לִפְנֵי פַרְעֹה וַיִּזְרֹק אֹתוֹ משֶׁה הַשָּׁמָיְמָה וַיְהִי שְׁחִין אֲבַעְבֻּעֹת פֹּרֵחַ בָּאָדָם וּבַבְּהֵמָה:

καὶ ἔλαβεν τὴν αἰθάλην τῆς καμιναίας ἐναντίον Φαραω καὶ ἔπασεν αὐτὴν Μωυσῆς εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν καὶ ἐγένετο ἕλκη φλυκτίδες ἀναζέουσαι ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις καὶ ἐν τοῖς τετράποσιν

Tuleruntque cinerem de camino, et steterunt coram Pharaone, et sparsit illum Moyses in cælum: factaque sunt ulcera vesicarum turgentium in hominibus et jumentis:

10 And they took ashes of the furnace, and stood before Pharaoh; and Moses sprinkled it up toward heaven; and it became a boil breaking forth with blains upon man, and upon beast.

יא. וְלֹא יָכְלוּ הַחַרְטֻמִּים לַעֲמֹד לִפְנֵי משֶׁה מִפְּנֵי הַשְּׁחִין כִּי הָיָה הַשְּׁחִין בַּחַרְטֻמִּם וּבְכָל מִצְרָיִם:

καὶ οὐκ ἠδύναντο οἱ φαρμακοὶ στῆναι ἐναντίον Μωυσῆ διὰ τὰ ἕλκη ἐγένετο γὰρ τὰ ἕλκη ἐν τοῖς φαρμακοῖς καὶ ἐν πάσῃ γῇ Αἰγύπτου

nec poterant malefici stare coram Moyse propter ulcera quæ in illis erant, et in omni terra Ægypti.

11 And the magicians could not stand before Moses because of the boils; for the boil was upon the magicians, and upon all the Egyptians.

יב. וַיְחַזֵּק יְהֹוָה אֶת לֵב פַּרְעֹה וְלֹא שָׁמַע אֲלֵהֶם כַּאֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה:

ἐσκλήρυνεν δὲ κύριος τὴν καρδίαν Φαραω καὶ οὐκ εἰσήκουσεν αὐτῶν καθὰ συνέταξεν κύριος

Induravitque Dominus cor Pharaonis, et non audivit eos, sicut locutus est Dominus ad Moysen.

12 And the LORD hardened the heart of Pharaoh, and he hearkened not unto them; as the LORD had spoken unto Moses.

יג. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה הַשְׁכֵּם בַּבֹּקֶר וְהִתְיַצֵּב לִפְנֵי פַרְעֹה וְאָמַרְתָּ אֵלָיו כֹּה אָמַר יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵי הָעִבְרִים שַׁלַּח אֶת עַמִּי וְיַעַבְדֻנִי:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ὄρθρισον τὸ πρωὶ καὶ στῆθι ἐναντίον Φαραω καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτόν τάδε λέγει κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν Εβραίων ἐξαπόστειλον τὸν λαόν μου ἵνα λατρεύσωσίν μοι

Dixitque Dominus ad Moysen: Mane consurge, et sta coram Pharaone, et dices ad eum: Hæc dicit Dominus Deus Hebræorum: Dimitte populum meum ut sacrificet mihi.

13 And the LORD said unto Moses, Rise up early in the morning, and stand before Pharaoh, and say unto him, Thus saith the LORD God of the Hebrews, Let my people go, that they may serve me.

יד. כִּי בַּפַּעַם הַזֹּאת אֲנִי שֹׁלֵחַ אֶת כָּל מַגֵּפֹתַי אֶל לִבְּךָ וּבַעֲבָדֶיךָ וּבְעַמֶּךָ בַּעֲבוּר תֵּדַע כִּי אֵין כָּמֹנִי בְּכָל הָאָרֶץ:

ἐν τῷ γὰρ νῦν καιρῷ ἐγὼ ἐξαποστέλλω πάντα τὰ συναντήματά μου εἰς τὴν καρδίαν σου καὶ τῶν θεραπόντων σου καὶ τοῦ λαοῦ σου ἵν᾽ εἰδῇς ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ὡς ἐγὼ ἄλλος ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ

Quia in hac vice mittam omnes plagas meas super cor tuum, et super servos tuos, et super populum tuum: ut scias quod non sit similis mei in omni terra.

14 For I will at this time send all my plagues upon thine heart, and upon thy servants, and upon thy people; that thou mayest know that there is none like me in all the earth.

טו. כִּי עַתָּה שָׁלַחְתִּי אֶת יָדִי וָאַךְ אוֹתְךָ וְאֶת עַמְּךָ בַּדָּבֶר וַתִּכָּחֵד מִן הָאָרֶץ:

νῦν γὰρ ἀποστείλας τὴν χεῖρα πατάξω σε καὶ τὸν λαόν σου θανάτῳ καὶ ἐκτριβήσῃ ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς

Nunc enim extendens manum percutiam te, et populum tuum peste, peribisque de terra.

15 For now I will stretch out my hand, that I may smite thee and thy people with pestilence; and thou shalt be cut off from the earth.

טז. וְאוּלָם בַּעֲבוּר זֹאת הֶעֱמַדְתִּיךָ בַּעֲבוּר הַרְאֹתְךָ אֶת כֹּחִי וּלְמַעַן סַפֵּר שְׁמִי בְּכָל הָאָרֶץ:

καὶ ἕνεκεν τούτου διετηρήθης ἵνα ἐνδείξωμαι ἐν σοὶ τὴν ἰσχύν μου καὶ ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ

Idcirco autem posui te, ut ostendam in te fortitudinem meam, et narretur nomen meum in omni terra.

16 And in very deed for this cause have I raised thee up, for to shew in thee my power; and that my name may be declared throughout all the earth.

יז. עוֹדְךָ מִסְתּוֹלֵל בְּעַמִּי לְבִלְתִּי שַׁלְּחָם:

ἔτι οὖν σὺ ἐμποιῇ τοῦ λαοῦ μου τοῦ μὴ ἐξαποστεῖλαι αὐτούς

Adhuc retines populum meum, et non vis dimittere eum?

17 As yet exaltest thou thyself against my people, that thou wilt not let them go?

יח. הִנְנִי מַמְטִיר כָּעֵת מָחָר בָּרָד כָּבֵד מְאֹד אֲשֶׁר לֹא הָיָה כָמֹהוּ בְּמִצְרַיִם לְמִן הַיּוֹם הִוָּסְדָה וְעַד עָתָּה:

ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ὕω ταύτην τὴν ὥραν αὔριον χάλαζαν πολλὴν σφόδρα ἥτις τοιαύτη οὐ γέγονεν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἡμέρας ἔκτισται ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης

En pluam cras hac ipsa hora grandinem multam nimis, qualis non fuit in Ægypto a die qua fundata est, usque in præsens tempus.

18 Behold, to morrow about this time I will cause it to rain a very grievous hail, such as hath not been in Egypt since the foundation thereof even until now.

יט. וְעַתָּה שְׁלַח הָעֵז אֶת מִקְנְךָ וְאֵת כָּל אֲשֶׁר לְךָ בַּשָּׂדֶה כָּל הָאָדָם וְהַבְּהֵמָה אֲשֶׁר יִמָּצֵא בַשָּׂדֶה וְלֹא יֵאָסֵף הַבַּיְתָה וְיָרַד עֲלֵהֶם הַבָּרָד וָמֵתוּ:

νῦν οὖν κατάσπευσον συναγαγεῖν τὰ κτήνη σου καὶ ὅσα σοί ἐστιν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ πάντες γὰρ οἱ ἄνθρωποι καὶ τὰ κτήνη ὅσα ἂν εὑρεθῇ ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ καὶ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς οἰκίαν πέσῃ δὲ ἐπ᾽ αὐτὰ ἡ χάλαζα τελευτήσει

Mitte ergo jam nunc, et congrega jumenta tua, et omnia quæ habes in agro: homines enim, et jumenta, et universa quæ inventa fuerint foris, nec congregata de agris, cecideritque super ea grando, morientur.

19 Send therefore now, and gather thy cattle, and all that thou hast in the field; for upon every man and beast which shall be found in the field, and shall not be brought home, the hail shall come down upon them, and they shall die.

כ. הַיָּרֵא אֶת דְּבַר יְהֹוָה מֵעַבְדֵי פַּרְעֹה הֵנִיס אֶת עֲבָדָיו וְאֶת מִקְנֵהוּ אֶל הַבָּתִּים:

ὁ φοβούμενος τὸ ῥῆμα κυρίου τῶν θεραπόντων Φαραω συνήγαγεν τὰ κτήνη αὐτοῦ εἰς τοὺς οἴκους

Qui timuit verbum Domini de servis Pharaonis, facit confugere servos suos et jumenta in domos:

20 He that feared the word of the LORD among the servants of Pharaoh made his servants and his cattle flee into the houses:

כא. וַאֲשֶׁר לֹא שָׂם לִבּוֹ אֶל דְּבַר יְהֹוָה וַיַּעֲזֹב אֶת עֲבָדָיו וְאֶת מִקְנֵהוּ בַּשָּׂדֶה:

ὃς δὲ μὴ προσέσχεν τῇ διανοίᾳ εἰς τὸ ῥῆμα κυρίου ἀφῆκεν τὰ κτήνη ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις

qui autem neglexit sermonem Domini, dimisit servos suos et jumenta in agris.

21 And he that regarded not the word of the LORD left his servants and his cattle in the field.

כב. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה נְטֵה אֶת יָדְךָ עַל הַשָּׁמַיִם וִיהִי בָרָד בְּכָל אֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם עַל הָאָדָם וְעַל הַבְּהֵמָה וְעַל כָּל עֵשֶׂב הַשָּׂדֶה בְּאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρά σου εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν καὶ ἔσται χάλαζα ἐπὶ πᾶσαν γῆν Αἰγύπτου ἐπί τε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ τὰ κτήνη καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν βοτάνην τὴν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς

Et dixit Dominus ad Moysen: Extende manum tuam in cælum, ut fiat grando in universa terra Ægypti super homines, et super jumenta, et super omnem herbam agri in terra Ægypti.

22 And the LORD said unto Moses, Stretch forth thine hand toward heaven, that there may be hail in all the land of Egypt, upon man, and upon beast, and upon every herb of the field, throughout the land of Egypt.

כג. וַיֵּט משֶׁה אֶת מַטֵּהוּ עַל הַשָּׁמַיִם וַיהֹוָה נָתַן קֹלֹת וּבָרָד וַתִּהֲלַךְ אֵשׁ אָרְצָה וַיַּמְטֵר יְהֹוָה בָּרָד עַל אֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

ἐξέτεινεν δὲ Μωυσῆς τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν καὶ κύριος ἔδωκεν φωνὰς καὶ χάλαζαν καὶ διέτρεχεν τὸ πῦρ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ ἔβρεξεν κύριος χάλαζαν ἐπὶ πᾶσαν γῆν Αἰγύπτου

Extenditque Moyses virgam in cælum, et Dominus dedit tonitrua, et grandinem, ac discurrentia fulgura super terram: pluitque Dominus grandinem super terram Ægypti.

23 And Moses stretched forth his rod toward heaven: and the LORD sent thunder and hail, and the fire ran along upon the ground; and the LORD rained hail upon the land of Egypt.

כד. וַיְהִי בָרָד וְאֵשׁ מִתְלַקַּחַת בְּתוֹךְ הַבָּרָד כָּבֵד מְאֹד אֲשֶׁר לֹא הָיָה כָמֹהוּ בְּכָל אֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם מֵאָז הָיְתָה לְגוֹי:

ἦν δὲ ἡ χάλαζα καὶ τὸ πῦρ φλογίζον ἐν τῇ χαλάζῃ ἡ δὲ χάλαζα πολλὴ σφόδρα σφόδρα ἥτις τοιαύτη οὐ γέγονεν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἀφ᾽ οὗ γεγένηται ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς ἔθνος

Et grando et ignis mista pariter ferebantur: tantæque fuit magnitudinis, quanta ante numquam apparuit in universa terra Ægypti ex quo gens illa condita est.

24 So there was hail, and fire mingled with the hail, very grievous, such as there was none like it in all the land of Egypt since it became a nation.

כה. וַיַּךְ הַבָּרָד בְּכָל אֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם אֵת כָּל אֲשֶׁר בַּשָּׂדֶה מֵאָדָם וְעַד בְּהֵמָה וְאֵת כָּל עֵשֶׂב הַשָּׂדֶה הִכָּה הַבָּרָד וְאֶת כָּל עֵץ הַשָּׂדֶה שִׁבֵּר:

ἐπάταξεν δὲ ἡ χάλαζα ἐν πάσῃ γῇ Αἰγύπτου ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπου ἕως κτήνους καὶ πᾶσαν βοτάνην τὴν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ἐπάταξεν ἡ χάλαζα καὶ πάντα τὰ ξύλα τὰ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις συνέτριψεν ἡ χάλαζα

Et percussit grando in omni terra Ægypti cuncta quæ fuerunt in agris, ab homine usque ad jumentum: cunctamque herbam agri percussit grando, et omne lignum regionis confregit.

25 And the hail smote throughout all the land of Egypt all that was in the field, both man and beast; and the hail smote every herb of the field, and brake every tree of the field.

כו. רַק בְּאֶרֶץ גּשֶׁן אֲשֶׁר שָׁם בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל לֹא הָיָה בָּרָד:

πλὴν ἐν γῇ Γεσεμ οὗ ἦσαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ οὐκ ἐγένετο ἡ χάλαζα

Tantum in terra Gessen, ubi erant filii Israël, grando non cecidit.

26 Only in the land of Goshen, where the children of Israel were, was there no hail.

כז. וַיִּשְׁלַח פַּרְעֹה וַיִּקְרָא לְמשֶׁה וּלְאַהֲרֹן וַיֹּאמֶר אֲלֵהֶם חָטָאתִי הַפָּעַם יְהֹוָה הַצַּדִּיק וַאֲנִי וְעַמִּי הָרְשָׁעִים:

ἀποστείλας δὲ Φαραω ἐκάλεσεν Μωυσῆν καὶ Ααρων καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ἡμάρτηκα τὸ νῦν ὁ κύριος δίκαιος ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ ὁ λαός μου ἀσεβεῖς

Misitque Pharao, et vocavit Moysen et Aaron, dicens ad eos: Peccavi etiam nunc: Dominus justus; ego et populus meus, impii.

27 And Pharaoh sent, and called for Moses and Aaron, and said unto them, I have sinned this time: the LORD is righteous, and I and my people are wicked.

כח. הַעְתִּירוּ אֶל יְהֹוָה וְרַב מִהְיֹת קֹלֹת אֱלֹהִים וּבָרָד וַאֲשַׁלְּחָה אֶתְכֶם וְלֹא תֹסִפוּן לַעֲמֹד:

εὔξασθε οὖν περὶ ἐμοῦ πρὸς κύριον καὶ παυσάσθω τοῦ γενηθῆναι φωνὰς θεοῦ καὶ χάλαζαν καὶ πῦρ καὶ ἐξαποστελῶ ὑμᾶς καὶ οὐκέτι προσθήσεσθε μένειν

Orate Dominum ut desinant tonitrua Dei, et grando: ut dimittam vos, et nequaquam hic ultra maneatis.

28 Intreat the LORD (for it is enough) that there be no more mighty thunderings and hail; and I will let you go, and ye shall stay no longer.

כט. וַיֹּאמֶר אֵלָיו משֶׁה כְּצֵאתִי אֶת הָעִיר אֶפְרֹשׂ אֶת כַּפַּי אֶל יְהֹוָה הַקֹּלוֹת יֶחְדָּלוּן וְהַבָּרָד לֹא יִהְיֶה עוֹד לְמַעַן תֵּדַע כִּי לַיהֹוָה הָאָרֶץ:

εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ Μωυσῆς ὡς ἂν ἐξέλθω τὴν πόλιν ἐκπετάσω τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς κύριον καὶ αἱ φωναὶ παύσονται καὶ ἡ χάλαζα καὶ ὁ ὑετὸς οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι ἵνα γνῷς ὅτι τοῦ κυρίου ἡ γῆ

Ait Moyses: Cum egressus fuero de urbe, extendam palmas meas ad Dominum, et cessabunt tonitrua, et grando non erit, ut scias quia Domini est terra:

29 And Moses said unto him, As soon as I am gone out of the city, I will spread abroad my hands unto the LORD; and the thunder shall cease, neither shall there be any more hail; that thou mayest know how that the earth is the LORD's.

ל. וְאַתָּה וַעֲבָדֶיךָ יָדַעְתִּי כִּי טֶרֶם תִּירְאוּן מִפְּנֵי יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהִים:

καὶ σὺ καὶ οἱ θεράποντές σου ἐπίσταμαι ὅτι οὐδέπω πεφόβησθε τὸν κύριον

novi autem quod et tu et servi tui necdum timeatis Dominum Deum.

30 But as for thee and thy servants, I know that ye will not yet fear the LORD God.

לא. וְהַפִּשְׁתָּה וְהַשְּׂעֹרָה נֻכָּתָה כִּי הַשְּׂעֹרָה אָבִיב וְהַפִּשְׁתָּה גִּבְעֹל:

τὸ δὲ λίνον καὶ ἡ κριθὴ ἐπλήγη ἡ γὰρ κριθὴ παρεστηκυῖα τὸ δὲ λίνον σπερματίζον

Linum ergo et hordeum læsum est, eo quod hordeum esset virens, et linum jam folliculos germinaret:

31 And the flax and the barley was smitten: for the barley was in the ear, and the flax was bolled.

לב. וְהַחִטָּה וְהַכֻּסֶּמֶת לֹא נֻכּוּ כִּי אֲפִילֹת הֵנָּה:

ὁ δὲ πυρὸς καὶ ἡ ὀλύρα οὐκ ἐπλήγη ὄψιμα γὰρ ἦν

triticum autem et far non sunt læsa, quia serotina erant.

32 But the wheat and the rie were not smitten: for they were not grown up.

לג. וַיֵּצֵא משֶׁה מֵעִם פַּרְעֹה אֶת הָעִיר וַיִּפְרֹשׂ כַּפָּיו אֶל יְהֹוָה וַיַּחְדְּלוּ הַקֹּלוֹת וְהַבָּרָד וּמָטָר לֹא נִתַּךְ אָרְצָה:

ἐξῆλθεν δὲ Μωυσῆς ἀπὸ Φαραω ἐκτὸς τῆς πόλεως καὶ ἐξεπέτασεν τὰς χεῖρας πρὸς κύριον καὶ αἱ φωναὶ ἐπαύσαντο καὶ ἡ χάλαζα καὶ ὁ ὑετὸς οὐκ ἔσταξεν ἔτι ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν

Egressusque Moyses a Pharaone ex urbe, tetendit manus ad Dominum: et cessaverunt tonitrua et grando, nec ultra stillavit pluvia super terram.

33 And Moses went out of the city from Pharaoh, and spread abroad his hands unto the LORD: and the thunders and hail ceased, and the rain was not poured upon the earth.

לד. וַיַּרְא פַּרְעֹה כִּי חָדַל הַמָּטָר וְהַבָּרָד וְהַקֹּלֹת וַיֹּסֶף לַחֲטֹא וַיַּכְבֵּד לִבּוֹ הוּא וַעֲבָדָיו:

ἰδὼν δὲ Φαραω ὅτι πέπαυται ὁ ὑετὸς καὶ ἡ χάλαζα καὶ αἱ φωναί προσέθετο τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν καὶ ἐβάρυνεν αὐτοῦ τὴν καρδίαν καὶ τῶν θεραπόντων αὐτοῦ

Videns autem Pharao quod cessasset pluvia, et grando, et tonitrua, auxit peccatum:

34 And when Pharaoh saw that the rain and the hail and the thunders were ceased, he sinned yet more, and hardened his heart, he and his servants.

לה. וַיֶּחֱזַק לֵב פַּרְעֹה וְלֹא שִׁלַּח אֶת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל כַּאֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּר יְהֹוָה בְּיַד משֶׁה:

καὶ ἐσκληρύνθη ἡ καρδία Φαραω καὶ οὐκ ἐξαπέστειλεν τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ καθάπερ ἐλάλησεν κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ

et ingravatum est cor ejus, et servorum illius, et induratum nimis: nec dimisit filios Israël, sicut præceperat Dominus per manum Moysi.

35 And the heart of Pharaoh was hardened, neither would he let the children of Israel go; as the LORD had spoken by Moses.

ΙΑ'

Cap. 10

א. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה בֹּא אֶל פַּרְעֹה כִּי אֲנִי הִכְבַּדְתִּי אֶת לִבּוֹ וְאֶת לֵב עֲבָדָיו לְמַעַן שִׁתִי אֹתֹתַי אֵלֶּה בְּקִרְבּוֹ:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων εἴσελθε πρὸς Φαραω ἐγὼ γὰρ ἐσκλήρυνα αὐτοῦ τὴν καρδίαν καὶ τῶν θεραπόντων αὐτοῦ ἵνα ἑξῆς ἐπέλθῃ τὰ σημεῖα ταῦτα ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς

Et dixit Dominus ad Moysen: Ingredere ad Pharaonem: ego enim induravi cor ejus, et servorum illius, ut faciam signa mea hæc in eo:

1 And the LORD said unto Moses, Go in unto Pharaoh: for I have hardened his heart, and the heart of his servants, that I might shew these my signs before him:

ב. וּלְמַעַן תְּסַפֵּר בְּאָזְנֵי בִנְךָ וּבֶן בִּנְךָ אֵת אֲשֶׁר הִתְעַלַּלְתִּי בְּמִצְרַיִם וְאֶת אֹתֹתַי אֲשֶׁר שַׂמְתִּי בָם וִידַעְתֶּם כִּי אֲנִי יְהֹוָה:

ὅπως διηγήσησθε εἰς τὰ ὦτα τῶν τέκνων ὑμῶν καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις τῶν τέκνων ὑμῶν ὅσα ἐμπέπαιχα τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις καὶ τὰ σημεῖά μου ἃ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ γνώσεσθε ὅτι ἐγὼ κύριος

et narres in auribus filii tui, et nepotum tuorum, quoties contriverim Ægyptios, et signa mea fecerim in eis: et sciatis quia ego Dominus.

2 And that thou mayest tell in the ears of thy son, and of thy son's son, what things I have wrought in Egypt, and my signs which I have done among them; that ye may know how that I am the LORD.

ג. וַיָּבֹא משֶׁה וְאַהֲרֹן אֶל פַּרְעֹה וַיֹּאמְרוּ אֵלָיו כֹּה אָמַר יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵי הָעִבְרִים עַד מָתַי מֵאַנְתָּ לֵעָנֹת מִפָּנָי שַׁלַּח עַמִּי וְיַעַבְדֻנִי:

εἰσῆλθεν δὲ Μωυσῆς καὶ Ααρων ἐναντίον Φαραω καὶ εἶπαν αὐτῷ τάδε λέγει κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν Εβραίων ἕως τίνος οὐ βούλει ἐντραπῆναί με ἐξαπόστειλον τὸν λαόν μου ἵνα λατρεύσωσίν μοι

Introierunt ergo Moyses et Aaron ad Pharaonem, et dixerunt ei: Hæc dicit Dominus Deus Hebræorum: Usquequo non vis subjici mihi? dimitte populum meum, ut sacrificet mihi.

3 And Moses and Aaron came in unto Pharaoh, and said unto him, Thus saith the LORD God of the Hebrews, How long wilt thou refuse to humble thyself before me? let my people go, that they may serve me.

ד. כִּי אִם מָאֵן אַתָּה לְשַׁלֵּחַ אֶת עַמִּי הִנְנִי מֵבִיא מָחָר אַרְבֶּה בִּגְבֻלֶךָ:

ἐὰν δὲ μὴ θέλῃς σὺ ἐξαποστεῖλαι τὸν λαόν μου ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἐπάγω ταύτην τὴν ὥραν αὔριον ἀκρίδα πολλὴν ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ ὅριά σου

Sin autem resistis, et non vis dimittere eum: ecce ego inducam cras locustam in fines tuos:

4 Else, if thou refuse to let my people go, behold, to morrow will I bring the locusts into thy coast:

ה. וְכִסָּה אֶת עֵין הָאָרֶץ וְלֹא יוּכַל לִרְאֹת אֶת הָאָרֶץ וְאָכַל אֶת יֶתֶר הַפְּלֵטָה הַנִּשְׁאֶרֶת לָכֶם מִן הַבָּרָד וְאָכַל אֶת כָּל הָעֵץ הַצֹּמֵחַ לָכֶם מִן הַשָּׂדֶה:

καὶ καλύψει τὴν ὄψιν τῆς γῆς καὶ οὐ δυνήσῃ κατιδεῖν τὴν γῆν καὶ κατέδεται πᾶν τὸ περισσὸν τῆς γῆς τὸ καταλειφθέν ὃ κατέλιπεν ὑμῖν ἡ χάλαζα καὶ κατέδεται πᾶν ξύλον τὸ φυόμενον ὑμῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς

quæ operiat superficiem terræ, ne quidquam ejus appareat, sed comedatur quod residuum fuerit grandini: corrodet enim omnia ligna quæ germinant in agris.

5 And they shall cover the face of the earth, that one cannot be able to see the earth: and they shall eat the residue of that which is escaped, which remaineth unto you from the hail, and shall eat every tree which groweth for you out of the field:

ו. וּמָלְאוּ בָתֶּיךָ וּבָתֵּי כָל עֲבָדֶיךָ וּבָתֵּי כָל מִצְרַיִם אֲשֶׁר לֹא רָאוּ אֲבֹתֶיךָ וַאֲבוֹת אֲבֹתֶיךָ מִיּוֹם הֱיוֹתָם עַל הָאֲדָמָה עַד הַיּוֹם הַזֶּה וַיִּפֶן וַיֵּצֵא מֵעִם פַּרְעֹה:

καὶ πλησθήσονταί σου αἱ οἰκίαι καὶ αἱ οἰκίαι τῶν θεραπόντων σου καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ οἰκίαι ἐν πάσῃ γῇ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἃ οὐδέποτε ἑωράκασιν οἱ πατέρες σου οὐδὲ οἱ πρόπαπποι αὐτῶν ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἡμέρας γεγόνασιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης καὶ ἐκκλίνας Μωυσῆς ἐξῆλθεν ἀπὸ Φαραω

Et implebunt domos tuas, et servorum tuorum, et omnium Ægyptiorum, quantam non viderunt patres tui, et avi, ex quo orti sunt super terram, usque in præsentem diem. Avertitque se, et egressus est a Pharaone.

6 And they shall fill thy houses, and the houses of all thy servants, and the houses of all the Egyptians; which neither thy fathers, nor thy fathers' fathers have seen, since the day that they were upon the earth unto this day. And he turned himself, and went out from Pharaoh.

ז. וַיֹּאמְרוּ עַבְדֵי פַרְעֹה אֵלָיו עַד מָתַי יִהְיֶה זֶה לָנוּ לְמוֹקֵשׁ שַׁלַּח אֶת הָאֲנָשִׁים וְיַעַבְדוּ אֶת יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵיהֶם הֲטֶרֶם תֵּדַע כִּי אָבְדָה מִצְרָיִם:

καὶ λέγουσιν οἱ θεράποντες Φαραω πρὸς αὐτόν ἕως τίνος ἔσται τοῦτο ἡμῖν σκῶλον ἐξαπόστειλον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ὅπως λατρεύσωσιν τῷ θεῷ αὐτῶν ἢ εἰδέναι βούλει ὅτι ἀπόλωλεν Αἴγυπτος

Dixerunt autem servi Pharaonis ad eum: Usquequo patiemur hoc scandalum? dimitte homines, ut sacrificent Domino Deo suo; nonne vides quod perierit Ægyptus?

7 And Pharaoh's servants said unto him, How long shall this man be a snare unto us? let the men go, that they may serve the LORD their God: knowest thou not yet that Egypt is destroyed?

ח. וַיּוּשַׁב אֶת משֶׁה וְאֶת אַהֲרֹן אֶל פַּרְעֹה וַיֹּאמֶר אֲלֵהֶם לְכוּ עִבְדוּ אֶת יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵיכֶם מִי וָמִי הַהֹלְכִים:

καὶ ἀπέστρεψαν τόν τε Μωυσῆν καὶ Ααρων πρὸς Φαραω καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς πορεύεσθε καὶ λατρεύσατε τῷ θεῷ ὑμῶν τίνες δὲ καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ πορευόμενοι

Revocaveruntque Moysen et Aaron ad Pharaonem: qui dixit eis: Ite, sacrificate Domino Deo vestro: quinam sunt qui ituri sunt?

8 And Moses and Aaron were brought again unto Pharaoh: and he said unto them, Go, serve the LORD your God: but who are they that shall go?

ט. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה בִּנְעָרֵינוּ וּבִזְקֵנֵינוּ נֵלֵךְ בְּבָנֵינוּ וּבִבְנוֹתֵנוּ בְּצֹאנֵנוּ וּבִבְקָרֵנוּ נֵלֵךְ כִּי חַג יְהֹוָה לָנוּ:

καὶ λέγει Μωυσῆς σὺν τοῖς νεανίσκοις καὶ πρεσβυτέροις πορευσόμεθα σὺν τοῖς υἱοῖς καὶ θυγατράσιν καὶ προβάτοις καὶ βουσὶν ἡμῶν ἔστιν γὰρ ἑορτὴ κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν

Ait Moyses: Cum parvulis nostris, et senioribus pergemus, cum filiis et filiabus, cum ovibus et armentis: est enim solemnitas Domini Dei nostri.

9 And Moses said, We will go with our young and with our old, with our sons and with our daughters, with our flocks and with our herds will we go; for we must hold a feast unto the LORD.

י. וַיֹּאמֶר אֲלֵהֶם יְהִי כֵן יְהֹוָה עִמָּכֶם כַּאֲשֶׁר אֲשַׁלַּח אֶתְכֶם וְאֶת טַפְּכֶם רְאוּ כִּי רָעָה נֶגֶד פְּנֵיכֶם:

καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς ἔστω οὕτως κύριος μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν καθότι ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς μὴ καὶ τὴν ἀποσκευὴν ὑμῶν ἴδετε ὅτι πονηρία πρόκειται ὑμῖν

Et respondit Pharao: Sic Dominus sit vobiscum, quomodo ego dimittam vos, et parvulos vestros, cui dubium est quod pessime cogitetis?

10 And he said unto them, Let the LORD be so with you, as I will let you go, and your little ones: look to it; for evil is before you.

יא. לֹא כֵן לְכוּ נָא הַגְּבָרִים וְעִבְדוּ אֶת יְהֹוָה כִּי אֹתָהּ אַתֶּם מְבַקְשִׁים וַיְגָרֶשׁ אֹתָם מֵאֵת פְּנֵי פַרְעֹה:

μὴ οὕτως πορευέσθωσαν δὲ οἱ ἄνδρες καὶ λατρεύσατε τῷ θεῷ τοῦτο γὰρ αὐτοὶ ζητεῖτε ἐξέβαλον δὲ αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ προσώπου Φαραω

non fiet ita, sed ite tantum viri, et sacrificate Domino: hoc enim et ipsi petistis. Statimque ejecti sunt de conspectu Pharaonis.

11 Not so: go now ye that are men, and serve the LORD; for that ye did desire. And they were driven out from Pharaoh's presence.

יב. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה נְטֵה יָדְךָ עַל אֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם בָּאַרְבֶּה וְיַעַל עַל אֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם וְיֹאכַל אֶת כָּל עֵשֶׂב הָאָרֶץ אֵת כָּל אֲשֶׁר הִשְׁאִיר הַבָּרָד:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρα ἐπὶ γῆν Αἰγύπτου καὶ ἀναβήτω ἀκρὶς ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ κατέδεται πᾶσαν βοτάνην τῆς γῆς καὶ πάντα τὸν καρπὸν τῶν ξύλων ὃν ὑπελίπετο ἡ χάλαζα

Dixit autem Dominus ad Moysen: Extende manum tuam super terram Ægypti ad locustam, ut ascendat super eam, et devoret omnem herbam quæ residua fuerit grandini.

12 And the LORD said unto Moses, Stretch out thine hand over the land of Egypt for the locusts, that they may come up upon the land of Egypt, and eat every herb of the land, even all that the hail hath left.

יג. וַיֵּט משֶׁה אֶת מַטֵּהוּ עַל אֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם וַיהֹוָה נִהַג רוּחַ קָדִים בָּאָרֶץ כָּל הַיּוֹם הַהוּא וְכָל הַלָּיְלָה הַבֹּקֶר הָיָה וְרוּחַ הַקָּדִים נָשָׂא אֶת הָאַרְבֶּה:

καὶ ἐπῆρεν Μωυσῆς τὴν ῥάβδον εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν καὶ κύριος ἐπήγαγεν ἄνεμον νότον ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην καὶ ὅλην τὴν νύκτα τὸ πρωὶ ἐγενήθη καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος ὁ νότος ἀνέλαβεν τὴν ἀκρίδα

Et extendit Moyses virgam super terram Ægypti: et Dominus induxit ventum urentem tota die illa et nocte: et mane facto, ventus urens levavit locustas.

13 And Moses stretched forth his rod over the land of Egypt, and the LORD brought an east wind upon the land all that day, and all that night; and when it was morning, the east wind brought the locusts.

יד. וַיַּעַל הָאַרְבֶּה עַל כָּל אֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם וַיָּנַח בְּכֹל גְּבוּל מִצְרָיִם כָּבֵד מְאֹד לְפָנָיו לֹא הָיָה כֵן אַרְבֶּה כָּמֹהוּ וְאַחֲרָיו לֹא יִהְיֶה כֵּן:

καὶ ἀνήγαγεν αὐτὴν ἐπὶ πᾶσαν γῆν Αἰγύπτου καὶ κατέπαυσεν ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ ὅρια Αἰγύπτου πολλὴ σφόδρα προτέρα αὐτῆς οὐ γέγονεν τοιαύτη ἀκρὶς καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα οὐκ ἔσται οὕτως

Quæ ascenderunt super universam terram Ægypti: et sederunt in cunctis finibus Ægyptiorum innumerabiles, quales ante illud tempus non fuerant, nec postea futuræ sunt.

14 And the locust went up over all the land of Egypt, and rested in all the coasts of Egypt: very grievous were they; before them there were no such locusts as they, neither after them shall be such.

טו. וַיְכַס אֶת עֵין כָּל הָאָרֶץ וַתֶּחְשַׁךְ הָאָרֶץ וַיֹּאכַל אֶת כָּל עֵשֶׂב הָאָרֶץ וְאֵת כָּל פְּרִי הָעֵץ אֲשֶׁר הוֹתִיר הַבָּרָד וְלֹא נוֹתַר כָּל יֶרֶק בָּעֵץ וּבְעֵשֶׂב הַשָּׂדֶה בְּכָל אֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

καὶ ἐκάλυψεν τὴν ὄψιν τῆς γῆς καὶ ἐφθάρη ἡ γῆ καὶ κατέφαγεν πᾶσαν βοτάνην τῆς γῆς καὶ πάντα τὸν καρπὸν τῶν ξύλων ὃς ὑπελείφθη ἀπὸ τῆς χαλάζης οὐχ ὑπελείφθη χλωρὸν οὐδὲν ἐν τοῖς ξύλοις καὶ ἐν πάσῃ βοτάνῃ τοῦ πεδίου ἐν πάσῃ γῇ Αἰγύπτου

Operueruntque universam superficiem terræ, vastantes omnia. Devorata est igitur herba terræ, et quidquid pomorum in arboribus fuit, quæ grando dimiserat: nihilque omnino virens relictum est in lignis et in herbis terræ, in cuncta Ægypto.

15 For they covered the face of the whole earth, so that the land was darkened; and they did eat every herb of the land, and all the fruit of the trees which the hail had left: and there remained not any green thing in the trees, or in the herbs of the field, through all the land of Egypt.

טז. וַיְמַהֵר פַּרְעֹה לִקְרֹא לְמשֶׁה וּלְאַהֲרֹן וַיֹּאמֶר חָטָאתִי לַיהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵיכֶם וְלָכֶם:

κατέσπευδεν δὲ Φαραω καλέσαι Μωυσῆν καὶ Ααρων λέγων ἡμάρτηκα ἐναντίον κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν καὶ εἰς ὑμᾶς

Quam ob rem festinus Pharao vocavit Moysen et Aaron, et dixit eis: Peccavi in Dominum Deum vestrum, et in vos.

16 Then Pharaoh called for Moses and Aaron in haste; and he said, I have sinned against the LORD your God, and against you.

יז. וְעַתָּה שָׂא נָא חַטָּאתִי אַךְ הַפַּעַם וְהַעְתִּירוּ לַיהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵיכֶם וְיָסֵר מֵעָלַי רַק אֶת הַמָּוֶת הַזֶּה:

προσδέξασθε οὖν μου τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἔτι νῦν καὶ προσεύξασθε πρὸς κύριον τὸν θεὸν ὑμῶν καὶ περιελέτω ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ τὸν θάνατον τοῦτον

Sed nunc dimittite peccatum mihi etiam hac vice, et rogate Dominum Deum vestrum, ut auferat a me mortem istam.

17 Now therefore forgive, I pray thee, my sin only this once, and intreat the LORD your God, that he may take away from me this death only.

יח. וַיֵּצֵא מֵעִם פַּרְעֹה וַיֶּעְתַּר אֶל יְהֹוָה:

ἐξῆλθεν δὲ Μωυσῆς ἀπὸ Φαραω καὶ ηὔξατο πρὸς τὸν θεόν

Egressusque Moyses de conspectu Pharaonis, oravit Dominum.

18 And he went out from Pharaoh, and intreated the LORD.

יט. וַיַּהֲפֹךְ יְהֹוָה רוּחַ יָם חָזָק מְאֹד וַיִּשָּׂא אֶת הָאַרְבֶּה וַיִּתְקָעֵהוּ יָמָּה סּוּף לֹא נִשְׁאַר אַרְבֶּה אֶחָד בְּכֹל גְּבוּל מִצְרָיִם:

καὶ μετέβαλεν κύριος ἄνεμον ἀπὸ θαλάσσης σφοδρόν καὶ ἀνέλαβεν τὴν ἀκρίδα καὶ ἐνέβαλεν αὐτὴν εἰς τὴν ἐρυθρὰν θάλασσαν καὶ οὐχ ὑπελείφθη ἀκρὶς μία ἐν πάσῃ γῇ Αἰγύπτου

Qui flare fecit ventum ab occidente vehementissimum, et arreptam locustam projecit in mare Rubrum: non remansit ne una quidem in cunctis finibus Ægypti.

19 And the LORD turned a mighty strong west wind, which took away the locusts, and cast them into the Red sea; there remained not one locust in all the coasts of Egypt.

כ. וַיְחַזֵּק יְהֹוָה אֶת לֵב פַּרְעֹה וְלֹא שִׁלַּח אֶת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל:

καὶ ἐσκλήρυνεν κύριος τὴν καρδίαν Φαραω καὶ οὐκ ἐξαπέστειλεν τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ

Et induravit Dominus cor Pharaonis, nec dimisit filios Israël.

20 But the LORD hardened Pharaoh's heart, so that he would not let the children of Israel go.

כא. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה נְטֵה יָדְךָ עַל הַשָּׁמַיִם וִיהִי חשֶׁךְ עַל אֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם וְיָמֵשׁ חשֶׁךְ:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρά σου εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν καὶ γενηθήτω σκότος ἐπὶ γῆν Αἰγύπτου ψηλαφητὸν σκότος

Dixit autem Dominus ad Moysen: Extende manum tuam in cælum: et sint tenebræ super terram Ægypti tam densæ, ut palpari queant.

21 And the LORD said unto Moses, Stretch out thine hand toward heaven, that there may be darkness over the land of Egypt, even darkness which may be felt.

כב. וַיֵּט משֶׁה אֶת יָדוֹ עַל הַשָּׁמָיִם וַיְהִי חשֶׁךְ אֲפֵלָה בְּכָל אֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם שְׁלשֶׁת יָמִים:

ἐξέτεινεν δὲ Μωυσῆς τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν καὶ ἐγένετο σκότος γνόφος θύελλα ἐπὶ πᾶσαν γῆν Αἰγύπτου τρεῖς ἡμέρας

Extenditque Moyses manum in cælum: et factæ sunt tenebræ horribiles in universa terra Ægypti tribus diebus.

22 And Moses stretched forth his hand toward heaven; and there was a thick darkness in all the land of Egypt three days:

כג. לֹא רָאוּ אִישׁ אֶת אָחִיו וְלֹא קָמוּ אִישׁ מִתַּחְתָּיו שְׁלשֶׁת יָמִים וּלְכָל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל הָיָה אוֹר בְּמוֹשְׁבֹתָם:

καὶ οὐκ εἶδεν οὐδεὶς τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ οὐκ ἐξανέστη οὐδεὶς ἐκ τῆς κοίτης αὐτοῦ τρεῖς ἡμέρας πᾶσι δὲ τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ ἦν φῶς ἐν πᾶσιν οἷς κατεγίνοντο

Nemo vidit fratrem suum, nec movit se de loco in quo erat: ubicumque autem habitabant filii Israël, lux erat.

23 They saw not one another, neither rose any from his place for three days: but all the children of Israel had light in their dwellings.

כד. וַיִּקְרָא פַרְעֹה אֶל משֶׁה וַיֹּאמֶר לְכוּ עִבְדוּ אֶת יְהֹוָה רַק צֹאנְכֶם וּבְקַרְכֶם יֻצָּג גַּם טַפְּכֶם יֵלֵךְ עִמָּכֶם:

καὶ ἐκάλεσεν Φαραω Μωυσῆν καὶ Ααρων λέγων βαδίζετε λατρεύσατε κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ ὑμῶν πλὴν τῶν προβάτων καὶ τῶν βοῶν ὑπολίπεσθε καὶ ἡ ἀποσκευὴ ὑμῶν ἀποτρεχέτω μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν

Vocavitque Pharao Moysen et Aaron, et dixit eis: Ite, sacrificate Domino: oves tantum vestræ et armenta remaneant, parvuli vestri eant vobiscum.

24 And Pharaoh called unto Moses, and said, Go ye, serve the LORD; only let your flocks and your herds be stayed: let your little ones also go with you.

כה. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה גַּם אַתָּה תִּתֵּן בְּיָדֵנוּ זְבָחִים וְעֹלֹת וְעָשִׂינוּ לַיהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵינוּ:

καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς ἀλλὰ καὶ σὺ δώσεις ἡμῖν ὁλοκαυτώματα καὶ θυσίας ἃ ποιήσομεν κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν

Ait Moyses: Hostias quoque et holocausta dabis nobis, quæ offeramus Domino Deo nostro.

25 And Moses said, Thou must give us also sacrifices and burnt offerings, that we may sacrifice unto the LORD our God.

כו. וְגַם מִקְנֵנוּ יֵלֵךְ עִמָּנוּ לֹא תִשָּׁאֵר פַּרְסָה כִּי מִמֶּנּוּ נִקַּח לַעֲבֹד אֶת יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵינוּ וַאֲנַחְנוּ לֹא נֵדַע מַה נַּעֲבֹד אֶת יְהֹוָה עַד בֹּאֵנוּ שָׁמָּה:

καὶ τὰ κτήνη ἡμῶν πορεύσεται μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν καὶ οὐχ ὑπολειψόμεθα ὁπλήν ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν γὰρ λημψόμεθα λατρεῦσαι κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐκ οἴδαμεν τί λατρεύσωμεν κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν ἕως τοῦ ἐλθεῖν ἡμᾶς ἐκεῖ

Cuncti greges pergent nobiscum; non remanebit ex eis ungula: quæ necessaria sunt in cultum Domini Dei nostri: præsertim cum ignoremus quid debeat immolari, donec ad ipsum locum perveniamus.

26 Our cattle also shall go with us; there shall not an hoof be left behind; for thereof must we take to serve the LORD our God; and we know not with what we must serve the LORD, until we come thither.

כז. וַיְחַזֵּק יְהֹוָה אֶת לֵב פַּרְעֹה וְלֹא אָבָה לְשַׁלְּחָם:

ἐσκλήρυνεν δὲ κύριος τὴν καρδίαν Φαραω καὶ οὐκ ἐβουλήθη ἐξαποστεῖλαι αὐτούς

Induravit autem Dominus cor Pharaonis, et noluit dimittere eos.

27 But the LORD hardened Pharaoh's heart, and he would not let them go.

כח. וַיֹּאמֶר לוֹ פַרְעֹה לֵךְ מֵעָלָי הִשָּׁמֶר לְךָ אַל תֹּסֶף רְאוֹת פָּנַי כִּי בְּיוֹם רְאֹתְךָ פָנַי תָּמוּת:

καὶ λέγει Φαραω ἄπελθε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ πρόσεχε σεαυτῷ ἔτι προσθεῖναι ἰδεῖν μου τὸ πρόσωπον ᾗ δ᾽ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ ὀφθῇς μοι ἀποθανῇ

Dixitque Pharao ad Moysen: Recede a me, et cave ne ultra videas faciem meam: quocumque die apparueris mihi, morieris.

28 And Pharaoh said unto him, Get thee from me, take heed to thyself, see my face no more; for in that day thou seest my face thou shalt die.

כט. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה כֵּן דִּבַּרְתָּ לֹא אֹסִף עוֹד רְאוֹת פָּנֶיךָ:

λέγει δὲ Μωυσῆς εἴρηκας οὐκέτι ὀφθήσομαί σοι εἰς πρόσωπον

Respondit Moyses: Ita fiet ut locutus es: non videbo ultra faciem tuam.

29 And Moses said, Thou hast spoken well, I will see thy face again no more.

יא

ΙΑ'

Cap. 11

א. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה עוֹד נֶגַע אֶחָד אָבִיא עַל פַּרְעֹה וְעַל מִצְרַיִם אַחֲרֵי כֵן יְשַׁלַּח אֶתְכֶם מִזֶּה כְּשַׁלְּחוֹ כָּלָה גָּרֵשׁ יְגָרֵשׁ אֶתְכֶם מִזֶּה:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἔτι μίαν πληγὴν ἐπάξω ἐπὶ Φαραω καὶ ἐπ᾽ Αἴγυπτον καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐξαποστελεῖ ὑμᾶς ἐντεῦθεν ὅταν δὲ ἐξαποστέλλῃ ὑμᾶς σὺν παντὶ ἐκβαλεῖ ὑμᾶς ἐκβολῇ

Et dixit Dominus ad Moysen: Adhuc una plaga tangam Pharaonem et Ægyptum, et post hæc dimittet vos, et exire compellet.

1 And the LORD said unto Moses, Yet will I bring one plague more upon Pharaoh, and upon Egypt; afterwards he will let you go hence: when he shall let you go, he shall surely thrust you out hence altogether.

ב. דַּבֶּר נָא בְּאָזְנֵי הָעָם וְיִשְׁאֲלוּ אִישׁ מֵאֵת רֵעֵהוּ וְאִשָּׁה מֵאֵת רְעוּתָהּ כְּלֵי כֶסֶף וּכְלֵי זָהָב:

λάλησον οὖν κρυφῇ εἰς τὰ ὦτα τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ αἰτησάτω ἕκαστος παρὰ τοῦ πλησίον καὶ γυνὴ παρὰ τῆς πλησίον σκεύη ἀργυρᾶ καὶ χρυσᾶ καὶ ἱματισμόν

Dices ergo omni plebi ut postulet vir ab amico suo, et mulier a vicina sua, vasa argentea et aurea.

2 Speak now in the ears of the people, and let every man borrow of his neighbour, and every woman of her neighbour, jewels of silver and jewels of gold.

ג. וַיִּתֵּן יְהֹוָה אֶת חֵן הָעָם בְּעֵינֵי מִצְרָיִם גַּם הָאִישׁ משֶׁה גָּדוֹל מְאֹד בְּאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם בְּעֵינֵי עַבְדֵי פַרְעֹה וּבְעֵינֵי הָעָם:

κύριος δὲ ἔδωκεν τὴν χάριν τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ ἐναντίον τῶν Αἰγυπτίων καὶ ἔχρησαν αὐτοῖς καὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος Μωυσῆς μέγας ἐγενήθη σφόδρα ἐναντίον τῶν Αἰγυπτίων καὶ ἐναντίον Φαραω καὶ ἐναντίον πάντων τῶν θεραπόντων αὐτοῦ

Dabit autem Dominus gratiam populo suo coram Ægyptiis. Fuitque Moyses vir magnus valde in terra Ægypti coram servis Pharaonis et omni populo.

3 And the LORD gave the people favour in the sight of the Egyptians. Moreover the man Moses was very great in the land of Egypt, in the sight of Pharaoh's servants, and in the sight of the people.

ד. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה כֹּה אָמַר יְהֹוָה כַּחֲצֹת הַלַּיְלָה אֲנִי יוֹצֵא בְּתוֹךְ מִצְרָיִם:

καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς τάδε λέγει κύριος περὶ μέσας νύκτας ἐγὼ εἰσπορεύομαι εἰς μέσον Αἰγύπτου

Et ait: Hæc dicit Dominus: Media nocte egrediar in Ægyptum:

4 And Moses said, Thus saith the LORD, About midnight will I go out into the midst of Egypt:

ה. וּמֵת כָּל בְּכוֹר בְּאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם מִבְּכוֹר פַּרְעֹה הַיּשֵׁב עַל כִּסְאוֹ עַד בְּכוֹר הַשִּׁפְחָה אֲשֶׁר אַחַר הָרֵחָיִם וְכֹל בְּכוֹר בְּהֵמָה:

καὶ τελευτήσει πᾶν πρωτότοκον ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ἀπὸ πρωτοτόκου Φαραω ὃς κάθηται ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ ἕως πρωτοτόκου τῆς θεραπαίνης τῆς παρὰ τὸν μύλον καὶ ἕως πρωτοτόκου παντὸς κτήνους

et morietur omne primogenitum in terra Ægyptiorum, a primogenito Pharaonis, qui sedet in solio ejus, usque ad primogenitum ancillæ quæ est ad molam, et omnia primogenita jumentorum.

5 And all the firstborn in the land of Egypt shall die, from the first born of Pharaoh that sitteth upon his throne, even unto the firstborn of the maidservant that is behind the mill; and all the firstborn of beasts.

ו. וְהָיְתָה צְעָקָה גְדֹלָה בְּכָל אֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם אֲשֶׁר כָּמֹהוּ לֹא נִהְיָתָה וְכָמֹהוּ לֹא תֹסִף:

καὶ ἔσται κραυγὴ μεγάλη κατὰ πᾶσαν γῆν Αἰγύπτου ἥτις τοιαύτη οὐ γέγονεν καὶ τοιαύτη οὐκέτι προστεθήσεται

Eritque clamor magnus in universa terra Ægypti, qualis nec ante fuit, nec postea futurus est.

6 And there shall be a great cry throughout all the land of Egypt, such as there was none like it, nor shall be like it any more.

ז. וּלְכֹל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל לֹא יֶחֱרַץ כֶּלֶב לְשֹׁנוֹ לְמֵאִישׁ וְעַד בְּהֵמָה לְמַעַן תֵּדְעוּן אֲשֶׁר יַפְלֶה יְהֹוָה בֵּין מִצְרַיִם וּבֵין יִשְׂרָאֵל:

καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ οὐ γρύξει κύων τῇ γλώσσῃ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπου ἕως κτήνους ὅπως εἰδῇς ὅσα παραδοξάσει κύριος ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν Αἰγυπτίων καὶ τοῦ Ισραηλ

Apud omnes autem filios Israël non mutiet canis ab homine usque ad pecus: ut sciatis quanto miraculo dividat Dominus Ægyptios et Israël.

7 But against any of the children of Israel shall not a dog move his tongue, against man or beast: that ye may know how that the LORD doth put a difference between the Egyptians and Israel.

ח. וְיָרְדוּ כָל עֲבָדֶיךָ אֵלֶּה אֵלַי וְהִשְׁתַּחֲווּ לִי לֵאמֹר צֵא אַתָּה וְכָל הָעָם אֲשֶׁר בְּרַגְלֶיךָ וְאַחֲרֵי כֵן אֵצֵא וַיֵּצֵא מֵעִם פַּרְעֹה בָּחֳרִי אָף:

καὶ καταβήσονται πάντες οἱ παῖδές σου οὗτοι πρός με καὶ προκυνήσουσίν με λέγοντες ἔξελθε σὺ καὶ πᾶς ὁ λαός σου οὗ σὺ ἀφηγῇ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐξελεύσομαι ἐξῆλθεν δὲ Μωυσῆς ἀπὸ Φαραω μετὰ θυμοῦ

Descendentque omnes servi tui isti ad me, et adorabunt me, dicentes: Egredere tu, et omnis populus qui subjectus est tibi: post hæc egrediemur.

8 And all these thy servants shall come down unto me, and bow down themselves unto me, saying, Get thee out, and all the people that follow thee: and after that I will go out. And he went out from Pharaoh in a great anger.

ט. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה לֹא יִשְׁמַע אֲלֵיכֶם פַּרְעֹה לְמַעַן רְבוֹת מוֹפְתַי בְּאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν οὐκ εἰσακούσεται ὑμῶν Φαραω ἵνα πληθύνων πληθύνω μου τὰ σημεῖα καὶ τὰ τέρατα ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ

Et exivit a Pharaone iratus nimis. Dixit autem Dominus ad Moysen: Non audiet vos Pharao ut multa signa fiant in terra Ægypti.

9 And the LORD said unto Moses, Pharaoh shall not hearken unto you; that my wonders may be multiplied in the land of Egypt.

י. וּמשֶׁה וְאַהֲרֹן עָשׂוּ אֶת כָּל הַמֹּפְתִים הָאֵלֶּה לִפְנֵי פַרְעֹה וַיְחַזֵּק יְהֹוָה אֶת לֵב פַּרְעֹה וְלֹא שִׁלַּח אֶת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מֵאַרְצוֹ:

Μωυσῆς δὲ καὶ Ααρων ἐποίησαν πάντα τὰ σημεῖα καὶ τὰ τέρατα ταῦτα ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ἐναντίον Φαραω ἐσκλήρυνεν δὲ κύριος τὴν καρδίαν Φαραω καὶ οὐκ ἠθέλησεν ἐξαποστεῖλαι τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου

Moyses autem et Aaron fecerunt omnia ostenta, quæ scripta sunt, coram Pharaone. Et induravit Dominus cor Pharaonis, nec dimisit filios Israël de terra sua.

10 And Moses and Aaron did all these wonders before Pharaoh: and the LORD hardened Pharaoh's heart, so that he would not let the children of Israel go out of his land.

יב

ΙΒ'

Cap. 12

א. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה וְאֶל אַהֲרֹן בְּאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם לֵאמֹר:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ Ααρων ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτου λέγων

1 Dixit quoque Dominus ad Moysen et Aaron in terra Ægypti:

1 And the LORD spake unto Moses and Aaron in the land of Egypt saying,

ב. הַחֹדֶשׁ הַזֶּה לָכֶם רֹאשׁ חֳדָשִׁים רִאשׁוֹן הוּא לָכֶם לְחָדְשֵׁי הַשָּׁנָה:

ὁ μὴν οὗτος ὑμῖν ἀρχὴ μηνῶν πρῶτός ἐστιν ὑμῖν ἐν τοῖς μησὶν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ

Mensis iste, vobis principium mensium: primus erit in mensibus anni.

2 This month shall be unto you the beginning of months: it shall be the first month of the year to you.

ג. דַּבְּרוּ אֶל כָּל עֲדַת יִשְׂרָאֵל לֵאמֹר בֶּעָשׂר לַחֹדֶשׁ הַזֶּה וְיִקְחוּ לָהֶם אִישׁ שֶׂה לְבֵית אָבֹת שֶׂה לַבָּיִת:

λάλησον πρὸς πᾶσαν συναγωγὴν υἱῶν Ισραηλ λέγων τῇ δεκάτῃ τοῦ μηνὸς τούτου λαβέτωσαν ἕκαστος πρόβατον κατ᾽ οἴκους πατριῶν ἕκαστος πρόβατον κατ᾽ οἰκίαν

Loquimini ad universum cœtum filiorum Israël, et dicite eis: Decima die mensis hujus tollat unusquisque agnum per familias et domos suas.

3 Speak ye unto all the congregation of Israel, saying, In the tenth day of this month they shall take to them every man a lamb, according to the house of their fathers, a lamb for an house:

ד. וְאִם יִמְעַט הַבַּיִת מִהְיוֹת מִשֶּׂה וְלָקַח הוּא וּשְׁכֵנוֹ הַקָּרֹב אֶל בֵּיתוֹ בְּמִכְסַת נְפָשֹׁת אִישׁ לְפִי אָכְלוֹ תָּכֹסּוּ עַל הַשֶׂה:

ἐὰν δὲ ὀλιγοστοὶ ὦσιν οἱ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ὥστε μὴ ἱκανοὺς εἶναι εἰς πρόβατον συλλήμψεται μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ τὸν γείτονα τὸν πλησίον αὐτοῦ κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ψυχῶν ἕκαστος τὸ ἀρκοῦν αὐτῷ συναριθμήσεται εἰς πρόβατον

Sin autem minor est numerus ut sufficere possit ad vescendum agnum, assumet vicinum suum qui junctus est domui suæ, juxta numerum animarum quæ sufficere possunt ad esum agni.

4 And if the household be too little for the lamb, let him and his neighbour next unto his house take it according to the number of the souls; every man according to his eating shall make your count for the lamb.

ה. שֶׂה תָמִים זָכָר בֶּן שָׁנָה יִהְיֶה לָכֶם מִן הַכְּבָשִׂים וּמִן הָעִזִּים תִּקָּחוּ:

πρόβατον τέλειον ἄρσεν ἐνιαύσιον ἔσται ὑμῖν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρνῶν καὶ τῶν ἐρίφων λήμψεσθε

Erit autem agnus absque macula, masculus, anniculus: juxta quem ritum tolletis et hædum.

5 Your lamb shall be without blemish, a male of the first year: ye shall take it out from the sheep, or from the goats:

ו. וְהָיָה לָכֶם לְמִשְׁמֶרֶת עַד אַרְבָּעָה עָשָׂר יוֹם לַחֹדֶשׁ הַזֶּה וְשָׁחֲטוּ אֹתוֹ כֹּל קְהַל עֲדַת יִשְׂרָאֵל בֵּין הָעַרְבָּיִם:

καὶ ἔσται ὑμῖν διατετηρημένον ἕως τῆς τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτης τοῦ μηνὸς τούτου καὶ σφάξουσιν αὐτὸ πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος συναγωγῆς υἱῶν Ισραηλ πρὸς ἑσπέραν

Et servabitis eum usque ad quartamdecimam diem mensis hujus: immolabitque eum universa multitudo filiorum Israël ad vesperam.

6 And ye shall keep it up until the fourteenth day of the same month: and the whole assembly of the congregation of Israel shall kill it in the evening.

ז. וְלָקְחוּ מִן הַדָּם וְנָתְנוּ עַל שְׁתֵּי הַמְּזוּזֹת וְעַל הַמַּשְׁקוֹף עַל הַבָּתִּים אֲשֶׁר יֹאכְלוּ אֹתוֹ בָּהֶם:

καὶ λήμψονται ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος καὶ θήσουσιν ἐπὶ τῶν δύο σταθμῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν φλιὰν ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις ἐν οἷς ἐὰν φάγωσιν αὐτὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς

Et sument de sanguine ejus, ac ponent super utrumque postem, et in superliminaribus domorum, in quibus comedent illum.

7 And they shall take of the blood, and strike it on the two side posts and on the upper door post of the houses, wherein they shall eat it.

ח. וְאָכְלוּ אֶת הַבָּשָׂר בַּלַּיְלָה הַזֶּה צְלִי אֵשׁ וּמַצּוֹת עַל מְרֹרִים יֹאכְלֻהוּ:

καὶ φάγονται τὰ κρέα τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ ὀπτὰ πυρὶ καὶ ἄζυμα ἐπὶ πικρίδων ἔδονται

Et edent carnes nocte illa assas igni, et azymos panes cum lactucis agrestibus.

8 And they shall eat the flesh in that night, roast with fire, and unleavened bread; and with bitter herbs they shall eat it.

ט. אַל תֹּאכְלוּ מִמֶּנּוּ נָא וּבָשֵׁל מְבֻשָּׁל בַּמָּיִם כִּי אִם צְלִי אֵשׁ רֹאשׁוֹ עַל כְּרָעָיו וְעַל קִרְבּוֹ:

οὐκ ἔδεσθε ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ὠμὸν οὐδὲ ἡψημένον ἐν ὕδατι ἀλλ᾽ ἢ ὀπτὰ πυρί κεφαλὴν σὺν τοῖς ποσὶν καὶ τοῖς ἐνδοσθίοις

Non comedetis ex eo crudum quid, nec coctum aqua, sed tantum assum igni: caput cum pedibus ejus et intestinis vorabitis.

9 Eat not of it raw, nor sodden at all with water, but roast with fire; his head with his legs, and with the purtenance thereof.

י. וְלֹא תוֹתִירוּ מִמֶּנּוּ עַד בֹּקֶר וְהַנֹּתָר מִמֶּנּוּ עַד בֹּקֶר בָּאֵשׁ תִּשְׂרֹפוּ:

οὐκ ἀπολείψετε ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἕως πρωὶ καὶ ὀστοῦν οὐ συντρίψετε ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὰ δὲ καταλειπόμενα ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἕως πρωὶ ἐν πυρὶ κατακαύσετε

Nec remanebit quidquam ex eo usque mane; si quid residuum fuerit, igne comburetis.

10 And ye shall let nothing of it remain until the morning; and that which remaineth of it until the morning ye shall burn with fire.

יא. וְכָכָה תֹּאכְלוּ אֹתוֹ מָתְנֵיכֶם חֲגֻרִים נַעֲלֵיכֶם בְּרַגְלֵיכֶם וּמַקֶּלְכֶם בְּיֶדְכֶם וַאֲכַלְתֶּם אֹתוֹ בְּחִפָּזוֹן פֶּסַח הוּא לַיהֹוָה:

οὕτως δὲ φάγεσθε αὐτό αἱ ὀσφύες ὑμῶν περιεζωσμέναι καὶ τὰ ὑποδήματα ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν καὶ αἱ βακτηρίαι ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν ὑμῶν καὶ ἔδεσθε αὐτὸ μετὰ σπουδῆς πασχα ἐστὶν κυρίῳ

Sic autem comedetis illum: renes vestros accingetis, et calceamenta habebitis in pedibus, tenentes baculos in manibus, et comedetis festinanter: est enim Phase (id est, transitus) Domini.

11 And thus shall ye eat it; with your loins girded, your shoes on your feet, and your staff in your hand; and ye shall eat it in haste: it is the LORD's passover.

יב. וְעָבַרְתִּי בְאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם בַּלַּיְלָה הַזֶּה וְהִכֵּיתִי כָל בְּכוֹר בְּאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם מֵאָדָם וְעַד בְּהֵמָה וּבְכָל אֱלֹהֵי מִצְרַיִם אֶעֱשֶׂה שְׁפָטִים אֲנִי יְהֹוָה:

καὶ διελεύσομαι ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ καὶ πατάξω πᾶν πρωτότοκον ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπου ἕως κτήνους καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς θεοῖς τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ποιήσω τὴν ἐκδίκησιν ἐγὼ κύριος

Et transibo per terram Ægypti nocte illa, percutiamque omne primogenitum in terra Ægypti ab homine usque ad pecus: et in cunctis diis Ægypti faciam judicia. Ego Dominus.

12 For I will pass through the land of Egypt this night, and will smite all the firstborn in the land of Egypt, both man and beast; and against all the gods of Egypt I will execute judgment: I am the LORD.

יג. וְהָיָה הַדָּם לָכֶם לְאֹת עַל הַבָּתִּים אֲשֶׁר אַתֶּם שָׁם וְרָאִיתִי אֶת הַדָּם וּפָסַחְתִּי עֲלֵכֶם וְלֹא יִהְיֶה בָכֶם נֶגֶף לְמַשְׁחִית בְּהַכֹּתִי בְּאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

καὶ ἔσται τὸ αἷμα ὑμῖν ἐν σημείῳ ἐπὶ τῶν οἰκιῶν ἐν αἷς ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐκεῖ καὶ ὄψομαι τὸ αἷμα καὶ σκεπάσω ὑμᾶς καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ἐν ὑμῖν πληγὴ τοῦ ἐκτριβῆναι ὅταν παίω ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ

Erit autem sanguis vobis in signum in ædibus in quibus eritis: et videbo sanguinem, et transibo vos: nec erit in vobis plaga disperdens quando percussero terram Ægypti.

13 And the blood shall be to you for a token upon the houses where ye are: and when I see the blood, I will pass over you, and the plague shall not be upon you to destroy you, when I smite the land of Egypt.

יד. וְהָיָה הַיּוֹם הַזֶּה לָכֶם לְזִכָּרוֹן וְחַגֹּתֶם אֹתוֹ חַג לַיהֹוָה לְדֹרֹתֵיכֶם חֻקַּת עוֹלָם תְּחָגֻּהוּ:

καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμῖν αὕτη μνημόσυνον καὶ ἑορτάσετε αὐτὴν ἑορτὴν κυρίῳ εἰς πάσας τὰς γενεὰς ὑμῶν νόμιμον αἰώνιον ἑορτάσετε αὐτήν

Habebitis autem hunc diem in monimentum: et celebrabitis eam solemnem Domino in generationibus vestris cultu sempiterno.

14 And this day shall be unto you for a memorial; and ye shall keep it a feast to the LORD throughout your generations; ye shall keep it a feast by an ordinance for ever.

טו. שִׁבְעַת יָמִים מַצּוֹת תֹּאכֵלוּ אַךְ בַּיּוֹם הָרִאשׁוֹן תַּשְׁבִּיתוּ שְּׂאֹר מִבָּתֵּיכֶם כִּי כָּל אֹכֵל חָמֵץ וְנִכְרְתָה הַנֶּפֶשׁ הַהִוא מִיִּשְׂרָאֵל מִיּוֹם הָרִאשֹׁן עַד יוֹם הַשְּׁבִעִי:

ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας ἄζυμα ἔδεσθε ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας τῆς πρώτης ἀφανιεῖτε ζύμην ἐκ τῶν οἰκιῶν ὑμῶν πᾶς ὃς ἂν φάγῃ ζύμην ἐξολεθρευθήσεται ἡ ψυχὴ ἐκείνη ἐξ Ισραηλ ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμέρας τῆς πρώτης ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας τῆς ἑβδόμης

Septem diebus azyma comedetis: in die primo non erit fermentum in domibus vestris: quicumque comederit fermentatum, peribit anima illa de Israël, a primo die usque ad diem septimum.

15 Seven days shall ye eat unleavened bread; even the first day ye shall put away leaven out of your houses: for whosoever eateth leavened bread from the first day until the seventh day, that soul shall be cut off from Israel.

טז. וּבַיּוֹם הָרִאשׁוֹן מִקְרָא קֹדֶשׁ וּבַיּוֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי מִקְרָא קֹדֶשׁ יִהְיֶה לָכֶם כָּל מְלָאכָה לֹא יֵעָשֶׂה בָהֶם אַךְ אֲשֶׁר יֵאָכֵל לְכָל נֶפֶשׁ הוּא לְבַדּוֹ יֵעָשֶׂה לָכֶם:

καὶ ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ πρώτη κληθήσεται ἁγία καὶ ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ ἑβδόμη κλητὴ ἁγία ἔσται ὑμῖν πᾶν ἔργον λατρευτὸν οὐ ποιήσετε ἐν αὐταῖς πλὴν ὅσα ποιηθήσεται πάσῃ ψυχῇ τοῦτο μόνον ποιηθήσεται ὑμῖν

Dies prima erit sancta atque solemnis, et dies septima eadem festivitate venerabilis: nihil operis facietis in eis, exceptis his, quæ ad vescendum pertinent.

16 And in the first day there shall be an holy convocation, and in the seventh day there shall be an holy convocation to you; no manner of work shall be done in them, save that which every man must eat, that only may be done of you.

יז. וּשְׁמַרְתֶּם אֶת הַמַּצּוֹת כִּי בְּעֶצֶם הַיּוֹם הַזֶּה הוֹצֵאתִי אֶת צִבְאוֹתֵיכֶם מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם וּשְׁמַרְתֶּם אֶת הַיּוֹם הַזֶּה לְדֹרֹתֵיכֶם חֻקַּת עוֹלָם:

καὶ φυλάξεσθε τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην ἐν γὰρ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ ἐξάξω τὴν δύναμιν ὑμῶν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου καὶ ποιήσετε τὴν ἡμέραν ταύτην εἰς γενεὰς ὑμῶν νόμιμον αἰώνιον

Et observabitis azyma: in eadem enim ipsa die educam exercitum vestrum de terra Ægypti, et custodietis diem istum in generationes vestras ritu perpetuo.

17 And ye shall observe the feast of unleavened bread; for in this selfsame day have I brought your armies out of the land of Egypt: therefore shall ye observe this day in your generations by an ordinance for ever.

יח. בָּרִאשֹׁן בְּאַרְבָּעָה עָשָׂר יוֹם לַחֹדֶשׁ בָּעֶרֶב תֹּאכְלוּ מַצֹּת עַד יוֹם הָאֶחָד וְעֶשְׂרִים לַחֹדֶשׁ בָּעָרֶב:

ἐναρχομένου τῇ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ μηνὸς τοῦ πρώτου ἀφ᾽ ἑσπέρας ἔδεσθε ἄζυμα ἕως ἡμέρας μιᾶς καὶ εἰκάδος τοῦ μηνὸς ἕως ἑσπέρας

Primo mense, quartadecima die mensis ad vesperam, comedetis azyma usque ad diem vigesimam primam ejusdem mensis ad vesperam.

18 In the first month, on the fourteenth day of the month at even, ye shall eat unleavened bread, until the one and twentieth day of the month at even.

יט. שִׁבְעַת יָמִים שְׂאֹר לֹא יִמָּצֵא בְּבָתֵּיכֶם כִּי כָּל אֹכֵל מַחְמֶצֶת וְנִכְרְתָה הַנֶּפֶשׁ הַהִוא מֵעֲדַת יִשְׂרָאֵל בַּגֵּר וּבְאֶזְרַח הָאָרֶץ:

ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας ζύμη οὐχ εὑρεθήσεται ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις ὑμῶν πᾶς ὃς ἂν φάγῃ ζυμωτόν ἐξολεθρευθήσεται ἡ ψυχὴ ἐκείνη ἐκ συναγωγῆς Ισραηλ ἔν τε τοῖς γειώραις καὶ αὐτόχθοσιν τῆς γῆς

Septem diebus fermentum non invenietur in domibus vestris: qui comederit fermentatum, peribit anima ejus de cœtu Israël, tam de advenis quam de indigenis terræ.

19 Seven days shall there be no leaven found in your houses: for whosoever eateth that which is leavened, even that soul shall be cut off from the congregation of Israel, whether he be a stranger, or born in the land.

כ. כָּל מַחְמֶצֶת לֹא תֹאכֵלוּ בְּכֹל מוֹשְׁבֹתֵיכֶם תֹּאכְלוּ מַצּוֹת:

πᾶν ζυμωτὸν οὐκ ἔδεσθε ἐν παντὶ δὲ κατοικητηρίῳ ὑμῶν ἔδεσθε ἄζυμα

Omne fermentatum non comedetis: in cunctis habitaculis vestris edetis azyma.

20 Ye shall eat nothing leavened; in all your habitations shall ye eat unleavened bread.

כא. וַיִּקְרָא משֶׁה לְכָל זִקְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וַיֹּאמֶר אֲלֵהֶם מִשְׁכוּ וּקְחוּ לָכֶם צֹאן לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתֵיכֶם וְשַׁחֲטוּ הַפָּסַח:

ἐκάλεσεν δὲ Μωυσῆς πᾶσαν γερουσίαν υἱῶν Ισραηλ καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς ἀπελθόντες λάβετε ὑμῖν ἑαυτοῖς πρόβατον κατὰ συγγενείας ὑμῶν καὶ θύσατε τὸ πασχα

Vocavit autem Moyses omnes seniores filiorum Israël, et dixit ad eos: Ite tollentes animal per familias vestras, et immolate Phase.

21 Then Moses called for all the elders of Israel, and said unto them, Draw out and take you a lamb according to your families, and kill the passover.

כב. וּלְקַחְתֶּם אֲגֻדַּת אֵזוֹב וּטְבַלְתֶּם בַּדָּם אֲשֶׁר בַּסַּף וְהִגַּעְתֶּם אֶל הַמַּשְׁקוֹף וְאֶל שְׁתֵּי הַמְּזוּזֹת מִן הַדָּם אֲשֶׁר בַּסָּף וְאַתֶּם לֹא תֵצְאוּ אִישׁ מִפֶּתַח בֵּיתוֹ עַד בֹּקֶר:

λήμψεσθε δὲ δέσμην ὑσσώπου καὶ βάψαντες ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ παρὰ τὴν θύραν καθίξετε τῆς φλιᾶς καὶ ἐπ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν σταθμῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος ὅ ἐστιν παρὰ τὴν θύραν ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ ἐξελεύσεσθε ἕκαστος τὴν θύραν τοῦ οἴκου αὐτοῦ ἕως πρωί

Fasciculumque hyssopi tingite in sanguine qui est in limine, et aspergite ex eo superliminare, et utrumque postem: nullus vestrum egrediatur ostium domus suæ usque mane.

22 And ye shall take a bunch of hyssop, and dip it in the blood that is in the bason, and strike the lintel and the two side posts with the blood that is in the bason; and none of you shall go out at the door of his house until the morning.

כג. וְעָבַר יְהֹוָה לִנְגֹּף אֶת מִצְרַיִם וְרָאָה אֶת הַדָּם עַל הַמַּשְׁקוֹף וְעַל שְׁתֵּי הַמְּזוּזֹת וּפָסַח יְהֹוָה עַל הַפֶּתַח וְלֹא יִתֵּן הַמַּשְׁחִית לָבֹא אֶל בָּתֵּיכֶם לִנְגֹּף:

καὶ παρελεύσεται κύριος πατάξαι τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους καὶ ὄψεται τὸ αἷμα ἐπὶ τῆς φλιᾶς καὶ ἐπ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν σταθμῶν καὶ παρελεύσεται κύριος τὴν θύραν καὶ οὐκ ἀφήσει τὸν ὀλεθρεύοντα εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὰς οἰκίας ὑμῶν πατάξαι

Transibit enim Dominus percutiens Ægyptios: cumque viderit sanguinem in superliminari, et in utroque poste, transcendet ostium domus, et non sinet percussorem ingredi domos vestras et lædere.

23 For the LORD will pass through to smite the Egyptians; and when he seeth the blood upon the lintel, and on the two side posts, the LORD will pass over the door, and will not suffer the destroyer to come in unto your houses to smite you.

כד. וּשְׁמַרְתֶּם אֶת הַדָּבָר הַזֶּה לְחָק לְךָ וּלְבָנֶיךָ עַד עוֹלָם:

καὶ φυλάξεσθε τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο νόμιμον σεαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς σου ἕως αἰῶνος

Custodi verbum istud legitimum tibi et filiis tuis usque in æternum.

24 And ye shall observe this thing for an ordinance to thee and to thy sons for ever.

כה. וְהָיָה כִּי תָבֹאוּ אֶל הָאָרֶץ אֲשֶׁר יִתֵּן יְהֹוָה לָכֶם כַּאֲשֶׁר דִּבֵּר וּשְׁמַרְתֶּם אֶת הָעֲבֹדָה הַזֹּאת:

ἐὰν δὲ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ἂν δῷ κύριος ὑμῖν καθότι ἐλάλησεν φυλάξεσθε τὴν λατρείαν ταύτην

Cumque introieritis terram, quam Dominus daturus est vobis ut pollicitus est, observabitis cæremonias istas.

25 And it shall come to pass, when ye be come to the land which the LORD will give you, according as he hath promised, that ye shall keep this service.

כו. וְהָיָה כִּי יֹאמְרוּ אֲלֵיכֶם בְּנֵיכֶם מָה הָעֲבֹדָה הַזֹּאת לָכֶם:

καὶ ἔσται ἐὰν λέγωσιν πρὸς ὑμᾶς οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν τίς ἡ λατρεία αὕτη

Et cum dixerint vobis filii vestri: Quæ est ista religio?

26 And it shall come to pass, when your children shall say unto you, What mean ye by this service?

כז. וַאֲמַרְתֶּם זֶבַח פֶּסַח הוּא לַיהֹוָה אֲשֶׁר פָּסַח עַל בָּתֵּי בְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל בְּמִצְרַיִם בְּנָגְפּוֹ אֶת מִצְרַיִם וְאֶת בָּתֵּינוּ הִצִּיל וַיִּקֹּד הָעָם וַיִּשְׁתַּחֲווּ:

καὶ ἐρεῖτε αὐτοῖς θυσία τὸ πασχα τοῦτο κυρίῳ ὡς ἐσκέπασεν τοὺς οἴκους τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἡνίκα ἐπάταξεν τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους τοὺς δὲ οἴκους ἡμῶν ἐρρύσατο καὶ κύψας ὁ λαὸς προσεκύνησεν

Dicetis eis: Victima transitus Domini est, quando transivit super domos filiorum Israël in Ægypto, percutiens Ægyptios, et domos nostras liberans. Incurvatusque populus adoravit.

27 That ye shall say, It is the sacrifice of the LORD's passover, who passed over the houses of the children of Israel in Egypt, when he smote the Egyptians, and delivered our houses. And the people bowed the head and worshipped.

כח. וַיֵּלְכוּ וַיַּעֲשׂוּ בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֶת משֶׁה וְאַהֲרֹן כֵּן עָשׂוּ:

καὶ ἀπελθόντες ἐποίησαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ καθὰ ἐνετείλατο κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ καὶ Ααρων οὕτως ἐποίησαν

Et egressi filii Israël fecerunt sicut præceperat Dominus Moysi et Aaron.

28 And the children of Israel went away, and did as the LORD had commanded Moses and Aaron, so did they.

כט. וַיְהִי בַּחֲצִי הַלַּיְלָה וַיהֹוָה הִכָּה כָל בְּכוֹר בְּאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם מִבְּכֹר פַּרְעֹה הַיּשֵׁב עַל כִּסְאוֹ עַד בְּכוֹר הַשְּׁבִי אֲשֶׁר בְּבֵית הַבּוֹר וְכֹל בְּכוֹר בְּהֵמָה:

ἐγενήθη δὲ μεσούσης τῆς νυκτὸς καὶ κύριος ἐπάταξεν πᾶν πρωτότοκον ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ἀπὸ πρωτοτόκου Φαραω τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου ἕως πρωτοτόκου τῆς αἰχμαλωτίδος τῆς ἐν τῷ λάκκῳ καὶ ἕως πρωτοτόκου παντὸς κτήνους

Factum est autem in noctis medio, percussit Dominus omne primogenitum in terra Ægypti, a primogenito Pharaonis, qui in solio ejus sedebat, usque ad primogenitum captivæ quæ erat in carcere, et omne primogenitum jumentorum.

29 And it came to pass, that at midnight the LORD smote all the firstborn in the land of Egypt, from the firstborn of Pharaoh that sat on his throne unto the firstborn of the captive that was in the dungeon; and all the firstborn of cattle.

ל. וַיָּקָם פַּרְעֹה לַיְלָה הוּא וְכָל עֲבָדָיו וְכָל מִצְרַיִם וַתְּהִי צְעָקָה גְדֹלָה בְּמִצְרָיִם כִּי אֵין בַּיִת אֲשֶׁר אֵין שָׁם מֵת:

καὶ ἀναστὰς Φαραω νυκτὸς καὶ πάντες οἱ θεράποντες αὐτοῦ καὶ πάντες οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι καὶ ἐγενήθη κραυγὴ μεγάλη ἐν πάσῃ γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ οὐ γὰρ ἦν οἰκία ἐν ᾗ οὐκ ἦν ἐν αὐτῇ τεθνηκώς

Surrexitque Pharao nocte, et omnes servi ejus, cunctaque Ægyptus: et ortus est clamor magnus in Ægypto: neque enim erat domus in qua non jaceret mortuus.

30 And Pharaoh rose up in the night, he, and all his servants, and all the Egyptians; and there was a great cry in Egypt; for there was not a house where there was not one dead.

לא. וַיִּקְרָא לְמשֶׁה וּלְאַהֲרֹן לַיְלָה וַיֹּאמֶר קוּמוּ צּאוּ מִתּוֹךְ עַמִּי גַּם אַתֶּם גַּם בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וּלְכוּ עִבְדוּ אֶת יְהֹוָה כְּדַבֶּרְכֶם:

καὶ ἐκάλεσεν Φαραω Μωυσῆν καὶ Ααρων νυκτὸς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ἀνάστητε καὶ ἐξέλθατε ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ μου καὶ ὑμεῖς καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ βαδίζετε καὶ λατρεύσατε κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ ὑμῶν καθὰ λέγετε

Vocatisque Pharao Moyse et Aaron nocte, ait: Surgite et egredimini a populo meo, vos et filii Israël: ite, immolate Domino sicut dicitis.

31 And he called for Moses and Aaron by night, and said, Rise up, and get you forth from among my people, both ye and the children of Israel; and go, serve the LORD, as ye have said.

לב. גַּם צֹאנְכֶם גַּם בְּקַרְכֶם קְחוּ כַּאֲשֶׁר דִּבַּרְתֶּם וָלֵכוּ וּבֵרַכְתֶּם גַּם אֹתִי:

καὶ τὰ πρόβατα καὶ τοὺς βόας ὑμῶν ἀναλαβόντες πορεύεσθε εὐλογήσατε δὲ κἀμέ

Oves vestras et armenta assumite ut petieratis, et abeuntes benedicite mihi.

32 Also take your flocks and your herds, as ye have said, and be gone; and bless me also.

לג. וַתֶּחֱזַק מִצְרַיִם עַל הָעָם לְמַהֵר לְשַׁלְּחָם מִן הָאָרֶץ כִּי אָמְרוּ כֻּלָּנוּ מֵתִים:

καὶ κατεβιάζοντο οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι τὸν λαὸν σπουδῇ ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῆς γῆς εἶπαν γὰρ ὅτι πάντες ἡμεῖς ἀποθνῄσκομεν

Urgebantque Ægyptii populum de terra exire velociter, dicentes: Omnes moriemur.

33 And the Egyptians were urgent upon the people, that they might send them out of the land in haste; for they said, We be all dead men.

לד. וַיִּשָּׂא הָעָם אֶת בְּצֵקוֹ טֶרֶם יֶחְמָץ מִשְׁאֲרֹתָם צְרֻרֹת בְּשִׂמְלֹתָם עַל שִׁכְמָם:

ἀνέλαβεν δὲ ὁ λαὸς τὸ σταῖς πρὸ τοῦ ζυμωθῆναι τὰ φυράματα αὐτῶν ἐνδεδεμένα ἐν τοῖς ἱματίοις αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τῶν ὤμων

Tulit igitur populus conspersam farinam antequam fermentaretur: et ligans in palliis, posuit super humeros suos.

34 And the people took their dough before it was leavened, their kneadingtroughs being bound up in their clothes upon their shoulders.

לה. וּבְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל עָשׂוּ כִּדְבַר משֶׁה וַיִּשְׁאֲלוּ מִמִּצְרַיִם כְּלֵי כֶסֶף וּכְלֵי זָהָב וּשְׂמָלֹת:

οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ ἐποίησαν καθὰ συνέταξεν αὐτοῖς Μωυσῆς καὶ ᾔτησαν παρὰ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων σκεύη ἀργυρᾶ καὶ χρυσᾶ καὶ ἱματισμόν

Feceruntque filii Israël sicut præceperat Moyses: et petierunt ab Ægyptiis vasa argentea et aurea, vestemque plurimam.

35 And the children of Israel did according to the word of Moses; and they borrowed of the Egyptians jewels of silver, and jewels of gold, and raiment:

לו. וַיהֹוָה נָתַן אֶת חֵן הָעָם בְּעֵינֵי מִצְרַיִם וַיַּשְׁאִלוּם וַיְנַצְּלוּ אֶת מִצְרָיִם:

καὶ κύριος ἔδωκεν τὴν χάριν τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ ἐναντίον τῶν Αἰγυπτίων καὶ ἔχρησαν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐσκύλευσαν τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους

Dominus autem dedit gratiam populo coram Ægyptiis ut commodarent eis: et spoliaverunt Ægyptios.

36 And the LORD gave the people favour in the sight of the Egyptians, so that they lent unto them such things as they required. And they spoiled the Egyptians.

לז. וַיִּסְעוּ בְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מֵרַעְמְסֵס סֻכֹּתָה כְּשֵׁשׁ מֵאוֹת אֶלֶף רַגְלִי הַגְּבָרִים לְבד מִטָּף:

ἀπάραντες δὲ οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ ἐκ Ραμεσση εἰς Σοκχωθα εἰς ἑξακοσίας χιλιάδας πεζῶν οἱ ἄνδρες πλὴν τῆς ἀποσκευῆς

Profectique sunt filii Israël de Ramesse in Socoth, sexcenta fere millia peditum virorum, absque parvulis.

37 And the children of Israel journeyed from Rameses to Succoth, about six hundred thousand on foot that were men, beside children.

לח. וְגַם עֵרֶב רַב עָלָה אִתָּם וְצֹאן וּבָקָר מִקְנֶה כָּבֵד מְאֹד:

καὶ ἐπίμικτος πολὺς συνανέβη αὐτοῖς καὶ πρόβατα καὶ βόες καὶ κτήνη πολλὰ σφόδρα

Sed et vulgus promiscuum innumerabile ascendit cum eis, oves et armenta et animantia diversi generis multa nimis.

38 And a mixed multitude went up also with them; and flocks, and herds, even very much cattle.

לט. וַיֹּאפוּ אֶת הַבָּצֵק אֲשֶׁר הוֹצִיאוּ מִמִּצְרַיִם עֻגֹת מַצּוֹת כִּי לֹא חָמֵץ כִּי גֹרְשׁוּ מִמִּצְרַיִם וְלֹא יָכְלוּ לְהִתְמַהְמֵהַּ וְגַם צֵדָה לֹא עָשׂוּ לָהֶם:

καὶ ἔπεψαν τὸ σταῖς ὃ ἐξήνεγκαν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐγκρυφίας ἀζύμους οὐ γὰρ ἐζυμώθη ἐξέβαλον γὰρ αὐτοὺς οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι καὶ οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν ἐπιμεῖναι οὐδὲ ἐπισιτισμὸν ἐποίησαν ἑαυτοῖς εἰς τὴν ὁδόν

Coxeruntque farinam, quam dudum de Ægypto conspersam tulerant: et fecerunt subcinericios panes azymos: neque enim poterant fermentari, cogentibus exire Ægyptiis, et nullam facere sinentibus moram: nec pulmenti quidquam occurrerat præparare.

39 And they baked unleavened cakes of the dough which they brought forth out of Egypt, for it was not leavened; because they were thrust out of Egypt, and could not tarry, neither had they prepared for themselves any victual.

מ. וּמוֹשַׁב בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אֲשֶׁר יָשְׁבוּ בְּמִצְרָיִם שְׁלשִׁים שָׁנָה וְאַרְבַּע מֵאוֹת שָׁנָה:

ἡ δὲ κατοίκησις τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ ἣν κατῴκησαν ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ ἐν γῇ Χανααν ἔτη τετρακόσια τριάκοντα

Habitatio autem filiorum Israël qua manserunt in Ægypto, fuit quadringentorum triginta annorum.

40 Now the sojourning of the children of Israel, who dwelt in Egypt, was four hundred and thirty years.

מא. וַיְהִי מִקֵּץ שְׁלשִׁים שָׁנָה וְאַרְבַּע מֵאוֹת שָׁנָה וַיְהִי בְּעֶצֶם הַיּוֹם הַזֶּה יָצְאוּ כָּל צִבְאוֹת יְהֹוָה מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

καὶ ἐγένετο μετὰ τὰ τετρακόσια τριάκοντα ἔτη ἐξῆλθεν πᾶσα ἡ δύναμις κυρίου ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου

Quibus expletis, eadem die egressus est omnis exercitus Domini de terra Ægypti.

41 And it came to pass at the end of the four hundred and thirty years, even the selfsame day it came to pass, that all the hosts of the LORD went out from the land of Egypt.

מב. לֵיל שִׁמֻּרִים הוּא לַיהֹוָה לְהוֹצִיאָם מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם הוּא הַלַּיְלָה הַזֶּה לַיהֹוָה שִׁמֻּרִים לְכָל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל לְדֹרֹתָם:

νυκτὸς προφυλακή ἐστιν τῷ κυρίῳ ὥστε ἐξαγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου ἐκείνη ἡ νὺξ αὕτη προφυλακὴ κυρίῳ ὥστε πᾶσι τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ εἶναι εἰς γενεὰς αὐτῶν

Nox ista est observabilis Domini, quando eduxit eos de terra Ægypti: hanc observare debent omnes filii Israël in generationibus suis.

42 It is a night to be much observed unto the LORD for bringing them out from the land of Egypt: this is that night of the LORD to be observed of all the children of Israel in their generations.

מג. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה וְאַהֲרֹן זֹאת חֻקַּת הַפָּסַח כָּל בֶּן נֵכָר לֹא יֹאכַל בּוֹ:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ Ααρων λέγων οὗτος ὁ νόμος τοῦ πασχα πᾶς ἀλλογενὴς οὐκ ἔδεται ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ

Dixitque Dominus ad Moysen et Aaron: Hæc est religio Phase: omnis alienigena non comedet ex eo.

43 And the LORD said unto Moses and Aaron, This is the ordinance of the passover: There shall no stranger eat thereof:

מד. וְכָל עֶבֶד אִישׁ מִקְנַת כָּסֶף וּמַלְתָּה אֹתוֹ אָז יֹאכַל בּוֹ:

καὶ πᾶν οἰκέτην τινὸς ἢ ἀργυρώνητον περιτεμεῖς αὐτόν καὶ τότε φάγεται ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ

Omnis autem servus emptitius circumcidetur, et sic comedet.

44 But every man's servant that is bought for money, when thou hast circumcised him, then shall he eat thereof.

מה. תּוֹשָׁב וְשָׂכִיר לֹא יֹאכַל בּוֹ:

πάροικος ἢ μισθωτὸς οὐκ ἔδεται ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ

Advena et mercenarius non edent ex eo.

45 A foreigner and an hired servant shall not eat thereof.

מו. בְּבַיִת אֶחָד יֵאָכֵל לֹא תוֹצִיא מִן הַבַּיִת מִן הַבָּשָׂר חוּצָה וְעֶצֶם לֹא תִשְׁבְּרוּ בוֹ:

ἐν οἰκίᾳ μιᾷ βρωθήσεται καὶ οὐκ ἐξοίσετε ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας τῶν κρεῶν ἔξω καὶ ὀστοῦν οὐ συντρίψετε ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ

In una domo comedetur, nec efferetis de carnibus ejus foras, nec os illius confringetis.

46 In one house shall it be eaten; thou shalt not carry forth ought of the flesh abroad out of the house; neither shall ye break a bone thereof.

מז. כָּל עֲדַת יִשְׂרָאֵל יַעֲשׂוּ אֹתוֹ:

πᾶσα συναγωγὴ υἱῶν Ισραηλ ποιήσει αὐτό

Omnis cœtus filiorum Israël faciet illud.

47 All the congregation of Israel shall keep it.

מח. וְכִי יָגוּר אִתְּךָ גֵּר וְעָשָׂה פֶסַח לַיהֹוָה הִמּוֹל לוֹ כָל זָכָר וְאָז יִקְרַב לַעֲשׂתוֹ וְהָיָה כְּאֶזְרַח הָאָרֶץ וְכָל עָרֵל לֹא יֹאכַל בּוֹ:

ἐὰν δέ τις προσέλθῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς προσήλυτος ποιῆσαι τὸ πασχα κυρίῳ περιτεμεῖς αὐτοῦ πᾶν ἀρσενικόν καὶ τότε προσελεύσεται ποιῆσαι αὐτὸ καὶ ἔσται ὥσπερ καὶ ὁ αὐτόχθων τῆς γῆς πᾶς ἀπερίτμητος οὐκ ἔδεται ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ

Quod si quis peregrinorum in vestram voluerit transire coloniam, et facere Phase Domini, circumcidetur prius omne masculinum ejus, et tunc rite celebrabit: eritque sicut indigena terræ: si quis autem circumcisus non fuerit, non vescetur ex eo.

48 And when a stranger shall sojourn with thee, and will keep the passover to the LORD, let all his males be circumcised, and then let him come near and keep it; and he shall be as one that is born in the land: for no uncircumcised person shall eat thereof.

מט. תּוֹרָה אַחַת יִהְיֶה לָאֶזְרָח וְלַגֵּר הַגָּר בְּתוֹכְכֶם:

νόμος εἷς ἔσται τῷ ἐγχωρίῳ καὶ τῷ προσελθόντι προσηλύτῳ ἐν ὑμῖν

Eadem lex erit indigenæ et colono qui peregrinatur apud vos.

49 One law shall be to him that is homeborn, and unto the stranger that sojourneth among you.

נ. וַיַּעֲשׂוּ כָּל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֶת משֶׁה וְאֶת אַהֲרֹן כֵּן עָשׂוּ:

καὶ ἐποίησαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ καθὰ ἐνετείλατο κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ καὶ Ααρων πρὸς αὐτούς οὕτως ἐποίησαν

Feceruntque omnes filii Israël sicut præceperat Dominus Moysi et Aaron.

50 Thus did all the children of Israel; as the LORD commanded Moses and Aaron, so did they.

נא. וַיְהִי בְּעֶצֶם הַיּוֹם הַזֶּה הוֹצִיא יְהֹוָה אֶת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם עַל צִבְאֹתָם:

καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ ἐξήγαγεν κύριος τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σὺν δυνάμει αὐτῶν

Et eadem die eduxit Dominus filios Israël de terra Ægypti per turmas suas.

51 And it came to pass the selfsame day, that the LORD did bring the children of Israel out of the land of Egypt by their armies.

יג

ΙΓ'

Cap. 13

א. וַיְדַבֵּר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה לֵּאמֹר:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων

Locutusque est Dominus ad Moysen, dicens:

1 And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,

ב. קַדֶּשׁ לִי כָל בְּכוֹר פֶּטֶר כָּל רֶחֶם בִּבְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל בָּאָדָם וּבַבְּהֵמָה לִי הוּא:

ἁγίασόν μοι πᾶν πρωτότοκον πρωτογενὲς διανοῖγον πᾶσαν μήτραν ἐν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπου ἕως κτήνους ἐμοί ἐστιν

Sanctifica mihi omne primogenitum quod aperit vulvam in filiis Israël, tam de hominibus quam de jumentis: mea sunt enim omnia.

2 Sanctify unto me all the firstborn, whatsoever openeth the womb among the children of Israel, both of man and of beast: it is mine.

ג. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה אֶל הָעָם זָכוֹר אֶת הַיּוֹם הַזֶּה אֲשֶׁר יְצָאתֶם מִמִּצְרַיִם מִבֵּית עֲבָדִים כִּי בְּחֹזֶק יָד הוֹצִיא יְהֹוָה אֶתְכֶם מִזֶּה וְלֹא יֵאָכֵל חָמֵץ:

εἶπεν δὲ Μωυσῆς πρὸς τὸν λαόν μνημονεύετε τὴν ἡμέραν ταύτην ἐν ᾗ ἐξήλθατε ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου ἐξ οἴκου δουλείας ἐν γὰρ χειρὶ κραταιᾷ ἐξήγαγεν ὑμᾶς κύριος ἐντεῦθεν καὶ οὐ βρωθήσεται ζύμη

Et ait Moyses ad populum: Mementote diei hujus in qua egressi estis de Ægypto et de domo servitutis, quoniam in manu forti eduxit vos Dominus de loco isto: ut non comedatis fermentatum panem.

3 And Moses said unto the people, Remember this day, in which ye came out from Egypt, out of the house of bondage; for by strength of hand the LORD brought you out from this place: there shall no leavened bread be eaten.

ד. הַיּוֹם אַתֶּם יֹצְאִים בְּחֹדֶשׁ הָאָבִיב:

ἐν γὰρ τῇ σήμερον ὑμεῖς ἐκπορεύεσθε ἐν μηνὶ τῶν νέων

Hodie egredimini mense novarum frugum.

4 This day came ye out in the month Abib.

ה. וְהָיָה כִי יְבִיאֲךָ יְהֹוָה אֶל אֶרֶץ הַכְּנַעֲנִי וְהַחִתִּי וְהָאֱמֹרִי וְהַחִוִּי וְהַיְבוּסִי אֲשֶׁר נִשְׁבַּע לַאֲבֹתֶיךָ לָתֶת לָךְ אֶרֶץ זָבַת חָלָב וּדְבָשׁ וְעָבַדְתָּ אֶת הָעֲבֹדָה הַזֹּאת בַּחֹדֶשׁ הַזֶּה:

καὶ ἔσται ἡνίκα ἐὰν εἰσαγάγῃ σε κύριος ὁ θεός σου εἰς τὴν γῆν τῶν Χαναναίων καὶ Χετταίων καὶ Ευαίων καὶ Γεργεσαίων καὶ Αμορραίων καὶ Φερεζαίων καὶ Ιεβουσαίων ἣν ὤμοσεν τοῖς πατράσιν σου δοῦναί σοι γῆν ῥέουσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι καὶ ποιήσεις τὴν λατρείαν ταύτην ἐν τῷ μηνὶ τούτῳ

Cumque introduxerit te Dominus in terram Chananæi, et Hethæi, et Amorrhæi, et Hevæi, et Jebusæi, quam juravit patribus tuis ut daret tibi, terram fluentem lacte et melle, celebrabis hunc morem sacrorum mense isto.

5 And it shall be when the LORD shall bring thee into the land of the Canaanites, and the Hittites, and the Amorites, and the Hivites, and the Jebusites, which he sware unto thy fathers to give thee, a land flowing with milk and honey, that thou shalt keep this service in this month.

ו. שִׁבְעַת יָמִים תֹּאכַל מַצֹּת וּבַיּוֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי חַג לַיהֹוָה:

ἓξ ἡμέρας ἔδεσθε ἄζυμα τῇ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ ἑορτὴ κυρίου

Septem diebus vesceris azymis: et in die septimo erit solemnitas Domini.

6 Seven days thou shalt eat unleavened bread, and in the seventh day shall be a feast to the LORD.

ז. מַצּוֹת יֵאָכֵל אֵת שִׁבְעַת הַיָּמִים וְלֹא יֵרָאֶה לְךָ חָמֵץ וְלֹא יֵרָאֶה לְךָ שְׂאֹר בְּכָל גְּבֻלֶךָ:

ἄζυμα ἔδεσθε τὰς ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας οὐκ ὀφθήσεταί σοι ζυμωτόν οὐδὲ ἔσται σοι ζύμη ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ὁρίοις σου

Azyma comedetis septem diebus: non apparebit apud te aliquid fermentatum, nec in cunctis finibus tuis.

7 Unleavened bread shall be eaten seven days; and there shall no leavened bread be seen with thee, neither shall there be leaven seen with thee in all thy quarters.

ח. וְהִגַּדְתָּ לְבִנְךָ בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא לֵאמֹר בַּעֲבוּר זֶה עָשָׂה יְהֹוָה לִי בְּצֵאתִי מִמִּצְרָיִם:

καὶ ἀναγγελεῖς τῷ υἱῷ σου ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ λέγων διὰ τοῦτο ἐποίησεν κύριος ὁ θεός μοι ὡς ἐξεπορευόμην ἐξ Αἰγύπτου

Narrabisque filio tuo in die illo, dicens: Hoc est quod fecit mihi Dominus quando egressus sum de Ægypto.

8 And thou shalt shew thy son in that day, saying, This is done because of that which the LORD did unto me when I came forth out of Egypt.

ט. וְהָיָה לְךָ לְאוֹת עַל יָדְךָ וּלְזִכָּרוֹן בֵּין עֵינֶיךָ לְמַעַן תִּהְיֶה תּוֹרַת יְהֹוָה בְּפִיךָ כִּי בְּיָד חֲזָקָה הוֹצִאֲךָ יְהֹוָה מִמִּצְרָיִם:

καὶ ἔσται σοι σημεῖον ἐπὶ τῆς χειρός σου καὶ μνημόσυνον πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου ὅπως ἂν γένηται ὁ νόμος κυρίου ἐν τῷ στόματί σου ἐν γὰρ χειρὶ κραταιᾷ ἐξήγαγέν σε κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἐξ Αἰγύπτου

Et erit quasi signum in manu tua, et quasi monimentum ante oculos tuos: et ut lex Domini semper sit in ore tuo, in manu enim forti eduxit te Dominus de Ægypto.

9 And it shall be for a sign unto thee upon thine hand, and for a memorial between thine eyes, that the LORD's law may be in thy mouth: for with a strong hand hath the LORD brought thee out of Egypt.

י. וְשָׁמַרְתָּ אֶת הַחֻקָּה הַזֹּאת לְמוֹעֲדָהּ מִיָּמִים יָמִימָה:

καὶ φυλάξεσθε τὸν νόμον τοῦτον κατὰ καιροὺς ὡρῶν ἀφ᾽ ἡμερῶν εἰς ἡμέρας

Custodies hujuscemodi cultum statuto tempore a diebus in dies.

10 Thou shalt therefore keep this ordinance in his season from year to year.

יא. וְהָיָה כִּי יְבִאֲךָ יְהֹוָה אֶל אֶרֶץ הַכְּנַעֲנִי כַּאֲשֶׁר נִשְׁבַּע לְךָ וְלַאֲבֹתֶיךָ וּנְתָנָהּ לָךְ:

καὶ ἔσται ὡς ἂν εἰσαγάγῃ σε κύριος ὁ θεός σου εἰς τὴν γῆν τῶν Χαναναίων ὃν τρόπον ὤμοσεν τοῖς πατράσιν σου καὶ δώσει σοι αὐτήν

Cumque introduxerit te Dominus in terram Chananæi, sicut juravit tibi et patribus tuis, et dederit tibi eam:

11 And it shall be when the LORD shall bring thee into the land of the Canaanites, as he sware unto thee and to thy fathers, and shall give it thee,

יב. וְהַעֲבַרְתָּ כָל פֶּטֶר רֶחֶם לַיהֹוָה וְכָל פֶּטֶר שֶׁגֶר בְּהֵמָה אֲשֶׁר יִהְיֶה לְךָ הַזְּכָרִים לַיהֹוָה:

καὶ ἀφελεῖς πᾶν διανοῖγον μήτραν τὰ ἀρσενικά τῷ κυρίῳ πᾶν διανοῖγον μήτραν ἐκ τῶν βουκολίων ἢ ἐν τοῖς κτήνεσίν σου ὅσα ἐὰν γένηταί σοι τὰ ἀρσενικά ἁγιάσεις τῷ κυρίῳ

separabis omne quod aperit vulvam Domino, et quod primitivum est in pecoribus tuis: quidquid habueris masculini sexus, consecrabis Domino.

12 That thou shalt set apart unto the LORD all that openeth the matrix, and every firstling that cometh of a beast which thou hast; the males shall be the LORD's.

יג. וְכָל פֶּטֶר חֲמֹר תִּפְדֶּה בְשֶׂה וְאִם לֹא תִפְדֶּה וַעֲרַפְתּוֹ וְכֹל בְּכוֹר אָדָם בְּבָנֶיךָ תִּפְדֶּה:

πᾶν διανοῖγον μήτραν ὄνου ἀλλάξεις προβάτῳ ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀλλάξῃς λυτρώσῃ αὐτό πᾶν πρωτότοκον ἀνθρώπου τῶν υἱῶν σου λυτρώσῃ

Primogenitum asini mutabis ove: quod si non redemeris, interficies. Omne autem primogenitum hominis de filiis tuis, pretio redimes.

13 And every firstling of an ass thou shalt redeem with a lamb; and if thou wilt not redeem it, then thou shalt break his neck: and all the firstborn of man among thy children shalt thou redeem.

יד. וְהָיָה כִּי יִשְׁאָלְךָ בִנְךָ מָחָר לֵאמֹר מַה זֹּאת וְאָמַרְתָּ אֵלָיו בְּחֹזֶק יָד הוֹצִיאָנוּ יְהֹוָה מִמִּצְרַיִם מִבֵּית עֲבָדִים:

ἐὰν δὲ ἐρωτήσῃ σε ὁ υἱός σου μετὰ ταῦτα λέγων τί τοῦτο καὶ ἐρεῖς αὐτῷ ὅτι ἐν χειρὶ κραταιᾷ ἐξήγαγεν ἡμᾶς κύριος ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου ἐξ οἴκου δουλείας

Cumque interrogaverit te filius tuus cras, dicens: Quid est hoc? respondebis ei: In manu forti eduxit nos Dominus de terra Ægypti, de domo servitutis.

14 And it shall be when thy son asketh thee in time to come, saying, What is this? that thou shalt say unto him, By strength of hand the LORD brought us out from Egypt, from the house of bondage:

טו. וַיְהִי כִּי הִקְשָׁה פַרְעֹה לְשַׁלְּחֵנוּ וַיַּהֲרֹג יְהֹוָה כָּל בְּכוֹר בְּאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם מִבְּכֹר אָדָם וְעַד בְּכוֹר בְּהֵמָה עַל כֵּן אֲנִי זֹבֵחַ לַיהֹוָה כָּל פֶּטֶר רֶחֶם הַזְּכָרִים וְכָל בְּכוֹר בָּנַי אֶפְדֶּה:

ἡνίκα δὲ ἐσκλήρυνεν Φαραω ἐξαποστεῖλαι ἡμᾶς ἀπέκτεινεν πᾶν πρωτότοκον ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ἀπὸ πρωτοτόκων ἀνθρώπων ἕως πρωτοτόκων κτηνῶν διὰ τοῦτο ἐγὼ θύω τῷ κυρίῳ πᾶν διανοῖγον μήτραν τὰ ἀρσενικά καὶ πᾶν πρωτότοκον τῶν υἱῶν μου λυτρώσομαι

Nam cum induratus esset Pharao, et nollet nos dimittere, occidit Dominus omne primogenitum in terra Ægypti, a primogenito hominis usque ad primogenitum jumentorum: idcirco immolo Domino omne quod aperit vulvam masculini sexus, et omnia primogenita filiorum meorum redimo.

15 And it came to pass, when Pharaoh would hardly let us go, that the LORD slew all the firstborn in the land of Egypt, both the firstborn of man, and the firstborn of beast: therefore I sacrifice to the LORD all that openeth the matrix, being males; but all the firstborn of my children I redeem.

טז. וְהָיָה לְאוֹת עַל יָדְכָה וּלְטוֹטָפֹת בֵּין עֵינֶיךָ כִּי בְּחֹזֶק יָד הוֹצִיאָנוּ יְהֹוָה מִמִּצְרָיִם:

καὶ ἔσται εἰς σημεῖον ἐπὶ τῆς χειρός σου καὶ ἀσάλευτον πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου ἐν γὰρ χειρὶ κραταιᾷ ἐξήγαγέν σε κύριος ἐξ Αἰγύπτου

Erit igitur quasi signum in manu tua, et quasi appensum quid, ob recordationem, inter oculos tuos: eo quod in manu forti eduxit nos Dominus de Ægypto.

16 And it shall be for a token upon thine hand, and for frontlets between thine eyes: for by strength of hand the LORD brought us forth out of Egypt.

יז. וַיְהִי בְּשַׁלַּח פַּרְעֹה אֶת הָעָם וְלֹא נָחָם אֱלֹהִים דֶּרֶךְ אֶרֶץ פְּלִשְׁתִּים כִּי קָרוֹב הוּא כִּי אָמַר אֱלֹהִים פֶּן יִנָּחֵם הָעָם בִּרְאֹתָם מִלְחָמָה וְשָׁבוּ מִצְרָיְמָה:

ὡς δὲ ἐξαπέστειλεν Φαραω τὸν λαόν οὐχ ὡδήγησεν αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς ὁδὸν γῆς Φυλιστιιμ ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἦν εἶπεν γὰρ ὁ θεός μήποτε μεταμελήσῃ τῷ λαῷ ἰδόντι πόλεμον καὶ ἀποστρέψῃ εἰς Αἴγυπτον

Igitur cum emisisset Pharao populum, non eos duxit Deus per viam terræ Philisthiim quæ vicina est: reputans ne forte pœniteret eum, si vidisset adversum se bella consurgere, et reverteretur in Ægyptum.

17 And it came to pass, when Pharaoh had let the people go, that God led them not through the way of the land of the Philistines, although that was near; for God said, Lest peradventure the people repent when they see war, and they return to Egypt:

יח. וַיַּסֵּב אֱלֹהִים אֶת הָעָם דֶּרֶךְ הַמִּדְבָּר יַם סוּף וַחֲמֻשִׁים עָלוּ בְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

καὶ ἐκύκλωσεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν λαὸν ὁδὸν τὴν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον εἰς τὴν ἐρυθρὰν θάλασσαν πέμπτη δὲ γενεὰ ἀνέβησαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου

Sed circumduxit per viam deserti, quæ est juxta mare Rubrum: et armati ascenderunt filii Israël de terra Ægypti.

18 But God led the people about, through the way of the wilderness of the Red sea: and the children of Israel went up harnessed out of the land of Egypt.

יט. וַיִּקַּח משֶׁה אֶת עַצְמוֹת יוֹסֵף עִמּוֹ כִּי הַשְׁבֵּעַ הִשְׁבִּיעַ אֶת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל לֵאמֹר פָּקֹד יִפְקֹד אֱלֹהִים אֶתְכֶם וְהַעֲלִיתֶם אֶת עַצְמֹתַי מִזֶּה אִתְּכֶם:

καὶ ἔλαβεν Μωυσῆς τὰ ὀστᾶ Ιωσηφ μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ ὅρκῳ γὰρ ὥρκισεν Ιωσηφ τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ λέγων ἐπισκοπῇ ἐπισκέψεται ὑμᾶς κύριος καὶ συνανοίσετέ μου τὰ ὀστᾶ ἐντεῦθεν μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν

Tulit quoque Moyses ossa Joseph secum: eo quod adjurasset filios Israël, dicens: Visitabit vos Deus; efferte ossa mea hinc vobiscum.

19 And Moses took the bones of Joseph with him: for he had straitly sworn the children of Israel, saying, God will surely visit you; and ye shall carry up my bones away hence with you.

כ. וַיִּסְעוּ מִסֻּכֹּת וַיַּחֲנוּ בְאֵתָם בִּקְצֵה הַמִּדְבָּר:

ἐξάραντες δὲ οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ ἐκ Σοκχωθ ἐστρατοπέδευσαν ἐν Οθομ παρὰ τὴν ἔρημον

Profectique de Socoth castrametati sunt in Etham, in extremis finibus solitudinis.

20 And they took their journey from Succoth, and encamped in Etham, in the edge of the wilderness.

כא. וַיהֹוָה הֹלֵךְ לִפְנֵיהֶם יוֹמָם בְּעַמּוּד עָנָן לַנְחֹתָם הַדֶּרֶךְ וְלַיְלָה בְּעַמּוּד אֵשׁ לְהָאִיר לָהֶם לָלֶכֶת יוֹמָם וָלָיְלָה:

ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἡγεῖτο αὐτῶν ἡμέρας μὲν ἐν στύλῳ νεφέλης δεῖξαι αὐτοῖς τὴν ὁδόν τὴν δὲ νύκτα ἐν στύλῳ πυρός

Dominus autem præcedebat eos ad ostendendam viam per diem in columna nubis, et per noctem in columna ignis: ut dux esset itineris utroque tempore.

21 And the LORD went before them by day in a pillar of a cloud, to lead them the way; and by night in a pillar of fire, to give them light; to go by day and night:

כב. לֹא יָמִישׁ עַמּוּד הֶעָנָן יוֹמָם וְעַמּוּד הָאֵשׁ לָיְלָה לִפְנֵי הָעָם:

οὐκ ἐξέλιπεν ὁ στῦλος τῆς νεφέλης ἡμέρας καὶ ὁ στῦλος τοῦ πυρὸς νυκτὸς ἐναντίον παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ

Numquam defuit columna nubis per diem, nec columna ignis per noctem, coram populo.

22 He took not away the pillar of the cloud by day, nor the pillar of fire by night, from before the people.

יד

ΙΔ'

Cap. 14

א. וַיְדַבֵּר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה לֵּאמֹר:

καὶ ἐλάλησεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων

Locutus est autem Dominus ad Moysen, dicens:

1 And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,

ב. דַּבֵּר אֶל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְיָשֻׁבוּ וְיַחֲנוּ לִפְנֵי פִּי הַחִירֹת בֵּין מִגְדֹּל וּבֵין הַיָּם לִפְנֵי בַּעַל צְפֹן נִכְחוֹ תַחֲנוּ עַל הַיָּם:

λάλησον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ καὶ ἀποστρέψαντες στρατοπεδευσάτωσαν ἀπέναντι τῆς ἐπαύλεως ἀνὰ μέσον Μαγδώλου καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης ἐξ ἐναντίας Βεελσεπφων ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν στρατοπεδεύσεις ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης

Loquere filiis Israël: Reversi castrametentur e regione Phihahiroth, quæ est inter Magdalum et mare contra Beelsephon: in conspectu ejus castra ponetis super mare.

2 Speak unto the children of Israel, that they turn and encamp before Pihahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, over against Baalzephon: before it shall ye encamp by the sea.

ג. וְאָמַר פַּרְעֹה לִבְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל נְבֻכִים הֵם בָּאָרֶץ סָגַר עֲלֵיהֶם הַמִּדְבָּר:

καὶ ἐρεῖ Φαραω τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ πλανῶνται οὗτοι ἐν τῇ γῇ συγκέκλεικεν γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἡ ἔρημος

Dicturusque est Pharao super filiis Israël: Coarctati sunt in terra; conclusit eos desertum.

3 For Pharaoh will say of the children of Israel, They are entangled in the land, the wilderness hath shut them in.

ד. וְחִזַּקְתִּי אֶת לֵב פַּרְעֹה וְרָדַף אַחֲרֵיהֶם וְאִכָּבְדָה בְּפַרְעֹה וּבְכָל חֵילוֹ וְיָדְעוּ מִצְרַיִם כִּי אֲנִי יְהֹוָה וַיַּעֲשׂוּ כֵן:

ἐγὼ δὲ σκληρυνῶ τὴν καρδίαν Φαραω καὶ καταδιώξεται ὀπίσω αὐτῶν καὶ ἐνδοξασθήσομαι ἐν Φαραω καὶ ἐν πάσῃ τῇ στρατιᾷ αὐτοῦ καὶ γνώσονται πάντες οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι κύριος καὶ ἐποίησαν οὕτως

Et indurabo cor ejus, ac persequetur vos: et glorificabor in Pharaone, et in omni exercitu ejus; scientque Ægyptii quia ego sum Dominus. Feceruntque ita.

4 And I will harden Pharaoh's heart, that he shall follow after them; and I will be honoured upon Pharaoh, and upon all his host; that the Egyptians may know that I am the LORD. And they did so.

ה. וַיֻּגַּד לְמֶלֶךְ מִצְרַיִם כִּי בָרַח הָעָם וַיֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַב פַּרְעֹה וַעֲבָדָיו אֶל הָעָם וַיֹּאמְרוּ מַה זֹּאת עָשִׂינוּ כִּי שִׁלַּחְנוּ אֶת יִשְׂרָאֵל מֵעָבְדֵנוּ:

καὶ ἀνηγγέλη τῷ βασιλεῖ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ὅτι πέφευγεν ὁ λαός καὶ μετεστράφη ἡ καρδία Φαραω καὶ τῶν θεραπόντων αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸν λαόν καὶ εἶπαν τί τοῦτο ἐποιήσαμεν τοῦ ἐξαποστεῖλαι τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ τοῦ μὴ δουλεύειν ἡμῖν

Et nuntiatum est regi Ægyptiorum quod fugisset populus: immutatumque est cor Pharaonis et servorum ejus super populo, et dixerunt: Quid voluimus facere ut dimitteremus Israël, ne serviret nobis?

5 And it was told the king of Egypt that the people fled: and the heart of Pharaoh and of his servants was turned against the people, and they said, Why have we done this, that we have let Israel go from serving us?

ו. וַיֶּאְסֹר אֶת רִכְבּוֹ וְאֶת עַמּוֹ לָקַח עִמּוֹ:

ἔζευξεν οὖν Φαραω τὰ ἅρματα αὐτοῦ καὶ πάντα τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ συναπήγαγεν μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ

Junxit ergo currum, et omnem populum suum assumpsit secum.

6 And he made ready his chariot, and took his people with him:

ז. וַיִּקַּח שֵׁשׁ מֵאוֹת רֶכֶב בָּחוּר וְכֹל רֶכֶב מִצְרָיִם וְשָׁלִשִׁם עַל כֻּלּוֹ:

καὶ λαβὼν ἑξακόσια ἅρματα ἐκλεκτὰ καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ἵππον τῶν Αἰγυπτίων καὶ τριστάτας ἐπὶ πάντων

Tulitque sexcentos currus electos, et quidquid in Ægypto curruum fuit: et duces totius exercitus.

7 And he took six hundred chosen chariots, and all the chariots of Egypt, and captains over every one of them.

ח. וַיְחַזֵּק יְהֹוָה אֶת לֵב פַּרְעֹה מֶלֶךְ מִצְרַיִם וַיִּרְדֹּף אַחֲרֵי בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וּבְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל יֹצְאִים בְּיָד רָמָה:

καὶ ἐσκλήρυνεν κύριος τὴν καρδίαν Φαραω βασιλέως Αἰγύπτου καὶ τῶν θεραπόντων αὐτοῦ καὶ κατεδίωξεν ὀπίσω τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ ἐξεπορεύοντο ἐν χειρὶ ὑψηλῇ

Induravitque Dominus cor Pharaonis regis Ægypti, et persecutus est filios Israël: at illi egressi sunt in manu excelsa.

8 And the LORD hardened the heart of Pharaoh king of Egypt, and he pursued after the children of Israel: and the children of Israel went out with an high hand.

ט. וַיִּרְדְּפוּ מִצְרַיִם אַחֲרֵיהֶם וַיַּשִּׂיגוּ אוֹתָם חֹנִים עַל הַיָּם כָּל סוּס רֶכֶב פַּרְעֹה וּפָרָשָׁיו וְחֵילוֹ עַל פִּי הַחִירֹת לִפְנֵי בַּעַל צְפֹן:

καὶ κατεδίωξαν οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι ὀπίσω αὐτῶν καὶ εὕροσαν αὐτοὺς παρεμβεβληκότας παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ πᾶσα ἡ ἵππος καὶ τὰ ἅρματα Φαραω καὶ οἱ ἱππεῖς καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ αὐτοῦ ἀπέναντι τῆς ἐπαύλεως ἐξ ἐναντίας Βεελσεπφων

Cumque persequerentur Ægyptii vestigia præcedentium, repererunt eos in castris super mare: omnis equitatus et currus Pharaonis, et universus exercitus, erant in Phihahiroth contra Beelsephon.

9 But the Egyptians pursued after them, all the horses and chariots of Pharaoh, and his horsemen, and his army, and overtook them encamping by the sea, beside Pihahiroth, before Baalzephon.

י. וּפַרְעֹה הִקְרִיב וַיִּשְׂאוּ בְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אֶת עֵינֵיהֶם וְהִנֵּה מִצְרַיִם נֹסֵעַ אַחֲרֵיהֶם וַיִּירְאוּ מְאֹד וַיִּצְעֲקוּ בְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אֶל יְהֹוָה:

καὶ Φαραω προσῆγεν καὶ ἀναβλέψαντες οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ὁρῶσιν καὶ οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι ἐστρατοπέδευσαν ὀπίσω αὐτῶν καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν σφόδρα ἀνεβόησαν δὲ οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ πρὸς κύριον

Cumque appropinquasset Pharao, levantes filii Israël oculos, viderunt Ægyptios post se, et timuerunt valde: clamaveruntque ad Dominum,

10 And when Pharaoh drew nigh, the children of Israel lifted up their eyes, and, behold, the Egyptians marched after them; and they were sore afraid: and the children of Israel cried out unto the LORD.

יא. וַיֹּאמְרוּ אֶל משֶׁה הֲמִבְּלִי אֵין קְבָרִים בְּמִצְרַיִם לְקַחְתָּנוּ לָמוּת בַּמִּדְבָּר מַה זֹּאת עָשִׂיתָ לָּנוּ לְהוֹצִיאָנוּ מִמִּצְרָיִם:

καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς Μωυσῆν παρὰ τὸ μὴ ὑπάρχειν μνήματα ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ἐξήγαγες ἡμᾶς θανατῶσαι ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τί τοῦτο ἐποίησας ἡμῖν ἐξαγαγὼν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου

et dixerunt ad Moysen: Forsitan non erant sepulchra in Ægypto, ideo tulisti nos ut moreremur in solitudine: quid hoc facere voluisti, ut educeres nos ex Ægypto?

11 And they said unto Moses, Because there were no graves in Egypt, hast thou taken us away to die in the wilderness? wherefore hast thou dealt thus with us, to carry us forth out of Egypt?

יב. הֲלֹא זֶה הַדָּבָר אֲשֶׁר דִּבַּרְנוּ אֵלֶיךָ בְמִצְרַיִם לֵאמֹר חֲדַל מִמֶּנּוּ וְנַעַבְדָה אֶת מִצְרָיִם כִּי טוֹב לָנוּ עֲבֹד אֶת מִצְרַיִם מִמֻּתֵנוּ בַּמִּדְבָּר:

οὐ τοῦτο ἦν τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐλαλήσαμεν πρὸς σὲ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ λέγοντες πάρες ἡμᾶς ὅπως δουλεύσωμεν τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις κρεῖσσον γὰρ ἡμᾶς δουλεύειν τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις ἢ ἀποθανεῖν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ταύτῃ

nonne iste est sermo, quem loquebamur ad te in Ægypto, dicentes: Recede a nobis, ut serviamus Ægyptiis? multo enim melius erat servire eis, quam mori in solitudine.

12 Is not this the word that we did tell thee in Egypt, saying, Let us alone, that we may serve the Egyptians? For it had been better for us to serve the Egyptians, than that we should die in the wilderness.

יג. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה אֶל הָעָם אַל תִּירָאוּ הִתְיַצְּבוּ וּרְאוּ אֶת יְשׁוּעַת יְהֹוָה אֲשֶׁר יַעֲשֶׂה לָכֶם הַיּוֹם כִּי אֲשֶׁר רְאִיתֶם אֶת מִצְרַיִם הַיּוֹם לֹא תֹסִפוּ לִרְאֹתָם עוֹד עַד עוֹלָם:

εἶπεν δὲ Μωυσῆς πρὸς τὸν λαόν θαρσεῖτε στῆτε καὶ ὁρᾶτε τὴν σωτηρίαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἣν ποιήσει ἡμῖν σήμερον ὃν τρόπον γὰρ ἑωράκατε τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους σήμερον οὐ προσθήσεσθε ἔτι ἰδεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα χρόνον

Et ait Moyses ad populum: Nolite timere: state, et videte magnalia Domini quæ facturus est hodie: Ægyptios enim, quos nunc videtis, nequaquam ultra videbitis usque in sempiternum.

13 And Moses said unto the people, Fear ye not, stand still, and see the salvation of the LORD, which he will shew to you to day: for the Egyptians whom ye have seen to day, ye shall see them again no more for ever.

יד. יְהֹוָה יִלָּחֵם לָכֶם וְאַתֶּם תַּחֲרִשׁוּן:

κύριος πολεμήσει περὶ ὑμῶν καὶ ὑμεῖς σιγήσετε

Dominus pugnabit pro vobis, et vos tacebitis.

14 The LORD shall fight for you, and ye shall hold your peace.

טו. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה מַה תִּצְעַק אֵלָי דַּבֵּר אֶל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְיִסָּעוּ:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν τί βοᾷς πρός με λάλησον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ καὶ ἀναζευξάτωσαν

Dixitque Dominus ad Moysen: Quid clamas ad me? loquere filiis Israël ut proficiscantur.

15 And the LORD said unto Moses, Wherefore criest thou unto me? speak unto the children of Israel, that they go forward:

טז. וְאַתָּה הָרֵם אֶת מַטְּךָ וּנְטֵה אֶת יָדְךָ עַל הַיָּם וּבְקָעֵהוּ וְיָבֹאוּ בְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל בְּתוֹךְ הַיָּם בַּיַּבָּשָׁה:

καὶ σὺ ἔπαρον τῇ ῥάβδῳ σου καὶ ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ ῥῆξον αὐτήν καὶ εἰσελθάτωσαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ εἰς μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης κατὰ τὸ ξηρόν

Tu autem eleva virgam tuam, et extende manum tuam super mare, et divide illud: ut gradiantur filii Israël in medio mari per siccum.

16 But lift thou up thy rod, and stretch out thine hand over the sea, and divide it: and the children of Israel shall go on dry ground through the midst of the sea.

יז. וַאֲנִי הִנְנִי מְחַזֵּק אֶת לֵב מִצְרַיִם וְיָבֹאוּ אַחֲרֵיהֶם וְאִכָּבְדָה בְּפַרְעֹה וּבְכָל חֵילוֹ בְּרִכְבּוֹ וּבְפָרָשָׁיו:

καὶ ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ σκληρυνῶ τὴν καρδίαν Φαραω καὶ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων πάντων καὶ εἰσελεύσονται ὀπίσω αὐτῶν καὶ ἐνδοξασθήσομαι ἐν Φαραω καὶ ἐν πάσῃ τῇ στρατιᾷ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἅρμασιν καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἵπποις αὐτοῦ

Ego autem indurabo cor Ægyptiorum ut persequantur vos: et glorificabor in Pharaone, et in omni exercitu ejus, et in curribus et in equitibus illius.

17 And I, behold, I will harden the hearts of the Egyptians, and they shall follow them: and I will get me honour upon Pharaoh, and upon all his host, upon his chariots, and upon his horsemen.

יח. וְיָדְעוּ מִצְרַיִם כִּי אֲנִי יְהֹוָה בְּהִכָּבְדִי בְּפַרְעֹה בְּרִכְבּוֹ וּבְפָרָשָׁיו:

καὶ γνώσονται πάντες οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι κύριος ἐνδοξαζομένου μου ἐν Φαραω καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἅρμασιν καὶ ἵπποις αὐτοῦ

Et scient Ægyptii quia ego sum Dominus cum glorificatus fuero in Pharaone, et in curribus atque in equitibus ejus.

18 And the Egyptians shall know that I am the LORD, when I have gotten me honour upon Pharaoh, upon his chariots, and upon his horsemen.

יט. וַיִּסַּע מַלְאַךְ הָאֱלֹהִים הַהֹלֵךְ לִפְנֵי מַחֲנֵה יִשְׂרָאֵל וַיֵּלֶךְ מֵאַחֲרֵיהֶם וַיִּסַּע עַמּוּד הֶעָנָן מִפְּנֵיהֶם וַיַּעֲמֹד מֵאַחֲרֵיהֶם:

ἐξῆρεν δὲ ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ προπορευόμενος τῆς παρεμβολῆς τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ καὶ ἐπορεύθη ἐκ τῶν ὄπισθεν ἐξῆρεν δὲ καὶ ὁ στῦλος τῆς νεφέλης ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτῶν καὶ ἔστη ἐκ τῶν ὀπίσω αὐτῶν

Tollensque se angelus Dei, qui præcedebat castra Israël, abiit post eos: et cum eo pariter columna nubis, priora dimittens, post tergum

19 And the angel of God, which went before the camp of Israel, removed and went behind them; and the pillar of the cloud went from before their face, and stood behind them:

כ. וַיָּבֹא בֵּין מַחֲנֵה מִצְרַיִם וּבֵין מַחֲנֵה יִשְׂרָאֵל וַיְהִי הֶעָנָן וְהַחשֶׁךְ וַיָּאֶר אֶת הַלָּיְלָה וְלֹא קָרַב זֶה אֶל זֶה כָּל הַלָּיְלָה:

καὶ εἰσῆλθεν ἀνὰ μέσον τῆς παρεμβολῆς τῶν Αἰγυπτίων καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τῆς παρεμβολῆς Ισραηλ καὶ ἔστη καὶ ἐγένετο σκότος καὶ γνόφος καὶ διῆλθεν ἡ νύξ καὶ οὐ συνέμιξαν ἀλλήλοις ὅλην τὴν νύκτα

stetit, inter castra Ægyptiorum et castra Israël: et erat nubes tenebrosa, et illuminans noctem, ita ut ad se invicem toto noctis tempore accedere non valerent.

20 And it came between the camp of the Egyptians and the camp of Israel; and it was a cloud and darkness to them, but it gave light by night to these: so that the one came not near the other all the night.

כא. וַיֵּט משֶׁה אֶת יָדוֹ עַל הַיָּם וַיּוֹלֶךְ יְהֹוָה אֶת הַיָּם בְּרוּחַ קָדִים עַזָּה כָּל הַלַּיְלָה וַיָּשֶׂם אֶת הַיָּם לֶחָרָבָה וַיִּבָּקְעוּ הַמָּיִם:

ἐξέτεινεν δὲ Μωυσῆς τὴν χεῖρα ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ ὑπήγαγεν κύριος τὴν θάλασσαν ἐν ἀνέμῳ νότῳ βιαίῳ ὅλην τὴν νύκτα καὶ ἐποίησεν τὴν θάλασσαν ξηράν καὶ ἐσχίσθη τὸ ὕδωρ

Cumque extendisset Moyses manum super mare, abstulit illud Dominus flante vento vehementi et urente tota nocte, et vertit in siccum: divisaque est aqua.

21 And Moses stretched out his hand over the sea; and the LORD caused the sea to go back by a strong east wind all that night, and made the sea dry land, and the waters were divided.

כב. וַיָּבֹאוּ בְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל בְּתוֹךְ הַיָּם בַּיַּבָּשָׁה וְהַמַּיִם לָהֶם חוֹמָה מִימִינָם וּמִשְּׂמֹאלָם:

καὶ εἰσῆλθον οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ εἰς μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης κατὰ τὸ ξηρόν καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ αὐτοῖς τεῖχος ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ τεῖχος ἐξ εὐωνύμων

Et ingressi sunt filii Israël per medium sicci maris: erat enim aqua quasi murus a dextra eorum et læva.

22 And the children of Israel went into the midst of the sea upon the dry ground: and the waters were a wall unto them on their right hand, and on their left.

כג. וַיִּרְדְּפוּ מִצְרַיִם וַיָּבֹאוּ אַחֲרֵיהֶם כֹּל סוּס פַּרְעֹה רִכְבּוֹ וּפָרָשָׁיו אֶל תּוֹךְ הַיָּם:

κατεδίωξαν δὲ οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι καὶ εἰσῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτῶν πᾶσα ἡ ἵππος Φαραω καὶ τὰ ἅρματα καὶ οἱ ἀναβάται εἰς μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης

Persequentesque Ægyptii ingressi sunt post eos, et omnis equitatus Pharaonis, currus ejus et equites per medium maris.

23 And the Egyptians pursued, and went in after them to the midst of the sea, even all Pharaoh's horses, his chariots, and his horsemen.

כד. וַיְהִי בְּאַשְׁמֹרֶת הַבֹּקֶר וַיַּשְׁקֵף יְהֹוָה אֶל מַחֲנֵה מִצְרַיִם בְּעַמּוּד אֵשׁ וְעָנָן וַיָּהָם אֵת מַחֲנֵה מִצְרָיִם:

ἐγενήθη δὲ ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ τῇ ἑωθινῇ καὶ ἐπέβλεψεν κύριος ἐπὶ τὴν παρεμβολὴν τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἐν στύλῳ πυρὸς καὶ νεφέλης καὶ συνετάραξεν τὴν παρεμβολὴν τῶν Αἰγυπτίων

Jamque advenerat vigilia matutina, et ecce respiciens Dominus super castra Ægyptiorum per columnam ignis et nubis, interfecit exercitum eorum,

24 And it came to pass, that in the morning watch the LORD looked unto the host of the Egyptians through the pillar of fire and of the cloud, and troubled the host of the Egyptians,

כה. וַיָּסַר אֵת אֹפַן מַרְכְּבֹתָיו וַיְנַהֲגֵהוּ בִּכְבֵדֻת וַיֹּאמֶר מִצְרַיִם אָנוּסָה מִפְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל כִּי יְהֹוָה נִלְחָם לָהֶם בְּמִצְרָיִם:

καὶ συνέδησεν τοὺς ἄξονας τῶν ἁρμάτων αὐτῶν καὶ ἤγαγεν αὐτοὺς μετὰ βίας καὶ εἶπαν οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι φύγωμεν ἀπὸ προσώπου Ισραηλ ὁ γὰρ κύριος πολεμεῖ περὶ αὐτῶν τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους

et subvertit rotas curruum, ferebanturque in profundum. Dixerunt ergo Ægyptii: Fugiamus Israëlem: Dominus enim pugnat pro eis contra nos.

25 And took off their chariot wheels, that they drave them heavily: so that the Egyptians said, Let us flee from the face of Israel; for the LORD fighteth for them against the Egyptians.

כו. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה נְטֵה אֶת יָדְךָ עַל הַיָּם וְיָשֻׁבוּ הַמַּיִם עַל מִצְרַיִם עַל רִכְבּוֹ וְעַל פָּרָשָׁיו:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ ἀποκαταστήτω τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ ἐπικαλυψάτω τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους ἐπί τε τὰ ἅρματα καὶ τοὺς ἀναβάτας

Et ait Dominus ad Moysen: Extende manum tuam super mare, ut revertantur aquæ ad Ægyptios super currus et equites eorum.

26 And the LORD said unto Moses, Stretch out thine hand over the sea, that the waters may come again upon the Egyptians, upon their chariots, and upon their horsemen.

כז. וַיֵּט משֶׁה אֶת יָדוֹ עַל הַיָּם וַיָּשָׁב הַיָּם לִפְנוֹת בֹּקֶר לְאֵיתָנוֹ וּמִצְרַיִם נָסִים לִקְרָאתוֹ וַיְנַעֵר יְהֹוָה אֶת מִצְרַיִם בְּתוֹךְ הַיָּם:

ἐξέτεινεν δὲ Μωυσῆς τὴν χεῖρα ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ ἀπεκατέστη τὸ ὕδωρ πρὸς ἡμέραν ἐπὶ χώρας οἱ δὲ Αἰγύπτιοι ἔφυγον ὑπὸ τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ ἐξετίναξεν κύριος τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης

Cumque extendisset Moyses manum contra mare, reversum est primo diluculo ad priorem locum: fugientibusque Ægyptiis occurrerunt aquæ, et involvit eos Dominus in mediis fluctibus.

27 And Moses stretched forth his hand over the sea, and the sea returned to his strength when the morning appeared; and the Egyptians fled against it; and the LORD overthrew the Egyptians in the midst of the sea.

כח. וַיָּשֻׁבוּ הַמַּיִם וַיְכַסּוּ אֶת הָרֶכֶב וְאֶת הַפָּרָשִׁים לְכֹל חֵיל פַּרְעֹה הבָּאִים אַחֲרֵיהֶם בַּיָּם לֹא נִשְׁאַר בָּהֶם עַד אֶחָד:

καὶ ἐπαναστραφὲν τὸ ὕδωρ ἐκάλυψεν τὰ ἅρματα καὶ τοὺς ἀναβάτας καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν Φαραω τοὺς εἰσπεπορευμένους ὀπίσω αὐτῶν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ οὐ κατελείφθη ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐδὲ εἷς

Reversæque sunt aquæ, et operuerunt currus et equites cuncti exercitus Pharaonis, qui sequentes ingressi fuerant mare: nec unus quidem superfuit ex eis.

28 And the waters returned, and covered the chariots, and the horsemen, and all the host of Pharaoh that came into the sea after them; there remained not so much as one of them.

כט. וּבְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל הָלְכוּ בַיַּבָּשָׁה בְּתוֹךְ הַיָּם וְהַמַּיִם לָהֶם חֹמָה מִימִינָם וּמִשְּׂמֹאלָם:

οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ ξηρᾶς ἐν μέσῳ τῆς θαλάσσης τὸ δὲ ὕδωρ αὐτοῖς τεῖχος ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ τεῖχος ἐξ εὐωνύμων

Filii autem Israël perrexerunt per medium sicci maris, et aquæ eis erant quasi pro muro a dextris et a sinistris:

29 But the children of Israel walked upon dry land in the midst of the sea; and the waters were a wall unto them on their right hand, and on their left.

ל. וַיּוֹשַׁע יְהֹוָה בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא אֶת יִשְׂרָאֵל מִיַּד מִצְרָיִם וַיַּרְא יִשְׂרָאֵל אֶת מִצְרַיִם מֵת עַל שְׂפַת הַיָּם:

καὶ ἐρρύσατο κύριος τὸν Ισραηλ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ ἐκ χειρὸς τῶν Αἰγυπτίων καὶ εἶδεν Ισραηλ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους τεθνηκότας παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης

liberavitque Dominus in die illa Israël de manu Ægyptiorum.

30 Thus the LORD saved Israel that day out of the hand of the Egyptians; and Israel saw the Egyptians dead upon the sea shore.

לא. וַיַּרְא יִשְׂרָאֵל אֶת הַיָּד הַגְּדֹלָה אֲשֶׁר עָשָׂה יְהֹוָה בְּמִצְרַיִם וַיִּירְאוּ הָעָם אֶת יְהֹוָה וַיַּאֲמִינוּ בַּיהֹוָה וּבְמשֶׁה עַבְדּוֹ:

εἶδεν δὲ Ισραηλ τὴν χεῖρα τὴν μεγάλην ἃ ἐποίησεν κύριος τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις ἐφοβήθη δὲ ὁ λαὸς τὸν κύριον καὶ ἐπίστευσαν τῷ θεῷ καὶ Μωυσῇ τῷ θεράποντι αὐτοῦ

Et viderunt Ægyptios mortuos super littus maris, et manum magnam quam exercuerat Dominus contra eos: timuitque populus Dominum, et crediderunt Domino, et Moysi servo ejus.

31 And Israel saw that great work which the LORD did upon the Egyptians: and the people feared the LORD, and believed the LORD, and his servant Moses.

טו

ΙΕ'

Cap. 15

א. אָז יָשִׁיר משֶׁה וּבְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אֶת הַשִּׁירָה הַזֹּאת לַיהֹוָה וַיֹּאמְרוּ לֵאמֹר אָשִׁירָה לַּיהֹוָה כִּי גָאֹה גָּאָה סוּס וְרֹכְבוֹ רָמָה בַיָּם:

τότε ᾖσεν Μωυσῆς καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ τὴν ᾠδὴν ταύτην τῷ θεῷ καὶ εἶπαν λέγοντες ᾄσωμεν τῷ κυρίῳ ἐνδόξως γὰρ δεδόξασται ἵππον καὶ ἀναβάτην ἔρριψεν εἰς θάλασσαν

Tunc cecinit Moyses et filii Israël carmen hoc Domino, et dixerunt: Cantemus Domino: gloriose enim magnificatus est, equum et ascensorem dejecit in mare.

1 Then sang Moses and the children of Israel this song unto the LORD, and spake, saying, I will sing unto the LORD, for he hath triumphed gloriously: the horse and his rider hath he thrown into the sea.

ב. עָזִּי וְזִמְרָת יָהּ וַיְהִי לִי לִישׁוּעָה זֶה אֵלִי וְאַנְוֵהוּ אֱלֹהֵי אָבִי וַאֲרֹמְמֶנְהוּ:

βοηθὸς καὶ σκεπαστὴς ἐγένετό μοι εἰς σωτηρίαν οὗτός μου θεός καὶ δοξάσω αὐτόν θεὸς τοῦ πατρός μου καὶ ὑψώσω αὐτόν

Fortitudo mea, et laus mea Dominus, et factus est mihi in salutem: iste Deus meus, et glorificabo eum: Deus patris mei, et exaltabo eum.

2 The LORD is my strength and song, and he is become my salvation: he is my God, and I will prepare him an habitation; my father's God, and I will exalt him.

ג. יְהֹוָה אִישׁ מִלְחָמָה יְהֹוָה שְׁמוֹ:

κύριος συντρίβων πολέμους κύριος ὄνομα αὐτῷ

Dominus quasi vir pugnator, Omnipotens nomen ejus,

3 The LORD is a man of war: the LORD is his name.

ד. מַרְכְּבֹת פַּרְעֹה וְחֵילוֹ יָרָה בַיָּם וּמִבְחַר שָׁלִשָׁיו טֻבְּעוּ בְיַם סוּף:

ἅρματα Φαραω καὶ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ ἔρριψεν εἰς θάλασσαν ἐπιλέκτους ἀναβάτας τριστάτας κατεπόντισεν ἐν ἐρυθρᾷ θαλάσσῃ

currus Pharaonis et exercitum ejus projecit in mare: electi principes ejus submersi sunt in mari Rubro.

4 Pharaoh's chariots and his host hath he cast into the sea: his chosen captains also are drowned in the Red sea.

ה. תְּהֹמֹת יְכַסְיֻמוּ יָרְדוּ בִמְצוֹלֹת כְּמוֹ אָבֶן:

πόντῳ ἐκάλυψεν αὐτούς κατέδυσαν εἰς βυθὸν ὡσεὶ λίθος

Abyssi operuerunt eos; descenderunt in profundum quasi lapis.

5 The depths have covered them: they sank into the bottom as a stone.

ו. יְמִינְךָ יְהֹוָה נֶאְדָּרִי בַּכֹּחַ יְמִינְךָ יְהֹוָה תִּרְעַץ אוֹיֵב:

ἡ δεξιά σου κύριε δεδόξασται ἐν ἰσχύι ἡ δεξιά σου χείρ κύριε ἔθραυσεν ἐχθρούς

Dextera tua, Domine, magnificata est in fortitudine: dextera tua, Domine, percussit inimicum.

6 Thy right hand, O LORD, is become glorious in power: thy right hand, O LORD, hath dashed in pieces the enemy.

ז. וּבְרֹב גְּאוֹנְךָ תַּהֲרֹס קָמֶיךָ תְּשַׁלַּח חֲרֹנְךָ יֹאכְלֵמוֹ כַּקַּשׁ:

καὶ τῷ πλήθει τῆς δόξης σου συνέτριψας τοὺς ὑπεναντίους ἀπέστειλας τὴν ὀργήν σου καὶ κατέφαγεν αὐτοὺς ὡς καλάμην

Et in multitudine gloriæ tuæ deposuisti adversarios tuos: misisti iram tuam, quæ devoravit eos sicut stipulam.

7 And in the greatness of thine excellency thou hast overthrown them that rose up against thee: thou sentest forth thy wrath, which consumed them as stubble.

ח. וּבְרוּחַ אַפֶּיךָ נֶעֶרְמוּ מַיִם נִצְּבוּ כְמוֹ נֵד נֹזְלִים קָפְאוּ תְהֹמֹת בְּלֶב יָם:

καὶ διὰ πνεύματος τοῦ θυμοῦ σου διέστη τὸ ὕδωρ ἐπάγη ὡσεὶ τεῖχος τὰ ὕδατα ἐπάγη τὰ κύματα ἐν μέσῳ τῆς θαλάσσης

Et in spiritu furoris tui congregatæ sunt aquæ: stetit unda fluens, congregata sunt abyssi in medio mari.

8 And with the blast of thy nostrils the waters were gathered together, the floods stood upright as an heap, and the depths were congealed in the heart of the sea.

ט. אָמַר אוֹיֵב אֶרְדֹּף אַשִּׂיג אֲחַלֵּק שָׁלָל תִּמְלָאֵמוֹ נַפְשִׁי אָרִיק חַרְבִּי תּוֹרִישֵׁמוֹ יָדִי:

εἶπεν ὁ ἐχθρός διώξας καταλήμψομαι μεριῶ σκῦλα ἐμπλήσω ψυχήν μου ἀνελῶ τῇ μαχαίρῃ μου κυριεύσει ἡ χείρ μου

Dixit inimicus: Persequar et comprehendam, dividam spolia, implebitur anima mea: evaginabo gladium meum, interficiet eos manus mea.

9 The enemy said, I will pursue, I will overtake, I will divide the spoil; my lust shall be satisfied upon them; I will draw my sword, my hand shall destroy them.

י. נָשַׁפְתָּ בְרוּחֲךָ כִּסָּמוֹ יָם צָלֲלוּ כַּעוֹפֶרֶת בְּמַיִם אַדִּירִים:

ἀπέστειλας τὸ πνεῦμά σου ἐκάλυψεν αὐτοὺς θάλασσα ἔδυσαν ὡσεὶ μόλιβος ἐν ὕδατι σφοδρῷ

Flavit spiritus tuus, et operuit eos mare: submersi sunt quasi plumbum in aquis vehementibus.

10 Thou didst blow with thy wind, the sea covered them: they sank as lead in the mighty waters.

יא. מִי כָמֹכָה בָּאֵלִם יְהֹוָה מִי כָּמֹכָה נֶאְדָּר בַּקֹּדֶשׁ נוֹרָא תְהִלֹּת עֹשֵׂה פֶלֶא:

τίς ὅμοιός σοι ἐν θεοῖς κύριε τίς ὅμοιός σοι δεδοξασμένος ἐν ἁγίοις θαυμαστὸς ἐν δόξαις ποιῶν τέρατα

Quis similis tui in fortibus, Domine? quis similis tui, magnificus in sanctitate, terribilis atque laudabilis, faciens mirabilia?

11 Who is like unto thee, O LORD, among the gods? who is like thee, glorious in holiness, fearful in praises, doing wonders?

יב. נָטִיתָ יְמִינְךָ תִּבְלָעֵמוֹ אָרֶץ:

ἐξέτεινας τὴν δεξιάν σου κατέπιεν αὐτοὺς γῆ

Extendisti manum tuam, et devoravit eos terra.

12 Thou stretchedst out thy right hand, the earth swallowed them.

יג. נָחִיתָ בְחַסְדְּךָ עַם זוּ גּאָלְתָּ נֵהַלְתָּ בְעָזְּךָ אֶל נְוֵה קָדְשֶׁךָ:

ὡδήγησας τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ σου τὸν λαόν σου τοῦτον ὃν ἐλυτρώσω παρεκάλεσας τῇ ἰσχύι σου εἰς κατάλυμα ἅγιόν σου

Dux fuisti in misericordia tua populo quem redemisti: et portasti eum in fortitudine tua, ad habitaculum sanctum tuum.

13 Thou in thy mercy hast led forth the people which thou hast redeemed: thou hast guided them in thy strength unto thy holy habitation.

יד. שָׁמְעוּ עַמִּים יִרְגָּזוּן חִיל אָחַז ישְׁבֵי פְּלָשֶׁת:

ἤκουσαν ἔθνη καὶ ὠργίσθησαν ὠδῖνες ἔλαβον κατοικοῦντας Φυλιστιιμ

Ascenderunt populi, et irati sunt: dolores obtinuerunt habitatores Philisthiim.

14 The people shall hear, and be afraid: sorrow shall take hold on the inhabitants of Palestina.

טו. אָז נִבְהֲלוּ אַלּוּפֵי אֱדוֹם אֵילֵי מוֹאָב יֹאחֲזֵמוֹ רָעַד נָמֹגוּ כֹּל ישְׁבֵי כְנָעַן:

τότε ἔσπευσαν ἡγεμόνες Εδωμ καὶ ἄρχοντες Μωαβιτῶν ἔλαβεν αὐτοὺς τρόμος ἐτάκησαν πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Χανααν

Tunc conturbati sunt principes Edom, robustos Moab obtinuit tremor: obriguerunt omnes habitatores Chanaan.

15 Then the dukes of Edom shall be amazed; the mighty men of Moab, trembling shall take hold upon them; all the inhabitants of Canaan shall melt away.

טז. תִּפֹּל עֲלֵיהֶם אֵימָתָה וָפַחַד בִּגְדֹל זְרוֹעֲךָ יִדְּמוּ כָּאָבֶן עַד יַעֲבֹר עַמְּךָ יְהֹוָה עַד יַעֲבֹר עַם זוּ קָנִיתָ:

ἐπιπέσοι ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς φόβος καὶ τρόμος μεγέθει βραχίονός σου ἀπολιθωθήτωσαν ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ λαός σου κύριε ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ λαός σου οὗτος ὃν ἐκτήσω

Irruat super eos formido et pavor, in magnitudine brachii tui: fiant immobiles quasi lapis, donec pertranseat populus tuus, Domine, donec pertranseat populus tuus iste, quem possedisti.

16 Fear and dread shall fall upon them; by the greatness of thine arm they shall be as still as a stone; till thy people pass over, O LORD, till the people pass over, which thou hast purchased.

יז. תְּבִאֵמוֹ וְתִטָּעֵמוֹ בְּהַר נַחֲלָתְךָ מָכוֹן לְשִׁבְתְּךָ פָּעַלְתָּ יְהֹוָה מִקְּדָשׁ אֲדֹנָי כּוֹנְנוּ יָדֶיךָ:

εἰσαγαγὼν καταφύτευσον αὐτοὺς εἰς ὄρος κληρονομίας σου εἰς ἕτοιμον κατοικητήριόν σου ὃ κατειργάσω κύριε ἁγίασμα κύριε ὃ ἡτοίμασαν αἱ χεῖρές σου

Introduces eos, et plantabis in monte hæreditatis tuæ, firmissimo habitaculo tuo quod operatus es, Domine: sanctuarium tuum, Domine, quod firmaverunt manus tuæ.

17 Thou shalt bring them in, and plant them in the mountain of thine inheritance, in the place, O LORD, which thou hast made for thee to dwell in, in the Sanctuary, O LORD, which thy hands have established.

יח. יְהֹוָה יִמְלֹךְ לְעֹלָם וָעֶד:

κύριος βασιλεύων τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ ἐπ᾽ αἰῶνα καὶ ἔτι

Dominus regnabit in æternum et ultra.

18 The LORD shall reign for ever and ever.

יט. כִּי בָא סוּס פַּרְעֹה בְּרִכְבּוֹ וּבְפָרָשָׁיו בַּיָּם וַיָּשֶׁב יְהֹוָה עֲלֵהֶם אֶת מֵי הַיָּם וּבְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל הָלְכוּ בַיַּבָּשָׁה בְּתוֹךְ הַיָּם:

ὅτι εἰσῆλθεν ἵππος Φαραω σὺν ἅρμασιν καὶ ἀναβάταις εἰς θάλασσαν καὶ ἐπήγαγεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς κύριος τὸ ὕδωρ τῆς θαλάσσης οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ ξηρᾶς ἐν μέσῳ τῆς θαλάσσης

Ingressus est enim eques Pharao cum curribus et equitibus ejus in mare: et reduxit super eos Dominus aquas maris: filii autem Israël ambulaverunt per siccum in medio ejus.

19 For the horse of Pharaoh went in with his chariots and with his horsemen into the sea, and the LORD brought again the waters of the sea upon them; but the children of Israel went on dry land in the midst of the sea.

כ. וַתִּקַּח מִרְיָם הַנְּבִיאָה אֲחוֹת אַהֲרֹן אֶת הַתֹּף בְּיָדָהּ וַתֵּצֶאןָ כָל הַנָּשִׁים אַחֲרֶיהָ בְּתֻפִּים וּבִמְחֹלֹת:

λαβοῦσα δὲ Μαριαμ ἡ προφῆτις ἡ ἀδελφὴ Ααρων τὸ τύμπανον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτῆς καὶ ἐξήλθοσαν πᾶσαι αἱ γυναῖκες ὀπίσω αὐτῆς μετὰ τυμπάνων καὶ χορῶν

Sumpsit ergo Maria prophetissa, soror Aaron, tympanum in manu sua: egressæque sunt omnes mulieres post eam cum tympanis et choris,

20 And Miriam the prophetess, the sister of Aaron, took a timbrel in her hand; and all the women went out after her with timbrels and with dances.

כא. וַתַּעַן לָהֶם מִרְיָם שִׁירוּ לַיהֹוָה כִּי גָאֹה גָּאָה סוּס וְרֹכְבוֹ רָמָה בַיָּם:

ἐξῆρχεν δὲ αὐτῶν Μαριαμ λέγουσα ᾄσωμεν τῷ κυρίῳ ἐνδόξως γὰρ δεδόξασται ἵππον καὶ ἀναβάτην ἔρριψεν εἰς θάλασσαν

quibus præcinebat, dicens: Cantemus Domino, gloriose enim magnificatus est: equum et ascensorem ejus dejecit in mare.

21 And Miriam answered them, Sing ye to the LORD, for he hath triumphed gloriously; the horse and his rider hath he thrown into the sea.

כב. וַיַּסַּע משֶׁה אֶת יִשְׂרָאֵל מִיַּם סוּף וַיֵּצְאוּ אֶל מִדְבַּר שׁוּר וַיֵּלְכוּ שְׁלשֶׁת יָמִים בַּמִּדְבָּר וְלֹא מָצְאוּ מָיִם:

ἐξῆρεν δὲ Μωυσῆς τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ ἀπὸ θαλάσσης ἐρυθρᾶς καὶ ἤγαγεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν ἔρημον Σουρ καὶ ἐπορεύοντο τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ καὶ οὐχ ηὕρισκον ὕδωρ ὥστε πιεῖν

Tulit autem Moyses Israël de mari Rubro, et egressi sunt in desertum Sur: ambulaveruntque tribus diebus per solitudinem, et non inveniebant aquam.

22 So Moses brought Israel from the Red sea, and they went out into the wilderness of Shur; and they went three days in the wilderness, and found no water.

כג. וַיָּבֹאוּ מָרָתָה וְלֹא יָכְלוּ לִשְׁתֹּת מַיִם מִמָּרָה כִּי מָרִים הֵם עַל כֵּן קָרָא שְׁמָהּ מָרָה:

ἦλθον δὲ εἰς Μερρα καὶ οὐκ ἠδύναντο πιεῖν ἐκ Μερρας πικρὸν γὰρ ἦν διὰ τοῦτο ἐπωνομάσθη τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου πικρία

Et venerunt in Mara, nec poterant bibere aquas de Mara, eo quod essent amaræ: unde et congruum loco nomen imposuit, vocans illum Mara, id est, amaritudinem.

23 And when they came to Marah, they could not drink of the waters of Marah, for they were bitter: therefore the name of it was called Marah.

כד. וַיִּלֹּנוּ הָעָם עַל משֶׁה לֵּאמֹר מַה נִּשְׁתֶּה:

καὶ διεγόγγυζεν ὁ λαὸς ἐπὶ Μωυσῆν λέγοντες τί πιόμεθα

Et murmuravit populus contra Moysen, dicens: Quid bibemus?

24 And the people murmured against Moses, saying, What shall we drink?

כה. וַיִּצְעַק אֶל יְהֹוָה וַיּוֹרֵהוּ יְהֹוָה עֵץ וַיַּשְׁלֵךְ אֶל הַמַּיִם וַיִּמְתְּקוּ הַמָּיִם שָׁם שָׂם לוֹ חֹק וּמִשְׁפָּט וְשָׁם נִסָּהוּ:

ἐβόησεν δὲ Μωυσῆς πρὸς κύριον καὶ ἔδειξεν αὐτῷ κύριος ξύλον καὶ ἐνέβαλεν αὐτὸ εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ ἐγλυκάνθη τὸ ὕδωρ ἐκεῖ ἔθετο αὐτῷ δικαιώματα καὶ κρίσεις καὶ ἐκεῖ ἐπείρασεν αὐτὸν

At ille clamavit ad Dominum, qui ostendit ei lignum: quod cum misisset in aquas, in dulcedinem versæ sunt: ibi constituit ei præcepta, atque judicia, et ibi tentavit eum,

25 And he cried unto the LORD; and the LORD shewed him a tree, which when he had cast into the waters, the waters were made sweet: there he made for them a statute and an ordinance, and there he proved them,

כו. וַיֹּאמֶר אִם שָׁמוֹעַ תִּשְׁמַע לְקוֹל יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ וְהַיָּשָׁר בְּעֵינָיו תַּעֲשֶׂה וְהַאֲזַנְתָּ לְמִצְו‍ֹתָיו וְשָׁמַרְתָּ כָּל חֻקָּיו כָּל הַמַּחֲלָה אֲשֶׁר שַׂמְתִּי בְמִצְרַיִם לֹא אָשִׂים עָלֶיךָ כִּי אֲנִי יְהֹוָה רֹפְאֶךָ:

καὶ εἶπεν ἐὰν ἀκοῇ ἀκούσῃς τῆς φωνῆς κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου καὶ τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐναντίον αὐτοῦ ποιήσῃς καὶ ἐνωτίσῃ ταῖς ἐντολαῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ φυλάξῃς πάντα τὰ δικαιώματα αὐτοῦ πᾶσαν νόσον ἣν ἐπήγαγον τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις οὐκ ἐπάξω ἐπὶ σέ ἐγὼ γάρ εἰμι κύριος ὁ ἰώμενός σε

dicens: Si audieris vocem Domini Dei tui, et quod rectum est coram eo feceris, et obedieris mandatis ejus, custodierisque omnia præcepta illius, cunctum languorem, quem posui in Ægypto, non inducam super te: ego enim Dominus sanator tuus.

26 And said, If thou wilt diligently hearken to the voice of the LORD thy God, and wilt do that which is right in his sight, and wilt give ear to his commandments, and keep all his statutes, I will put none of these diseases upon thee, which I have brought upon the Egyptians: for I am the LORD that healeth thee.

כז. וַיָּבֹאוּ אֵילִמָה וְשָׁם שְׁתֵּים עֶשְׂרֵה עֵינֹת מַיִם וְשִׁבְעִים תְּמָרִים וַיַּחֲנוּ שָׁם עַל הַמָּיִם:

καὶ ἤλθοσαν εἰς Αιλιμ καὶ ἦσαν ἐκεῖ δώδεκα πηγαὶ ὑδάτων καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα στελέχη φοινίκων παρενέβαλον δὲ ἐκεῖ παρὰ τὰ ὕδατα

Venerunt autem in Elim filii Israël, ubi erant duodecim fontes aquarum, et septuaginta palmæ: et castrametati sunt juxta aquas.

27 And they came to Elim, where were twelve wells of water, and threescore and ten palm trees: and they encamped there by the waters.

יו

Ιςʹ

Cap. 16

א. וַיִּסְעוּ מֵאֵילִם וַיָּבֹאוּ כָּל עֲדַת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אֶל מִדְבַּר סִין אֲשֶׁר בֵּין אֵילִם וּבֵין סִינָי בַּחֲמִשָּׁה עָשָׂר יוֹם לַחֹדֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִי לְצֵאתָם מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

ἀπῆραν δὲ ἐξ Αιλιμ καὶ ἤλθοσαν πᾶσα συναγωγὴ υἱῶν Ισραηλ εἰς τὴν ἔρημον Σιν ὅ ἐστιν ἀνὰ μέσον Αιλιμ καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον Σινα τῇ δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῷ μηνὶ τῷ δευτέρῳ ἐξεληλυθότων αὐτῶν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου

Profectique sunt de Elim, et venit omnis multitudo filiorum Israël in desertum Sin, quod est inter Elim et Sinai, quintodecimo die mensis secundi, postquam egressi sunt de terra Ægypti.

1 And they took their journey from Elim, and all the congregation of the children of Israel came unto the wilderness of Sin, which is between Elim and Sinai, on the fifteenth day of the second month after their departing out of the land of Egypt.

ב. וַיִּלּוֹנוּ כָּל עֲדַת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל עַל משֶׁה וְעַל אַהֲרֹן בַּמִּדְבָּר:

διεγόγγυζεν πᾶσα συναγωγὴ υἱῶν Ισραηλ ἐπὶ Μωυσῆν καὶ Ααρων

Et murmuravit omnis congregatio filiorum Israël contra Moysen et Aaron in solitudine.

2 And the whole congregation of the children of Israel murmured against Moses and Aaron in the wilderness:

ג. וַיֹּאמְרוּ אֲלֵהֶם בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מִי יִתֵּן מוּתֵנוּ בְיַד יְהֹוָה בְּאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם בְּשִׁבְתֵּנוּ עַל סִיר הַבָּשָׂר בְּאָכְלֵנוּ לֶחֶם לָשׂבַע כִּי הוֹצֵאתֶם אֹתָנוּ אֶל הַמִּדְבָּר הַזֶּה לְהָמִית אֶת כָּל הַקָּהָל הַזֶּה בָּרָעָב:

καὶ εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ ὄφελον ἀπεθάνομεν πληγέντες ὑπὸ κυρίου ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ὅταν ἐκαθίσαμεν ἐπὶ τῶν λεβήτων τῶν κρεῶν καὶ ἠσθίομεν ἄρτους εἰς πλησμονήν ὅτι ἐξηγάγετε ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν ἔρημον ταύτην ἀποκτεῖναι πᾶσαν τὴν συναγωγὴν ταύτην ἐν λιμῷ

Dixeruntque filii Israël ad eos: Utinam mortui essemus per manum Domini in terra Ægypti, quando sedebamus super ollas carnium, et comedebamus panem in saturitate: cur eduxistis nos in desertum istud, ut occideretis omnem multitudinem fame?

3 And the children of Israel said unto them, Would to God we had died by the hand of the LORD in the land of Egypt, when we sat by the flesh pots, and when we did eat bread to the full; for ye have brought us forth into this wilderness, to kill this whole assembly with hunger.

ד. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה הִנְנִי מַמְטִיר לָכֶם לֶחֶם מִן הַשָּׁמָיִם וְיָצָא הָעָם וְלָקְטוּ דְּבַר יוֹם בְּיוֹמוֹ לְמַעַן אֲנַסֶּנּוּ הֲיֵלֵךְ בְּתוֹרָתִי אִם לֹא:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ὕω ὑμῖν ἄρτους ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἐξελεύσεται ὁ λαὸς καὶ συλλέξουσιν τὸ τῆς ἡμέρας εἰς ἡμέραν ὅπως πειράσω αὐτοὺς εἰ πορεύσονται τῷ νόμῳ μου ἢ οὔ

Dixit autem Dominus ad Moysen: Ecce ego pluam vobis panes de cælo: egrediatur populus, et colligat quæ sufficiunt per singulos dies: ut tentem eum utrum ambulet in lege mea, an non.

4 Then said the LORD unto Moses, Behold, I will rain bread from heaven for you; and the people shall go out and gather a certain rate every day, that I may prove them, whether they will walk in my law, or no.

ה. וְהָיָה בַּיּוֹם הַשִּׁשִּׁי וְהֵכִינוּ אֵת אֲשֶׁר יָבִיאוּ וְהָיָה מִשְׁנֶה עַל אֲשֶׁר יִלְקְטוּ יוֹם יוֹם:

καὶ ἔσται τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἕκτῃ καὶ ἑτοιμάσουσιν ὃ ἐὰν εἰσενέγκωσιν καὶ ἔσται διπλοῦν ὃ ἐὰν συναγάγωσιν τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν εἰς ἡμέραν

Die autem sexto parent quod inferant: et sit duplum quam colligere solebant per singulos dies.

5 And it shall come to pass, that on the sixth day they shall prepare that which they bring in; and it shall be twice as much as they gather daily.

ו. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה וְאַהֲרֹן אֶל כָּל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל עֶרֶב וִידַעְתֶּם כִּי יְהֹוָה הוֹצִיא אֶתְכֶם מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς καὶ Ααρων πρὸς πᾶσαν συναγωγὴν υἱῶν Ισραηλ ἑσπέρας γνώσεσθε ὅτι κύριος ἐξήγαγεν ὑμᾶς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου

Dixeruntque Moyses et Aaron ad omnes filios Israël: Vespere scietis quod Dominus eduxerit vos de terra Ægypti,

6 And Moses and Aaron said unto all the children of Israel, At even, then ye shall know that the LORD hath brought you out from the land of Egypt:

ז. וּבֹקֶר וּרְאִיתֶם אֶת כְּבוֹד יְהֹוָה בְּשָׁמְעוֹ אֶת תְּלֻנֹּתֵיכֶם עַל יְהֹוָה וְנַחְנוּ מָה כִּי תַלִּינוּ עָלֵינוּ:

καὶ πρωὶ ὄψεσθε τὴν δόξαν κυρίου ἐν τῷ εἰσακοῦσαι τὸν γογγυσμὸν ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῷ θεῷ ἡμεῖς δὲ τί ἐσμεν ὅτι διαγογγύζετε καθ᾽ ἡμῶν

et mane videbitis gloriam Domini: audivit enim murmur vestrum contra Dominum: nos vero quid sumus, quia mussitastis contra nos?

7 And in the morning, then ye shall see the glory of the LORD; for that he heareth your murmurings against the LORD: and what are we, that ye murmur against us?

ח. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה בְּתֵת יְהֹוָה לָכֶם בָּעֶרֶב בָּשָׂר לֶאֱכֹל וְלֶחֶם בַּבֹּקֶר לִשְׂבֹּעַ בִּשְׁמֹעַ יְהֹוָה אֶת תְּלֻנֹּתֵיכֶם אֲשֶׁר אַתֶּם מַלִּינִם עָלָיו וְנַחְנוּ מָה לֹא עָלֵינוּ תְלֻנֹּתֵיכֶם כִּי עַל יְהֹוָה:

καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς ἐν τῷ διδόναι κύριον ὑμῖν ἑσπέρας κρέα φαγεῖν καὶ ἄρτους τὸ πρωὶ εἰς πλησμονὴν διὰ τὸ εἰσακοῦσαι κύριον τὸν γογγυσμὸν ὑμῶν ὃν ὑμεῖς διαγογγύζετε καθ᾽ ἡμῶν ἡμεῖς δὲ τί ἐσμεν οὐ γὰρ καθ᾽ ἡμῶν ὁ γογγυσμὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν ἀλλ᾽ ἢ κατὰ τοῦ θεοῦ

Et ait Moyses: Dabit vobis Dominus vespere carnes edere, et mane panes in saturitate: eo quod audierit murmurationes vestras quibus murmurati estis contra eum: nos enim quid sumus? nec contra nos est murmur vestrum, sed contra Dominum.

8 And Moses said, This shall be, when the LORD shall give you in the evening flesh to eat, and in the morning bread to the full; for that the LORD heareth your murmurings which ye murmur against him: and what are we? your murmurings are not against us, but against the LORD.

ט. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה אֶל אַהֲרֹן אֱמֹר אֶל כָּל עֲדַת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל קִרְבוּ לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה כִּי שָׁמַע אֵת תְּלֻנֹּתֵיכֶם:

εἶπεν δὲ Μωυσῆς πρὸς Ααρων εἰπὸν πάσῃ συναγωγῇ υἱῶν Ισραηλ προσέλθατε ἐναντίον τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσακήκοεν γὰρ ὑμῶν τὸν γογγυσμόν

Dixit quoque Moyses ad Aaron: Dic universæ congregationi filiorum Israël: Accedite coram Domino: audivit enim murmur vestrum.

9 And Moses spake unto Aaron, Say unto all the congregation of the children of Israel, Come near before the LORD: for he hath heard your murmurings.

י. וַיְהִי כְּדַבֵּר אַהֲרֹן אֶל כָּל עֲדַת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וַיִּפְנוּ אֶל הַמִּדְבָּר וְהִנֵּה כְּבוֹד יְהֹוָה נִרְאָה בֶּעָנָן:

ἡνίκα δὲ ἐλάλει Ααρων πάσῃ συναγωγῇ υἱῶν Ισραηλ καὶ ἐπεστράφησαν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον καὶ ἡ δόξα κυρίου ὤφθη ἐν νεφέλῃ

Cumque loqueretur Aaron ad omnem cœtum filiorum Israël, respexerunt ad solitudinem: et ecce gloria Domini apparuit in nube.

10 And it came to pass, as Aaron spake unto the whole congregation of the children of Israel, that they looked toward the wilderness, and, behold, the glory of the LORD appeared in the cloud.

יא. וַיְדַבֵּר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה לֵּאמֹר:

καὶ ἐλάλησεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων

Locutus est autem Dominus ad Moysen, dicens:

11 And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,

יב. שָׁמַעְתִּי אֶת תְּלוּנּת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל דַּבֵּר אֲלֵהֶם לֵאמֹר בֵּין הָעַרְבַּיִם תֹּאכְלוּ בָשָׂר וּבַבֹּקֶר תִּשְׂבְּעוּ לָחֶם וִידַעְתֶּם כִּי אֲנִי יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵיכֶם:

εἰσακήκοα τὸν γογγυσμὸν τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ λάλησον πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγων τὸ πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἔδεσθε κρέα καὶ τὸ πρωὶ πλησθήσεσθε ἄρτων καὶ γνώσεσθε ὅτι ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν

Audivi murmurationes filiorum Israël. Loquere ad eos: Vespere comedetis carnes, et mane saturabimini panibus: scietisque quod ego sum Dominus Deus vester.

12 I have heard the murmurings of the children of Israel: speak unto them, saying, At even ye shall eat flesh, and in the morning ye shall be filled with bread; and ye shall know that I am the LORD your God.

יג. וַיְהִי בָעֶרֶב וַתַּעַל הַשְּׂלָו וַתְּכַס אֶת הַמַּחֲנֶה וּבַבֹּקֶר הָיְתָה שִׁכְבַת הַטּל סָבִיב לַמַּחֲנֶה:

ἐγένετο δὲ ἑσπέρα καὶ ἀνέβη ὀρτυγομήτρα καὶ ἐκάλυψεν τὴν παρεμβολήν τὸ πρωὶ ἐγένετο καταπαυομένης τῆς δρόσου κύκλῳ τῆς παρεμβολῆς

Factum est ergo vespere, et ascendens coturnix, cooperuit castra: mane quoque ros jacuit per circuitum castrorum.

13 And it came to pass, that at even the quails came up, and covered the camp: and in the morning the dew lay round about the host.

יד. וַתַּעַל שִׁכְבַת הַטָּל וְהִנֵּה עַל פְּנֵי הַמִּדְבָּר דַּק מְחֻסְפָּס דַּק כַּכְּפֹר עַל הָאָרֶץ:

καὶ ἰδοὺ ἐπὶ πρόσωπον τῆς ἐρήμου λεπτὸν ὡσεὶ κόριον λευκὸν ὡσεὶ πάγος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς

Cumque operuisset superficiem terræ, apparuit in solitudine minutum, et quasi pilo tusum in similitudinem pruinæ super terram.

14 And when the dew that lay was gone up, behold, upon the face of the wilderness there lay a small round thing, as small as the hoar frost on the ground.

טו. וַיִּרְאוּ בְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וַיֹּאמְרוּ אִישׁ אֶל אָחִיו מָן הוּא כִּי לֹא יָדְעוּ מַה הוּא וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה אֲלֵהֶם הוּא הַלֶּחֶם אֲשֶׁר נָתַן יְהֹוָה לָכֶם לְאָכְלָה:

ἰδόντες δὲ αὐτὸ οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ εἶπαν ἕτερος τῷ ἑτέρῳ τί ἐστιν τοῦτο οὐ γὰρ ᾔδεισαν τί ἦν εἶπεν δὲ Μωυσῆς πρὸς αὐτούς οὗτος ὁ ἄρτος ὃν ἔδωκεν κύριος ὑμῖν φαγεῖν

Quod cum vidissent filii Israël, dixerunt ad invicem: Manhu? quod significat: Quid est hoc? ignorabant enim quid esset. Quibus ait Moyses: Iste est panis quem Dominus dedit vobis ad vescendum.

15 And when the children of Israel saw it, they said one to another, It is manna: for they wist not what it was. And Moses said unto them, This is the bread which the LORD hath given you to eat.

טז. זֶה הַדָּבָר אֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה לִקְטוּ מִמֶּנּוּ אִישׁ לְפִי אָכְלוֹ עֹמֶר לַגֻּלְגֹּלֶת מִסְפַּר נַפְשֹׁתֵיכֶם אִישׁ לַאֲשֶׁר בְּאָהֳלוֹ תִּקָּחוּ:

τοῦτο τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ συνέταξεν κύριος συναγάγετε ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἕκαστος εἰς τοὺς καθήκοντας γομορ κατὰ κεφαλὴν κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν ἕκαστος σὺν τοῖς συσκηνίοις ὑμῶν συλλέξατε

Hic est sermo, quem præcepit Dominus: Colligat unusquisque ex eo quantum sufficit ad vescendum: gomor per singula capita, juxta numerum animarum vestrarum quæ habitant in tabernaculo sic tolletis.

16 This is the thing which the LORD hath commanded, Gather of it every man according to his eating, an omer for every man, according to the number of your persons; take ye every man for them which are in his tents.

יז. וַיַּעֲשׂוּ כֵן בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וַיִּלְקְטוּ הַמַּרְבֶּה וְהַמַּמְעִיט:

ἐποίησαν δὲ οὕτως οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ καὶ συνέλεξαν ὁ τὸ πολὺ καὶ ὁ τὸ ἔλαττον

Feceruntque ita filii Israël: et collegerunt, alius plus, alius minus.

17 And the children of Israel did so, and gathered, some more, some less.

יח. וַיָּמֹדּוּ בָעֹמֶר וְלֹא הֶעְדִּיף הַמַּרְבֶּה וְהַמַּמְעִיט לֹא הֶחְסִיר אִישׁ לְפִי אָכְלוֹ לָקָטוּ:

καὶ μετρήσαντες τῷ γομορ οὐκ ἐπλεόνασεν ὁ τὸ πολύ καὶ ὁ τὸ ἔλαττον οὐκ ἠλαττόνησεν ἕκαστος εἰς τοὺς καθήκοντας παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ συνέλεξαν

Et mensi sunt ad mensuram gomor: nec qui plus collegerat, habuit amplius: nec qui minus paraverat, reperit minus: sed singuli juxta id quod edere poterant, congregaverunt.

18 And when they did mete it with an omer, he that gathered much had nothing over, and he that gathered little had no lack; they gathered every man according to his eating.

יט. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה אֲלֵהֶם אִישׁ אַל יוֹתֵר מִמֶּנּוּ עַד בֹּקֶר:

εἶπεν δὲ Μωυσῆς πρὸς αὐτούς μηδεὶς καταλιπέτω ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ πρωί

Dixitque Moyses ad eos: Nullus relinquat ex eo in mane.

19 And Moses said, Let no man leave of it till the morning.

כ. וְלֹא שָׁמְעוּ אֶל משֶׁה וַיּוֹתִרוּ אֲנָשִׁים מִמֶּנּוּ עַד בֹּקֶר וַיָּרֻם תּוֹלָעִים וַיִּבְאשׁ וַיִּקְצֹף עֲלֵהֶם משֶׁה:

καὶ οὐκ εἰσήκουσαν Μωυσῆ ἀλλὰ κατέλιπόν τινες ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ πρωί καὶ ἐξέζεσεν σκώληκας καὶ ἐπώζεσεν καὶ ἐπικράνθη ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς Μωυσῆς

Qui non audierunt eum, sed dimiserunt quidam ex eis usque mane, et scatere cœpit vermibus, atque computruit: et iratus est contra eos Moyses.

20 Notwithstanding they hearkened not unto Moses; but some of them left of it until the morning, and it bred worms, and stank: and Moses was wroth with them.

כא. וַיִּלְקְטוּ אֹתוֹ בַּבֹּקֶר בַּבֹּקֶר אִישׁ כְּפִי אָכְלוֹ וְחַם הַשֶּׁמֶשׁ וְנָמָס:

καὶ συνέλεξαν αὐτὸ πρωὶ πρωί ἕκαστος τὸ καθῆκον αὐτῷ ἡνίκα δὲ διεθέρμαινεν ὁ ἥλιος ἐτήκετο

Colligebant autem mane singuli, quantum sufficere poterat ad vescendum: cumque incaluisset sol, liquefiebat.

21 And they gathered it every morning, every man according to his eating: and when the sun waxed hot, it melted.

כב. וַיְהִי בַּיּוֹם הַשִּׁשִּׁי לָקְטוּ לֶחֶם מִשְׁנֶה שְׁנֵי הָעֹמֶר לָאֶחָד וַיָּבֹאוּ כָּל נְשִׂיאֵי הָעֵדָה וַיַּגִּידוּ לְמשֶׁה:

ἐγένετο δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἕκτῃ συνέλεξαν τὰ δέοντα διπλᾶ δύο Γομορ τῷ ἑνί εἰσήλθοσαν δὲ πάντες οἱ ἄρχοντες τῆς συναγωγῆς καὶ ἀνήγγειλαν Μωυσεῖ

In die autem sexta collegerunt cibos duplices, id est, duo gomor per singulos homines: venerunt autem omnes principes multitudinis, et narraverunt Moysi.

22 And it came to pass, that on the sixth day they gathered twice as much bread, two omers for one man: and all the rulers of the congregation came and told Moses.

כג. וַיֹּאמֶר אֲלֵהֶם הוּא אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּר יְהֹוָה שַׁבָּתוֹן שַׁבַּת קֹדֶשׁ לַיהֹוָה מָחָר אֵת אֲשֶׁר תֹּאפוּ אֵפוּ וְאֵת אֲשֶׁר תְּבַשְּׁלוּ בַּשֵּׁלוּ וְאֵת כָּל הָעֹדֵף הַנִּיחוּ לָכֶם לְמִשְׁמֶרֶת עַד הַבֹּקֶר:

εἶπεν δὲ Μωυσῆς πρὸς αὐτούς τοῦτο τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν ὃ ἐλάλησεν κύριος σάββατα ἀνάπαυσις ἁγία τῷ κυρίῳ αὔριον ὅσα ἐὰν πέσσητε πέσσετε καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν ἕψητε ἕψετε καὶ πᾶν τὸ πλεονάζον καταλίπετε αὐτὸ εἰς ἀποθήκην εἰς τὸ πρωί

Qui ait eis: Hoc est quod locutus est Dominus: Requies sabbati sanctificata est Domino cras: quodcumque operandum est, facite, et quæ coquenda sunt coquite: quidquid autem reliquum fuerit, reponite usque in mane.

23 And he said unto them, This is that which the LORD hath said, To morrow is the rest of the holy sabbath unto the LORD: bake that which ye will bake to day, and seethe that ye will seethe; and that which remaineth over lay up for you to be kept until the morning.

כד. וַיַּנִּיחוּ אֹתוֹ עַד הַבֹּקֶר כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה משֶׁה וְלֹא הִבְאִישׁ וְרִמָּה לֹא הָיְתָה בּוֹ:

καὶ κατελίποσαν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ πρωί καθάπερ συνέταξεν αὐτοῖς Μωυσῆς καὶ οὐκ ἐπώζεσεν οὐδὲ σκώληξ ἐγένετο ἐν αὐτῷ

Feceruntque ita ut præceperat Moyses, et non computruit, neque vermis inventus est in eo.

24 And they laid it up till the morning, as Moses bade: and it did not stink, neither was there any worm therein.

כה. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה אִכְלֻהוּ הַיּוֹם כִּי שַׁבָּת הַיּוֹם לַיהֹוָה הַיּוֹם לֹא תִמְצָאֻהוּ בַּשָּׂדֶה:

εἶπεν δὲ Μωυσῆς φάγετε σήμερον ἔστιν γὰρ σάββατα σήμερον τῷ κυρίῳ οὐχ εὑρεθήσεται ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ

Dixitque Moyses: Comedite illud hodie, quia sabbatum est Domini: non invenietur hodie in agro.

25 And Moses said, Eat that to day; for to day is a sabbath unto the LORD: to day ye shall not find it in the field.

כו. שֵׁשֶׁת יָמִים תִּלְקְטֻהוּ וּבַיּוֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי שַׁבָּת לֹא יִהְיֶה בּוֹ:

ἓξ ἡμέρας συλλέξετε τῇ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ σάββατα ὅτι οὐκ ἔσται ἐν αὐτῇ

Sex diebus colligite: in die autem septimo sabbatum est Domini, idcirco non invenietur.

26 Six days ye shall gather it; but on the seventh day, which is the sabbath, in it there shall be none.

כז. וַיְהִי בַּיּוֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי יָצְאוּ מִן הָעָם לִלְקֹט וְלֹא מָצָאוּ:

ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ ἐξήλθοσάν τινες ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ συλλέξαι καὶ οὐχ εὗρον

Venitque septima dies: et egressi de populo ut colligerent, non invenerunt.

27 And it came to pass, that there went out some of the people on the seventh day for to gather, and they found none.

כח. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה עַד אָנָה מֵאַנְתֶּם לִשְׁמֹר מִצְו‍ֹתַי וְתוֹרֹתָי:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἕως τίνος οὐ βούλεσθε εἰσακούειν τὰς ἐντολάς μου καὶ τὸν νόμον μου

Dixit autem Dominus ad Moysen: Usquequo non vultis custodire mandata mea et legem meam?

28 And the LORD said unto Moses, How long refuse ye to keep my commandments and my laws?

כט. רְאוּ כִּי יְהֹוָה נָתַן לָכֶם הַשַּׁבָּת עַל כֵּן הוּא נֹתֵן לָכֶם בַּיּוֹם הַשִּׁשִּׁי לֶחֶם יוֹמָיִם שְׁבוּ אִישׁ תַּחְתָּיו אַל יֵצֵא אִישׁ מִמְּקֹמוֹ בַּיּוֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי:

ἴδετε ὁ γὰρ κύριος ἔδωκεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἡμέραν ταύτην τὰ σάββατα διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸς ἔδωκεν ὑμῖν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἕκτῃ ἄρτους δύο ἡμερῶν καθήσεσθε ἕκαστος εἰς τοὺς οἴκους ὑμῶν μηδεὶς ἐκπορευέσθω ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτοῦ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ

videte quod Dominus dederit vobis sabbatum, et propter hoc die sexta tribuit vobis cibos duplices: maneat unusquisque apud semetipsum; nullus egrediatur de loco suo die septimo.

29 See, for that the LORD hath given you the sabbath, therefore he giveth you on the sixth day the bread of two days; abide ye every man in his place, let no man go out of his place on the seventh day.

ל. וַיִשְׁבְּתוּ הָעָם בַּיּוֹם הַשְּׁבִעִי:

καὶ ἐσαββάτισεν ὁ λαὸς τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ

Et sabbatizavit populus die septimo.

30 So the people rested on the seventh day.

לא. וַיִּקְרְאוּ בֵית יִשְׂרָאֵל אֶת שְׁמוֹ מָן וְהוּא כְּזֶרַע גַּד לָבָן וְטַעְמוֹ כְּצַפִּיחִת בִּדְבָשׁ:

καὶ ἐπωνόμασαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Μαν ἦν δὲ ὡς σπέρμα κορίου λευκόν τὸ δὲ γεῦμα αὐτοῦ ὡς ἐγκρὶς ἐν μέλιτι

Appellavitque domus Israël nomen ejus Man: quod erat quasi semen coriandri album, gustusque ejus quasi similæ cum melle.

31 And the house of Israel called the name thereof Manna: and it was like coriander seed, white; and the taste of it was like wafers made with honey.

לב. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה זֶה הַדָּבָר אֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה מְלֹא הָעֹמֶר מִמֶּנּוּ לְמִשְׁמֶרֶת לְדֹרֹתֵיכֶם לְמַעַן יִרְאוּ אֶת הַלֶּחֶם אֲשֶׁר הֶאֱכַלְתִּי אֶתְכֶם בַּמִּדְבָּר בְּהוֹצִיאִי אֶתְכֶם מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

εἶπεν δὲ Μωυσῆς τοῦτο τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ συνέταξεν κύριος πλήσατε τὸ γομορ τοῦ μαν εἰς ἀποθήκην εἰς τὰς γενεὰς ὑμῶν ἵνα ἴδωσιν τὸν ἄρτον ὃν ἐφάγετε ὑμεῖς ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ὡς ἐξήγαγεν ὑμᾶς κύριος ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου

Dixit autem Moyses: Iste est sermo, quem præcepit Dominus: Imple gomor ex eo, et custodiatur in futuras retro generationes: ut noverint panem, quo alui vos in solitudine, quando educti estis de terra Ægypti.

32 And Moses said, This is the thing which the LORD commandeth, Fill an omer of it to be kept for your generations; that they may see the bread wherewith I have fed you in the wilderness, when I brought you forth from the land of Egypt.

לג. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה אֶל אַהֲרֹן קַח צִנְצֶנֶת אַחַת וְתֶן שָׁמָּה מְלֹא הָעֹמֶר מָן וְהַנַּח אֹתוֹ לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה לְמִשְׁמֶרֶת לְדֹרֹתֵיכֶם:

καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς πρὸς Ααρων λαβὲ στάμνον χρυσοῦν ἕνα καὶ ἔμβαλε εἰς αὐτὸν πλῆρες τὸ γομορ τοῦ μαν καὶ ἀποθήσεις αὐτὸ ἐναντίον τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς διατήρησιν εἰς τὰς γενεὰς ὑμῶν

Dixitque Moyses ad Aaron: Sume vas unum, et mitte ibi man, quantum potest capere gomor, et repone coram Domino ad servandum in generationes vestras,

33 And Moses said unto Aaron, Take a pot, and put an omer full of manna therein, and lay it up before the LORD, to be kept for your generations.

לד. כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה וַיַּנִּיחֵהוּ אַהֲרֹן לִפְנֵי הָעֵדֻת לְמִשְׁמָרֶת:

ὃν τρόπον συνέταξεν κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ καὶ ἀπέθετο Ααρων ἐναντίον τοῦ μαρτυρίου εἰς διατήρησιν

sicut præcepit Dominus Moysi. Posuitque illud Aaron in tabernaculo reservandum.

34 As the LORD commanded Moses, so Aaron laid it up before the Testimony, to be kept.

לה. וּבְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אָכְלוּ אֶת הַמָּן אַרְבָּעִים שָׁנָה עַד בֹּאָם אֶל אֶרֶץ נוֹשָׁבֶת אֶת הַמָּן אָכְלוּ עַד בֹּאָם אֶל קְצֵה אֶרֶץ כְּנָעַן:

οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ ἔφαγον τὸ μαν ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα ἕως ἦλθον εἰς γῆν οἰκουμένην τὸ μαν ἐφάγοσαν ἕως παρεγένοντο εἰς μέρος τῆς Φοινίκης

Filii autem Israël comederunt man quadraginta annis, donec venirent in terram habitabilem: hoc cibo aliti sunt, usquequo tangerent fines terræ Chanaan.

35 And the children of Israel did eat manna forty years, until they came to a land inhabited; they did eat manna, until they came unto the borders of the land of Canaan.

לו. וְהָעֹמֶר עֲשִׂרִית הָאֵיפָה הוּא:

τὸ δὲ γομορ τὸ δέκατον τῶν τριῶν μέτρων ἦν

Gomor autem decima pars est ephi.

36 Now an omer is the tenth part of an ephah.

יז

ΙΖʹ

Cap. 17

א. וַיִּסְעוּ כָּל עֲדַת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מִמִּדְבַּר סִין לְמַסְעֵיהֶם עַל פִּי יְהֹוָה וַיַּחֲנוּ בִּרְפִידִים וְאֵין מַיִם לִשְׁתֹּת הָעָם:

καὶ ἀπῆρεν πᾶσα συναγωγὴ υἱῶν Ισραηλ ἐκ τῆς ἐρήμου Σιν κατὰ παρεμβολὰς αὐτῶν διὰ ῥήματος κυρίου καὶ παρενεβάλοσαν ἐν Ραφιδιν οὐκ ἦν δὲ ὕδωρ τῷ λαῷ πιεῖν

Igitur profecta omnis multitudo filiorum Israël de deserto Sin per mansiones suas, juxta sermonem Domini, castrametati sunt in Raphidim, ubi non erat aqua ad bibendum populo.

1 And all the congregation of the children of Israel journeyed from the wilderness of Sin, after their journeys, according to the commandment of the LORD, and pitched in Rephidim: and there was no water for the people to drink.

ב. וַיָּרֶב הָעָם עִם משֶׁה וַיֹּאמְרוּ תְּנוּ לָנוּ מַיִם וְנִשְׁתֶּה וַיֹּאמֶר לָהֶם משֶׁה מַה תְּרִיבוּן עִמָּדִי מַה תְּנַסּוּן אֶת יְהֹוָה:

καὶ ἐλοιδορεῖτο ὁ λαὸς πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγοντες δὸς ἡμῖν ὕδωρ ἵνα πίωμεν καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Μωυσῆς τί λοιδορεῖσθέ μοι καὶ τί πειράζετε κύριον

Qui jurgatus contra Moysen, ait: Da nobis aquam, ut bibamus. Quibus respondit Moyses: Quid jurgamini contra me? cur tentatis Dominum?

2 Wherefore the people did chide with Moses, and said, Give us water that we may drink. And Moses said unto them, Why chide ye with me? wherefore do ye tempt the LORD?

ג. וַיִּצְמָא שָׁם הָעָם לַמַּיִם וַיָּלֶן הָעָם עַל משֶׁה וַיֹּאמֶר לָמָּה זֶּה הֶעֱלִיתָנוּ מִמִּצְרַיִם לְהָמִית אֹתִי וְאֶת בָּנַי וְאֶת מִקְנַי בַּצָּמָא:

ἐδίψησεν δὲ ἐκεῖ ὁ λαὸς ὕδατι καὶ ἐγόγγυζεν ἐκεῖ ὁ λαὸς πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγοντες ἵνα τί τοῦτο ἀνεβίβασας ἡμᾶς ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἀποκτεῖναι ἡμᾶς καὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν καὶ τὰ κτήνη τῷ δίψει

Sitivit ergo ibi populus præ aquæ penuria, et murmuravit contra Moysen, dicens: Cur fecisti nos exire de Ægypto, ut occideres nos, et liberos nostros, ac jumenta siti?

3 And the people thirsted there for water; and the people murmured against Moses, and said, Wherefore is this that thou hast brought us up out of Egypt, to kill us and our children and our cattle with thirst?

ד. וַיִּצְעַק משֶׁה אֶל יְהֹוָה לֵאמֹר מָה אֶעֱשֶׂה לָעָם הַזֶּה עוֹד מְעַט וּסְקָלֻנִי:

ἐβόησεν δὲ Μωυσῆς πρὸς κύριον λέγων τί ποιήσω τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ ἔτι μικρὸν καὶ καταλιθοβολήσουσίν με

Clamavit autem Moyses ad Dominum, dicens: Quid faciam populo huic? adhuc paululum, et lapidabit me.

4 And Moses cried unto the LORD, saying, What shall I do unto this people? they be almost ready to stone me.

ה. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה עֲבֹר לִפְנֵי הָעָם וְקַח אִתְּךָ מִזִּקְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וּמַטְּךָ אֲשֶׁר הִכִּיתָ בּוֹ אֶת הַיְאֹר קַח בְּיָדְךָ וְהָלָכְתָּ:

καὶ εἶπεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν προπορεύου τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου λαβὲ δὲ μετὰ σεαυτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τὴν ῥάβδον ἐν ᾗ ἐπάταξας τὸν ποταμόν λαβὲ ἐν τῇ χειρί σου καὶ πορεύσῃ

Et ait Dominus ad Moysen: Antecede populum, et sume tecum de senioribus Israël: et virgam qua percussisti fluvium, tolle in manu tua, et vade.

5 And the LORD said unto Moses, Go on before the people, and take with thee of the elders of Israel; and thy rod, wherewith thou smotest the river, take in thine hand, and go.

ו. הִנְנִי עֹמֵד לְפָנֶיךָ שָּׁם עַל הַצּוּר בְּחֹרֵב וְהִכִּיתָ בַצּוּר וְיָצְאוּ מִמֶּנּוּ מַיִם וְשָׁתָה הָעָם וַיַּעַשׂ כֵּן משֶׁה לְעֵינֵי זִקְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל:

ὅδε ἐγὼ ἕστηκα πρὸ τοῦ σὲ ἐκεῖ ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας ἐν Χωρηβ καὶ πατάξεις τὴν πέτραν καὶ ἐξελεύσεται ἐξ αὐτῆς ὕδωρ καὶ πίεται ὁ λαός μου ἐποίησεν δὲ Μωυσῆς οὕτως ἐναντίον τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ

En ego stabo ibi coram te, supra petram Horeb: percutiesque petram, et exibit ex ea aqua, ut bibat populus. Fecit Moyses ita coram senioribus Israël:

6 Behold, I will stand before thee there upon the rock in Horeb; and thou shalt smite the rock, and there shall come water out of it, that the people may drink. And Moses did so in the sight of the elders of Israel.

ז. וַיִּקְרָא שֵׁם הַמָּקוֹם מַסָּה וּמְרִיבָה עַל רִיב בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְעַל נַסֹּתָם אֶת יְהֹוָה לֵאמֹר הֲיֵשׁ יְהֹוָה בְּקִרְבֵּנוּ אִם אָיִן:

καὶ ἐπωνόμασεν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου πειρασμὸς καὶ λοιδόρησις διὰ τὴν λοιδορίαν τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ καὶ διὰ τὸ πειράζειν κύριον λέγοντας εἰ ἔστιν κύριος ἐν ἡμῖν ἢ οὔ

et vocavit nomen loci illius, Tentatio, propter jurgium filiorum Israël, et quia tentaverunt Dominum, dicentes: Estne Dominus in nobis, an non?

7 And he called the name of the place Massah, and Meribah, because of the chiding of the children of Israel, and because they tempted the LORD, saying, Is the LORD among us, or not?

ח. וַיָּבֹא עֲמָלֵק וַיִּלָּחֶם עִם יִשְׂרָאֵל בִּרְפִידִם:

ἦλθεν δὲ Αμαληκ καὶ ἐπολέμει Ισραηλ ἐν Ραφιδιν

Venit autem Amalec, et pugnabat contra Israël in Raphidim.

8 Then came Amalek, and fought with Israel in Rephidim.

ט. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה אֶל יְהוֹשֻׁעַ בְּחַר לָנוּ אֲנָשִׁים וְצֵא הִלָּחֵם בַּעֲמָלֵק מָחָר אָנֹכִי נִצָּב עַל רֹאשׁ הַגִּבְעָה וּמַטֵּה הָאֱלֹהִים בְּיָדִי:

εἶπεν δὲ Μωυσῆς τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἐπίλεξον σεαυτῷ ἄνδρας δυνατοὺς καὶ ἐξελθὼν παράταξαι τῷ Αμαληκ αὔριον καὶ ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἕστηκα ἐπὶ τῆς κορυφῆς τοῦ βουνοῦ καὶ ἡ ῥάβδος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν τῇ χειρί μου

Dixitque Moyses ad Josue: Elige viros: et egressus, pugna contra Amalec: cras ego stabo in vertice collis, habens virgam Dei in manu mea.

9 And Moses said unto Joshua, Choose us out men, and go out, fight with Amalek: to morrow I will stand on the top of the hill with the rod of God in mine hand.

י. וַיַּעַשׂ יְהוֹשֻׁעַ כַּאֲשֶׁר אָמַר לוֹ משֶׁה לְהִלָּחֵם בַּעֲמָלֵק וּמשֶׁה אַהֲרֹן וְחוּר עָלוּ רֹאשׁ הַגִּבְעָה:

καὶ ἐποίησεν Ἰησοῦς καθάπερ εἶπεν αὐτῷ Μωυσῆς καὶ ἐξελθὼν παρετάξατο τῷ Αμαληκ καὶ Μωυσῆς καὶ Ααρων καὶ Ωρ ἀνέβησαν ἐπὶ τὴν κορυφὴν τοῦ βουνοῦ

Fecit Josue ut locutus erat Moyses, et pugnavit contra Amalec: Moyses autem et Aaron et Hur ascenderunt super verticem collis.

10 So Joshua did as Moses had said to him, and fought with Amalek: and Moses, Aaron, and Hur went up to the top of the hill.

יא. וְהָיָה כַּאֲשֶׁר יָרִים משֶׁה יָדוֹ וְגָבַר יִשְׂרָאֵל וְכַאֲשֶׁר יָנִיחַ יָדוֹ וְגָבַר עֲמָלֵק:

καὶ ἐγίνετο ὅταν ἐπῆρεν Μωυσῆς τὰς χεῖρας κατίσχυεν Ισραηλ ὅταν δὲ καθῆκεν τὰς χεῖρας κατίσχυεν Αμαληκ

Cumque levaret Moyses manus, vincebat Israël: sin autem paululum remisisset, superabat Amalec.

11 And it came to pass, when Moses held up his hand, that Israel prevailed: and when he let down his hand, Amalek prevailed.

יב. וִידֵי משֶׁה כְּבֵדִים וַיִּקְחוּ אֶבֶן וַיָּשִׂימוּ תַחְתָּיו וַיֵּשֶׁב עָלֶיהָ וְאַהֲרֹן וְחוּר תָּמְכוּ בְיָדָיו מִזֶּה אֶחָד וּמִזֶּה אֶחָד וַיְהִי יָדָיו אֱמוּנָה עַד בֹּא הַשָּׁמֶשׁ:

αἱ δὲ χεῖρες Μωυσῆ βαρεῖαι καὶ λαβόντες λίθον ὑπέθηκαν ὑπ᾽ αὐτόν καὶ ἐκάθητο ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ καὶ Ααρων καὶ Ωρ ἐστήριζον τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ ἐντεῦθεν εἷς καὶ ἐντεῦθεν εἷς καὶ ἐγένοντο αἱ χεῖρες Μωυσῆ ἐστηριγμέναι ἕως δυσμῶν ἡλίου

Manus autem Moysi erant graves: sumentes igitur lapidem, posuerunt subter eum, in quo sedit: Aaron autem et Hur sustentabant manus ejus ex utraque parte. Et factum est ut manus illius non lassarentur usque ad occasum solis.

12 But Moses hands were heavy; and they took a stone, and put it under him, and he sat thereon; and Aaron and Hur stayed up his hands, the one on the one side, and the other on the other side; and his hands were steady until the going down of the sun.

יג. וַיַּחֲלשׁ יְהוֹשֻׁעַ אֶת עֲמָלֵק וְאֶת עַמּוֹ לְפִי חָרֶב:

καὶ ἐτρέψατο Ἰησοῦς τὸν Αμαληκ καὶ πάντα τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρας

Fugavitque Josue Amalec, et populum ejus in ore gladii.

13 And Joshua discomfited Amalek and his people with the edge of the sword.

יד. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה כְּתֹב זֹאת זִכָּרוֹן בַּסֵּפֶר וְשִׂים בְּאָזְנֵי יְהוֹשֻׁעַ כִּי מָחֹה אֶמְחֶה אֶת זֵכֶר עֲמָלֵק מִתַּחַת הַשָּׁמָיִם:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν κατάγραψον τοῦτο εἰς μνημόσυνον ἐν βιβλίῳ καὶ δὸς εἰς τὰ ὦτα Ἰησοῖ ὅτι ἀλοιφῇ ἐξαλείψω τὸ μνημόσυνον Αμαληκ ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν

Dixit autem Dominus ad Moysen: Scribe hoc ob monimentum in libro, et trade auribus Josue: delebo enim memoriam Amalec sub cælo.

14 And the LORD said unto Moses, Write this for a memorial in a book, and rehearse it in the ears of Joshua: for I will utterly put out the remembrance of Amalek from under heaven.

טו. וַיִּבֶן משֶׁה מִזְבֵּחַ וַיִּקְרָא שְׁמוֹ יְהֹוָה נִסִּי:

καὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν Μωυσῆς θυσιαστήριον κυρίῳ καὶ ἐπωνόμασεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ κύριός μου καταφυγή

Ædificavitque Moyses altare: et vocavit nomen ejus, Dominus exaltatio mea, dicens:

15 And Moses built an altar, and called the name of it Jehovahnissi:

טז. וַיֹּאמֶר כִּי יָד עַל כֵּס יָהּ מִלְחָמָה לַיהֹוָה בַּעֲמָלֵק מִדֹּר דֹּר:

ὅτι ἐν χειρὶ κρυφαίᾳ πολεμεῖ κύριος ἐπὶ Αμαληκ ἀπὸ γενεῶν εἰς γενεάς

Quia manus solii Domini, et bellum Domini erit contra Amalec, a generatione in generationem.

16 For he said, Because the LORD hath sworn that the LORD will have war with Amalek from generation to generation.

יח

ΙΗʹ

Cap. 18

א. וַיִּשְׁמַע יִתְרוֹ כֹהֵן מִדְיָן חֹתֵן משֶׁה אֵת כָּל אֲשֶׁר עָשָׂה אֱלֹהִים לְמשֶׁה וּלְיִשְׂרָאֵל עַמּוֹ כִּי הוֹצִיא יְהוָֹה אֶת יִשְׂרָאֵל מִמִּצְרָיִם:

ἤκουσεν δὲ Ιοθορ ὁ ἱερεὺς Μαδιαμ ὁ γαμβρὸς Μωυσῆ πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησεν κύριος Ισραηλ τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λαῷ ἐξήγαγεν γὰρ κύριος τὸν Ισραηλ ἐξ Αἰγύπτου

Cumque audisset Jethro, sacerdos Madian, cognatus Moysi, omnia quæ fecerat Deus Moysi, et Israëli populo suo, et quod eduxisset Dominus Israël de Ægypto,

1 When Jethro, the priest of Midian, Moses' father in law, heard of all that God had done for Moses, and for Israel his people, and that the LORD had brought Israel out of Egypt;

ב. וַיִּקַּח יִתְרוֹ חֹתֵן משֶׁה אֶת צִפֹּרָה אֵשֶׁת משֶׁה אַחַר שִׁלּוּחֶיהָ:

ἔλαβεν δὲ Ιοθορ ὁ γαμβρὸς Μωυσῆ Σεπφωραν τὴν γυναῖκα Μωυσῆ μετὰ τὴν ἄφεσιν αὐτῆς

tulit Sephoram uxorem Moysi quam remiserat,

2 Then Jethro, Moses' father in law, took Zipporah, Moses' wife, after he had sent her back,

ג. וְאֵת שְׁנֵי בָנֶיהָ אֲשֶׁר שֵׁם הָאֶחָד גֵּרְשֹׁם כִּי אָמַר גֵּר הָיִיתִי בְּאֶרֶץ נָכְרִיָּה:

καὶ τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ ὄνομα τῷ ἑνὶ αὐτῶν Γηρσαμ λέγων πάροικος ἤμην ἐν γῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ

et duos filios ejus: quorum unus vocabatur Gersam, dicente patre: Advena fui in terra aliena;

3 And her two sons; of which the name of the one was Gershom; for he said, I have been an alien in a strange land:

ד. וְשֵׁם הָאֶחָד אֱלִיעֶזֶר כִּי אֱלֹהֵי אָבִי בְּעֶזְרִי וַיַּצִּלֵנִי מֵחֶרֶב פַּרְעֹה:

καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ δευτέρου Ελιεζερ λέγων ὁ γὰρ θεὸς τοῦ πατρός μου βοηθός μου καὶ ἐξείλατό με ἐκ χειρὸς Φαραω

alter vero Eliezer: Deus enim, ait, patris mei adjutor meus, et eruit me de gladio Pharaonis.

4 And the name of the other was Eliezer; for the God of my father, said he, was mine help, and delivered me from the sword of Pharaoh:

ה. וַיָּבֹא יִתְרוֹ חֹתֵן משֶׁה וּבָנָיו וְאִשְׁתּוֹ אֶל משֶׁה אֶל הַמִּדְבָּר אֲשֶׁר הוּא חֹנֶה שָׁם הַר הָאֱלֹהִים:

καὶ ἐξῆλθεν Ιοθορ ὁ γαμβρὸς Μωυσῆ καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ καὶ ἡ γυνὴ πρὸς Μωυσῆν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον οὗ παρενέβαλεν ἐπ᾽ ὄρους τοῦ θεοῦ

Venit ergo Jethro cognatus Moysi, et filii ejus, et uxor ejus ad Moysen in desertum, ubi erat castrametatus juxta montem Dei.

5 And Jethro, Moses' father in law, came with his sons and his wife unto Moses into the wilderness, where he encamped at the mount of God:

ו. וַיֹּאמֶר אֶל משֶׁה אֲנִי חֹתֶנְךָ יִתְרוֹ בָּא אֵלֶיךָ וְאִשְׁתְּךָ וּשְׁנֵי בָנֶיהָ עִמָּהּ:

ἀνηγγέλη δὲ Μωυσεῖ λέγοντες ἰδοὺ ὁ γαμβρός σου Ιοθορ παραγίνεται πρὸς σέ καὶ ἡ γυνὴ καὶ οἱ δύο υἱοί σου μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ

Et mandavit Moysi, dicens: Ego Jethro cognatus tuus venio ad te, et uxor tua, et duo filii cum ea.

6 And he said unto Moses, I thy father in law Jethro am come unto thee, and thy wife, and her two sons with her.

ז. וַיֵּצֵא משֶׁה לִקְרַאת חֹתְנוֹ וַיִּשְׁתַּחוּ וַיִּשַּׁק לוֹ וַיִּשְׁאֲלוּ אִישׁ לְרֵעֵהוּ לְשָׁלוֹם וַיָּבֹאוּ הָאֹהֱלָה:

ἐξῆλθεν δὲ Μωυσῆς εἰς συνάντησιν τῷ γαμβρῷ αὐτοῦ καὶ προσεκύνησεν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐφίλησεν αὐτόν καὶ ἠσπάσαντο ἀλλήλους καὶ εἰσήγαγεν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν σκηνήν

Qui egressus in occursum cognati sui, adoravit, et osculatus est eum: salutaveruntque se mutuo verbis pacificis. Cumque intrasset tabernaculum,

7 And Moses went out to meet his father in law, and did obeisance, and kissed him; and they asked each other of their welfare; and they came into the tent.

ח. וַיְסַפֵּר משֶׁה לְחֹתְנוֹ אֵת כָּל אֲשֶׁר עָשָׂה יְהוָֹה לְפַרְעֹה וּלְמִצְרַיִם עַל אוֹדֹת יִשְׂרָאֵל אֵת כָּל הַתְּלָאָה אֲשֶׁר מְצָאָתַם בַּדֶּרֶךְ וַיַּצִּלֵם יְהוָֹה:

καὶ διηγήσατο Μωυσῆς τῷ γαμβρῷ πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησεν κύριος τῷ Φαραω καὶ τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις ἕνεκεν τοῦ Ισραηλ καὶ πάντα τὸν μόχθον τὸν γενόμενον αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ καὶ ὅτι ἐξείλατο αὐτοὺς κύριος ἐκ χειρὸς Φαραω καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς τῶν Αἰγυπτίων

narravit Moyses cognato suo cuncta quæ fecerat Dominus Pharaoni et Ægyptiis propter Israël: universumque laborem, qui accidisset eis in itinere, et quod liberaverat eos Dominus.

8 And Moses told his father in law all that the LORD had done unto Pharaoh and to the Egyptians for Israel's sake, and all the travail that had come upon them by the way, and how the LORD delivered them.

ט. וַיִּחַדְּ יִתְרוֹ עַל כָּל הַטּוֹבָה אֲשֶׁר עָשָׂה יְהוָֹה לְיִשְׂרָאֵל אֲשֶׁר הִצִּילוֹ מִיַּד מִצְרָיִם:

ἐξέστη δὲ Ιοθορ ἐπὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς οἷς ἐποίησεν αὐτοῖς κύριος ὅτι ἐξείλατο αὐτοὺς ἐκ χειρὸς Αἰγυπτίων καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς Φαραω

Lætatusque est Jethro super omnibus bonis, quæ fecerat Dominus Israëli, eo quod eruisset eum de manu Ægyptiorum.

9 And Jethro rejoiced for all the goodness which the LORD had done to Israel, whom he had delivered out of the hand of the Egyptians.

י. וַיֹּאמֶר יִתְרוֹ בָּרוּךְ יְהֹוָה אֲשֶׁר הִצִּיל אֶתְכֶם מִיַּד מִצְרַיִם וּמִיַּד פַּרְעֹה אֲשֶׁר הִצִּיל אֶת הָעָם מִתַּחַת יַד מִצְרָיִם:

καὶ εἶπεν Ιοθορ εὐλογητὸς κύριος ὅτι ἐξείλατο τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἐκ χειρὸς Αἰγυπτίων καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς Φαραω

Et ait: Benedictus Dominus, qui liberavit vos de manu Ægyptiorum, et de manu Pharaonis; qui eruit populum suum de manu Ægypti.

10 And Jethro said, Blessed be the LORD, who hath delivered you out of the hand of the Egyptians, and out of the hand of Pharaoh, who hath delivered the people from under the hand of the Egyptians.

יא. עַתָּה יָדַעְתִּי כִּי גָדוֹל יְהוָֹה מִכָּל הָאֱלֹהִים כִּי בַדָּבָר אֲשֶׁר זָדוּ עֲלֵיהֶם:

νῦν ἔγνων ὅτι μέγας κύριος παρὰ πάντας τοὺς θεούς ἕνεκεν τούτου ὅτι ἐπέθεντο αὐτοῖς

Nunc cognovi, quia magnus Dominus super omnes deos: eo quod superbe egerint contra illos.

11 Now I know that the LORD is greater than all gods: for in the thing wherein they dealt proudly he was above them.

יב. וַיִּקַּח יִתְרוֹ חֹתֵן משֶׁה עֹלָה וּזְבָחִים לֵאלֹהִים וַיָּבֹא אַהֲרֹן וְכֹל זִקְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל לֶאֱכָל לֶחֶם עִם חֹתֵן משֶׁה לִפְנֵי הָאֱלֹהִים:

καὶ ἔλαβεν Ιοθορ ὁ γαμβρὸς Μωυσῆ ὁλοκαυτώματα καὶ θυσίας τῷ θεῷ παρεγένετο δὲ Ααρων καὶ πάντες οἱ πρεσβύτεροι Ισραηλ συμφαγεῖν ἄρτον μετὰ τοῦ γαμβροῦ Μωυσῆ ἐναντίον τοῦ θεοῦ

Obtulit ergo Jethro cognatus Moysi holocausta et hostias Deo: veneruntque Aaron et omnes seniores Israël, ut comederent panem cum eo coram Deo.

12 And Jethro, Moses' father in law, took a burnt offering and sacrifices for God: and Aaron came, and all the elders of Israel, to eat bread with Moses' father in law before God.

יג. וַיְהִי מִמָּחֳרָת וַיֵּשֶׁב משֶׁה לִשְׁפֹּט אֶת הָעָם וַיַּעֲמֹד הָעָם עַל משֶׁה מִן הַבֹּקֶר עַד הָעָרֶב:

καὶ ἐγένετο μετὰ τὴν ἐπαύριον συνεκάθισεν Μωυσῆς κρίνειν τὸν λαόν παρειστήκει δὲ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς Μωυσεῖ ἀπὸ πρωίθεν ἕως ἑσπέρας

Altera autem die sedit Moyses ut judicaret populum, qui assistebat Moysi a mane usque ad vesperam.

13 And it came to pass on the morrow, that Moses sat to judge the people: and the people stood by Moses from the morning unto the evening.

יד. וַיַּרְא חֹתֵן משֶׁה אֵת כָּל אֲשֶׁר הוּא עֹשֶׂה לָעָם וַיֹּאמֶר מָה הַדָּבָר הַזֶּה אֲשֶׁר אַתָּה עֹשֶׂה לָעָם מַדּוּעַ אַתָּה יוֹשֵׁב לְבַדֶּךָ וְכָל הָעָם נִצָּב עָלֶיךָ מִן בֹּקֶר עַד עָרֶב:

καὶ ἰδὼν Ιοθορ πάντα ὅσα ἐποίει τῷ λαῷ λέγει τί τοῦτο ὃ σὺ ποιεῖς τῷ λαῷ διὰ τί σὺ κάθησαι μόνος πᾶς δὲ ὁ λαὸς παρέστηκέν σοι ἀπὸ πρωίθεν ἕως δείλης

Quod cum vidisset cognatus ejus, omnia scilicet quæ agebat in populo, ait: Quid est hoc quod facis in plebe? cur solus sedes, et omnis populus præstolatur de mane usque ad vesperam?

14 And when Moses' father in law saw all that he did to the people, he said, What is this thing that thou doest to the people? why sittest thou thyself alone, and all the people stand by thee from morning unto even?

טו. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה לְחֹתְנוֹ כִּי יָבֹא אֵלַי הָעָם לִדְרשׁ אֱלֹהִים:

καὶ λέγει Μωυσῆς τῷ γαμβρῷ ὅτι παραγίνεται πρός με ὁ λαὸς ἐκζητῆσαι κρίσιν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ

Cui respondit Moyses: Venit ad me populus quærens sententiam Dei:

15 And Moses said unto his father in law, Because the people come unto me to enquire of God:

טז. כִּי יִהְיֶה לָהֶם דָּבָר בָּא אֵלַי וְשָׁפַטְתִּי בֵּין אִישׁ וּבֵין רֵעֵהוּ וְהוֹדַעְתִּי אֶת חֻקֵּי הָאֱלֹהִים וְאֶת תּוֹרֹתָיו:

ὅταν γὰρ γένηται αὐτοῖς ἀντιλογία καὶ ἔλθωσι πρός με διακρίνω ἕκαστον καὶ συμβιβάζω αὐτοὺς τὰ προστάγματα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὸν νόμον αὐτοῦ

cumque acciderit eis aliqua disceptatio, veniunt ad me ut judicem inter eos, et ostendam præcepta Dei, et leges ejus.

16 When they have a matter, they come unto me; and I judge between one and another, and I do make them know the statutes of God, and his laws.

יז. וַיֹּאמֶר חֹתֵן משֶׁה אֵלָיו לֹא טוֹב הַדָּבָר אֲשֶׁר אַתָּה עֹשֶׂה:

εἶπεν δὲ ὁ γαμβρὸς Μωυσῆ πρὸς αὐτόν οὐκ ὀρθῶς σὺ ποιεῖς τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο

At ille: Non bonam, inquit, rem facis.

17 And Moses' father in law said unto him, The thing that thou doest is not good.

יח. נָבֹל תִּבֹּל גַּם אַתָּה גַּם הָעָם הַזֶּה אֲשֶׁר עִמָּךְ כִּי כָבֵד מִמְּךָ הַדָּבָר לֹא תוּכַל עֲשׂהוּ לְבַדֶּךָ:

φθορᾷ καταφθαρήσῃ ἀνυπομονήτῳ καὶ σὺ καὶ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς οὗτος ὅς ἐστιν μετὰ σοῦ βαρύ σοι τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο οὐ δυνήσῃ ποιεῖν μόνος

Stulto labore consumeris et tu, et populus iste qui tecum est: ultra vires tuas est negotium; solus illud non poteris sustinere.

18 Thou wilt surely wear away, both thou, and this people that is with thee: for this thing is too heavy for thee; thou art not able to perform it thyself alone.

יט. עַתָּה שְׁמַע בְּקֹלִי אִיעָצְךָ וִיהִי אֱלֹהִים עִמָּךְ הֱיֵה אַתָּה לָעָם מוּל הָאֱלֹהִים וְהֵבֵאתָ אַתָּה אֶת הַדְּבָרִים אֶל הָאֱלֹהִים:

νῦν οὖν ἄκουσόν μου καὶ συμβουλεύσω σοι καὶ ἔσται ὁ θεὸς μετὰ σοῦ γίνου σὺ τῷ λαῷ τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ ἀνοίσεις τοὺς λόγους αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν

Sed audi verba mea atque consilia, et erit Deus tecum. Esto tu populo in his quæ ad Deum pertinent, ut referas quæ dicuntur ad eum:

19 Hearken now unto my voice, I will give thee counsel, and God shall be with thee: Be thou for the people to God-ward, that thou mayest bring the causes unto God:

כ. וְהִזְהַרְתָּה אֶתְהֶם אֶת הַחֻקִּים וְאֶת הַתּוֹרֹת וְהוֹדַעְתָּ לָהֶם אֶת הַדֶּרֶךְ יֵלְכוּ בָהּ וְאֶת הַמַּעֲשֶׂה אֲשֶׁר יַעֲשׂוּן:

καὶ διαμαρτυρῇ αὐτοῖς τὰ προστάγματα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὸν νόμον αὐτοῦ καὶ σημανεῖς αὐτοῖς τὰς ὁδούς ἐν αἷς πορεύσονται ἐν αὐταῖς καὶ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιήσουσιν

ostendasque populo cæremonias et ritum colendi, viamque per quam ingredi debeant, et opus quod facere debeant.

20 And thou shalt teach them ordinances and laws, and shalt shew them the way wherein they must walk, and the work that they must do.

כא. וְאַתָּה תֶחֱזֶה מִכָּל הָעָם אַנְשֵׁי חַיִל יִרְאֵי אֱלֹהִים אַנְשֵׁי אֱמֶת שׂנְאֵי בָצַע וְשַׂמְתָּ עֲלֵהֶם שָׂרֵי אֲלָפִים שָׂרֵי מֵאוֹת שָׂרֵי חֲמִשִּׁים וְשָׂרֵי עֲשָׂרֹת:

καὶ σὺ σεαυτῷ σκέψαι ἀπὸ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ ἄνδρας δυνατοὺς θεοσεβεῖς ἄνδρας δικαίους μισοῦντας ὑπερηφανίαν καὶ καταστήσεις αὐτοὺς ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν χιλιάρχους καὶ ἑκατοντάρχους καὶ πεντηκοντάρχους καὶ δεκαδάρχους

Provide autem de omni plebe viros potentes, et timentes Deum, in quibus sit veritas, et qui oderint avaritiam, et constitue ex eis tribunos, et centuriones, et quinquagenarios, et decanos,

21 Moreover thou shalt provide out of all the people able men, such as fear God, men of truth, hating covetousness; and place such over them, to be rulers of thousands, and rulers of hundreds, rulers of fifties, and rulers of tens:

כב. וְשָׁפְטוּ אֶת הָעָם בְּכָל עֵת וְהָיָה כָּל הַדָּבָר הַגָּדֹל יָבִיאוּ אֵלֶיךָ וְכָל הַדָּבָר הַקָּטֹן יִשְׁפְּטוּ הֵם וְהָקֵל מֵעָלֶיךָ וְנָשְׂאוּ אִתָּךְ:

καὶ κρινοῦσιν τὸν λαὸν πᾶσαν ὥραν τὸ δὲ ῥῆμα τὸ ὑπέρογκον ἀνοίσουσιν ἐπὶ σέ τὰ δὲ βραχέα τῶν κριμάτων κρινοῦσιν αὐτοὶ καὶ κουφιοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ καὶ συναντιλήμψονταί σοι

qui judicent populum omni tempore: quidquid autem majus fuerit, referant ad te, et ipsi minora tantummodo judicent: leviusque sit tibi, partito in alios onere.

22 And let them judge the people at all seasons: and it shall be, that every great matter they shall bring unto thee, but every small matter they shall judge: so shall it be easier for thyself, and they shall bear the burden with thee.

כג. אִם אֶת הַדָּבָר הַזֶּה תַּעֲשֶׂה וְצִוְּךָ אֱלֹהִים וְיָכָלְתָּ עֲמֹד וְגַם כָּל הָעָם הַזֶּה עַל מְקֹמוֹ יָבֹא בְשָׁלוֹם:

ἐὰν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο ποιήσῃς κατισχύσει σε ὁ θεός καὶ δυνήσῃ παραστῆναι καὶ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς οὗτος εἰς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ τόπον μετ᾽ εἰρήνης ἥξει

Si hoc feceris, implebis imperium Dei, et præcepta ejus poteris sustentare: et omnis hic populus revertetur ad loca sua cum pace.

23 If thou shalt do this thing, and God command thee so, then thou shalt be able to endure, and all this people shall also go to their place in peace.

כד. וַיִּשְׁמַע משֶׁה לְקוֹל חֹתְנוֹ וַיַּעַשׂ כֹּל אֲשֶׁר אָמָר:

ἤκουσεν δὲ Μωυσῆς τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ γαμβροῦ καὶ ἐποίησεν ὅσα αὐτῷ εἶπεν

Quibus auditis, Moyses fecit omnia quæ ille suggesserat.

24 So Moses hearkened to the voice of his father in law, and did all that he had said.

כה. וַיִּבְחַר משֶׁה אַנְשֵׁי חַיִל מִכָּל יִשְׂרָאֵל וַיִּתֵּן אֹתָם רָאשִׁים עַל הָעָם שָׂרֵי אֲלָפִים שָׂרֵי מֵאוֹת שָׂרֵי חֲמִשִּׁים וְשָׂרֵי עֲשָׂרֹת:

καὶ ἐπέλεξεν Μωυσῆς ἄνδρας δυνατοὺς ἀπὸ παντὸς Ισραηλ καὶ ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν χιλιάρχους καὶ ἑκατοντάρχους καὶ πεντηκοντάρχους καὶ δεκαδάρχους

Et electis viris strenuis de cuncto Israël, constituit eos principes populi, tribunos, et centuriones, et quinquagenarios, et decanos.

25 And Moses chose able men out of all Israel, and made them heads over the people, rulers of thousands, rulers of hundreds, rulers of fifties, and rulers of tens.

כו. וְשָׁפְטוּ אֶת הָעָם בְּכָל עֵת אֶת הַדָּבָר הַקָּשֶׁה יְבִיאוּן אֶל משֶׁה וְכָל הַדָּבָר הַקָּטֹן יִשְׁפּוּטוּ הֵם:

καὶ ἐκρίνοσαν τὸν λαὸν πᾶσαν ὥραν πᾶν δὲ ῥῆμα ὑπέρογκον ἀνεφέροσαν ἐπὶ Μωυσῆν πᾶν δὲ ῥῆμα ἐλαφρὸν ἐκρίνοσαν αὐτοί

Qui judicabant plebem omni tempore: quidquid autem gravius erat, referebant ad eum, faciliora tantummodo judicantes.

26 And they judged the people at all seasons: the hard causes they brought unto Moses, but every small matter they judged themselves.

כז. וַיְשַׁלַּח משֶׁה אֶת חֹתְנוֹ וַיֵּלֶךְ לוֹ אֶל אַרְצוֹ:

ἐξαπέστειλεν δὲ Μωυσῆς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ γαμβρόν καὶ ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ

Dimisitque cognatum suum: qui reversus abiit in terram suam.

27 And Moses let his father in law depart; and he went his way into his own land.

יט

ΙΘʹ

Cap. 19

א. בַּחֹדֶשׁ הַשְּׁלִישִׁי לְצֵאת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם בַּיּוֹם הַזֶּה בָּאוּ מִדְבַּר סִינָי:

τοῦ δὲ μηνὸς τοῦ τρίτου τῆς ἐξόδου τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ ἤλθοσαν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τοῦ Σινα

Mense tertio egressionis Israël de terra Ægypti, in die hac venerunt in solitudinem Sinai.

1 Þriðja mánaði eptir brottfǫr gyðinga af Egiptalandi komu þeir í auðn Sínai,

1 In the third month, when the children of Israel were gone forth out of the land of Egypt, the same day came they into the wilderness of Sinai.

ב. וַיִּסְעוּ מֵרְפִידִים וַיָּבֹאוּ מִדְבַּר סִינַי וַיַּחֲנוּ בַּמִּדְבָּר וַיִּחַן שָׁם יִשְׂרָאֵל נֶגֶד הָהָר:

καὶ ἐξῆραν ἐκ Ραφιδιν καὶ ἤλθοσαν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τοῦ Σινα καὶ παρενέβαλεν ἐκεῖ Ισραηλ κατέναντι τοῦ ὄρους

Nam profecti de Raphidim, et pervenientes usque in desertum Sinai, castrametati sunt in eodem loco, ibique Israël fixit tentoria e regione montis.

2 því at þeir fóru úr Rapheðin í Sín, ok settu þar herbúðir sínar við fjall þat er þar var.

2 For they were departed from Rephidim, and were come to the desert of Sinai, and had pitched in the wilderness; and there Israel camped before the mount.

ג. וּמשֶׁה עָלָה אֶל הָאֱלֹהִים וַיִּקְרָא אֵלָיו יְהוָֹה מִן הָהָר לֵאמֹר כֹּה תֹאמַר לְבֵית יַעֲקֹב וְתַגֵּיד לִבְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל:

καὶ Μωυσῆς ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἐκάλεσεν αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους λέγων τάδε ἐρεῖς τῷ οἴκῳ Ιακωβ καὶ ἀναγγελεῖς τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ

Moyses autem ascendit ad Deum: vocavitque eum Dominus de monte, et ait: Hæc dices domui Jacob, et annuntiabis filiis Israël:

3 Ok er þeir voru þar, þá kallaði dróttinn á Moyses ok mælti: Þéssa hluti skaltu segja sonum Jakobs ok Israels:

3 And Moses went up unto God, and the LORD called unto him out of the mountain, saying, Thus shalt thou say to the house of Jacob, and tell the children of Israel;

ד. אַתֶּם רְאִיתֶם אֲשֶׁר עָשִׂיתִי לְמִצְרָיִם וָאֶשָּׂא אֶתְכֶם עַל כַּנְפֵי נְשָׁרִים וָאָבִא אֶתְכֶם אֵלָי:

αὐτοὶ ἑωράκατε ὅσα πεποίηκα τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις καὶ ἀνέλαβον ὑμᾶς ὡσεὶ ἐπὶ πτερύγων ἀετῶν καὶ προσηγαγόμην ὑμᾶς πρὸς ἐμαυτόν

Vos ipsi vidistis quæ fecerim Ægyptiis, quomodo portaverim vos super alas aquilarum, et assumpserim mihi.

4 Þér sáuð þá hluti er ek gjǫrða egipzkum mǫnnum, hversu ek bar yðr svá sem yfir arnarvængi ok vá yðr upp til handa mér.

4 Ye have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on eagles' wings, and brought you unto myself.

ה. וְעַתָּה אִם שָׁמוֹעַ תִּשְׁמְעוּ בְּקֹלִי וּשְׁמַרְתֶּם אֶת בְּרִיתִי וִהְיִיתֶם לִי סְגֻלָּה מִכָּל הָעַמִּים כִּי לִי כָּל הָאָרֶץ:

καὶ νῦν ἐὰν ἀκοῇ ἀκούσητε τῆς ἐμῆς φωνῆς καὶ φυλάξητε τὴν διαθήκην μου ἔσεσθέ μοι λαὸς περιούσιος ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐμὴ γάρ ἐστιν πᾶσα ἡ γῆ

Si ergo audieritis vocem meam, et custodieritis pactum meum, eritis mihi in peculium de cunctis populis: mea est enim omnis terra:

5 Nú ef þér heyrit rǫdd mina, varðveitið þér sáttmál mitt. Þá munu þér vera mér einkannligr lýðr af ǫllum lýðum, því at ek á alla jǫrðina,

5 Now therefore, if ye will obey my voice indeed, and keep my covenant, then ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto me above all people: for all the earth is mine:

ו. וְאַתֶּם תִּהְיוּ לִי מַמְלֶכֶת כֹּהֲנִים וְגוֹי קָדוֹשׁ אֵלֶּה הַדְּבָרִים אֲשֶׁר תְּדַבֵּר אֶל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל:

ὑμεῖς δὲ ἔσεσθέ μοι βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα καὶ ἔθνος ἅγιον ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα ἐρεῖς τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ

et vos eritis mihi in regnum sacerdotale, et gens sancta. Hæc sunt verba quæ loqueris ad filios Israël.

6 ok þér munuð vera mér í kennimannligt ríki ok í heilagt land. Ok er Guð hafði þetta mælt,

6 And ye shall be unto me a kingdom of priests, and an holy nation. These are the words which thou shalt speak unto the children of Israel.

ז. וַיָּבֹא משֶׁה וַיִּקְרָא לְזִקְנֵי הָעָם וַיָּשֶׂם לִפְנֵיהֶם אֵת כָּל הַדְּבָרִים הָאֵלֶּה אֲשֶׁר צִוָּהוּ יְהוָֹה:

ἦλθεν δὲ Μωυσῆς καὶ ἐκάλεσεν τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους οὓς συνέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ θεός

Venit Moyses: et convocatis majoribus natu populi, exposuit omnes sermones quos mandaverat Dominus.

7 þá fór Moyses ok kallaði á kynstóra menn ok sagði þeim þat er Guð hafði mælt við hann.

7 And Moses came and called for the elders of the people, and laid before their faces all these words which the LORD commanded him.

ח. וַיַּעֲנוּ כָל הָעָם יַחְדָּו וַיֹּאמְרוּ כֹּל אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּר יְהוָֹה נַעֲשֶׂה וַיָּשֶׁב משֶׁה אֶת דִּבְרֵי הָעָם אֶל יְהוָֹה:

ἀπεκρίθη δὲ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ὁμοθυμαδὸν καὶ εἶπαν πάντα ὅσα εἶπεν ὁ θεός ποιήσομεν καὶ ἀκουσόμεθα ἀνήνεγκεν δὲ Μωυσῆς τοὺς λόγους τοῦ λαοῦ πρὸς τὸν θεόν

Responditque omnis populus simul: Cuncta quæ locutus est Dominus, faciemus. Cumque retulisset Moyses verba populi ad Dominum,

8 Allr lýðrinn svaraði honum: Gera munum vér þat allt er Guð býðr. Nú er Moyses hafði þessi orð lýðsins fram rakit til dróttins,

8 And all the people answered together, and said, All that the LORD hath spoken we will do. And Moses returned the words of the people unto the LORD.

ט. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה הִנֵּה אָנֹכִי בָּא אֵלֶיךָ בְּעַב הֶעָנָן בַּעֲבוּר יִשְׁמַע הָעָם בְּדַבְּרִי עִמָּךְ וְגַם בְּךָ יַאֲמִינוּ לְעוֹלָם וַיַּגֵּד משֶׁה אֶת דִּבְרֵי הָעָם אֶל יְהוָֹה:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ παραγίνομαι πρὸς σὲ ἐν στύλῳ νεφέλης ἵνα ἀκούσῃ ὁ λαὸς λαλοῦντός μου πρὸς σὲ καὶ σοὶ πιστεύσωσιν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἀνήγγειλεν δὲ Μωυσῆς τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ λαοῦ πρὸς κύριον

ait ei Dominus: Jam nunc veniam ad te in caligine nubis, ut audiat me populus loquentem ad te, et credat tibi in perpetuum. Nuntiavit ergo Moyses verba populi ad Dominum.

9 þá mælti Guð við Moyses: Koma mun ek til þín í þoku skýs, ok lýðr minn heyri mik mælanda við þik ok trúi þér at eilífu.

9 And the LORD said unto Moses, Lo, I come unto thee in a thick cloud, that the people may hear when I speak with thee, and believe thee for ever. And Moses told the words of the people unto the LORD.

י. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהוָֹה אֶל משֶׁה לֵךְ אֶל הָעָם וְקִדַּשְׁתָּם הַיּוֹם וּמָחָר וְכִבְּסוּ שִׂמְלֹתָם:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν καταβὰς διαμάρτυραι τῷ λαῷ καὶ ἅγνισον αὐτοὺς σήμερον καὶ αὔριον καὶ πλυνάτωσαν τὰ ἱμάτια

Qui dixit ei: Vade ad populum, et sanctifica illos hodie, et cras, laventque vestimenta sua.

10 Far þú ok helga folkit í dag. Ok á morgin þvói þeir klæði sín

10 And the LORD said unto Moses, Go unto the people, and sanctify them to day and to morrow, and let them wash their clothes,

יא. וְהָיוּ נְכֹנִים לַיּוֹם הַשְּׁלִישִׁי כִּי בַּיּוֹם הַשְּׁלִשִׁי יֵרֵד יְהוָֹה לְעֵינֵי כָל הָעָם עַל הַר סִינָי:

καὶ ἔστωσαν ἕτοιμοι εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν τρίτην τῇ γὰρ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ καταβήσεται κύριος ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος τὸ Σινα ἐναντίον παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ

Et sint parati in diem tertium: in die enim tertia descendet Dominus coram omni plebe super montem Sinai.

11 ok sé búnir á þriðja degi, því at á þriðja degi mun dróttinn niðr stíga yfir fjall Sínai fyrir ǫllu folki.

11 And be ready against the third day: for the third day the LORD will come down in the sight of all the people upon mount Sinai.

יב. וְהִגְבַּלְתָּ אֶת הָעָם סָבִיב לֵאמֹר הִשָּׁמְרוּ לָכֶם עֲלוֹת בָּהָר וּנְגֹעַ בְּקָצֵהוּ כָּל הַנֹּגֵעַ בָּהָר מוֹת יוּמָת:

καὶ ἀφοριεῖς τὸν λαὸν κύκλῳ λέγων προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς τοῦ ἀναβῆναι εἰς τὸ ὄρος καὶ θιγεῖν τι αὐτοῦ πᾶς ὁ ἁψάμενος τοῦ ὄρους θανάτῳ τελευτήσει

Constituesque terminos populo per circuitum, et dices ad eos: Cavete ne ascendatis in montem, nec tangatis fines illius: omnis qui tetigerit montem, morte morietur.

12 Mark skaltu gera umhverfis fjallit ok bjóða ǫllum lýð at þeir gangi eigi yfir þat mark á fjallit, því at sá er gengr yfir þat mark, þá deyi hann dauða.

12 And thou shalt set bounds unto the people round about, saying, Take heed to yourselves, that ye go not up into the mount, or touch the border of it: whosoever toucheth the mount shall be surely put to death:

יג. לֹא תִגַּע בּוֹ יָד כִּי סָקוֹל יִסָּקֵל אוֹ יָרֹה יִיָּרֶה אִם בְּהֵמָה אִם אִישׁ לֹא יִחְיֶה בִּמְשֹׁךְ הַיֹּבֵל הֵמָּה יַעֲלוּ בָהָר:

οὐχ ἅψεται αὐτοῦ χείρ ἐν γὰρ λίθοις λιθοβοληθήσεται ἢ βολίδι κατατοξευθήσεται ἐάν τε κτῆνος ἐάν τε ἄνθρωπος οὐ ζήσεται ὅταν αἱ φωναὶ καὶ αἱ σάλπιγγες καὶ ἡ νεφέλη ἀπέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους ἐκεῖνοι ἀναβήσονται ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος

Manus non tanget eum, sed lapidibus opprimetur, aut confodietur jaculis: sive jumentum fuerit, sive homo, non vivet: cum cœperit clangere buccina, tunc ascendant in montem.

13 Eigi skulu hendr hans taka, heldr sé hann grjóti barðr eða skeytum raufaðr hvort sem yfir merkit gengr, menn eða fénaðr. Ok er þeir heyra lýðin syngja, þá rísi allir upp ok gangi til fjallsins.

13 There shall not an hand touch it, but he shall surely be stoned, or shot through; whether it be beast or man, it shall not live: when the trumpet soundeth long, they shall come up to the mount.

יד. וַיֵּרֶד משֶׁה מִן הָהָר אֶל הָעָם וַיְקַדֵּשׁ אֶת הָעָם וַיְכַבְּסוּ שִׂמְלֹתָם:

κατέβη δὲ Μωυσῆς ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους πρὸς τὸν λαὸν καὶ ἡγίασεν αὐτούς καὶ ἔπλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια

Descenditque Moyses de monte ad populum, et sanctificavit eum. Cumque lavissent vestimenta sua,

14 Moyses sagði lýðnum þessi orð dróttins er hann hafði mælt, ok er þeir hǫfðu þvegit klæði sín,

14 And Moses went down from the mount unto the people, and sanctified the people; and they washed their clothes.

טו. וַיֹּאמֶר אֶל הָעָם הֱיוּ נְכֹנִים לִשְׁלשֶׁת יָמִים אַל תִּגְּשׁוּ אֶל אִשָּׁה:

καὶ εἶπεν τῷ λαῷ γίνεσθε ἕτοιμοι τρεῖς ἡμέρας μὴ προσέλθητε γυναικί

ait ad eos: Estote parati in diem tertium, et ne appropinquetis uxoribus vestris.

15 þá mælti Moyses: Verit þér búnir á þriðja degi ok haldit hreinlífi yðru þar til.

15 And he said unto the people, Be ready against the third day: come not at your wives.

טז. וַיְהִי בַיּוֹם הַשְּׁלִישִׁי בִּהְיֹת הַבֹּקֶר וַיְהִי קֹלֹת וּבְרָקִים וְעָנָן כָּבֵד עַל הָהָר וְקֹל שֹׁפָר חָזָק מְאֹד וַיֶּחֱרַד כָּל הָעָם אֲשֶׁר בַּמַּחֲנֶה:

ἐγένετο δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ γενηθέντος πρὸς ὄρθρον καὶ ἐγίνοντο φωναὶ καὶ ἀστραπαὶ καὶ νεφέλη γνοφώδης ἐπ᾽ ὄρους Σινα φωνὴ τῆς σάλπιγγος ἤχει μέγα καὶ ἐπτοήθη πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ὁ ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ

Jamque advenerat tertius dies, et mane inclaruerat: et ecce cœperunt audiri tonitrua, ac micare fulgura, et nubes densissima operire montem, clangorque buccinæ vehementius perstrepebat: et timuit populus qui erat in castris.

16 En er inn þríði dagr var ok um morguninn tók at skyggja, þá heyrðu þeir reiðarþrumur ok þeir sáu eldingar fljúga, ok þykk ský huldi fjallit ok ákafligr lúðrablástr heyrðist. Folkit hræddist, þat er i herbúðunum var, þessar ógnir.

16 And it came to pass on the third day in the morning, that there were thunders and lightnings, and a thick cloud upon the mount, and the voice of the trumpet exceeding loud; so that all the people that was in the camp trembled.

יז. וַיּוֹצֵא משֶׁה אֶת הָעָם לִקְרַאת הָאֱלֹהִים מִן הַמַּחֲנֶה וַיִּתְיַצְּבוּ בְּתַחְתִּית הָהָר:

καὶ ἐξήγαγεν Μωυσῆς τὸν λαὸν εἰς συνάντησιν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκ τῆς παρεμβολῆς καὶ παρέστησαν ὑπὸ τὸ ὄρος

Cumque eduxisset eos Moyses in occursum Dei de loco castrorum, steterunt ad radices montis.

17 18 Alt fjallit Sínai rauk, því at dróttinn sté niðr í eldi yfir fjallit. Ok af þeim eldi rann reykr upp sem af ofni. Allt fjallit var ógurligt, ok lúðrablástr óx í hærra hljóð ok lengra.
17a Þá leiddi Moyses lýðinn allan út úr herbúðunum at fjallinu.

17 And Moses brought forth the people out of the camp to meet with God; and they stood at the nether part of the mount.

יח. וְהַר סִינַי עָשַׁן כֻּלּוֹ מִפְּנֵי אֲשֶׁר יָרַד עָלָיו יְהוָֹה בָּאֵשׁ וַיַּעַל עֲשָׁנוֹ כְּעֶשֶׁן הַכִּבְשָׁן וַיֶּחֱרַד כָּל הָהָר מְאֹד:

τὸ δὲ ὄρος τὸ Σινα ἐκαπνίζετο ὅλον διὰ τὸ καταβεβηκέναι ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸ τὸν θεὸν ἐν πυρί καὶ ἀνέβαινεν ὁ καπνὸς ὡς καπνὸς καμίνου καὶ ἐξέστη πᾶς ὁ λαὸς σφόδρα

Totus autem mons Sinai fumabat, eo quod descendisset Dominus super eum in igne: et ascenderet fumus ex eo quasi de fornace, eratque omnis mons terribilis.

18 And mount Sinai was altogether on a smoke, because the LORD descended upon it in fire: and the smoke thereof ascended as the smoke of a furnace, and the whole mount quaked greatly.

יט. וַיְהִי קוֹל הַשֹּׁפָר הוֹלֵךְ וְחָזֵק מְאֹד משֶׁה יְדַבֵּר וְהָאֱלֹהִים יַעֲנֶנּוּ בְקוֹל:

ἐγίνοντο δὲ αἱ φωναὶ τῆς σάλπιγγος προβαίνουσαι ἰσχυρότεραι σφόδρα Μωυσῆς ἐλάλει ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτῷ φωνῇ

Et sonitus buccinæ paulatim crescebat in majus, et prolixius tendebatur: Moyses loquebatur, et Deus respondebat ei.

ok lúðrablástr óx í hærra hljóð ok lengra. 19a
Þá leiddi Moyses lýðinn allan út úr herbúðunum at fjallinu. 17a

19 And when the voice of the trumpet sounded long, and waxed louder and louder, Moses spake, and God answered him by a voice.

כ. וַיֵּרֶד יְהוָֹה עַל הַר סִינַי אֶל רֹאשׁ הָהָר וַיִּקְרָא יְהוָֹה לְמשֶׁה אֶל רֹאשׁ הָהָר וַיַּעַל משֶׁה:

κατέβη δὲ κύριος ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος τὸ Σινα ἐπὶ τὴν κορυφὴν τοῦ ὄρους καὶ ἐκάλεσεν κύριος Μωυσῆν ἐπὶ τὴν κορυφὴν τοῦ ὄρους καὶ ἀνέβη Μωυσῆς

Descenditque Dominus super montem Sinai in ipso montis vertice, et vocavit Moysen in cacumen ejus. Quo cum ascendisset,

No Nordic

20 And the LORD came down upon mount Sinai, on the top of the mount: and the LORD called Moses up to the top of the mount; and Moses went up.

כא. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהוָֹה אֶל משֶׁה רֵד הָעֵד בָּעָם פֶּן יֶהֶרְסוּ אֶל יְהוָֹה לִרְאוֹת וְנָפַל מִמֶּנּוּ רָב:

καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων καταβὰς διαμάρτυραι τῷ λαῷ μήποτε ἐγγίσωσιν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν κατανοῆσαι καὶ πέσωσιν ἐξ αὐτῶν πλῆθος

dixit ad eum: Descende, et contestare populum: ne forte velit transcendere terminos ad videndum Dominum, et pereat ex eis plurima multitudo.

No Nordic

21 And the LORD said unto Moses, Go down, charge the people, lest they break through unto the LORD to gaze, and many of them perish.

כב. וְגַם הַכֹּהֲנִים הַנִּגָּשִׁים אֶל יְהוָֹה יִתְקַדָּשׁוּ פֶּן יִפְרֹץ בָּהֶם יְהוָֹה:

καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς οἱ ἐγγίζοντες κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ ἁγιασθήτωσαν μήποτε ἀπαλλάξῃ ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν κύριος

Sacerdotes quoque qui accedunt ad Dominum, sanctificentur, ne percutiat eos.

No Nordic

22 And let the priests also, which come near to the LORD, sanctify themselves, lest the LORD break forth upon them.

כג. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה אֶל יְהֹוָה לֹא יוּכַל הָעָם לַעֲלֹת אֶל הַר סִינָי כִּי אַתָּה הַעֵדֹתָה בָּנוּ לֵאמֹר הַגְבֵּל אֶת הָהָר וְקִדַּשְׁתּוֹ:

καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς πρὸς τὸν θεόν οὐ δυνήσεται ὁ λαὸς προσαναβῆναι πρὸς τὸ ὄρος τὸ Σινα σὺ γὰρ διαμεμαρτύρησαι ἡμῖν λέγων ἀφόρισαι τὸ ὄρος καὶ ἁγίασαι αὐτό

Dixitque Moyses ad Dominum: Non poterit vulgus ascendere in montem Sinai: tu enim testificatus es, et jussisti, dicens: Pone terminos circa montem, et sanctifica illum.

No Nordic

23 And Moses said unto the LORD, The people cannot come up to mount Sinai: for thou chargedst us, saying, Set bounds about the mount, and sanctify it.

כד. וַיֹּאמֶר אֵלָיו יְהוָֹה לֶךְ רֵד וְעָלִיתָ אַתָּה וְאַהֲרֹן עִמָּךְ וְהַכֹּהֲנִים וְהָעָם אַל יֶהֶרְסוּ לַעֲלֹת אֶל יְהוָֹה פֶּן יִפְרָץ בָּם:

εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ κύριος βάδιζε κατάβηθι καὶ ἀνάβηθι σὺ καὶ Ααρων μετὰ σοῦ οἱ δὲ ἱερεῖς καὶ ὁ λαὸς μὴ βιαζέσθωσαν ἀναβῆναι πρὸς τὸν θεόν μήποτε ἀπολέσῃ ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν κύριος

Cui ait Dominus: Vade, descende: ascendesque tu, et Aaron tecum: sacerdotes autem et populus ne transeant terminos, nec ascendant ad Dominum, ne forte interficiat illos.

Guð mælti þá við Moysen: Far þú upp, ok Aron bróðir þinn með þér. 24a

24 And the LORD said unto him, Away, get thee down, and thou shalt come up, thou, and Aaron with thee: but let not the priests and the people break through to come up unto the LORD, lest he break forth upon them.

כה. וַיֵּרֶד משֶׁה אֶל הָעָם וַיֹּאמֶר אֲלֵהֶם:

κατέβη δὲ Μωυσῆς πρὸς τὸν λαὸν καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς

Descenditque Moyses ad populum, et omnia narravit eis.

No Nordic

25 So Moses went down unto the people, and spake unto them.

Κʹ

Cap. 20

Κʹ

א. וַיְדַבֵּר אֱלֹהִים אֵת כָּל הַדְּבָרִים הָאֵלֶּה לֵאמֹר:

καὶ ἐλάλησεν κύριος πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους λέγων

Locutusque est Dominus cunctos sermones hos:

1 Guð mæltí við allan gyðingalýð svá at allir heyrðu:

1 And God spake all these words, saying,

ב. אָנֹכִי יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ אֲשֶׁר הוֹצֵאתִיךָ מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם מִבֵּית עֲבָדִים:

ἐγώ εἰμι κύριος ὁ θεός σου ὅστις ἐξήγαγόν σε ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου ἐξ οἴκου δουλείας

Ego sum Dominus Deus tuus, qui eduxi te de terra Ægypti, de domo servitutis.

2 Ek em dróttinn Guð þinn, gyðingalýðr, sá er yðr leíddi á brott af Egiptalandi ok leysta ek yðr af þrældómi.

2 I am the LORD thy God, which have brought thee out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of bondage.

ג. לֹא יִהְיֶה לְךָ אֱלֹהִים אֲחֵרִים עַל פָּנַי:

οὐκ ἔσονταί σοι θεοὶ ἕτεροι πλὴν ἐμοῦ

Non habebis deos alienos coram me.

3 Eigi skulu þér ǫnnur guð dýrka en mik.

3 Thou shalt have no other gods before me.

ד. לֹא תַעֲשֶׂה לְּךָ פֶסֶל וְכָל תְּמוּנָה אֲשֶׁר בַּשָּׁמַיִם מִמַּעַל וַאֲשֶׁר בָּאָרֶץ מִתַּחַת וַאֲשֶׁר בַּמַּיִם מִתַּחַת לָאָרֶץ:

οὐ ποιήσεις σεαυτῷ εἴδωλον οὐδὲ παντὸς ὁμοίωμα ὅσα ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω καὶ ὅσα ἐν τῇ γῇ κάτω καὶ ὅσα ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς

Non facies tibi sculptile, neque omnem similitudinem quæ est in cælo desuper, et quæ in terra deorsum, nec eorum quæ sunt in aquis sub terra.

4 Eigi skulu þér yðr skurðgoð gera eptir líkingu þeirri sem á himnum er eða á jǫrdu eða i vǫtnum eða undir jǫrdu.

4 Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of any thing that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth.

ה. לֹא תִשְׁתַּחֲוֶה לָהֶם וְלֹא תָעָבְדֵם כִּי אָנֹכִי יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ אֵל קַנָּא פֹּקֵד עֲוֹן אָבוֹת עַל בָּנִים עַל שִׁלֵּשִׁים וְעַל רִבֵּעִים לְשׂנְאָי:

οὐ προσκυνήσεις αὐτοῖς οὐδὲ μὴ λατρεύσῃς αὐτοῖς ἐγὼ γάρ εἰμι κύριος ὁ θεός σου θεὸς ζηλωτὴς ἀποδιδοὺς ἁμαρτίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα ἕως τρίτης καὶ τετάρτης γενεᾶς τοῖς μισοῦσίν με

Non adorabis ea, neque coles: ego sum Dominus Deus tuus fortis, zelotes, visitans iniquitatem patrum in filios, in tertiam et quartam generationem eorum qui oderunt me:

5 Eigi skulu þér þá hluti vegsama ok fága. Ek em dróttinn Guð yðvarr, styrkr kappi, vitjandi illsku feðra á sonum ok í ætt ina þriðju ok ina fjórðu þeirra er mik hata,

5 Thou shalt not bow down thyself to them, nor serve them: for I the LORD thy God am a jealous God, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth generation of them that hate me;

ו. וְעֹשֶׂה חֶסֶד לַאֲלָפִים לְאֹהֲבַי וּלְשֹׁמְרֵי מִצְוֹתָי:

καὶ ποιῶν ἔλεος εἰς χιλιάδας τοῖς ἀγαπῶσίν με καὶ τοῖς φυλάσσουσιν τὰ προστάγματά μου

et faciens misericordiam in millia his qui diligunt me, et custodiunt præcepta mea.

6 ok gerandi miskunn í þúsund þeirra er mik elska ok mín boðorð varðveita.

6 And shewing mercy unto thousands of them that love me, and keep my commandments.

ז. לֹא תִשָּׂא אֶת שֵׁם יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ לַשָּׁוְא כִּי לֹא יְנַקֶּה יְהֹוָה אֵת אֲשֶׁר יִשָּׂא אֶת שְׁמוֹ לַשָּׁוְא:

οὐ λήμψῃ τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου ἐπὶ ματαίῳ οὐ γὰρ μὴ καθαρίσῃ κύριος τὸν λαμβάνοντα τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ ματαίῳ

Non assumes nomen Domini Dei tui in vanum: nec enim habebit insontem Dominus eum qui assumpserit nomen Domini Dei sui frustra.

7 Eigi skulu þér taka nafn dróttins við hégóma, því at Guð mun þann eigi saklausan hafa er upp nemr nafn mitt, dróttins Guðs yðvars, úfyrirsynju í hégóma.

7 Thou shalt not take the name of the LORD thy God in vain; for the LORD will not hold him guiltless that taketh his name in vain.

ח. זָכוֹר אֶת יוֹם הַשַּׁבָּת לְקַדְּשׁוֹ:

μνήσθητι τὴν ἡμέραν τῶν σαββάτων ἁγιάζειν αὐτήν

Memento ut diem sabbati sanctifices.

8 Minnizt þér at halda helgan þvottdag hvern.

8 Remember the sabbath day, to keep it holy.

ט. שֵׁשֶׁת יָמִים תַּעֲבֹד וְעָשִׂיתָ כָל מְלַאכְתֶּךָ:

ἓξ ἡμέρας ἐργᾷ καὶ ποιήσεις πάντα τὰ ἔργα σου

Sex diebus operaberis, et facies omnia opera tua.

9 Sex daga skulu þér vinna verk yður,

9 Six days shalt thou labour, and do all thy work:

י. וְיוֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי שַׁבָּת לַיהֹוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ לֹא תַעֲשֶׂה כָל מְלָאכָה אַתָּה וּבִנְךָ וּבִתֶּךָ עַבְדְּךָ וַאֲמָתְךָ וּבְהֶמְתֶּךָ וְגֵרְךָ אֲשֶׁר בִּשְׁעָרֶיךָ:

τῇ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ σάββατα κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου οὐ ποιήσεις ἐν αὐτῇ πᾶν ἔργον σὺ καὶ ὁ υἱός σου καὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ σου ὁ παῖς σου καὶ ἡ παιδίσκη σου ὁ βοῦς σου καὶ τὸ ὑποζύγιόν σου καὶ πᾶν κτῆνός σου καὶ ὁ προσήλυτος ὁ παροικῶν ἐν σοί

Septimo autem die sabbatum Domini Dei tui est: non facies omne opus in eo, tu, et filius tuus et filia tua, servus tuus et ancilla tua, jumentum tuum, et advena qui est intra portas tuas.

10 en á sjaunda dag skaltu halda hvíldardag dróttins Guðs þíns. Eigi skaltu neitt vinna á þvottdegi, sonr þinn ok dóttir þín, þræll þinn ok ambátt þín, eykr þinn ok útlendr maðr sá er með þér er, ok fyrir innan hlið þín skal ekki vinna á þvottdag.

10 But the seventh day is the sabbath of the LORD thy God: in it thou shalt not do any work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, thy manservant, nor thy maidservant, nor thy cattle, nor thy stranger that is within thy gates:

יא. כִּי שֵׁשֶׁת יָמִים עָשָׂה יְהֹוָה אֶת הַשָּׁמַיִם וְאֶת הָאָרֶץ אֶת הַיָּם וְאֶת כָּל אֲשֶׁר בָּם וַיָּנַח בַּיּוֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי עַל כֵּן בֵּרַךְ יְהֹוָה אֶת יוֹם הַשַּׁבָּת וַיְקַדְּשֵׁהוּ:

ἐν γὰρ ἓξ ἡμέραις ἐποίησεν κύριος τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ κατέπαυσεν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ διὰ τοῦτο εὐλόγησεν κύριος τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἑβδόμην καὶ ἡγίασεν αὐτήν

Sex enim diebus fecit Dominus cælum et terram, et mare, et omnia quæ in eis sunt, et requievit in die septimo: idcirco benedixit Dominus diei sabbati, et sanctificavit eum.

11 Á sjau dǫgum gjǫrði dróttinn himin ok jǫrd, sjó ok alla hluti þá er í þeim eru. En á sjaunda degi hvíldizt hann af ǫllu verki. Fyrir því blessadi dróttinn þvottdag ok helgaði.

11 For in six days the LORD made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that in them is, and rested the seventh day: wherefore the LORD blessed the sabbath day, and hallowed it.

יב. כַּבֵּד אֶת אָבִיךָ וְאֶת אִמֶּךָ לְמַעַן יַאֲרִכוּן יָמֶיךָ עַל הָאֲדָמָה אֲשֶׁר יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ נֹתֵן לָךְ:

τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται καὶ ἵνα μακροχρόνιος γένῃ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς τῆς ἀγαθῆς ἧς κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι

Honora patrem tuum et matrem tuam, ut sis longævus super terram, quam Dominus Deus tuus dabit tibi.

12 Vegsama þú fǫður þinn ok móður þína, at þú sért langær yfir jǫrðinni þá er Guð mun gefa þér.

12 Honour thy father and thy mother: that thy days may be long upon the land which the LORD thy God giveth thee.

יג. לֹא תִּרְצָח: ס

οὐ μοιχεύσεις¹

1. The Greek text has a different order from all other versions of this and the two following items.

Non occides.

13 Eigi skaltu vega,

13 Thou shalt not kill.

לֹא תִּנְאָף: ס

οὐ κλέψεις

Non mœchaberis.

14 eigi skaltu hórdóma gera,

14 Thou shalt not commit adultery.

לֹא תִּגְנֹב: ס

οὐ φονεύσεις

Non furtum facies.

15 ok eigi skaltu stela.

15 Thou shalt not steal.

לֹא תַעֲנֶה בְרֵעֲךָ עֵד שָׁקֶר:

οὐ ψευδομαρτυρήσεις κατὰ τοῦ πλησίον σου μαρτυρίαν ψευδῆ

Non loqueris contra proximum tuum falsum testimonium.

16 Eigi skaltu ljúgvitni bera í gegn náungi þínum,

16 Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy neighbour.

יד. לֹא תַחְמֹד בֵּית רֵעֶך ס לֹא תַחְמֹד אֵשֶׁת רֵעֶךָ וְעַבְדּוֹ וַאֲמָתוֹ וְשׁוֹרוֹ וַחֲמֹרוֹ וְכֹל אֲשֶׁר לְרֵעֶךָ:¹

1. The numbering with the Hebrew letters are as in some editions, while the reference in blue above is like that of the Biblia Hebraica, and in accordance with again other versions. The reason for the disaccordance of numbering is the parsing of the decalogus in the previos verse.

οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ πλησίον σου οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ πλησίον σου οὔτε τὸν ἀγρὸν αὐτοῦ οὔτε τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ οὔτε τὴν παιδίσκην αὐτοῦ οὔτε τοῦ βοὸς αὐτοῦ οὔτε τοῦ ὑποζυγίου αὐτοῦ οὔτε παντὸς κτήνους αὐτοῦ οὔτε ὅσα τῷ πλησίον σού ἐστιν

Non concupisces domum proximi tui, nec desiderabis uxorem ejus, non servum, non ancillam, non bovem, non asinum, nec omnia quæ illius sunt.

17 ok eigi skaltu girnazt hús náungs þíns. Eigi skaltu girnazt konu náungs þíns, eigi þræl, eigi ambátt, eigi uxa eða asna ok øngvan hlut þann er annarr á.

17 Thou shalt not covet thy neighbour's house, thou shalt not covet thy neighbour's wife, nor his manservant, nor his maidservant, nor his ox, nor his ass, nor any thing that is thy neighbour's.

טו. וְכָל הָעָם רֹאִים אֶת הַקּוֹלֹת וְאֶת הַלַּפִּידִם וְאֵת קוֹל הַשֹּׁפָר וְאֶת הָהָר עָשֵׁן וַיַּרְא הָעָם וַיָּנֻעוּ וַיַּעַמְדוּ מֵרָחֹק:

καὶ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἑώρα τὴν φωνὴν καὶ τὰς λαμπάδας καὶ τὴν φωνὴν τῆς σάλπιγγος καὶ τὸ ὄρος τὸ καπνίζον φοβηθέντες δὲ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἔστησαν μακρόθεν

Cunctus autem populus videbat voces et lampades, et sonitum buccinæ, montemque fumantem: et perterriti ac pavore concussi, steterunt procul,

18 Allr lýðr heyrði rǫddina ok svá hornblástr ok sá dal ok rjúkanda fjall, ok hræddir voru þeir mjǫk ok lostnir með ógn

18 And all the people saw the thunderings, and the lightnings, and the noise of the trumpet, and the mountain smoking: and when the people saw it, they removed, and stood afar off.

טז. וַיֹּאמְרוּ אֶל משֶׁה דַּבֶּר אַתָּה עִמָּנוּ וְנִשְׁמָעָה וְאַל יְדַבֵּר עִמָּנוּ אֱלֹהִים פֶּן נָמוּת:

καὶ εἶπαν πρὸς Μωυσῆν λάλησον σὺ ἡμῖν καὶ μὴ λαλείτω πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὁ θεός μήποτε ἀποθάνωμεν

dicentes Moysi: Loquere tu nobis, et audiemus: non loquatur nobis Dominus, ne forte moriamur.

19 ok mæltu við Moyses: Mæl þú við oss at vér heyrim ok munum vér heyra. Mæli eigi dróttinn við oss, at eigi berizt svá at at vér deyim.

19 And they said unto Moses, Speak thou with us, and we will hear: but let not God speak with us, lest we die.

יז. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה אֶל הָעָם אַל תִּירָאוּ כִּי לְבַעֲבוּר נַסּוֹת אֶתְכֶם בָּא הָאֱלֹהִים וּבַעֲבוּר תִּהְיֶה יִרְאָתוֹ עַל פְּנֵיכֶם לְבִלְתִּי תֶחֱטָאוּ:

καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς Μωυσῆς θαρσεῖτε ἕνεκεν γὰρ τοῦ πειράσαι ὑμᾶς παρεγενήθη ὁ θεὸς πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὅπως ἂν γένηται ὁ φόβος αὐτοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν ἵνα μὴ ἁμαρτάνητε

Et ait Moyses ad populum: Nolite timere: ut enim probaret vos venit Deus, et ut terror illius esset in vobis, et non peccaretis.

20 Þá mælti Moyses við lýðinn: Hræðizt þér eigi, því at til þess kom Guð, at hann reyndi yðr, ok at ógn hans væri yfir yðr til þess at eigi misgerði þér.

20 And Moses said unto the people, Fear not: for God is come to prove you, and that his fear may be before your faces, that ye sin not.

יח. וַיַּעֲמֹד הָעָם מֵרָחֹק וּמשֶׁה נִגַּשׁ אֶל הָעֲרָפֶל אֲשֶׁר שָׁם הָאֱלֹהִים:

εἱστήκει δὲ ὁ λαὸς μακρόθεν Μωυσῆς δὲ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν γνόφον οὗ ἦν ὁ θεός

Stetitque populus de longe. Moyses autem accessit ad caliginem in qua erat Deus.

21 Lýðrinn stóð mjǫk langt frá fjallinu, en Moyses gekk at þokunni þeirri er fjallit var í.

21 And the people stood afar off, and Moses drew near unto the thick darkness where God was.

יט. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהוָֹה אֶל משֶׁה כֹּה תֹאמַר אֶל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אַתֶּם רְאִיתֶם כִּי מִן הַשָּׁמַיִם דִּבַּרְתִּי עִמָּכֶם:

εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν τάδε ἐρεῖς τῷ οἴκῳ Ιακωβ καὶ ἀναγγελεῖς τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ ὑμεῖς ἑωράκατε ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ λελάληκα πρὸς ὑμᾶς

Dixit præterea Dominus ad Moysen: Hæc dices filiis Israël: Vos vidistis quod de cælo locutus sim vobis.

22 Dróttinn mælti þá við Moyses: Þessa hluti skaltu segja sonum Israel: Þér sáð ok heyrðu þat er ek mælta við yðr af himni.

22 And the LORD said unto Moses, Thus thou shalt say unto the children of Israel, Ye have seen that I have talked with you from heaven.

כ. לֹא תַעֲשׂוּן אִתִּי אֱלֹהֵי כֶסֶף וֵאלֹהֵי זָהָב לֹא תַעֲשׂוּ לָכֶם:

οὐ ποιήσετε ἑαυτοῖς θεοὺς ἀργυροῦς καὶ θεοὺς χρυσοῦς οὐ ποιήσετε ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς

Non facietis deos argenteos, nec deos aureos facietis vobis.

23 Eigi skulu þér gera yðr goð af gulli eða silfri.

23 Ye shall not make with me gods of silver, neither shall ye make unto you gods of gold.

כא. מִזְבַּח אֲדָמָה תַּעֲשֶׂה לִּי וְזָבַחְתָּ עָלָיו אֶת עֹלֹתֶיךָ וְאֶת שְׁלָמֶיךָ אֶת צֹאנְךָ וְאֶת בְּקָרֶךָ בְּכָל הַמָּקוֹם אֲשֶׁר אַזְכִּיר אֶת שְׁמִי אָבוֹא אֵלֶיךָ וּבֵרַכְתִּיךָ:

θυσιαστήριον ἐκ γῆς ποιήσετέ μοι καὶ θύσετε ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὰ ὁλοκαυτώματα καὶ τὰ σωτήρια ὑμῶν τὰ πρόβατα καὶ τοὺς μόσχους ὑμῶν ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ οὗ ἐὰν ἐπονομάσω τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐκεῖ καὶ ἥξω πρὸς σὲ καὶ εὐλογήσω σε

Altare de terra facietis mihi, et offeretis super eo holocausta et pacifica vestra, oves vestras et boves in omni loco in quo memoria fuerit nominis mei: veniam ad te, et benedicam tibi.

24 Altara skulu þér gera mér á jǫrðunni, ok þar yfir skulu þér fœra friðsamliga hluti yðra. Sauði yðra skulu þér i fórn fœra i hverjum stað þar er minning verðr gjǫr míns nafns. Eigi skaltu ǫnnur goð elska en mik, því at ek mun koma til yðr ok blessa yðr.

24 An altar of earth thou shalt make unto me, and shalt sacrifice thereon thy burnt offerings, and thy peace offerings, thy sheep, and thine oxen: in all places where I record my name I will come unto thee, and I will bless thee.

כב. וְאִם מִזְבַּח אֲבָנִים תַּעֲשֶׂה לִּי לֹא תִבְנֶה אֶתְהֶן גָּזִית כִּי חַרְבְּךָ הֵנַפְתָּ עָלֶיהָ וַתְּחַלֲלֶהָ:

ἐὰν δὲ θυσιαστήριον ἐκ λίθων ποιῇς μοι οὐκ οἰκοδομήσεις αὐτοὺς τμητούς τὸ γὰρ ἐγχειρίδιόν σου ἐπιβέβληκας ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς καὶ μεμίανται

Quod si altare lapideum feceris mihi, non ædificabis illud de sectis lapidibus: si enim levaveris cultrum super eo, polluetur.

25 Ef þér gjǫrit mér steinaltara, þá gjǫr þú þat eigi af skornum steinum, því at ef þú hefr upp kníf þinn yfir þat, þá saurgask.

25 And if thou wilt make me an altar of stone, thou shalt not build it of hewn stone: for if thou lift up thy tool upon it, thou hast polluted it.

כג. וְלֹא תַעֲלֶה בְמַעֲלֹת עַל מִזְבְּחִי אֲשֶׁר לֹא תִגָּלֶה עֶרְוָתְךָ עָלָיו:

οὐκ ἀναβήσῃ ἐν ἀναβαθμίσιν ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριόν μου ὅπως ἂν μὴ ἀποκαλύψῃς τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην σου ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ

Non ascendes per gradus ad altare meum, ne reveletur turpitudo tua.

26 Eigi skaltu um palla upp stíga til altaris, at eigi vitrist ljótleikr þinn.

26 Neither shalt thou go up by steps unto mine altar, that thy nakedness be not discovered thereon.

כא

ΚΑʹ

Cap. 21

ΚΑʹ

א. וְאֵלֶּה הַמִּשְׁפָּטִים אֲשֶׁר תָּשִׂים לִפְנֵיהֶם:

καὶ ταῦτα τὰ δικαιώματα ἃ παραθήσεις ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν

Hæc sunt judicia quæ propones eis.

1 Þessir eru dómar þeir er þú skalt þeim fyrir setja:

1 Now these are the judgments which thou shalt set before them.

ב. כִּי תִקְנֶה עֶבֶד עִבְרִי שֵׁשׁ שָׁנִים יַעֲבֹד וּבַשְּׁבִעִת יֵצֵא לַחָפְשִׁי חִנָּם:

ἐὰν κτήσῃ παῖδα Εβραῖον ἓξ ἔτη δουλεύσει σοι τῷ δὲ ἑβδόμῳ ἔτει ἀπελεύσεται ἐλεύθερος δωρεάν

Si emeris servum hebræum, sex annis serviet tibi: in septimo egredietur liber gratis.

2 Ef þú kaupir ebreskan þræl, þá skal hann þér vi. vetr þjóna. En hann skal á sjaunda ári braut fara kauplaust sem hann kom.

2 If thou buy an Hebrew servant, six years he shall serve: and in the seventh he shall go out free for nothing.

ג. אִם בְּגַפּוֹ יָבֹא בְּגַפּוֹ יֵצֵא אִם בַּעַל אִשָּׁה הוּא וְיָצְאָה אִשְׁתּוֹ עִמּוֹ:

ἐὰν αὐτὸς μόνος εἰσέλθῃ καὶ μόνος ἐξελεύσεται ἐὰν δὲ γυνὴ συνεισέλθῃ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐξελεύσεται καὶ ἡ γυνὴ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ

Cum quali veste intraverit, cum tali exeat: si habens uxorem, et uxor egredietur simul.

3 En ef hann á konu, ok fari hon á braut með honum.

3 If he came in by himself, he shall go out by himself: if he were married, then his wife shall go out with him.

ד. אִם אֲדֹנָיו יִתֶּן לוֹ אִשָּׁה וְיָלְדָה לּוֹ בָנִים אוֹ בָנוֹת הָאִשָּׁה וִילָדֶיהָ תִּהְיֶה לַאדֹנֶיהָ וְהוּא יֵצֵא בְגַפּוֹ:

ἐὰν δὲ ὁ κύριος δῷ αὐτῷ γυναῖκα καὶ τέκῃ αὐτῷ υἱοὺς ἢ θυγατέρας ἡ γυνὴ καὶ τὰ παιδία ἔσται τῷ κυρίῳ αὐτοῦ αὐτὸς δὲ μόνος ἐξελεύσεται

Sin autem dominus dederit illi uxorem, et pepererit filios et filias: mulier et liberi ejus erunt domini sui, ipse vero exibit cum vestitu suo.

4 En ef hann á sonu ok dœtr, veri konan ok bǫrn hennar dróttins síns þjónar, en hann sjálfr fari á braut með klæðum sínum.

4 If his master have given him a wife, and she have born him sons or daughters; the wife and her children shall be her master's, and he shall go out by himself.

ה. וְאִם אָמֹר יֹאמַר הָעֶבֶד אָהַבְתִּי אֶת אֲדֹנִי אֶת אִשְׁתִּי וְאֶת בָּנָי לֹא אֵצֵא חָפְשִׁי:

ἐὰν δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἴπῃ ὁ παῖς ἠγάπηκα τὸν κύριόν μου καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα καὶ τὰ παιδία οὐκ ἀποτρέχω ἐλεύθερος

Quod si dixerit servus: Diligo dominum meum et uxorem ac liberos; non egrediar liber:

5 Nú ef þrællinn segir: Elska ek dróttinn minn, konu ok sonu, ok því vil ek eigi frjáls á braut,

5 And if the servant shall plainly say, I love my master, my wife, and my children; I will not go out free:

ו. וְהִגִּישׁוֹ אֲדֹנָיו אֶל הָאֱלֹהִים וְהִגִּישׁוֹ אֶל הַדֶּלֶת אוֹ אֶל הַמְּזוּזָה וְרָצַע אֲדֹנָיו אֶת אָזְנוֹ בַּמַּרְצֵעַ וַעֲבָדוֹ לְעֹלָם:

προσάξει αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸ κριτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τότε προσάξει αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν ἐπὶ τὸν σταθμόν καὶ τρυπήσει αὐτοῦ ὁ κύριος τὸ οὖς τῷ ὀπητίῳ καὶ δουλεύσει αὐτῷ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα

offeret eum dominus diis, et applicabitur ad ostium et postes, perforabitque aurem ejus subula: et erit ei servus in sæculum.

6 þá skal dróttinn hans fœra hann Guði, ok við mun handleggjast við dyr ok dyri stafi, ok raufa mun dróttinn eyru hans með al, ok mun vera hans í veraldir.

6 Then his master shall bring him unto the judges; he shall also bring him to the door, or unto the door post; and his master shall bore his ear through with an aul; and he shall serve him for ever.

ז. וְכִי יִמְכֹּר אִישׁ אֶת בִּתּוֹ לְאָמָה לֹא תֵצֵא כְּצֵאת הָעֲבָדִים:

ἐὰν δέ τις ἀποδῶται τὴν ἑαυτοῦ θυγατέρα οἰκέτιν οὐκ ἀπελεύσεται ὥσπερ ἀποτρέχουσιν αἱ δοῦλαι

Si quis vendiderit filiam suam in famulam, non egredietur sicut ancillæ exire consueverunt.

7 Ef nokkurr maðr selr dóttur sína til ambáttar, þá skal hon eigi svá á braut fara sem aðrar ambáttir eru vanar at fara.

7 And if a man sell his daughter to be a maidservant, she shall not go out as the menservants do.

ח. אִם רָעָה בְּעֵינֵי אֲדֹנֶיהָ אֲשֶׁר לוֹ יְעָדָהּ וְהֶפְדָּהּ לְעַם נָכְרִי לֹא יִמְשֹׁל לְמָכְרָהּ בְּבִגְדוֹ בָהּ:

ἐὰν μὴ εὐαρεστήσῃ τῷ κυρίῳ αὐτῆς ἣν αὑτῷ καθωμολογήσατο ἀπολυτρώσει αὐτήν ἔθνει δὲ ἀλλοτρίῳ οὐ κύριός ἐστιν πωλεῖν αὐτήν ὅτι ἠθέτησεν ἐν αὐτῇ

Si displicuerit oculis domini sui cui tradita fuerat, dimittet eam: populo autem alieno vendendi non habebit potestatem, si spreverit eam.

8 Ef mislíkar augum dróttins síns þess er hana hefir keypta, þá lati hann hana á braut fara. Eigi skal hann selja hana útlendum lýð, þo at hann ræki.

8 If she please not her master, who hath betrothed her to himself, then shall he let her be redeemed: to sell her unto a strange nation he shall have no power, seeing he hath dealt deceitfully with her.

ט. וְאִם לִבְנוֹ יִיעָדֶנָּה כְּמִשְׁפַּט הַבָּנוֹת יַעֲשֶׂה לָּהּ:

ἐὰν δὲ τῷ υἱῷ καθομολογήσηται αὐτήν κατὰ τὸ δικαίωμα τῶν θυγατέρων ποιήσει αὐτῇ

Sin autem filio suo desponderit eam, juxta morem filiarum faciet illi.

9 Ef hann fastnar hana syni sínum, gjǫri hann við hana sem við dóttur sína.

9 And if he have betrothed her unto his son, he shall deal with her after the manner of daughters.

י. אִם אַחֶרֶת יִקַּח לוֹ שְׁאֵרָהּ כְּסוּתָהּ וְעֹנָתָהּ לֹא יִגְרָע:

ἐὰν δὲ ἄλλην λάβῃ ἑαυτῷ τὰ δέοντα καὶ τὸν ἱματισμὸν καὶ τὴν ὁμιλίαν αὐτῆς οὐκ ἀποστερήσει

Quod si alteram ei acceperit, providebit puellæ nuptias, et vestimenta, et pretium pudicitiæ non negabit.

10 En ef hann tekr aðra konu, þá mun hann ok sjá meynni gjaforð, ok eigi mun hann neita henni klæði ok verð með grandværi.

10 If he take him another wife; her food, her raiment, and her duty of marriage, shall he not diminish.

יא. וְאִם שְׁלָשׁ אֵלֶּה לֹא יַעֲשֶׂה לָהּ וְיָצְאָה חִנָּם אֵין כָּסֶף:

ἐὰν δὲ τὰ τρία ταῦτα μὴ ποιήσῃ αὐτῇ ἐξελεύσεται δωρεὰν ἄνευ ἀργυρίου

Si tria ista non fecerit, egredietur gratis absque pecunia.

11 And if he do not these three unto her, then shall she go out free without money.

יב. מַכֵּה אִישׁ וָמֵת מוֹת יוּמָת:

ἐὰν δὲ πατάξῃ τίς τινα καὶ ἀποθάνῃ θανάτῳ θανατούσθω

Qui percusserit hominem volens occidere, morte moriatur.

12 Sá er mann lýstr ok vil vega, deyi hann dauða.

12 He that smiteth a man, so that he die, shall be surely put to death.

יג. וַאֲשֶׁר לֹא צָדָה וְהָאֱלֹהִים אִנָּה לְיָדוֹ וְשַׂמְתִּי לְךָ מָקוֹם אֲשֶׁר יָנוּס שָׁמָּה:

ὁ δὲ οὐχ ἑκών ἀλλὰ ὁ θεὸς παρέδωκεν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ δώσω σοι τόπον οὗ φεύξεται ἐκεῖ ὁ φονεύσας

Qui autem non est insidiatus, sed Deus illum tradidit in manus ejus, constituam tibi locum in quem fugere debeat.

13 Sá maðr er sitr um annan, en Guð selr annan í hendr honum, setja mun ek stað þann er honum skal til fylgja.

13 And if a man lie not in wait, but God deliver him into his hand; then I will appoint thee a place whither he shall flee.

יד. וְכִי יָזִד אִישׁ עַל רֵעֵהוּ לְהָרְגוֹ בְעָרְמָה מֵעִם מִזְבְּחִי תִּקָּחֶנּוּ לָמוּת:

ἐὰν δέ τις ἐπιθῆται τῷ πλησίον ἀποκτεῖναι αὐτὸν δόλῳ καὶ καταφύγῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου μου λήμψῃ αὐτὸν θανατῶσαι

Si quis per industriam occiderit proximum suum, et per insidias: ab altari meo evelles eum, ut moriatur.

14 Ef nokkurr maðr vegr náung sinn, ok um mótfarar, rek þú hann á braut frá altari mínu at hann deyi.

14 But if a man come presumptuously upon his neighbour, to slay him with guile; thou shalt take him from mine altar, that he may die.

טו. וּמַכֵּה אָבִיו וְאִמּוֹ מוֹת יוּמָת:

ὃς τύπτει πατέρα αὐτοῦ ἢ μητέρα αὐτοῦ θανάτῳ θανατούσθω

Qui percusserit patrem suum aut matrem, morte moriatur.

15 Sá er lýstr fǫdur sinn eða móður, deyi hann dauða.

15 And he that smiteth his father, or his mother, shall be surely put to death.

טז. וְגֹנֵב אִישׁ וּמְכָרוֹ וְנִמְצָא בְיָדוֹ מוֹת יוּמָת:

ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα αὐτοῦ ἢ μητέρα αὐτοῦ τελευτήσει θανάτῳ

Qui furatus fuerit hominem, et vendiderit eum, convictus noxæ, morte moriatur.

16 Sá er manni stelr eða selr hann hann, deyi hann dauða yfir stíginn af sakfelli.

16 And he that stealeth a man, and selleth him, or if he be found in his hand, he shall surely be put to death.

יז. וּמְקַלֵּל אָבִיו וְאִמּוֹ מוֹת יוּמָת:

ὃς ἐὰν κλέψῃ τίς τινα τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ καὶ καταδυναστεύσας αὐτὸν ἀποδῶται καὶ εὑρεθῇ ἐν αὐτῷ θανάτῳ τελευτάτω

Qui maledixerit patri suo, vel matri, morte moriatur.

17 Sá er bǫlvar fǫður sínum ok móður, deyi hann dauða.

17 And he that curseth his father, or his mother, shall surely be put to death.

יח. וְכִי יְרִיבֻן אֲנָשִׁים וְהִכָּה אִישׁ אֶת רֵעֵהוּ בְּאֶבֶן אוֹ בְאֶגְרֹף וְלֹא יָמוּת וְנָפַל לְמִשְׁכָּב:

ἐὰν δὲ λοιδορῶνται δύο ἄνδρες καὶ πατάξῃ τις τὸν πλησίον λίθῳ ἢ πυγμῇ καὶ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ κατακλιθῇ δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν κοίτην

Si rixati fuerint viri, et percusserit alter proximum suum lapide vel pugno, et ille mortuus non fuerit, sed jacuerit in lectulo:

18 Ef menn þrætast á ok lýstr annarr annan með steini eða hnefa, ok deyr hann eigi, heldr liggr hann i rekkju,

18 And if men strive together, and one smite another with a stone, or with his fist, and he die not, but keepeth his bed:

יט. אִם יָקוּם וְהִתְהַלֵּךְ בַּחוּץ עַל מִשְׁעַנְתּוֹ וְנִקָּה הַמַּכֶּה רַק שִׁבְתּוֹ יִתֵּן וְרַפֹּא יְרַפֵּא:

ἐὰν ἐξαναστὰς ὁ ἄνθρωπος περιπατήσῃ ἔξω ἐπὶ ῥάβδου ἀθῷος ἔσται ὁ πατάξας πλὴν τῆς ἀργίας αὐτοῦ ἀποτείσει καὶ τὰ ἰατρεῖα

si surrexerit, et ambulaverit foris super baculum suum, innocens erit qui percusserit, ita tamen ut operas ejus et impensas in medicos restituat.

19 ok ef hann ríss upp ok gengr með staf úti, þá mun hann saklauss vera ef hann heldr upp verkum hans á meðan ok gjaldi hann allan lækningarkostnað.

19 If he rise again, and walk abroad upon his staff, then shall he that smote him be quit: only he shall pay for the loss of his time, and shall cause him to be thoroughly healed.

כ. וְכִי יַכֶּה אִישׁ אֶת עַבְדּוֹ אוֹ אֶת אֲמָתוֹ בַּשֵּׁבֶט וּמֵת תַּחַת יָדוֹ נָקֹם יִנָּקֵם:

ἐὰν δέ τις πατάξῃ τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ ἢ τὴν παιδίσκην αὐτοῦ ἐν ῥάβδῳ καὶ ἀποθάνῃ ὑπὸ τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ δίκῃ ἐκδικηθήτω

Qui percusserit servum suum, vel ancillam virga, et mortui fuerint in manibus ejus, criminis reus erit.

20 Sá er lýstr með hendi þræl eða ambátt, ok deyja þau af hans hǫndum, lastar mun hann sekr vera.

20 And if a man smite his servant, or his maid, with a rod, and he die under his hand; he shall be surely punished.

כא. אַךְ אִם יוֹם אוֹ יוֹמַיִם יַעֲמֹד לֹא יֻקַּם כִּי כַסְפּוֹ הוּא:

ἐὰν δὲ διαβιώσῃ ἡμέραν μίαν ἢ δύο οὐκ ἐκδικηθήσεται τὸ γὰρ ἀργύριον αὐτοῦ ἐστιν

Sin autem uno die vel duobus supervixerit, non subjacebit pœnæ, quia pecunia illius est.

21 En ef hann lifir einn dag eða ij. þaðan af, þá mun hann eigi písl undir liggja, því at þræll ok ambátt eru hans fé.

21 Notwithstanding, if he continue a day or two, he shall not be punished: for he is his money.

כב. וְכִי יִנָּצוּ אֲנָשִׁים וְנָגְפוּ אִשָּׁה הָרָה וְיָצְאוּ יְלָדֶיהָ וְלֹא יִהְיֶה אָסוֹן עָנוֹשׁ יֵעָנֵשׁ כַּאֲשֶׁר יָשִׁית עָלָיו בַּעַל הָאִשָּׁה וְנָתַן בִּפְלִלִים:

ἐὰν δὲ μάχωνται δύο ἄνδρες καὶ πατάξωσιν γυναῖκα ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσαν καὶ ἐξέλθῃ τὸ παιδίον αὐτῆς μὴ ἐξεικονισμένον ἐπιζήμιον ζημιωθήσεται καθότι ἂν ἐπιβάλῃ ὁ ἀνὴρ τῆς γυναικός δώσει μετὰ ἀξιώματος

Si rixati fuerint viri, et percusserit quis mulierem prægnantem, et abortivum quidem fecerit, sed ipsa vixerit: subjacebit damno quantum maritus mulieris expetierit, et arbitri judicaverint.

22 Ef menn verða reiðir ok lýstr maðr kviðuga konu svá at hǫfn sú deyr er hon fer með, ok skilst hon við hǫfnina en hon lifir sjálf, sá er laust skal liggja undir dómi þvílíkum sem búandi hennar ok dómendr dœma.

22 If men strive, and hurt a woman with child, so that her fruit depart from her, and yet no mischief follow: he shall be surely punished, according as the woman's husband will lay upon him; and he shall pay as the judges determine.

כג. וְאִם אָסוֹן יִהְיֶה וְנָתַתָּה נֶפֶשׁ תַּחַת נָפֶשׁ:

ἐὰν δὲ ἐξεικονισμένον ἦν δώσει ψυχὴν ἀντὶ ψυχῆς

Sin autem mors ejus fuerit subsecuta, reddet animam pro anima,

23 En ef kona deyr, þá skal hann gjalda ǫnd fyrir ǫnd,

23 And if any mischief follow, then thou shalt give life for life,

כד. עַיִן תַּחַת עַיִן שֵׁן תַּחַת שֵׁן יָד תַּחַת יָד רֶגֶל תַּחַת רָגֶל:

ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος χεῖρα ἀντὶ χειρός πόδα ἀντὶ ποδός

oculum pro oculo, dentem pro dente, manum pro manu, pedem pro pede,

24 auga fyrir auga, tǫnn fyrir tǫnn, hǫnd fyrir hǫnd, fót fyrir fót, bruna fyrir

24 Eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot,

כה. כְּוִיָּה תַּחַת כְּוִיָּה פֶּצַע תַּחַת פָּצַע חַבּוּרָה תַּחַת חַבּוּרָה:

κατάκαυμα ἀντὶ κατακαύματος τραῦμα ἀντὶ τραύματος μώλωπα ἀντὶ μώλωπος

adustionem pro adustione, vulnus pro vulnere, livorem pro livore.

25 bruna, sár fyrir sár.

25 Burning for burning, wound for wound, stripe for stripe.

כו. וְכִי יַכֶּה אִישׁ אֶת עֵין עַבְדּוֹ אוֹ אֶת עֵין אֲמָתוֹ וְשִׁחֲתָהּ לַחָפְשִׁי יְשַׁלְּחֶנּוּ תַּחַת עֵינוֹ:

ἐὰν δέ τις πατάξῃ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν τοῦ οἰκέτου αὐτοῦ ἢ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν τῆς θεραπαίνης αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκτυφλώσῃ ἐλευθέρους ἐξαποστελεῖ αὐτοὺς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ αὐτῶν

Si percusserit quispiam oculum servi sui aut ancillæ, et luscos eos fecerit, dimittet eos liberos pro oculo quem eruit.

26 Ef nokkurr maðr lýstr í auga þræls síns ok ambáttar, þá skulu þau frelsi hafa fyrir augat þat er hann út stakk.

26 And if a man smite the eye of his servant, or the eye of his maid, that it perish; he shall let him go free for his eye's sake.

כז. וְאִם שֵׁן עַבְדּוֹ אוֹ שֵׁן אֲמָתוֹ יַפִּיל לַחָפְשִׁי יְשַׁלְּחֶנּוּ תַּחַת שִׁנּוֹ:

ἐὰν δὲ τὸν ὀδόντα τοῦ οἰκέτου ἢ τὸν ὀδόντα τῆς θεραπαίνης αὐτοῦ ἐκκόψῃ ἐλευθέρους ἐξαποστελεῖ αὐτοὺς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὀδόντος αὐτῶν

Dentem quoque si excusserit servo vel ancillæ suæ, similiter dimittet eos liberos.

27 Ef maðr brýtr tǫnn úr þræli sínum eða ambátt, þá skal hann þeim frelsi gefa.

27 And if he smite out his manservant's tooth, or his maidservant's tooth; he shall let him go free for his tooth's sake.

כח. וְכִי יִגַּח שׁוֹר אֶת אִישׁ אוֹ אֶת אִשָּׁה וָמֵת סָקוֹל יִסָּקֵל הַשּׁוֹר וְלֹא יֵאָכֵל אֶת בְּשָׂרוֹ וּבַעַל הַשּׁוֹר נָקִי:

ἐὰν δὲ κερατίσῃ ταῦρος ἄνδρα ἢ γυναῖκα καὶ ἀποθάνῃ λίθοις λιθοβοληθήσεται ὁ ταῦρος καὶ οὐ βρωθήσεται τὰ κρέα αὐτοῦ ὁ δὲ κύριος τοῦ ταύρου ἀθῷος ἔσται

Si bos cornu percusserit virum aut mulierem, et mortui fuerint, lapidibus obruetur: et non comedentur carnes ejus, dominus quoque bovis innocens erit.

28 Ef griðungr stangar konu eða karlmann til bana, þá skal griðunginn grjóti berja til bana ok eigi skulu menn hann eta. Ok sá maðr er griðunginn á, mun saklauss vera ef hann vissi eigi at griðungrinn var ýgr.

28 If an ox gore a man or a woman, that they die: then the ox shall be surely stoned, and his flesh shall not be eaten; but the owner of the ox shall be quit.

כט. וְאִם שׁוֹר נַגָּח הוּא מִתְּמֹל שִׁלְשֹׁם וְהוּעַד בִּבְעָלָיו וְלֹא יִשְׁמְרֶנּוּ וְהֵמִית אִישׁ אוֹ אִשָּׁה הַשּׁוֹר יִסָּקֵל וְגַם בְּעָלָיו יוּמָת:

ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ταῦρος κερατιστὴς ᾖ πρὸ τῆς ἐχθὲς καὶ πρὸ τῆς τρίτης καὶ διαμαρτύρωνται τῷ κυρίῳ αὐτοῦ καὶ μὴ ἀφανίσῃ αὐτόν ἀνέλῃ δὲ ἄνδρα ἢ γυναῖκα ὁ ταῦρος λιθοβοληθήσεται καὶ ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ προσαποθανεῖται

Quod si bos cornupeta fuerit ab heri et nudiustertius, et contestati sunt dominum ejus, nec recluserit eum, occideritque virum aut mulierem: et bos lapidibus obruetur, et dominum ejus occident.

29 Ef griðungrinn er ýgr í ij. daga eðr iij., ok veit sá er á at hann er ýgr, ok vill hann eigi varðveita griðunginn ok stangar hann karlmann eða konu til bana, þá skal berja griðunginn grjóti til bana, ok svá þann mann er á gridunginn.

29 But if the ox were wont to push with his horn in time past, and it hath been testified to his owner, and he hath not kept him in, but that he hath killed a man or a woman; the ox shall be stoned, and his owner also shall be put to death.

ל. אִם כֹּפֶר יוּשַׁת עָלָיו וְנָתַן פִּדְיֹן נַפְשׁוֹ כְּכֹל אֲשֶׁר יוּשַׁת עָלָיו:

ἐὰν δὲ λύτρα ἐπιβληθῇ αὐτῷ δώσει λύτρα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ ὅσα ἐὰν ἐπιβάλωσιν αὐτῷ

Quod si pretium fuerit ei impositum, dabit pro anima sua quidquid fuerit postulatus.

30 Ef menn vilja fé taka fyrir hann, þá skal hann gjalda þvílíkt fyrir sik sem hann er beiddr,

30 If there be laid on him a sum of money, then he shall give for the ransom of his life whatsoever is laid upon him.

לא. אוֹ בֵן יִגּח אוֹ בַת יִגָּח כַּמִּשְׁפָּט הַזֶּה יֵעָשֶׂה לוֹ:

ἐὰν δὲ υἱὸν ἢ θυγατέρα κερατίσῃ κατὰ τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦτο ποιήσουσιν αὐτῷ

Filium quoque et filiam si cornu percusserit, simili sententiæ subjacebit.

31 þvílíku atkvæði skal hann undir liggja þó at griðungr stangi son hans eða dóttur.

31 Whether he have gored a son, or have gored a daughter, according to this judgment shall it be done unto him.

לב. אִם עֶבֶד יִגַּח הַשּׁוֹר אוֹ אָמָה כֶּסֶף שְׁלשִׁים שְׁקָלִים יִתֵּן לַאדֹנָיו וְהַשּׁוֹר יִסָּקֵל:

ἐὰν δὲ παῖδα κερατίσῃ ὁ ταῦρος ἢ παιδίσκην ἀργυρίου τριάκοντα δίδραχμα δώσει τῷ κυρίῳ αὐτῶν καὶ ὁ ταῦρος λιθοβοληθήσεται

Si servum ancillamque invaserit, triginta siclos argenti domino dabit, bos vero lapidibus opprimetur.

32 Ef naut stangar þræl eda ambátt til bana, þá skal sá er naut á gjalda gilda xxx. ciklos dróttni þræls eða ambáttar, en griðung skal berja grjóti til bana. xv. peningar ero ciklos.

32 If the ox shall push a manservant or a maidservant; he shall give unto their master thirty shekels of silver, and the ox shall be stoned.

לג. וְכִי יִפְתַּח אִישׁ בּוֹר אוֹ כִּי יִכְרֶה אִישׁ בֹּר וְלֹא יְכַסֶּנּוּ וְנָפַל שָׁמָּה שּׁוֹר אוֹ חֲמוֹר:

ἐὰν δέ τις ἀνοίξῃ λάκκον ἢ λατομήσῃ λάκκον καὶ μὴ καλύψῃ αὐτόν καὶ ἐμπέσῃ ἐκεῖ μόσχος ἢ ὄνος

Si quis aperuerit cisternam, et foderit, et non operuerit eam, cecideritque bos aut asinus in eam,

33ac Ef nokkurr maðr grefr grǫf ok fellr þar í oxi eda asni ok deyr,

33 And if a man shall open a pit, or if a man shall dig a pit, and not cover it, and an ox or an ass fall therein;

לד. בַּעַל הַבּוֹר יְשַׁלֵּם כֶּסֶף יָשִׁיב לִבְעָלָיו וְהַמֵּת יִהְיֶה לּוֹ:

ὁ κύριος τοῦ λάκκου ἀποτείσει ἀργύριον δώσει τῷ κυρίῳ αὐτῶν τὸ δὲ τετελευτηκὸς αὐτῷ ἔσται

reddet dominus cisternæ pretium jumentorum: quod autem mortuum est, ipsius erit.

34 þá skal sá maðr er grǫfina gróf gjalda verð fénaðarins þeim er féit átti, en hann skal gjalda naut fyrir naut, en hann skal hafa þat naut er dó.

34 The owner of the pit shall make it good, and give money unto the owner of them; and the dead beast shall be his.

לה. וְכִי יִגֹּף שׁוֹר אִישׁ אֶת שׁוֹר רֵעֵהוּ וָמֵת וּמָכְרוּ אֶת הַשּׁוֹר הַחַי וְחָצוּ אֶת כַּסְפּוֹ וְגַם אֶת הַמֵּת יֶחֱצוּן:

ἐὰν δὲ κερατίσῃ τινὸς ταῦρος τὸν ταῦρον τοῦ πλησίον καὶ τελευτήσῃ ἀποδώσονται τὸν ταῦρον τὸν ζῶντα καὶ διελοῦνται τὸ ἀργύριον αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸν ταῦρον τὸν τεθνηκότα διελοῦνται

Si bos alienus bovem alterius vulneraverit, et ille mortuus fuerit: vendent bovem vivum, et divident pretium, cadaver autem mortui inter se dispertient.

35 And if one man's ox hurt another's, that he die; then they shall sell the live ox, and divide the money of it; and the dead ox also they shall divide.

לו. אוֹ נוֹדַע כִּי שׁוֹר נַגָּח הוּא מִתְּמוֹל שִׁלְשֹׁם וְלֹא יִשְׁמְרֶנּוּ בְּעָלָיו שַׁלֵּם יְשַׁלֵּם שׁוֹר תַּחַת הַשּׁוֹר וְהַמֵּת יִהְיֶה לּוֹ:

ἐὰν δὲ γνωρίζηται ὁ ταῦρος ὅτι κερατιστής ἐστιν πρὸ τῆς ἐχθὲς καὶ πρὸ τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας καὶ διαμεμαρτυρημένοι ὦσιν τῷ κυρίῳ αὐτοῦ καὶ μὴ ἀφανίσῃ αὐτόν ἀποτείσει ταῦρον ἀντὶ ταύρου ὁ δὲ τετελευτηκὼς αὐτῷ ἔσται

Sin autem sciebat quod bos cornupeta esset ab heri et nudiustertius, et non custodivit eum dominus suus: reddet bovem pro bove, et cadaver integrum accipiet.

36 Or if it be known that the ox hath used to push in time past, and his owner hath not kept him in; he shall surely pay ox for ox; and the dead shall be his own.

לז. כִּי יִגְנֹב אִישׁ שׁוֹר אוֹ שֶׂה וּטְבָחוֹ אוֹ מְכָרוֹ חֲמִשָּׁה בָקָר יְשַׁלֵּם תַּחַת הַשּׁוֹר וְאַרְבַּע צֹאן תַּחַת הַשֶּׂה:

ἐὰν δέ τις κλέψῃ μόσχον ἢ πρόβατον καὶ σφάξῃ αὐτὸ ἢ ἀποδῶται πέντε μόσχους ἀποτείσει ἀντὶ τοῦ μόσχου καὶ τέσσαρα πρόβατα ἀντὶ τοῦ προβάτου

Cap. 22
Si quis furatus fuerit bovem aut ovem, et occiderit vel vendiderit: quinque boves pro uno bove restituet, et quatuor oves pro una ove.

22
1 If a man shall steal an ox, or a sheep, and kill it, or sell it; he shall restore five oxen for an ox, and four sheep for a sheep.

כב

ΚΒʹ

א. אִם בַּמַּחְתֶּרֶת יִמָּצֵא הַגַּנָּב וְהֻכָּה וָמֵת אֵין לוֹ דָּמִים:

ἐὰν δὲ ἐν τῷ διορύγματι εὑρεθῇ ὁ κλέπτης καὶ πληγεὶς ἀποθάνῃ οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτῷ φόνος

Si effringens fur domum sive suffodiens fuerit inventus, et accepto vulnere mortuus fuerit, percussor non erit reus sanguinis.

1 Ef nokkurr maðr tekr naut eda sauð ok hǫggr eða selr, þá skal hann gjalda v. naut fyrir j. ok iiij. sauði fyrir einn sauð.

2 If a thief be found breaking up, and be smitten that he die, there shall no blood be shed for him.

ב. אִם זָרְחָה הַשֶּׁמֶשׁ עָלָיו דָּמִים לוֹ שַׁלֵּם יְשַׁלֵּם אִם אֵין לוֹ וְנִמְכַּר בִּגְנֵבָתוֹ:

ἐὰν δὲ ἀνατείλῃ ὁ ἥλιος ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ ἔνοχός ἐστιν ἀνταποθανεῖται ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ὑπάρχῃ αὐτῷ πραθήτω ἀντὶ τοῦ κλέμματος

Quod si orto sole hoc fecerit, homicidium perpetravit, et ipse morietur. Si non habuerit quod pro furto reddat, ipse venundabitur.

2 Ef þjófr verðr fundinn er hann brýtr hús eða rýfr, ok er hann veginn at því verki, þá sekst eigi vegandi á honum.

3 If the sun be risen upon him, there shall be blood shed for him; for he should make full restitution; if he have nothing, then he shall be sold for his theft.

ג. אִם הִמָּצֵא תִמָּצֵא בְיָדוֹ הַגְּנֵבָה מִשּׁוֹר עַד חֲמוֹר עַד שֶׂה חַיִּים שְׁנַיִם יְשַׁלֵּם:

ἐὰν δὲ καταλημφθῇ καὶ εὑρεθῇ ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ τὸ κλέμμα ἀπό τε ὄνου ἕως προβάτου ζῶντα διπλᾶ αὐτὰ ἀποτείσει

Si inventum fuerit apud eum quod furatus est, vivens: sive bos, sive asinus, sive ovis, duplum restituet.

3 Ef hann gjǫrir þat at upp runninni sólu, þá framdi hann manndrap ok sjálfr deyr hann þá. Ef þjófrinn hefir eigi fé til at gjalda fyrir stuldinn, þá skal hann sjálfan sik selja ok gjalda sitt verð fyrir stuldinn.

4 If the theft be certainly found in his hand alive, whether it be ox, or ass, or sheep; he shall restore double.

ד. כִּי יַבְעֶר אִישׁ שָׂדֶה אוֹ כֶרֶם וְשִׁלַּח אֶת בְּעִירוֹ וּבִעֵר בִּשְׂדֵה אַחֵר מֵיטַב שָׂדֵהוּ וּמֵיטַב כַּרְמוֹ יְשַׁלֵּם:

ἐὰν δὲ καταβοσκήσῃ τις ἀγρὸν ἢ ἀμπελῶνα καὶ ἀφῇ τὸ κτῆνος αὐτοῦ καταβοσκῆσαι ἀγρὸν ἕτερον ἀποτείσει ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὸ γένημα αὐτοῦ ἐὰν δὲ πάντα τὸν ἀγρὸν καταβοσκήσῃ τὰ βέλτιστα τοῦ ἀγροῦ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ βέλτιστα τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος αὐτοῦ ἀποτείσει

Si læserit quispiam agrum vel vineam, et dimiserit jumentum suum ut depascatur aliena: quidquid optimum habuerit in agro suo, vel in vinea, pro damni æstimatione restituet.

4 Ef sauðr eða naut finnst lifanda með þeim manni er stal, þá gjaldi hann aptr tvígjǫlldum. Ef nokkurr maðr beitir akr annars manns eda víngarða eða spillir annan veg, þá gjaldi hann þat fyrir er á bítst á ǫkrum eða víngǫrðum.

5 If a man shall cause a field or vineyard to be eaten, and shall put in his beast, and shall feed in another man's field; of the best of his own field, and of the best of his own vineyard, shall he make restitution.

ה. כִּי תֵצֵא אֵשׁ וּמָצְאָה קֹצִים וְנֶאֱכַל גָּדִישׁ אוֹ הַקָּמָה אוֹ הַשָּׂדֶה שַׁלֵּם יְשַׁלֵּם הַמַּבְעִר אֶת הַבְּעֵרָה:

ἐὰν δὲ ἐξελθὸν πῦρ εὕρῃ ἀκάνθας καὶ προσεμπρήσῃ ἅλωνα ἢ στάχυς ἢ πεδίον ἀποτείσει ὁ τὸ πῦρ ἐκκαύσας

Si egressus ignis invenerit spinas, et comprehenderit acervos frugum, sive stantes segetes in agris, reddet damnum qui ignem succenderit.

6 If fire break out, and catch in thorns, so that the stacks of corn, or the standing corn, or the field, be consumed therewith; he that kindled the fire shall surely make restitution.

ו. כִּי יִתֵּן אִישׁ אֶל רֵעֵהוּ כֶּסֶף אוֹ כֵלִים לִשְׁמֹר וְגֻנַּב מִבֵּית הָאִישׁ אִם יִמָּצֵא הַגַּנָּב יְשַׁלֵּם שְׁנָיִם:

ἐὰν δέ τις δῷ τῷ πλησίον ἀργύριον ἢ σκεύη φυλάξαι καὶ κλαπῇ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐὰν εὑρεθῇ ὁ κλέψας ἀποτείσει διπλοῦν

Si quis commendaverit amico pecuniam aut vas in custodiam, et ab eo, qui susceperat, furto ablata fuerint: si invenitur fur, duplum reddet:

6 Ef eldr brennir bœi eða akra, þá á at bœta þann skaða sá er eld kveikti.

7 If a man shall deliver unto his neighbour money or stuff to keep, and it be stolen out of the man's house; if the thief be found, let him pay double.

ז. אִם לֹא יִמָּצֵא הַגַּנָּב וְנִקְרַב בַּעַל הַבַּיִת אֶל הָאֱלֹהִים אִם לֹא שָׁלַח יָדוֹ בִּמְלֶאכֶת רֵעֵהוּ:

ἐὰν δὲ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ὁ κλέψας προσελεύσεται ὁ κύριος τῆς οἰκίας ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ὀμεῖται ἦ μὴν μὴ αὐτὸς πεπονηρεῦσθαι ἐφ᾽ ὅλης τῆς παρακαταθήκης τοῦ πλησίον

si latet fur, dominus domus applicabitur ad deos, et jurabit quod non extenderit manum in rem proximi sui,

7 Ef nokkurr maðr selr vin sínum ker eða annan grip til varðveizlu ok verðr þat stolit á braut, ok ef þat spyrst upp, þá gjaldi þjófnað tvennum gjǫldum.

8 If the thief be not found, then the master of the house shall be brought unto the judges, to see whether he have put his hand unto his neighbour's goods.

ח. עַל כָּל דְּבַר פֶּשַׁע עַל שׁוֹר עַל חֲמוֹר עַל שֶׂה עַל שַׂלְמָה עַל כָּל אֲבֵדָה אֲשֶׁר יֹאמַר כִּי הוּא זֶה עַד הָאֱלֹהִים יָבֹא דְּבַר שְׁנֵיהֶם אֲשֶׁר יַרְשִׁיעֻן אֱלֹהִים יְשַׁלֵּם שְׁנַיִם לְרֵעֵהוּ:

κατὰ πᾶν ῥητὸν ἀδίκημα περί τε μόσχου καὶ ὑποζυγίου καὶ προβάτου καὶ ἱματίου καὶ πάσης ἀπωλείας τῆς ἐγκαλουμένης ὅ τι οὖν ἂν ᾖ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐλεύσεται ἡ κρίσις ἀμφοτέρων καὶ ὁ ἁλοὺς διὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀποτείσει διπλοῦν τῷ πλησίον

ad perpetrandam fraudem, tam in bove quam in asino, et ove ac vestimento, et quidquid damnum inferre potest: ad deos utriusque causa perveniet, et si illi judicaverit, duplum restituet proximo suo.

8 En ef eigi finnst þat er stolit er, þá svari sá við Guð er varðveitti at hann hefir eigi

9 For all manner of trespass, whether it be for ox, for ass, for sheep, for raiment, or for any manner of lost thing which another challengeth to be his, the cause of both parties shall come before the judges; and whom the judges shall condemn, he shall pay double unto his neighbour.

ט. כִּי יִתֵּן אִישׁ אֶל רֵעֵהוּ חֲמוֹר אוֹ שׁוֹר אוֹ שֶׂה וְכָל בְּהֵמָה לִשְׁמֹר וּמֵת אוֹ נִשְׁבַּר אוֹ נִשְׁבָּה אֵין רֹאֶה:

ἐὰν δέ τις δῷ τῷ πλησίον ὑποζύγιον ἢ μόσχον ἢ πρόβατον ἢ πᾶν κτῆνος φυλάξαι καὶ συντριβῇ ἢ τελευτήσῃ ἢ αἰχμάλωτον γένηται καὶ μηδεὶς γνῷ

Si quis commendaverit proximo suo asinum, bovem, ovem, et omne jumentum ad custodiam, et mortuum fuerit, aut debilitatum, vel captum ab hostibus, nullusque hoc viderit:

9 stolit né svíkit fé annars manns, hvort sem horfit hefir naut eða sauðr eða annat fé, ok hvatki er skaði má at verða,

10 If a man deliver unto his neighbour an ass, or an ox, or a sheep, or any beast, to keep; and it die, or be hurt, or driven away, no man seeing it:

י. שְׁבֻעַת יְהֹוָה תִּהְיֶה בֵּין שְׁנֵיהֶם אִם לֹא שָׁלַח יָדוֹ בִּמְלֶאכֶת רֵעֵהוּ וְלָקַח בְּעָלָיו וְלֹא יְשַׁלֵּם:

ὅρκος ἔσται τοῦ θεοῦ ἀνὰ μέσον ἀμφοτέρων ἦ μὴν μὴ αὐτὸν πεπονηρεῦσθαι καθ᾽ ὅλης τῆς παρακαταθήκης τοῦ πλησίον καὶ οὕτως προσδέξεται ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ καὶ οὐκ ἀποτείσει

jusjurandum erit in medio, quod non extenderit manum ad rem proximi sui: suscipietque dominus juramentum, et ille reddere non cogetur.

10 komi í hendr náungi sínum til varðveizlu oxa eða asna eða annan fénað ok deyr þat eða lemzt eda bítr dýr ok sér engi maðr þat,

11 Then shall an oath of the LORD be between them both, that he hath not put his hand unto his neighbour's goods; and the owner of it shall accept thereof, and he shall not make it good.

יא. וְאִם גָּנֹב יִגָּנֵב מֵעִמּוֹ יְשַׁלֵּם לִבְעָלָיו:

ἐὰν δὲ κλαπῇ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἀποτείσει τῷ κυρίῳ

Quod si furto ablatum fuerit, restituet damnum domino;

11 sveri hann eið at hann rétti eigi hǫnd sína til eigu náungs síns. Ok skal eigandi fjárins þiggja hans svardaga, ok er varðveizlumaðr þá eigi skyldr at gjalda skaða fjárins þeim er féit átti.

12 And if it be stolen from him, he shall make restitution unto the owner thereof.

יב. אִם טָרֹף יִטָּרֵף יְבִאֵהוּ עֵד הַטְּרֵפָה לֹא יְשַׁלֵּם:

ἐὰν δὲ θηριάλωτον γένηται ἄξει αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν θήραν καὶ οὐκ ἀποτείσει

si comestum a bestia, deferat ad eum quod occisum est, et non restituet.

13 If it be torn in pieces, then let him bring it for witness, and he shall not make good that which was torn.

יג. וְכִי יִשְׁאַל אִישׁ מֵעִם רֵעֵהוּ וְנִשְׁבַּר אוֹ מֵת בְּעָלָיו אֵין עִמּוֹ שַׁלֵּם יְשַׁלֵּם:

ἐὰν δὲ αἰτήσῃ τις παρὰ τοῦ πλησίον καὶ συντριβῇ ἢ ἀποθάνῃ ἢ αἰχμάλωτον γένηται ὁ δὲ κύριος μὴ ᾖ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἀποτείσει

Qui a proximo suo quidquam horum mutuo postulaverit, et debilitatum aut mortuum fuerit domino non præsente, reddere compelletur.

13 Ef varðveizlumaðr fjárins fœrir eiganda þat sem dýr bítr, þá er hann eigi skyldr at bœta skaðan.

14 And if a man borrow ought of his neighbour, and it be hurt, or die, the owner thereof being not with it, he shall surely make it good.

יד. אִם בְּעָלָיו עִמּוֹ לֹא יְשַׁלֵּם אִם שָׂכִיר הוּא בָּא בִּשְׂכָרוֹ:

ἐὰν δὲ ὁ κύριος ᾖ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἀποτείσει ἐὰν δὲ μισθωτὸς ᾖ ἔσται αὐτῷ ἀντὶ τοῦ μισθοῦ αὐτοῦ

Quod si impræsentiarum dominus fuerit, non restituet, maxime si conductum venerat pro mercede operis sui.

14 Sá maðr er at láni tekr fé af manni ok deyr þat eda lemzt svá at eígandi er eigi hjá, þá skal hann gjalda skaðan þeim er átti.

15 But if the owner thereof be with it, he shall not make it good: if it be an hired thing, it came for his hire.

טו. וְכִי יְפַתֶּה אִישׁ בְּתוּלָה אֲשֶׁר לֹא אֹרָשָׂה וְשָׁכַב עִמָּהּ מָהֹר יִמְהָרֶנָּה לּוֹ לְאִשָּׁה:

ἐὰν δὲ ἀπατήσῃ τις παρθένον ἀμνήστευτον καὶ κοιμηθῇ μετ᾽ αὐτῆς φερνῇ φερνιεῖ αὐτὴν αὐτῷ γυναῖκα

Si seduxerit quis virginem necdum desponsatam, dormieritque cum ea: dotabit eam, et habebit eam uxorem.

15 Ef eigandi er við staddr, þá er hann eigi skyldr at gjalda ef leigt hefir verit þat ok komit mest fyrir verðkaupi verksins.

16 And if a man entice a maid that is not betrothed, and lie with her, he shall surely endow her to be his wife.

טז. אִם מָאֵן יְמָאֵן אָבִיהָ לְתִתָּהּ לוֹ כֶּסֶף יִשְׁקֹל כְּמֹהַר הַבְּתוּלֹת:

ἐὰν δὲ ἀνανεύων ἀνανεύσῃ καὶ μὴ βούληται ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῆς δοῦναι αὐτὴν αὐτῷ γυναῖκα ἀργύριον ἀποτείσει τῷ πατρὶ καθ᾽ ὅσον ἐστὶν ἡ φερνὴ τῶν παρθένων

Si pater virginis dare noluerit, reddet pecuniam juxta modum dotis, quam virgines accipere consueverunt.

16 Ef nokkurr maðr svíkr mey eigi manni fastnaða ok misþyrmir hann henni, þá skal hann þá mey mundi kaupa ok ganga hana at eiga.

17 If her father utterly refuse to give her unto him, he shall pay money according to the dowry of virgins.

יז. מְכַשֵּׁפָה לֹא תְחַיֶּה:

φαρμακοὺς οὐ περιποιήσετε

Maleficos non patieris vivere.

17 Ef faðir meyjar vill honum eigi gefa hana, gjaldi hann þá þvílíkt fé með henni sem mundr hennar er ok meyjar eru vanar at taka.

18 Thou shalt not suffer a witch to live.

יח. כָּל שֹׁכֵב עִם בְּהֵמָה מוֹת יוּמָת:

πᾶν κοιμώμενον μετὰ κτήνους θανάτῳ ἀποκτενεῖτε αὐτούς

Qui coierit cum jumento, morte moriatur.

18 Eigi skaltu illvirkja lifa láta.

19 Whosoever lieth with a beast shall surely be put to death.

יט. זֹבֵחַ לָאֱלֹהִים יָחֳרָם בִּלְתִּי לַיהֹוָה לְבַדּוֹ:

ὁ θυσιάζων θεοῖς θανάτῳ ὀλεθρευθήσεται πλὴν κυρίῳ μόνῳ

Qui immolat diis, occidetur, præterquam Domino soli.

19 Þann er við kvikvendi á viðskipti, deyi hann dauða.

20 He that sacrificeth unto any god, save unto the LORD only, he shall be utterly destroyed.

כ. וְגֵר לֹא תוֹנֶה וְלֹא תִלְחָצֶנּוּ כִּי גֵרִים הֱיִיתֶם בְּאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

καὶ προσήλυτον οὐ κακώσετε οὐδὲ μὴ θλίψητε αὐτόν ἦτε γὰρ προσήλυτοι ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ

Advenam non contristabis, neque affliges eum: advenæ enim et ipsi fuistis in terra Ægypti.

See below verse 24

21 Thou shalt neither vex a stranger, nor oppress him: for ye were strangers in the land of Egypt.

כא. כָּל אַלְמָנָה וְיָתוֹם לֹא תְעַנּוּן:

πᾶσαν χήραν καὶ ὀρφανὸν οὐ κακώσετε

Viduæ et pupillo non nocebitis.

21 Eigi skaltu hryggja né kvelja útlenda menn, því at þeir vóru útlendir á Egiptalandi.

22 Ye shall not afflict any widow, or fatherless child.

כב. אִם עַנֵּה תְעַנּה אֹתוֹ כִּי אִם צָעֹק יִצְעַק אֵלַי שָׁמֹעַ אֶשְׁמַע צַעֲקָתוֹ:

ἐὰν δὲ κακίᾳ κακώσητε αὐτοὺς καὶ κεκράξαντες καταβοήσωσι πρός με ἀκοῇ εἰσακούσομαι τῆς φωνῆς αὐτῶν

Si læseritis eos, vociferabuntur ad me, et ego audiam clamorem eorum:

22 Eigi skulu grand gera ekkju eða ungum manni,

23 If thou afflict them in any wise, and they cry at all unto me, I will surely hear their cry;

כג. וְחָרָה אַפִּי וְהָרַגְתִּי אֶתְכֶם בֶּחָרֶב וְהָיוּ נְשֵׁיכֶם אַלְמָנוֹת וּבְנֵיכֶם יְתֹמִים:

καὶ ὀργισθήσομαι θυμῷ καὶ ἀποκτενῶ ὑμᾶς μαχαίρᾳ καὶ ἔσονται αἱ γυναῖκες ὑμῶν χῆραι καὶ τὰ παιδία ὑμῶν ὀρφανά

et indignabitur furor meus, percutiamque vos gladio, et erunt uxores vestræ viduæ, et filii vestri pupilli.

23 því at þau munu til mín kalla, ok mun ek heyra kall þeirra,

24 And my wrath shall wax hot, and I will kill you with the sword; and your wives shall be widows, and your children fatherless.

כד. אִם כֶּסֶף תַּלְוֶה אֶת עַמִּי אֶת הֶעָנִי עִמָּךְ לֹא תִהְיֶה לוֹ כְּנשֶׁה לֹא תְשִׂימוּן עָלָיו נֶשֶׁךְ:

ἐὰν δὲ ἀργύριον ἐκδανείσῃς τῷ ἀδελφῷ τῷ πενιχρῷ παρὰ σοί οὐκ ἔσῃ αὐτὸν κατεπείγων οὐκ ἐπιθήσεις αὐτῷ τόκον

Si pecuniam mutuam dederis populo meo pauperi qui habitat tecum, non urgebis eum quasi exactor, nec usuris opprimes.

24 ok mun reiðazt hefnd mín, ok mun ljósta yðr með sverði, ok munu konur yðrar verða ekkjur ok synir yðrir litlir

20a vegizt, sá er skurðgoð blótar.

25 If thou lend money to any of my people that is poor by thee, thou shalt not be to him as an usurer, neither shalt thou lay upon him usury.

כה. אִם חָבֹל תַּחְבֹּל שַׂלְמַת רֵעֶךָ עַד בֹּא הַשֶּׁמֶשׁ תְּשִׁיבֶנּוּ לוֹ:

ἐὰν δὲ ἐνεχύρασμα ἐνεχυράσῃς τὸ ἱμάτιον τοῦ πλησίον πρὸ δυσμῶν ἡλίου ἀποδώσεις αὐτῷ

Si pignus a proximo tuo acceperis vestimentum, ante solis occasum reddes ei.

25 Ef þú gefr dauðan fénað folki mínu því er með þér er, þá skaltu eigi þrøngva því svá sem heimtari, ok eigi með leigu skaltu því þrøngva.

26 If thou at all take thy neighbour's raiment to pledge, thou shalt deliver it unto him by that the sun goeth down:

כו. כִּי הִוא כְסוּתוֹ לְבַדָּהּ הִוא שִׂמְלָתוֹ לְעֹרוֹ בַּמֶּה יִשְׁכָּב וְהָיָה כִּי יִצְעַק אֵלַי וְשָׁמַעְתִּי כִּי חַנּוּן אָנִי:

ἔστιν γὰρ τοῦτο περιβόλαιον αὐτοῦ μόνον τοῦτο τὸ ἱμάτιον ἀσχημοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τίνι κοιμηθήσεται ἐὰν οὖν καταβοήσῃ πρός με εἰσακούσομαι αὐτοῦ ἐλεήμων γάρ εἰμι

Ipsum enim est solum, quo operitur, indumentum carnis ejus, nec habet aliud in quo dormiat: si clamaverit ad me, exaudiam eum, quia misericors sum.

26 Ef þú tekr klæðnað af náungi þínum. þá gjaltu honum þat fyrir sólarfall,

27 For that is his covering only, it is his raiment for his skin: wherein shall he sleep? and it shall come to pass, when he crieth unto me, that I will hear; for I am gracious.

כז. אֱלֹהִים לֹא תְקַלֵּל וְנָשִׂיא בְעַמְּךָ לֹא תָאֹר:

θεοὺς οὐ κακολογήσεις καὶ ἄρχοντας τοῦ λαοῦ σου οὐ κακῶς ἐρεῖς

Diis non detrahes, et principi populi tui non maledices.

27 því at sjálft er eitt skrýðing líkama hans, sú er hann klæðist með, ok eigi hefir hann annat til ábreiðu þá er hann sefr. Ef hann kallar til mín, þá mun ek heyra orð hans, því at ek em miskunnsamr.

28 Thou shalt not revile the gods, nor curse the ruler of thy people.

כח. מְלֵאָתְךָ וְדִמְעֲךָ לֹא תְאַחֵר בְּכוֹר בָּנֶיךָ תִּתֶּן לִי:

ἀπαρχὰς ἅλωνος καὶ ληνοῦ σου οὐ καθυστερήσεις τὰ πρωτότοκα τῶν υἱῶν σου δώσεις ἐμοί

Decimas tuas et primitias tuas non tardabis reddere: primogenitum filiorum tuorum dabis mihi.

28 Eigi skaltu Guði hallmæla, ok eigi skaltu bǫlva hǫfðingalýðs míns.

29 Thou shalt not delay to offer the first of thy ripe fruits, and of thy liquors: the firstborn of thy sons shalt thou give unto me.

כט. כֵּן תַּעֲשֶׂה לְשֹׁרְךָ לְצֹאנֶךָ שִׁבְעַת יָמִים יִהְיֶה עִם אִמּוֹ בַּיּוֹם הַשְּׁמִינִי תִּתְּנוֹ לִי:

οὕτως ποιήσεις τὸν μόσχον σου καὶ τὸ πρόβατόν σου καὶ τὸ ὑποζύγιόν σου ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας ἔσται ὑπὸ τὴν μητέρα τῇ δὲ ὀγδόῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀποδώσεις μοι αὐτό

De bobus quoque, et ovibus similiter facies: septem diebus sit cum matre sua, die octava reddes illum mihi.

29 Tíundir skaltu eigi dvelja at gjalda ok frumburði. Frumgetning sona þinna skaltu mér gefa,

30 Likewise shalt thou do with thine oxen, and with thy sheep: seven days it shall be with his dam; on the eighth day thou shalt give it me.

ל. וְאַנְשֵׁי קֹדֶשׁ תִּהְיוּן לִי וּבָשָׂר בַּשָּׂדֶה טְרֵפָה לֹא תֹאכֵלוּ לַכֶּלֶב תַּשְׁלִכוּן אֹתוֹ:

καὶ ἄνδρες ἅγιοι ἔσεσθέ μοι καὶ κρέας θηριάλωτον οὐκ ἔδεσθε τῷ κυνὶ ἀπορρίψατε αὐτό

Viri sancti eritis mihi: carnem, quæ a bestiis fuerit prægustata, non comedetis, sed projicietis canibus.

30 ok svá it sama af nautum ok sauðum. Vij. daga skal þat með móður sinni vera, enn á áttadegi skaltu mér þat gjalda.

31 Helgir menn mínir skulu þér vera. Þann fénað er deyrr (=dýr) bítr ok etr af, skulu þér eigi eta, heldr skulut þér þat hundum gefa. Eigi skaltu ljúga né lýgi trúa.

31 And ye shall be holy men unto me: neither shall ye eat any flesh that is torn of beasts in the field; ye shall cast it to the dogs.

כג

ΚΓʹ

Cap. 23

ΚΓʹ

א. לֹא תִשָּׂא שֵׁמַע שָׁוְא אַל תָּשֶׁת יָדְךָ עִם רָשָׁע לִהְיֹת עֵד חָמָס:

οὐ παραδέξῃ ἀκοὴν ματαίαν οὐ συγκαταθήσῃ μετὰ τοῦ ἀδίκου γενέσθαι μάρτυς ἄδικος

Non suscipies vocem mendacii, nec junges manum tuam ut pro impio dicas falsum testimonium.

1 Eigi skaltu ljúgvitni bera með úmildu,

1 Thou shalt not raise a false report: put not thine hand with the wicked to be an unrighteous witness.

ב. לֹא תִהְיֶה אַחֲרֵי רַבִּים לְרָעֹת וְלֹא תַעֲנֶה עַל רִב לִנְטֹת אַחֲרֵי רַבִּים לְהַטֹּת:

οὐκ ἔσῃ μετὰ πλειόνων ἐπὶ κακίᾳ οὐ προστεθήσῃ μετὰ πλήθους ἐκκλῖναι μετὰ πλειόνων ὥστε ἐκκλῖναι κρίσιν

Non sequeris turbam ad faciendum malum: nec in judicio, plurimorum acquiesces sententiæ, ut a vero devies.

2 eigi skaltu flokk fylgja til illgjǫrða, ok eigi skaltu hlýða margra manna atkvæði í dómi at þú gangir glapstíga frá sǫnnu.

2 Thou shalt not follow a multitude to do evil; neither shalt thou speak in a cause to decline after many to wrest judgment:

ג. וְדָל לֹא תֶהְדַּר בְּרִיבוֹ:

καὶ πένητα οὐκ ἐλεήσεις ἐν κρίσει

Pauperis quoque non misereberis in judicio.

3 Eigi skaltu miskunn neita í fátœkum kaupstað.

3 Neither shalt thou countenance a poor man in his cause.

ד. כִּי תִפְגַּע שׁוֹר אֹיִבְךָ אוֹ חֲמֹרוֹ תֹּעֶה הָשֵׁב תְּשִׁיבֶנּוּ לוֹ:

ἐὰν δὲ συναντήσῃς τῷ βοὶ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ σου ἢ τῷ ὑποζυγίῳ αὐτοῦ πλανωμένοις ἀποστρέψας ἀποδώσεις αὐτῷ

Si occurreris bovi inimici tui, aut asino erranti, reduc ad eum.

4 Ef þú renn at móti uxa eðr asna þeim er villr hleypr ok úvinr þinn á, þá skaltu hann aptr leiða til hans.

4 If thou meet thine enemy's ox or his ass going astray, thou shalt surely bring it back to him again.

ה. כִּי תִרְאֶה חֲמוֹר שׂנַאֲךָ רֹבֵץ תַּחַת מַשָּׂאוֹ וְחָדַלְתָּ מֵעֲזֹב לוֹ עָזֹב תַּעֲזֹב עִמּוֹ:

ἐὰν δὲ ἴδῃς τὸ ὑποζύγιον τοῦ ἐχθροῦ σου πεπτωκὸς ὑπὸ τὸν γόμον αὐτοῦ οὐ παρελεύσῃ αὐτό ἀλλὰ συνεγερεῖς αὐτὸ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ

Si videris asinum odientis te jacere sub onere, non pertransibis, sed sublevabis cum eo.

5 Ef þú sér asna þess er þik hatar liggja undir byrði, þá skaltu upp létta með honum, ok eigi frá fara.

5 If thou see the ass of him that hateth thee lying under his burden, and wouldest forbear to help him, thou shalt surely help with him.

ו. לֹא תַטֶּה מִשְׁפַּט אֶבְיֹנְךָ בְּרִיבוֹ:

οὐ διαστρέψεις κρίμα πένητος ἐν κρίσει αὐτοῦ

Non declinabis in judicium pauperis.

6 Eigi skaltu frá hneigjast í fátæks manns dómi.

6 Thou shalt not wrest the judgment of thy poor in his cause.

ז. מִדְּבַר שֶׁקֶר תִּרְחָק וְנָקִי וְצַדִּיק אַל תַּהֲרֹג כִּי לֹא אַצְדִּיק רָשָׁע:

ἀπὸ παντὸς ῥήματος ἀδίκου ἀποστήσῃ ἀθῷον καὶ δίκαιον οὐκ ἀποκτενεῖς καὶ οὐ δικαιώσεις τὸν ἀσεβῆ ἕνεκεν δώρων

Mendacium fugies. Insontem et justum non occides: quia aversor impium.

7 Flý þú lýgi. Eigi skaltu vega réttlátan mann, þann er á móti stendr úmildu.

7 Keep thee far from a false matter; and the innocent and righteous slay thou not: for I will not justify the wicked.

ח. וְשֹׁחַד לֹא תִקָּח כִּי הַשֹּׁחַד יְעַוֵּר פִּקְחִים וִיסַלֵּף דִּבְרֵי צַדִּיקִים:

καὶ δῶρα οὐ λήμψῃ τὰ γὰρ δῶρα ἐκτυφλοῖ ὀφθαλμοὺς βλεπόντων καὶ λυμαίνεται ῥήματα δίκαια

Nec accipies munera, quæ etiam excæcant prudentes, et subvertunt verba justorum.

8 Eigi skaltu gjafir þiggja þær er blinda vitra menn ok snúa niðr hjǫrtum réttlátra. Sex ár skaltu vinna jǫrð þína ok safna saman ávǫxtum hennar,

8 And thou shalt take no gift: for the gift blindeth the wise, and perverteth the words of the righteous.

ט. וְגֵר לֹא תִלְחָץ וְאַתֶּם יְדַעְתֶּם אֶת נֶפֶשׁ הַגֵּר כִּי גֵרִים הֱיִיתֶם בְּאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

καὶ προσήλυτον οὐ θλίψετε ὑμεῖς γὰρ οἴδατε τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ προσηλύτου αὐτοὶ γὰρ προσήλυτοι ἦτε ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ

Peregrino molestus non eris. Scitis enim advenarum animas: quia et ipsi peregrini fuistis in terra Ægypti.

9 Also thou shalt not oppress a stranger: for ye know the heart of a stranger, seeing ye were strangers in the land of Egypt.

י. וְשֵׁשׁ שָׁנִים תִּזְרַע אֶת אַרְצֶךָ וְאָסַפְתָּ אֶת תְּבוּאָתָהּ:

ἓξ ἔτη σπερεῖς τὴν γῆν σου καὶ συνάξεις τὰ γενήματα αὐτῆς

Sex annis seminabis terram tuam, et congregabis fruges ejus:

10 And six years thou shalt sow thy land, and shalt gather in the fruits thereof:

יא. וְהַשְּׁבִיעִת תִּשְׁמְטֶנָּה וּנְטַשְׁתָּהּ וְאָכְלוּ אֶבְיֹנֵי עַמֶּךָ וְיִתְרָם תֹּאכַל חַיַּת הַשָּׂדֶה כֵּן תַּעֲשֶׂה לְכַרְמְךָ לְזֵיתֶךָ:

τῷ δὲ ἑβδόμῳ ἄφεσιν ποιήσεις καὶ ἀνήσεις αὐτήν καὶ ἔδονται οἱ πτωχοὶ τοῦ ἔθνους σου τὰ δὲ ὑπολειπόμενα ἔδεται τὰ ἄγρια θηρία οὕτως ποιήσεις τὸν ἀμπελῶνά σου καὶ τὸν ἐλαιῶνά σου

anno autem septimo dimittes eam, et requiescere facies, ut comedant pauperes populi tui: et quidquid reliquum fuerit, edant bestiæ agri: ita facies in vinea et in oliveto tuo.

11 enn þú lát hana hvílazt á sjaunda ári, at fátœkir menn þínir éti þat ok dýr er eptir hefir orðit á jǫrðunni, á ǫkrum ok víngǫrðum ok við smjǫrs trjám.

11 But the seventh year thou shalt let it rest and lie still; that the poor of thy people may eat: and what they leave the beasts of the field shall eat. In like manner thou shalt deal with thy vineyard, and with thy oliveyard.

יב. שֵׁשֶׁת יָמִים תַּעֲשֶׂה מַעֲשֶׂיךָ וּבַיּוֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי תִּשְׁבֹּת לְמַעַן יָנוּחַ שׁוֹרְךָ וַחֲמֹרֶךָ וְיִנָּפֵשׁ בֶּן אֲמָתְךָ וְהַגֵּר:

ἓξ ἡμέρας ποιήσεις τὰ ἔργα σου τῇ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ ἀνάπαυσις ἵνα ἀναπαύσηται ὁ βοῦς σου καὶ τὸ ὑποζύγιόν σου καὶ ἵνα ἀναψύξῃ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς παιδίσκης σου καὶ ὁ προσήλυτος

Sex diebus operaberis: septimo die cessabis, ut requiescat bos et asinus tuus, et refrigeretur filius ancillæ tuæ, et advena.

12 Six days thou shalt do thy work, and on the seventh day thou shalt rest: that thine ox and thine ass may rest, and the son of thy handmaid, and the stranger, may be refreshed.

יג. וּבְכֹל אֲשֶׁר אָמַרְתִּי אֲלֵיכֶם תִּשָּׁמֵרוּ וְשֵׁם אֱלֹהִים אֲחֵרִים לֹא תַזְכִּירוּ לֹא יִשָּׁמַע עַל פִּיךָ:

πάντα ὅσα εἴρηκα πρὸς ὑμᾶς φυλάξασθε καὶ ὄνομα θεῶν ἑτέρων οὐκ ἀναμνησθήσεσθε οὐδὲ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν

Omnia quæ dixi vobis, custodite. Et per nomen externorum deorum non jurabitis, neque audietur ex ore vestro.

13 And in all things that I have said unto you be circumspect: and make no mention of the name of other gods, neither let it be heard out of thy mouth.

יד. שָׁלשׁ רְגָלִים תָּחֹג לִי בַּשָּׁנָה:

τρεῖς καιροὺς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἑορτάσατέ μοι

Tribus vicibus per singulos annos mihi festa celebrabitis.

14 Þrím sinnum á hverju ári skulu þér halda hátíð.

14 Three times thou shalt keep a feast unto me in the year.

טו. אֶת חַג הַמַּצּוֹת תִּשְׁמֹר שִׁבְעַת יָמִים תֹּאכַל מַצּוֹת כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוִּיתִךָ לְמוֹעֵד חֹדֶשׁ הָאָבִיב כִּי בוֹ יָצָאתָ מִמִּצְרָיִם וְלֹא יֵרָאוּ פָנַי רֵיקָם:

τὴν ἑορτὴν τῶν ἀζύμων φυλάξασθε ποιεῖν ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας ἔδεσθε ἄζυμα καθάπερ ἐνετειλάμην σοι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ μηνὸς τῶν νέων ἐν γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐξῆλθες ἐξ Αἰγύπτου οὐκ ὀφθήσῃ ἐνώπιόν μου κενός

Solemnitatem azymorum custodies. Septem diebus comedes azyma, sicut præcepi tibi, tempore mensis novorum, quando egressus es de Ægypto: non apparebis in conspectu meo vacuus.

15a Páska fagnað skulu þér halda vij. daga á hverju ári.

15 Thou shalt keep the feast of unleavened bread: (thou shalt eat unleavened bread seven days, as I commanded thee, in the time appointed of the month Abib; for in it thou camest out from Egypt: and none shall appear before me empty:)

טז. וְחַג הַקָּצִיר בִּכּוּרֵי מַעֲשֶׂיךָ אֲשֶׁר תִּזְרַע בַּשָּׂדֶה וְחַג הָאָסִף בְּצֵאת הַשָּׁנָה בְּאָסְפְּךָ אֶת מַעֲשֶׂיךָ מִן הַשָּׂדֶה:

καὶ ἑορτὴν θερισμοῦ πρωτογενημάτων ποιήσεις τῶν ἔργων σου ὧν ἐὰν σπείρῃς ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ σου καὶ ἑορτὴν συντελείας ἐπ᾽ ἐξόδου τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ τῶν ἔργων σου τῶν ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ σου

Et solemnitatem messis primitivorum operis tui, quæcumque seminaveris in agro: solemnitatem quoque in exitu anni, quando congregaveris omnes fruges tuas de agro.

16 Aðra hátíð skulu þér halda þá er þér hafit sáð jarðir yðrar. Þriðju hátið skulu þér halda þá er þér hafit saman fœrt korn yðart á haustit.

16 And the feast of harvest, the firstfruits of thy labours, which thou hast sown in the field: and the feast of ingathering, which is in the end of the year, when thou hast gathered in thy labours out of the field.

יז. שָׁלשׁ פְּעָמִים בַּשָּׁנָה יֵרָאֶה כָּל זְכוּרְךָ אֶל פְּנֵי הָאָדֹן יְהֹוָה:

τρεῖς καιροὺς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ὀφθήσεται πᾶν ἀρσενικόν σου ἐνώπιον κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου

Ter in anno apparebit omne masculinum tuum coram Domino Deo tuo.

17 Three items in the year all thy males shall appear before the LORD God.

יח. לֹא תִזְבַּח עַל חָמֵץ דַּם זִבְחִי וְלֹא יָלִין חֵלֶב חַגִּי עַד בֹּקֶר:

ὅταν γὰρ ἐκβάλω ἔθνη ἀπὸ προσώπου σου καὶ ἐμπλατύνω τὰ ὅριά σου οὐ θύσεις ἐπὶ ζύμῃ αἷμα θυσιάσματός μου οὐδὲ μὴ κοιμηθῇ στέαρ τῆς ἑορτῆς μου ἕως πρωί

Non immolabis super fermento sanguinem victimæ meæ, nec remanebit adeps solemnitatis meæ usque mane.

18 Eigi skaltu kalfsblóð sœfa til hátíðar minnar yfir hveiti, ok eigi skal eptir vera feiti hátíðar minnar at morni.

18 Thou shalt not offer the blood of my sacrifice with leavened bread; neither shall the fat of my sacrifice remain until the morning.

יט. רֵאשִׁית בִּכּוּרֵי אַדְמָתְךָ תָּבִיא בֵּית יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ לֹא תְבַשֵּׁל גְּדִי בַּחֲלֵב אִמּוֹ:

τὰς ἀπαρχὰς τῶν πρωτογενημάτων τῆς γῆς σου εἰσοίσεις εἰς τὸν οἶκον κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου οὐχ ἑψήσεις ἄρνα ἐν γάλακτι μητρὸς αὐτοῦ

Primitias frugum terræ tuæ deferes in domum Domini Dei tui. Non coques hædum in lacte matris suæ.

19 Frumvǫxt jarðar þinnar skaltu fœra i hús dróttins Guðs þíns. Eigi skaltu sjóða kið í mjǫlk móður sinnar.

19 The first of the firstfruits of thy land thou shalt bring into the house of the LORD thy God. Thou shalt not seethe a kid in his mother's milk.

כ. הִנֵּה אָנֹכִי שֹׁלֵחַ מַלְאָךְ לְפָנֶיךָ לִשְׁמָרְךָ בַּדָּרֶךְ וְלַהֲבִיאֲךָ אֶל הַמָּקוֹם אֲשֶׁר הֲכִנֹתִי:

καὶ ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου ἵνα φυλάξῃ σε ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ὅπως εἰσαγάγῃ σε εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ἡτοίμασά σοι

Ecce ego mittam angelum meum, qui præcedat te, et custodiat in via, et introducat in locum quem paravi.

20 Sé hérna: Ek mun senda engil minn þann er fyrir þér fari ok varðveiti þik ok téi þér at ek leiddi þik til þess staðar er ek hefi þér fyrirbúit.

20 Behold, I send an Angel before thee, to keep thee in the way, and to bring thee into the place which I have prepared.

כא. הִשָּׁמֶר מִפָּנָיו וּשְׁמַע בְּקֹלוֹ אַל תַּמֵּר בּוֹ כִּי לֹא יִשָּׂא לְפִשְׁעֲכֶם כִּי שְׁמִי בְּקִרְבּוֹ:

πρόσεχε σεαυτῷ καὶ εἰσάκουε αὐτοῦ καὶ μὴ ἀπείθει αὐτῷ οὐ γὰρ μὴ ὑποστείληταί σε τὸ γὰρ ὄνομά μού ἐστιν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ

Observa eum, et audi vocem ejus, nec contemnendum putes: quia non dimittet cum peccaveris, et est nomen meum in illo.

21 Varðveittu ok heyr rǫdd hans at eigi misgerir þú, ok nafn mitt er í honum.

21 Beware of him, and obey his voice, provoke him not; for he will not pardon your transgressions: for my name is in him.

כב. כִּי אִם שָׁמוֹעַ תִּשְׁמַע בְּקֹלוֹ וְעָשִׂיתָ כֹּל אֲשֶׁר אֲדַבֵּר וְאָיַבְתִּי אֶת אֹיְבֶיךָ וְצַרְתִּי אֶת צֹרְרֶיךָ:

ἐὰν ἀκοῇ ἀκούσητε τῆς ἐμῆς φωνῆς καὶ ποιήσῃς πάντα ὅσα ἂν ἐντείλωμαί σοι καὶ φυλάξητε τὴν διαθήκην μου ἔσεσθέ μοι λαὸς περιούσιος ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐμὴ γάρ ἐστιν πᾶσα ἡ γῆ ὑμεῖς δὲ ἔσεσθέ μοι βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα καὶ ἔθνος ἅγιον ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα ἐρεῖς τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ ἐὰν ἀκοῇ ἀκούσητε τῆς φωνῆς μου καὶ ποιήσῃς πάντα ὅσα ἂν εἴπω σοι ἐχθρεύσω τοῖς ἐχθροῖς σου καὶ ἀντικείσομαι τοῖς ἀντικειμένοις σοι

Quod si audieris vocem ejus, et feceris omnia quæ loquor, inimicus ero inimicis tuis, et affligam affligentes te.

22 Ef þú heyrir rǫdd hans ok gerir alla hluti þá er ek býð þér, þá mun ek vera úvinr úvinum þínum, ok mun ek kvelja þá er þik kvelja,

22 But if thou shalt indeed obey his voice, and do all that I speak; then I will be an enemy unto thine enemies, and an adversary unto thine adversaries.

כג. כִּי יֵלֵךְ מַלְאָכִי לְפָנֶיךָ וֶהֱבִיאֲךָ אֶל הָאֱמֹרִי וְהַחִתִּי וְהַפְּרִזִּי וְהַכְּנַעֲנִי הַחִוִּי וְהַיְבוּסִי וְהִכְחַדְתִּיו:

πορεύσεται γὰρ ὁ ἄγγελός μου ἡγούμενός σου καὶ εἰσάξει σε πρὸς τὸν Αμορραῖον καὶ Χετταῖον καὶ Φερεζαῖον καὶ Χαναναῖον καὶ Γεργεσαῖον καὶ Ευαῖον καὶ Ιεβουσαῖον καὶ ἐκτρίψω αὐτούς

Præcedetque te angelus meus, et introducet te ad Amorrhæum, et Hethæum, et Pherezæum, Chananæumque, et Hevæum, et Jebusæum, quos ego conteram.

23 ok mun engill minn fara fyrir þér, ok mun hann leiða þik til þjóða Amorreum ok Etheum ok Ferezeum ok Kananeum ok Eueum ok Ebuseum, ok mun ek þá kvelja.

23 For mine Angel shall go before thee, and bring thee in unto the Amorites, and the Hittites, and the Perizzites, and the Canaanites, the Hivites, and the Jebusites: and I will cut them off.

כד. לֹא תִשְׁתַּחֲוֶה לֵאלֹהֵיהֶם וְלֹא תָעָבְדֵם וְלֹא תַעֲשֶׂה כְּמַעֲשֵׂיהֶם כִּי הָרֵס תְּהָרְסֵם וְשַׁבֵּר תְּשַׁבֵּר מַצֵּבֹתֵיהֶם:

οὐ προσκυνήσεις τοῖς θεοῖς αὐτῶν οὐδὲ μὴ λατρεύσῃς αὐτοῖς οὐ ποιήσεις κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν ἀλλὰ καθαιρέσει καθελεῖς καὶ συντρίβων συντρίψεις τὰς στήλας αὐτῶν

Non adorabis deos eorum, nec coles eos: non facies opera eorum, sed destrues eos, et confringes statuas eorum.

24 Eigi skaltu goð þeirra gǫfga né fága, ok eigi skaltu verk þeira gera, heldr skaltu þau niðrbrjóta ok rækja ǫll skurgoð.

24 Thou shalt not bow down to their gods, nor serve them, nor do after their works: but thou shalt utterly overthrow them, and quite break down their images.

כה. וַעֲבַדְתֶּם אֵת יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵיכֶם וּבֵרַךְ אֶת לַחְמְךָ וְאֶת מֵימֶיךָ וַהֲסִרֹתִי מַחֲלָה מִקִּרְבֶּךָ:

καὶ λατρεύσεις κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ σου καὶ εὐλογήσω τὸν ἄρτον σου καὶ τὸν οἶνόν σου καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ σου καὶ ἀποστρέψω μαλακίαν ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν

Servietisque Domino Deo vestro, ut benedicam panibus tuis et aquis, et auferam infirmitatem de medio tui.

25 Þjóna skulu þér dróttni Guði yðrum at ek bleza bǫrnum yðrum brauð ok vatn, at ek færa í brott frá yðr allar illskur.

25 And ye shall serve the LORD your God, and he shall bless thy bread, and thy water; and I will take sickness away from the midst of thee.

כו. לֹא תִהְיֶה מְשַׁכֵּלָה וַעֲקָרָה בְּאַרְצֶךָ אֶת מִסְפַּר יָמֶיךָ אֲמַלֵּא:

οὐκ ἔσται ἄγονος οὐδὲ στεῖρα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς σου τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἡμερῶν σου ἀναπληρώσω

Non erit infœcunda, nec sterilis in terra tua: numerum dierum tuorum implebo.

26 Eigi mun vera úfrá kona né úbyrja i húsi þínu þar til er ek fylli taldaga þinna.

26 There shall nothing cast their young, nor be barren, in thy land: the number of thy days I will fulfil.

כז. אֶת אֵימָתִי אֲשַׁלַּח לְפָנֶיךָ וְהַמֹּתִי אֶת כָּל הָעָם אֲשֶׁר תָּבֹא בָּהֶם וְנָתַתִּי אֶת כָּל אֹיְבֶיךָ אֵלֶיךָ עֹרֶף:

καὶ τὸν φόβον ἀποστελῶ ἡγούμενόν σου καὶ ἐκστήσω πάντα τὰ ἔθνη εἰς οὓς σὺ εἰσπορεύῃ εἰς αὐτούς καὶ δώσω πάντας τοὺς ὑπεναντίους σου φυγάδας

Terrorem meum mittam in præcursum tuum, et occidam omnem populum, ad quem ingredieris: cunctorumque inimicorum tuorum coram te terga vertam:

27 Ógn mína mun ek senda fyrir þér, ok allan lýð mun ek vega þá er þú kemr til, ok alla úvini þína mun ek flýja láta fyrir þér.

27 I will send my fear before thee, and will destroy all the people to whom thou shalt come, and I will make all thine enemies turn their backs unto thee.

כח. וְשָׁלַחְתִּי אֶת הַצִּרְעָה לְפָנֶיךָ וְגֵרְשָׁה אֶת הַחִוִּי אֶת הַכְּנַעֲנִי וְאֶת הַחִתִּי מִלְּפָנֶיךָ:

καὶ ἀποστελῶ τὰς σφηκίας προτέρας σου καὶ ἐκβαλεῖ τοὺς Αμορραίους καὶ τοὺς Ευαίους καὶ τοὺς Χαναναίους καὶ τοὺς Χετταίους ἀπὸ σοῦ

emittens crabrones prius, qui fugabunt Hevæum, et Chananæum, et Hethæum, antequam introëas.

28 And I will send hornets before thee, which shall drive out the Hivite, the Canaanite, and the Hittite, from before thee.

כט. לֹא אֲגָרְשֶׁנּוּ מִפָּנֶיךָ בְּשָׁנָה אֶחָת פֶּן תִּהְיֶה הָאָרֶץ שְׁמָמָה וְרַבָּה עָלֶיךָ חַיַּת הַשָּׂדֶה:

οὐκ ἐκβαλῶ αὐτοὺς ἐν ἐνιαυτῷ ἑνί ἵνα μὴ γένηται ἡ γῆ ἔρημος καὶ πολλὰ γένηται ἐπὶ σὲ τὰ θηρία τῆς γῆς

Non ejiciam eos a facie tua anno uno: ne terra in solitudinem redigatur, et crescant contra te bestiæ.

29 I will not drive them out from before thee in one year; lest the land become desolate, and the beast of the field multiply against thee.

ל. מְעַט מְעַט אֲגָרְשֶׁנּוּ מִפָּנֶיךָ עַד אֲשֶׁר תִּפְרֶה וְנָחַלְתָּ אֶת הָאָרֶץ:

κατὰ μικρὸν μικρὸν ἐκβαλῶ αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ σοῦ ἕως ἂν αὐξηθῇς καὶ κληρονομήσῃς τὴν γῆν

Paulatim expellam eos de conspectu tuo, donec augearis, et possideas terram.

30 By little and little I will drive them out from before thee, until thou be increased, and inherit the land.

לא. וְשַׁתִּי אֶת גְּבֻלְךָ מִיַּם סוּף וְעַד יָם פְּלִשְׁתִּים וּמִמִּדְבָּר עַד הַנָּהָר כִּי אֶתֵּן בְּיֶדְכֶם אֵת ישְׁבֵי הָאָרֶץ וְגֵרַשְׁתָּמוֹ מִפָּנֶיךָ:

καὶ θήσω τὰ ὅριά σου ἀπὸ τῆς ἐρυθρᾶς θαλάσσης ἕως τῆς θαλάσσης τῆς Φυλιστιιμ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐρήμου ἕως τοῦ μεγάλου ποταμοῦ Εὐφράτου καὶ παραδώσω εἰς τὰς χεῖρας ὑμῶν τοὺς ἐγκαθημένους ἐν τῇ γῇ καὶ ἐκβαλῶ αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ σοῦ

Ponam autem terminos tuos a mari Rubro usque ad mare Palæstinorum, et a deserto usque ad fluvium: tradam in manibus vestris habitatores terræ, et ejiciam eos de conspectu vestro.

31a Setja mun ek endimark þitt allt frá hafinu rauða til sjávar Palestínorum.

31 And I will set thy bounds from the Red sea even unto the sea of the Philistines, and from the desert unto the river: for I will deliver the inhabitants of the land into your hand; and thou shalt drive them out before thee.

לב. לֹא תִכְרֹת לָהֶם וְלֵאלֹהֵיהֶם בְּרִית:

οὐ συγκαταθήσῃ αὐτοῖς καὶ τοῖς θεοῖς αὐτῶν διαθήκην

Non inibis cum eis fœdus, nec cum diis eorum.

32 Thou shalt make no covenant with them, nor with their gods.

לג. לֹא יֵשְׁבוּ בְּאַרְצְךָ פֶּן יַחֲטִיאוּ אֹתְךָ לִי כִּי תַעֲבֹד אֶת אֱלֹהֵיהֶם כִּי יִהְיֶה לְךָ לְמוֹקֵשׁ:

καὶ οὐκ ἐγκαθήσονται ἐν τῇ γῇ σου ἵνα μὴ ἁμαρτεῖν σε ποιήσωσιν πρός με ἐὰν γὰρ δουλεύσῃς τοῖς θεοῖς αὐτῶν οὗτοι ἔσονταί σοι πρόσκομμα

Non habitent in terra tua, ne forte peccare te faciant in me, si servieris diis eorum: quod tibi certe erit in scandalum.

33 They shall not dwell in thy land, lest they make thee sin against me: for if thou serve their gods, it will surely be a snare unto thee.

כד

ΚΔʹ

Cap. 24

ΚΔʹ

א. וְאֶל משֶׁה אָמַר עֲלֵה אֶל יְהֹוָה אַתָּה וְאַהֲרֹן נָדָב וַאֲבִיהוּא וְשִׁבְעִים מִזִּקְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְהִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶם מֵרָחֹק:

καὶ Μωυσῇ εἶπεν ἀνάβηθι πρὸς κύριον σὺ καὶ Ααρων καὶ Ναδαβ καὶ Αβιουδ καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα τῶν πρεσβυτέρων Ισραηλ καὶ προσκυνήσουσιν μακρόθεν τῷ κυρίῳ

Moysi quoque dixit: Ascende ad Dominum tu, et Aaron, Nadab et Abiu, et septuaginta senes ex Israël, et adorabitis procul.

1 Stíg upp þú til dróttins ok Aron ok Nadab ok Abiu ok lxx af Israel. Ok munu þér vegsama mín lǫg.

1 And he said unto Moses, Come up unto the LORD, thou, and Aaron, Nadab, and Abihu, and seventy of the elders of Israel; and worship ye afar off.

ב. וְנִגַּשׁ משֶׁה לְבַדּוֹ אֶל יְהֹוָה וְהֵם לֹא יִגָּשׁוּ וְהָעָם לֹא יַעֲלוּ עִמּוֹ:

καὶ ἐγγιεῖ Μωυσῆς μόνος πρὸς τὸν θεόν αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐκ ἐγγιοῦσιν ὁ δὲ λαὸς οὐ συναναβήσεται μετ᾽ αὐτῶν

Solusque Moyses ascendet ad Dominum, et illi non appropinquabunt: nec populus ascendet cum eo.

2a En þú einn munt upp stíga til dróttins.

2 And Moses alone shall come near the LORD: but they shall not come nigh; neither shall the people go up with him.

ג. וַיָּבֹא משֶׁה וַיְסַפֵּר לָעָם אֵת כָּל דִּבְרֵי יְהֹוָה וְאֵת כָּל הַמִּשְׁפָּטִים וַיַּעַן כָּל הָעָם קוֹל אֶחָד וַיֹּאמְרוּ כָּל הַדְּבָרִים אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּר יְהֹוָה נַעֲשֶׂה:

εἰσῆλθεν δὲ Μωυσῆς καὶ διηγήσατο τῷ λαῷ πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὰ δικαιώματα ἀπεκρίθη δὲ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς φωνῇ μιᾷ λέγοντες πάντας τοὺς λόγους οὓς ἐλάλησεν κύριος ποιήσομεν καὶ ἀκουσόμεθα

Venit ergo Moyses et narravit plebi omnia verba Domini, atque judicia: responditque omnis populus una voce: Omnia verba Domini, quæ locutus est, faciemus.

3 Moyses fór þá til fundar við folkit ok sagði þeim orð dróttins ok dóma. Lýðrinn allr svarar: Öll orð dróttins munum ver gera ok dóma.

3 And Moses came and told the people all the words of the LORD, and all the judgments: and all the people answered with one voice, and said, All the words which the LORD hath said will we do.

ד. וַיִּכְתֹּב משֶׁה אֵת כָּל דִּבְרֵי יְהֹוָה וַיַּשְׁכֵּם בַּבֹּקֶר וַיִּבֶן מִזְבֵּחַ תַּחַת הָהָר וּשְׁתֵּים עֶשְׂרֵה מַצֵּבָה לִשְׁנֵים עָשָׂר שִׁבְטֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל:

καὶ ἔγραψεν Μωυσῆς πάντα τὰ ῥήματα κυρίου ὀρθρίσας δὲ Μωυσῆς τὸ πρωὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν θυσιαστήριον ὑπὸ τὸ ὄρος καὶ δώδεκα λίθους εἰς τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ισραηλ

Scripsit autem Moyses universos sermones Domini: et mane consurgens, ædificavit altare ad radices montis, et duodecim titulos per duodecim tribus Israël.

4 Þá rítaði Moyses ǫll orð dróttins ok dóma, ok eptir þat reis hann snemma upp um morguninn ok gerði altara hjá fjallinu ok fœrði þar xij. kalfa fyrir xíj. ættum Israel.

4 And Moses wrote all the words of the LORD, and rose up early in the morning, and builded an altar under the hill, and twelve pillars, according to the twelve tribes of Israel.

ה. וַיִּשְׁלַח אֶת נַעֲרֵי בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וַיַּעֲלוּ עֹלֹת וַיִּזְבְּחוּ זְבָחִים שְׁלָמִים לַיהֹוָה פָּרִים:

καὶ ἐξαπέστειλεν τοὺς νεανίσκους τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ καὶ ἀνήνεγκαν ὁλοκαυτώματα καὶ ἔθυσαν θυσίαν σωτηρίου τῷ θεῷ μοσχάρια

Misitque juvenes de filiis Israël, et obtulerunt holocausta, immolaveruntque victimas pacificas Domino, vitulos.

6 Moyses tók hálft fórnarblóð ok hellti því í kerit, en hálft blóð hellti hann yfir altarann.

5 And he sent young men of the children of Israel, which offered burnt offerings, and sacrificed peace offerings of oxen unto the LORD.

ו. וַיִּקַּח משֶׁה חֲצִי הַדָּם וַיָּשֶׂם בָּאַגָּנֹת וַחֲצִי הַדָּם זָרַק עַל הַמִּזְבֵּחַ:

λαβὼν δὲ Μωυσῆς τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ αἵματος ἐνέχεεν εἰς κρατῆρας τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ τοῦ αἵματος προσέχεεν πρὸς τὸ θυσιαστήριον

Tulit itaque Moyses dimidiam partem sanguinis, et misit in crateras: partem autem residuam fudit super altare.

7 Eptir tók Moyses lǫgbókina þá er hann hafði ritað ok las upp fyrir folkinu. Lýðrinn mælti þá: Alla hluti munum vér gera þá er dróttinn býðr.

6 And Moses took half of the blood, and put it in basons; and half of the blood he sprinkled on the altar.

ז. וַיִּקַּח סֵפֶר הַבְּרִית וַיִּקְרָא בְּאָזְנֵי הָעָם וַיֹּאמְרוּ כֹּל אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּר יְהֹוָה נַעֲשֶׂה וְנִשְׁמָע:

καὶ λαβὼν τὸ βιβλίον τῆς διαθήκης ἀνέγνω εἰς τὰ ὦτα τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ εἶπαν πάντα ὅσα ἐλάλησεν κύριος ποιήσομεν καὶ ἀκουσόμεθα

Assumensque volumen fœderis, legit audiente populo: qui dixerunt: Omnia quæ locutus est Dominus, faciemus, et erimus obedientes.

8 Þá tók Moyses fórnarblóðit ok støkkti yfir lýðinn ok mælti: Þetta er sáttmáls blóð þat er dróttinn festi með yðr yfir ǫllum þessum málum.

7 And he took the book of the covenant, and read in the audience of the people: and they said, All that the LORD hath said will we do, and be obedient.

ח. וַיִּקַּח משֶׁה אֶת הַדָּם וַיִּזְרֹק עַל הָעָם וַיֹּאמֶר הִנֵּה דַם הַבְּרִית אֲשֶׁר כָּרַת יְהֹוָה עִמָּכֶם עַל כָּל הַדְּבָרִים הָאֵלֶּה:

λαβὼν δὲ Μωυσῆς τὸ αἷμα κατεσκέδασεν τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ εἶπεν ἰδοὺ τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης ἧς διέθετο κύριος πρὸς ὑμᾶς περὶ πάντων τῶν λόγων τούτων

Ille vero sumptum sanguinem respersit in populum, et ait: Hic est sanguis fœderis quod pepigit Dominus vobiscum super cunctis sermonibus his.

9 Eptir þat fór Moyses ok Aron ok Nadab ok Abiu ok lxx ǫldunga til fulltings við þá til fjallsins,

8 And Moses took the blood, and sprinkled it on the people, and said, Behold the blood of the covenant, which the LORD hath made with you concerning all these words.

ט. וַיַּעַל משֶׁה וְאַהֲרֹן נָדָב וַאֲבִיהוּא וְשִׁבְעִים מִזִּקְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל:

καὶ ἀνέβη Μωυσῆς καὶ Ααρων καὶ Ναδαβ καὶ Αβιουδ καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα τῆς γερουσίας Ισραηλ

Ascenderuntque Moyses et Aaron, Nadab et Abiu, et septuaginta de senioribus Israël:

10 ok þeir sáu Guð gydingalýðs, ok þeim sýndist undir fótum hans steinn saffirus ok svá sé himinn heiðr.

9 Then went up Moses, and Aaron, Nadab, and Abihu, and seventy of the elders of Israel:

י. וַיִּרְאוּ אֵת אֱלֹהֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְתַחַת רַגְלָיו כְּמַעֲשֵׂה לִבְנַת הַסַּפִּיר וּכְעֶצֶם הַשָּׁמַיִם לָטֹהַר:

καὶ εἶδον τὸν τόπον οὗ εἱστήκει ἐκεῖ ὁ θεὸς τοῦ Ισραηλ καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ ἔργον πλίνθου σαπφείρου καὶ ὥσπερ εἶδος στερεώματος τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τῇ καθαριότητι

et viderunt Deum Israël: et sub pedibus ejus quasi opus lapidis sapphirini, et quasi cælum, cum serenum est.

11 Ok eigi sendi hann hǫnd sína yfir þá menn er langt hǫfðu braut farit frá sonum Israel. Ok er þeir sáu dróttin, þá tóku átu ok drukku.

10 And they saw the God of Israel: and there was under his feet as it were a paved work of a sapphire stone, and as it were the body of heaven in his clearness.

יא. וְאֶל אֲצִילֵי בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל לֹא שָׁלַח יָדוֹ וַיֶּחֱזוּ אֶת הָאֱלֹהִים וַיֹּאכְלוּ וַיִּשְׁתּוּ:

καὶ τῶν ἐπιλέκτων τοῦ Ισραηλ οὐ διεφώνησεν οὐδὲ εἷς καὶ ὤφθησαν ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἔφαγον καὶ ἔπιον

Nec super eos qui procul recesserant de filiis Israël, misit manum suam, videruntque Deum, et comederunt, ac biberunt.

12 Guð mælti þá við Moysen: Stíg þú upp til mín á fjallit ok vertu þar, ok mun ek gefa þér ij. tabulur ok lǫg ok boðorð þau er ek ritaða, at þú lærir lýðin þaðan af.

11 And upon the nobles of the children of Israel he laid not his hand: also they saw God, and did eat and drink.

יב. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה עֲלֵה אֵלַי הָהָרָה וֶהְיֵה שָׁם וְאֶתְּנָה לְךָ אֶת לֻחֹת הָאֶבֶן וְהַתּוֹרָה וְהַמִּצְוָה אֲשֶׁר כָּתַבְתִּי לְהוֹרֹתָם:

καὶ εἶπεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἀνάβηθι πρός με εἰς τὸ ὄρος καὶ ἴσθι ἐκεῖ καὶ δώσω σοι τὰ πυξία τὰ λίθινα τὸν νόμον καὶ τὰς ἐντολάς ἃς ἔγραψα νομοθετῆσαι αὐτοῖς

Dixit autem Dominus ad Moysen: Ascende ad me in montem, et esto ibi: daboque tibi tabulas lapideas, et legem, ac mandata quæ scripsi: ut doceas eos.

13 Eptir þat reis Moyses upp ok Jósue þjónn hans.

12 And the LORD said unto Moses, Come up to me into the mount, and be there: and I will give thee tables of stone, and a law, and commandments which I have written; that thou mayest teach them.

יג. וַיָּקָם משֶׁה וִיהוֹשֻׁעַ מְשָׁרְתוֹ וַיַּעַל משֶׁה אֶל הַר הָאֱלֹהִים:

καὶ ἀναστὰς Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἰησοῦς ὁ παρεστηκὼς αὐτῷ ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὸ ὄρος τοῦ θεοῦ

Surrexerunt Moyses et Josue minister ejus: ascendensque Moyses in montem Dei,

14 Moyses mælti þá við ǫldunga folksins áðr hann færi á braut: Bíðit þér þangat til er vér komum aptr til yðar. Aaron ok Ur munu eptir vera með yðr, ok skulu þér við þá tíl fréttar ganga um þá hluti er þér þurfit. Ok er Moyses hafði svá mælt, þá fór hann upp á fjallit, ok þá huldi ský fjallit.

13 And Moses rose up, and his minister Joshua: and Moses went up into the mount of God.

יד. וְאֶל הַזְּקֵנִים אָמַר שְׁבוּ לָנוּ בָזֶה עַד אֲשֶׁר נָשׁוּב אֲלֵיכֶם וְהִנֵּה אַהֲרֹן וְחוּר עִמָּכֶם מִי בַעַל דְּבָרִים יִגַּשׁ אֲלֵהֶם:

καὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις εἶπαν ἡσυχάζετε αὐτοῦ ἕως ἀναστρέψωμεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἰδοὺ Ααρων καὶ Ωρ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν ἐάν τινι συμβῇ κρίσις προσπορευέσθωσαν αὐτοῖς

senioribus ait: Expectate hic donec revertamur ad vos. Habetis Aaron et Hur vobiscum: si quid natum fuerit quæstionis, referetis ad eos.

14 And he said unto the elders, Tarry ye here for us, until we come again unto you: and, behold, Aaron and Hur are with you: if any man have any matters to do, let him come unto them.

טו. וַיַּעַל משֶׁה אֶל הָהָר וַיְכַס הֶעָנָן אֶת הָהָר:

καὶ ἀνέβη Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ ὄρος καὶ ἐκάλυψεν ἡ νεφέλη τὸ ὄρος

Cumque ascendisset Moyses, operuit nubes montem,

16 Dýrð dróttins bygði yfir Sínai, þekjandi fjallit með skýi sjau daga. Á sjaunda degi kallaði dróttinn á Moysen ok miðri þokunni.

15 And Moses went up into the mount, and a cloud covered the mount.

טז. וַיִּשְׁכֹּן כְּבוֹד יְהֹוָה עַל הַר סִינַי וַיְכַסֵּהוּ הֶעָנָן שֵׁשֶׁת יָמִים וַיִּקְרָא אֶל משֶׁה בַּיּוֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי מִתּוֹךְ הֶעָנָן:

καὶ κατέβη ἡ δόξα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος τὸ Σινα καὶ ἐκάλυψεν αὐτὸ ἡ νεφέλη ἓξ ἡμέρας καὶ ἐκάλεσεν κύριος τὸν Μωυσῆν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ ἐκ μέσου τῆς νεφέλης

et habitavit gloria Domini super Sinai, tegens illum nube sex diebus: septimo autem die vocavit eum de medio caliginis.

17 Ásjóna dróttins var sem logandi eldr yfir hvirfil fjallsins í auglíti alls lýðs gyðinga.

16 And the glory of the LORD abode upon mount Sinai, and the cloud covered it six days: and the seventh day he called unto Moses out of the midst of the cloud.

יז. וּמַרְאֵה כְּבוֹד יְהֹוָה כְּאֵשׁ אֹכֶלֶת בְּרֹאשׁ הָהָר לְעֵינֵי בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל:

τὸ δὲ εἶδος τῆς δόξης κυρίου ὡσεὶ πῦρ φλέγον ἐπὶ τῆς κορυφῆς τοῦ ὄρους ἐναντίον τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ

Erat autem species gloriæ Domini quasi ignis ardens super verticem montis in conspectu filiorum Israël.

18b Moyses var á fjallinu xl. daga ok xl. nátta.

17 And the sight of the glory of the LORD was like devouring fire on the top of the mount in the eyes of the children of Israel.

יח. וַיָּבֹא משֶׁה בְּתוֹךְ הֶעָנָן וַיַּעַל אֶל הָהָר וַיְהִי משֶׁה בָּהָר אַרְבָּעִים יוֹם וְאַרְבָּעִים לָיְלָה:

καὶ εἰσῆλθεν Μωυσῆς εἰς τὸ μέσον τῆς νεφέλης καὶ ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἐν τῷ ὄρει τεσσαράκοντα ἡμέρας καὶ τεσσαράκοντα νύκτας

Ingressusque Moyses medium nebulæ, ascendit in montem: et fuit ibi quadraginta diebus, et quadraginta noctibus.

ΚΕʹ

18 And Moses went into the midst of the cloud, and gat him up into the mount: and Moses was in the mount forty days and forty nights.

כה

ΚΕʹ

Cap. 25

1 Guð mælti þá við Moysen:

א. וַיְדַבֵּר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה לֵּאמֹר:

καὶ ἐλάλησεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων

Locutusque est Dominus ad Moysen, dicens:

2a Bjóð þú sonum Israel at þeir fœri mér frumburði alls fénaðar,

1 And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,

ב. דַּבֵּר אֶל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְיִקְחוּ לִי תְּרוּמָה מֵאֵת כָּל אִישׁ אֲשֶׁר יִדְּבֶנּוּ לִבּוֹ תִּקְחוּ אֶת תְּרוּמָתִי:

εἰπὸν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ καὶ λάβετέ μοι ἀπαρχὰς παρὰ πάντων οἷς ἂν δόξῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ καὶ λήμψεσθε τὰς ἀπαρχάς μου

Loquere filiis Israël, ut tollant mihi primitias: ab omni homine qui offeret ultroneus, accipietis eas.

3 þeir mér fœra gull ok silfr, eir

2 Speak unto the children of Israel, that they bring me an offering: of every man that giveth it willingly with his heart ye shall take my offering.

ג. וְזֹאת הַתְּרוּמָה אֲשֶׁר תִּקְחוּ מֵאִתָּם זָהָב וָכֶסֶף וּנְחשֶׁת:

καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἀπαρχή ἣν λήμψεσθε παρ᾽ αὐτῶν χρυσίον καὶ ἀργύριον καὶ χαλκὸν

Hæc sunt autem quæ accipere debeatis: aurum, et argentum, et æs,

4 ok jakintum (lat. hyacinthum), purpura ok tvílitaðan guðvef ok bissum, geitarhár

3 And this is the offering which ye shall take of them; gold, and silver, and brass,

ד. וּתְכֵלֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן וְתוֹלַעַת שָׁנִי וְשֵׁשׁ וְעִזִּים:

καὶ ὑάκινθον καὶ πορφύραν καὶ κόκκινον διπλοῦν καὶ βύσσον κεκλωσμένην καὶ τρίχας αἰγείας

hyacinthum et purpuram, coccumque bis tinctum, et byssum, pilos caprarum,

5 ok hrútagærur rauðar ok skinn jakinktina (lat. Ianthinas) ok tré sekhim

4 And blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine linen, and goats' hair,

ה. וְעֹרֹת אֵילִם מְאָדָּמִים וְעֹרֹת תְּחָשִׁים וַעֲצֵי שִׁטִּים:

καὶ δέρματα κριῶν ἠρυθροδανωμένα καὶ δέρματα ὑακίνθινα καὶ ξύλα ἄσηπτα

et pelles arietum rubricatas, pellesque janthinas, et ligna setim:

6 ok viðsmjǫrs ljós at kveikja, smyrsl ok smurning ok reykelsi góðs ilms,

5 And rams' skins dyed red, and badgers' skins, and shittim wood,

ו. שֶׁמֶן לַמָּאֹר בְּשָׂמִים לְשֶׁמֶן הַמִּשְׁחָה וְלִקְטֹרֶת הַסַּמִּים:

καὶ λίθους σαρδίου καὶ λίθους εἰς τὴν γλυφὴν εἰς τὴν ἐπωμίδα καὶ τὸν ποδήρη

oleum ad luminaria concinnanda: aromata in unguentum, et thymiamata boni odoris:

7 steina oníkilus ok gimsteina at pryda effoð ok rakionabile.

6 Oil for the light, spices for anointing oil, and for sweet incense,

ז. אַבְנֵי שֹׁהַם וְאַבְנֵי מִלֻּאִים לָאֵפֹד וְלַחשֶׁן:

lapides onychinos, et gemmas ad ornandum ephod, ac rationale.

8 Geri þér mér sǫnghus ok mun ek byggja i miðju þeirra.

7 Onyx stones, and stones to be set in the ephod, and in the breastplate.

ח. וְעָשׂוּ לִי מִקְדָּשׁ וְשָׁכַנְתִּי בְּתוֹכָם:

καὶ ποιήσεις μοι ἁγίασμα καὶ ὀφθήσομαι ἐν ὑμῖν

Facientque mihi sanctuarium, et habitabo in medio eorum:

9 Geri þér mér bygð eptir líking þeirrar er eg mun þér sýna ok allra kera til embættistjald búðarinnar.

8 And let them make me a sanctuary; that I may dwell among them.

ט. כְּכֹל אֲשֶׁר אֲנִי מַרְאֶה אוֹתְךָ אֵת תַּבְנִית הַמִּשְׁכָּן וְאֵת תַּבְנִית כָּל כֵּלָיו וְכֵן תַּעֲשׂוּ:

καὶ ποιήσεις μοι κατὰ πάντα ὅσα ἐγώ σοι δεικνύω ἐν τῷ ὄρει τὸ παράδειγμα τῆς σκηνῆς καὶ τὸ παράδειγμα πάντων τῶν σκευῶν αὐτῆς οὕτω ποιήσεις

juxta omnem similitudinem tabernaculi quod ostendam tibi, et omnium vasorum in cultum ejus. Sicque facietis illud:

10 Gjǫr þú mér ǫrk af trjám sekhim. Örkin skal vera hálfrar þriðju alnar lǫng, en hálfrar annarrar alnar breið ok hálfrar annarar alnar há.

9 According to all that I shew thee, after the pattern of the tabernacle, and the pattern of all the instruments thereof, even so shall ye make it.

י. וְעָשׂוּ אֲרוֹן עֲצֵי שִׁטִּים אַמָּתַיִם וָחֵצִי אָרְכּוֹ וְאַמָּה וָחֵצִי רָחְבּוֹ וְאַמָּה וָחֵצִי קֹמָתוֹ:

καὶ ποιήσεις κιβωτὸν μαρτυρίου ἐκ ξύλων ἀσήπτων δύο πήχεων καὶ ἡμίσους τὸ μῆκος καὶ πήχεος καὶ ἡμίσους τὸ πλάτος καὶ πήχεος καὶ ἡμίσους τὸ ὕψος

arcam de lignis setim compingite, cujus longitudo habeat duos et semis cubitos: latitudo, cubitum et dimidium: altitudo, cubitum similiter ac semissem.

11 Gylla skaltu ǫrkina útan ok innan, ok gera skaltu kórónu yfir ǫrkina ok gylla skaltu hana,

10 And they shall make an ark of shittim wood: two cubits and a half shall be the length thereof, and a cubit and a half the breadth thereof, and a cubit and a half the height thereof.

יא. וְצִפִּיתָ אֹתוֹ זָהָב טָהוֹר מִבַּיִת וּמִחוּץ תְּצַפֶּנּוּ וְעָשִׂיתָ עָלָיו זֵר זָהָב סָבִיב:

καὶ καταχρυσώσεις αὐτὴν χρυσίῳ καθαρῷ ἔξωθεν καὶ ἔσωθεν χρυσώσεις αὐτήν καὶ ποιήσεις αὐτῇ κυμάτια στρεπτὰ χρυσᾶ κύκλῳ

Et deaurabis eam auro mundissimo intus et foris: faciesque supra, coronam auream per circuitum:

12 ok af gulli umhverfis hana. Íííj. gullhringa skaltu gera ok setja þá i íííj. horn arkarinnar.

11 And thou shalt overlay it with pure gold, within and without shalt thou overlay it, and shalt make upon it a crown of gold round about.

יב. וְיָצַקְתָּ לּוֹ אַרְבַּע טַבְּעֹת זָהָב וְנָתַתָּה עַל אַרְבַּע פַּעֲמֹתָיו וּשְׁתֵּי טַבָּעֹת עַל צַלְעוֹ הָאֶחָת וּשְׁתֵּי טַבָּעֹת עַל צַלְעוֹ הַשֵּׁנִית:

καὶ ἐλάσεις αὐτῇ τέσσαρας δακτυλίους χρυσοῦς καὶ ἐπιθήσεις ἐπὶ τὰ τέσσαρα κλίτη δύο δακτυλίους ἐπὶ τὸ κλίτος τὸ ἓν καὶ δύο δακτυλίους ἐπὶ τὸ κλίτος τὸ δεύτερον

et quatuor circulos aureos, quos pones per quatuor arcæ angulos: duo circuli sint in latere uno, et duo in altero.

13 Þú skalt gera stengr af trjám sethim ok búa þær allar með gulli

12 And thou shalt cast four rings of gold for it, and put them in the four corners thereof; and two rings shall be in the one side of it, and two rings in the other side of it.

יג. וְעָשִׂיתָ בַדֵּי עֲצֵי שִׁטִּים וְצִפִּיתָ אֹתָם זָהָב:

ποιήσεις δὲ ἀναφορεῖς ξύλα ἄσηπτα καὶ καταχρυσώσεις αὐτὰ χρυσίῳ

Facies quoque vectes de lignis setim, et operies eos auro.

14 ok stinga þeim i hringa erkrinnar at hon berizt af þeim,

13 And thou shalt make staves of shittim wood, and overlay them with gold.

יד. וְהֵבֵאתָ אֶת הַבַּדִּים בַּטַּבָּעֹת עַל צַלְעֹת הָאָרֹן לָשֵׂאת אֶת הָאָרֹן בָּהֶם:

καὶ εἰσάξεις τοὺς ἀναφορεῖς εἰς τοὺς δακτυλίους τοὺς ἐν τοῖς κλίτεσι τῆς κιβωτοῦ αἴρειν τὴν κιβωτὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς

Inducesque per circulos qui sunt in arcæ lateribus, ut portetur in eis:

15a ok stengr skulu ávallt vera í hringum erkrinnar

14 And thou shalt put the staves into the rings by the sides of the ark, that the ark may be borne with them.

טו. בְּטַבְּעֹת הָאָרֹן יִהְיוּ הַבַּדִּים לֹא יָסֻרוּ מִמֶּנּוּ:

ἐν τοῖς δακτυλίοις τῆς κιβωτοῦ ἔσονται οἱ ἀναφορεῖς ἀκίνητοι

qui semper erunt in circulis, nec umquam extrahentur ab eis.

16 ok setja muntu vitni þau i jǫrðinni er ek mun gefa.

15 The staves shall be in the rings of the ark: they shall not be taken from it.

טז. וְנָתַתָּ אֶל הָאָרֹן אֵת הָעֵדֻת אֲשֶׁר אֶתֵּן אֵלֶיךָ:

καὶ ἐμβαλεῖς εἰς τὴν κιβωτὸν τὰ μαρτύρια ἃ ἂν δῶ σοι

Ponesque in arca testificationem quam dabo tibi.

17 Gera skaltu skrifunarfjǫl af gulli hreinu, hálfrar þriðju alnar langa ok hálfrar annarrar alnar breiða,

16 And thou shalt put into the ark the testimony which I shall give thee.

יז. וְעָשִׂיתָ כַפֹּרֶת זָהָב טָהוֹר אַמָּתַיִם וָחֵצִי אָרְכָּהּ וְאַמָּה וָחֵצִי רָחְבָּהּ:

καὶ ποιήσεις ἱλαστήριον ἐπίθεμα χρυσίου καθαροῦ δύο πήχεων καὶ ἡμίσους τὸ μῆκος καὶ πήχεος καὶ ἡμίσους τὸ πλάτος

Facies et propitiatorium de auro mundissimo: duos cubitos et dimidium tenebit longitudo ejus, et cubitum ac semissem latitudo.

18 ok þar skaltu í skrífa íj. englafylki sínu megin hvort, ok skulu þau lítaz til,

17 And thou shalt make a mercy seat of pure gold: two cubits and a half shall be the length thereof, and a cubit and a half the breadth thereof.

יח. וְעָשִׂיתָ שְׁנַיִם כְּרֻבִים זָהָב מִקְשָׁה תַּעֲשֶׂה אֹתָם מִשְּׁנֵי קְצוֹת הַכַּפֹּרֶת:

καὶ ποιήσεις δύο χερουβιμ χρυσᾶ τορευτὰ καὶ ἐπιθήσεις αὐτὰ ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν κλιτῶν τοῦ ἱλαστηρίου

Duos quoque cherubim aureos et productiles facies, ex utraque parte oraculi.

22 ok yfir þeim mun ek við þik mæla ok bjóða þér þau boðorð er þú skalt bjóða gyðingalýð.

18 And thou shalt make two cherubims of gold, of beaten work shalt thou make them, in the two ends of the mercy seat.

יט. וַעֲשֵׂה כְּרוּב אֶחָד מִקָּצָה מִזֶּה וּכְרוּב אֶחָד מִקָּצָה מִזֶּה מִן הַכַּפֹּרֶת תַּעֲשׂוּ אֶת הַכְּרֻבִים עַל שְׁנֵי קְצוֹתָיו:

ποιηθήσονται χερουβ εἷς ἐκ τοῦ κλίτους τούτου καὶ χερουβ εἷς ἐκ τοῦ κλίτους τοῦ δευτέρου τοῦ ἱλαστηρίου καὶ ποιήσεις τοὺς δύο χερουβιμ ἐπὶ τὰ δύο κλίτη

Cherub unus sit in latere uno, et alter in altero.

23 Borð skaltu gera af síkhim, alnar breið ok tveggja alna langt. halfrar alnar hátt. Á borðinu skaltu gera vatzker

19 And make one cherub on the one end, and the other cherub on the other end: even of the mercy seat shall ye make the cherubims on the two ends thereof.

כ. וְהָיוּ הַכְּרֻבִים פֹּרְשֵׂי כְנָפַיִם לְמַעְלָה סֹכְכִים בְּכַנְפֵיהֶם עַל הַכַּפֹּרֶת וּפְנֵיהֶם אִישׁ אֶל אָחִיו אֶל הַכַּפֹּרֶת יִהְיוּ פְּנֵי הַכְּרֻבִים:

ἔσονται οἱ χερουβιμ ἐκτείνοντες τὰς πτέρυγας ἐπάνωθεν συσκιάζοντες ταῖς πτέρυξιν αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ ἱλαστηρίου καὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν εἰς ἄλληλα εἰς τὸ ἱλαστήριον ἔσονται τὰ πρόσωπα τῶν χερουβιμ

Utrumque latus propitiatorii tegant expandentes alas, et operientes oraculum, respiciantque se mutuo versis vultibus in propitiatorium quo operienda est arca,

25a ok þar yfir kórónu.

20 And the cherubims shall stretch forth their wings on high, covering the mercy seat with their wings, and their faces shall look one to another; toward the mercy seat shall the faces of the cherubims be.

כא. וְנָתַתָּ אֶת הַכַּפֹּרֶת עַל הָאָרֹן מִלְמָעְלָה וְאֶל הָאָרֹן תִּתֵּן אֶת הָעֵדֻת אֲשֶׁר אֶתֵּן אֵלֶיךָ:

καὶ ἐπιθήσεις τὸ ἱλαστήριον ἐπὶ τὴν κιβωτὸν ἄνωθεν καὶ εἰς τὴν κιβωτὸν ἐμβαλεῖς τὰ μαρτύρια ἃ ἂν δῶ σοι

in qua pones testimonium quod dabo tibi.

26 Íííj. gullhringa skulu gera ok búa ok setja í fjǫgur horn borðsins.

21 And thou shalt put the mercy seat above upon the ark; and in the ark thou shalt put the testimony that I shall give thee.

כב. וְנוֹעַדְתִּי לְךָ שָׁם וְדִבַּרְתִּי אִתְּךָ מֵעַל הַכַּפֹּרֶת מִבֵּין שְׁנֵי הַכְּרֻבִים אֲשֶׁר עַל אֲרוֹן הָעֵדֻת אֵת כָּל אֲשֶׁר אֲצַוֶּה אוֹתְךָ אֶל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל:

καὶ γνωσθήσομαί σοι ἐκεῖθεν καὶ λαλήσω σοι ἄνωθεν τοῦ ἱλαστηρίου ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν δύο χερουβιμ τῶν ὄντων ἐπὶ τῆς κιβωτοῦ τοῦ μαρτυρίου καὶ κατὰ πάντα ὅσα ἂν ἐντείλωμαί σοι πρὸς τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ

Inde præcipiam, et loquar ad te supra propitiatorium, ac de medio duorum cherubim, qui erunt super arcam testimonii, cuncta quæ mandabo per te filiis Israël.

27–28 Íj. stengr skaltu gera af trjám sekhim ok búa með gulli, stinga þeim i hringa borðsins svá at þat sé á stǫngum borit.

22 And there I will meet with thee, and I will commune with thee from above the mercy seat, from between the two cherubims which are upon the ark of the testimony, of all things which I will give thee in commandment unto the children of Israel.

כג. וְעָשִׂיתָ שֻׁלְחָן עֲצֵי שִׁטִּים אַמָּתַיִם אָרְכּוֹ וְאַמָּה רָחְבּוֹ וְאַמָּה וָחֵצִי קֹמָתוֹ:

καὶ ποιήσεις τράπεζαν χρυσίου καθαροῦ δύο πήχεων τὸ μῆκος καὶ πήχεος τὸ εὖρος καὶ πήχεος καὶ ἡμίσους τὸ ὕψος

Facies et mensam de lignis setim, habentem duos cubitos longitudinis, et in latitudine cubitum, et in altitudine cubitum et semissem.

29 Kerit skaltu gera af hreinu gulli í tabula ok fjalar ok reykelsisker ok thíathos. Í þeim skal fórnir færa

23 Thou shalt also make a table of shittim wood: two cubits shall be the length thereof, and a cubit the breadth thereof, and a cubit and a half the height thereof.

כד. וְצִפִּיתָ אֹתוֹ זָהָב טָהוֹר וְעָשִׂיתָ לּוֹ זֵר זָהָב סָבִיב:

καὶ ποιήσεις αὐτῇ στρεπτὰ κυμάτια χρυσᾶ κύκλῳ

Et inaurabis eam auro purissimo: faciesque illi labium aureum per circuitum,

30 ok setja yfir borðit i augliti mínu jafnan.

24 And thou shalt overlay it with pure gold, and make thereto a crown of gold round about.

כה. וְעָשִׂיתָ לּוֹ מִסְגֶּרֶת טֹפַח סָבִיב וְעָשִׂיתָ זֵר זָהָב לְמִסְגַּרְתּוֹ סָבִיב:

καὶ ποιήσεις αὐτῇ στεφάνην παλαιστοῦ κύκλῳ καὶ ποιήσεις στρεπτὸν κυμάτιον τῇ στεφάνῃ κύκλῳ

et ipsi labio coronam interrasilem altam quatuor digitis: et super illam, alteram coronam aureolam.

31 Gera skaltu kertistiku af hreinu gulli. Á skapti hennar skulu vera ker ok knappar kalami ok líli.

25 And thou shalt make unto it a border of an hand breadth round about, and thou shalt make a golden crown to the border thereof round about.

כו. וְעָשִׂיתָ לּוֹ אַרְבַּע טַבְּעֹת זָהָב וְנָתַתָּ אֶת הַטַּבָּעֹת עַל אַרְבַּע הַפֵּאֹת אֲשֶׁר לְאַרְבַּע רַגְלָיו:

καὶ ποιήσεις τέσσαρας δακτυλίους χρυσοῦς καὶ ἐπιθήσεις τοὺς δακτυλίους ἐπὶ τὰ τέσσαρα μέρη τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῆς

Quatuor quoque circulos aureos præparabis, et pones eis in quatuor angulis ejusdem mensæ per singulos pedes.

32 Vj. knappar skulu út ganga af síðu kertistikunnar, iij. af hvorri síðu.

26 And thou shalt make for it four rings of gold, and put the rings in the four corners that are on the four feet thereof.

כז. לְעֻמַּת הַמִּסְגֶּרֶת תִּהְיֶיןָ הַטַּבָּעֹת לְבָתִּים לְבַדִּים לָשֵׂאת אֶת הַשֻּׁלְחָן:

ὑπὸ τὴν στεφάνην καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δακτύλιοι εἰς θήκας τοῖς ἀναφορεῦσιν ὥστε αἴρειν ἐν αὐτοῖς τὴν τράπεζαν

Subter coronam erunt circuli aurei, ut mittantur vectes per eos, et possit mensa portari.

33 Iij ker vaxin sem hnot ok iij knappar skulu vera á sérhverjum, kalamo ok iij. lílium. Vij. ljós skulu vera á kertistikunni.

27 Over against the border shall the rings be for places of the staves to bear the table.

כח. וְעָשִׂיתָ אֶת הַבַּדִּים עֲצֵי שִׁטִּים וְצִפִּיתָ אֹתָם זָהָב וְנִשָּׂא בָם אֶת הַשֻּׁלְחָן:

καὶ ποιήσεις τοὺς ἀναφορεῖς ἐκ ξύλων ἀσήπτων καὶ καταχρυσώσεις αὐτοὺς χρυσίῳ καθαρῷ καὶ ἀρθήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡ τράπεζα

Ipsos quoque vectes facies de lignis setim, et circumdabis auro ad subvehendam mensam.

39 Pund skal vega með ǫllum búningi sínum.

28 And thou shalt make the staves of shittim wood, and overlay them with gold, that the table may be borne with them.

כט. וְעָשִׂיתָ קּעָרֹתָיו וְכַפֹּתָיו וּקְשׂוֹתָיו וּמְנַקִּיֹּתָיו אֲשֶׁר יֻסַּךְ בָּהֵן זָהָב טָהוֹר תַּעֲשֶׂה אֹתָם:

καὶ ποιήσεις τὰ τρυβλία αὐτῆς καὶ τὰς θυίσκας καὶ τὰ σπονδεῖα καὶ τοὺς κυάθους ἐν οἷς σπείσεις ἐν αὐτοῖς χρυσίου καθαροῦ ποιήσεις αὐτά

Parabis et acetabula, ac phialas, thuribula, et cyathos, in quibus offerenda sunt libamina, ex auro purissimo.

38 Gera skaltu klofa af gulli, ljós at slǫkkva.

29 And thou shalt make the dishes thereof, and spoons thereof, and covers thereof, and bowls thereof, to cover withal: of pure gold shalt thou make them.

ל. וְנָתַתָּ עַל הַשֻּׁלְחָן לֶחֶם פָּנִים לְפָנַי תָּמִיד:

καὶ ἐπιθήσεις ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν ἄρτους ἐνωπίους ἐναντίον μου διὰ παντός

Et pones super mensam panes propositionis in conspectu meo semper.

Κςʹ

30 And thou shalt set upon the table shewbread before me alway.

לא. וְעָשִׂיתָ מְנֹרַת זָהָב טָהוֹר מִקְשָׁה תֵּיעָשֶׂה הַמְּנוֹרָה יְרֵכָהּ וְקָנָהּ גְּבִיעֶיהָ כַּפְתֹּרֶיהָ וּפְרָחֶיהָ מִמֶּנָּה יִהְיוּ:

καὶ ποιήσεις λυχνίαν ἐκ χρυσίου καθαροῦ τορευτὴν ποιήσεις τὴν λυχνίαν ὁ καυλὸς αὐτῆς καὶ οἱ καλαμίσκοι καὶ οἱ κρατῆρες καὶ οἱ σφαιρωτῆρες καὶ τὰ κρίνα ἐξ αὐτῆς ἔσται

Facies et candelabrum ductile de auro mundissimo, hastile ejus, et calamos, scyphos, et sphærulas, ac lilia ex ipso procedentia.

1 Tjaldbúðina skaltu gera eptir þeirri er þér mun hér sýnd vera á fjallinu. X. tjǫld skaltu gera ofin, af bisso ok purpura tvílituðu guðvef, skrifut með ymsum litum.

31 And thou shalt make a candlestick of pure gold: of beaten work shall the candlestick be made: his shaft, and his branches, his bowls, his knops, and his flowers, shall be of the same.

לב. וְשִׁשָּׁה קָנִים יֹצְאִים מִצִּדֶּיהָ שְׁלשָׁה קְנֵי מְנֹרָה מִצִּדָּהּ הָאֶחָד וּשְׁלשָׁה קְנֵי מְנֹרָה מִצִּדָּהּ הַשֵּׁנִי:

ἓξ δὲ καλαμίσκοι ἐκπορευόμενοι ἐκ πλαγίων τρεῖς καλαμίσκοι τῆς λυχνίας ἐκ τοῦ κλίτους αὐτῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς καὶ τρεῖς καλαμίσκοι τῆς λυχνίας ἐκ τοῦ κλίτους τοῦ δευτέρου

Sex calami egredientur de lateribus, tres ex uno latere, et tres ex altero.

2 Viij. alna ok xx. skal vera hvort tjaldit langt en iiij. alna breitt.

32 And six branches shall come out of the sides of it; three branches of the candlestick out of the one side, and three branches of the candlestick out of the other side:

לג. שְׁלשָׁה גְבִעִים מְשֻׁקָּדִים בַּקָּנֶה הָאֶחָד כַּפְתֹּר וָפֶרַח וּשְׁלשָׁה גְבִעִים מְשֻׁקָּדִים בַּקָּנֶה הָאֶחָד כַּפְתֹּר וָפָרַח כֵּן לְשֵׁשֶׁת הַקָּנִים הַיֹּצְאִים מִן הַמְּנֹרָה:

καὶ τρεῖς κρατῆρες ἐκτετυπωμένοι καρυίσκους ἐν τῷ ἑνὶ καλαμίσκῳ σφαιρωτὴρ καὶ κρίνον οὕτως τοῖς ἓξ καλαμίσκοις τοῖς ἐκπορευομένοις ἐκ τῆς λυχνίας

Tres scyphi quasi in nucis modum per calamos singulos, sphærulaque simul, et lilium: et tres similiter scyphi instar nucis in calamo altero, sphærulaque simul et lilium. Hoc erit opus sex calamorum, qui producendi sunt de hastili:

3 V. tjǫld skulu við fǫst v. tjǫldum.

33 Three bowls made like unto almonds, with a knop and a flower in one branch; and three bowls made like almonds in the other branch, with a knop and a flower: so in the six branches that come out of the candlestick.

לד. וּבַמְּנֹרָה אַרְבָּעָה גְבִעִים מְשֻׁקָּדִים כַּפְתֹּרֶיהָ וּפְרָחֶיהָ:

καὶ ἐν τῇ λυχνίᾳ τέσσαρες κρατῆρες ἐκτετυπωμένοι καρυίσκους ἐν τῷ ἑνὶ καλαμίσκῳ οἱ σφαιρωτῆρες καὶ τὰ κρίνα αὐτῆς

in ipso autem candelabro erunt quatuor scyphi in nucis modum, sphærulæque per singulos, et lilia.

4 Króka skaltu gera i jǫðrum ok endum tjaldanna, at þau megi saman tengja þegar er vill.

34 And in the candlesticks shall be four bowls made like unto almonds, with their knops and their flowers.

לה. וְכַפְתֹּר תַּחַת שְׁנֵי הַקָּנִים מִמֶּנָּה וְכַפְתֹּר תַּחַת שְׁנֵי הַקָּנִים מִמֶּנָּה וְכַפְתֹּר תַּחַת שְׁנֵי הַקָּנִים מִמֶּנָּה לְשֵׁשֶׁת הַקָּנִים הַיֹּצְאִים מִן הַמְּנֹרָה:

ὁ σφαιρωτὴρ ὑπὸ τοὺς δύο καλαμίσκους ἐξ αὐτῆς καὶ σφαιρωτὴρ ὑπὸ τοὺς τέσσαρας καλαμίσκους ἐξ αὐτῆς οὕτως τοῖς ἓξ καλαμίσκοις τοῖς ἐκπορευομένοις ἐκ τῆς λυχνίας

Sphærulæ sub duobus calamis per tria loca, qui simul sex fiunt procedentes de hastili uno.

5 Fimm tígir króka skulu vera i jǫðrum tjaldsins, at krókr komi króki í mót.

35 And there shall be a knop under two branches of the same, and a knop under two branches of the same, and a knop under two branches of the same, according to the six branches that proceed out of the candlestick.

לו. כַּפְתֹּרֵיהֶם וּקְנֹתָם מִמֶּנָּה יִהְיוּ כֻּלָּהּ מִקְשָׁה אַחַת זָהָב טָהוֹר:

οἱ σφαιρωτῆρες καὶ οἱ καλαμίσκοι ἐξ αὐτῆς ἔστωσαν ὅλη τορευτὴ ἐξ ἑνὸς χρυσίου καθαροῦ

Et sphærulæ igitur et calami ex ipso erunt, universa ductilia de auro purissimo.

6 Gjǫr þú ok l. hringa af gulli. Með þeim skal segl tjaldanna saman tengja, at einn búð verði allt.

36 Their knops and their branches shall be of the same: all it shall be one beaten work of pure gold.

לז. וְעָשִׂיתָ אֶת נֵרֹתֶיהָ שִׁבְעָה וְהֶעֱלָה אֶת נֵרֹתֶיהָ וְהֵאִיר עַל עֵבֶר פָּנֶיהָ:

καὶ ποιήσεις τοὺς λύχνους αὐτῆς ἑπτά καὶ ἐπιθήσεις τοὺς λύχνους καὶ φανοῦσιν ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς προσώπου

Facies et lucernas septem, et pones eas super candelabrum, ut luceant ex adverso.

7 Þú skalt ok gera láta xí. hárklæði at hylja með þak búðarinnar.

37 And thou shalt make the seven lamps thereof: and they shall light the lamps thereof, that they may give light over against it.

לח. וּמַלְקָחֶיהָ וּמַחְתֹּתֶיהָ זָהָב טָהוֹר:

καὶ τὸν ἐπαρυστῆρα αὐτῆς καὶ τὰ ὑποθέματα αὐτῆς ἐκ χρυσίου καθαροῦ ποιήσεις

Emunctoria quoque, et ubi quæ emuncta sunt extinguantur, fiant de auro purissimo.

8 Xxx. alna skal vera hvert hárklæðit langt, en fjǫgra alna breitt.

38 And the tongs thereof, and the snuffdishes thereof, shall be of pure gold.

לט. כִּכַּר זָהָב טָהוֹר יַעֲשֶׂה אֹתָהּ אֵת כָּל הַכֵּלִים הָאֵלֶּה:

πάντα τὰ σκεύη ταῦτα τάλαντον χρυσίου καθαροῦ

Omne pondus candelabri cum universis vasis suis habebit talentum auri purissimi.

9 V. hárklæði skal við fimm festa, ok hit sétta skal tvefalda framan fyrir búðina.

39 Of a talent of pure gold shall he make it, with all these vessels.

מ. וּרְאֵה וַעֲשֵׂה בְּתַבְנִיתָם אֲשֶׁר אַתָּה מָרְאֶה בָּהָר:

ὅρα ποιήσεις κατὰ τὸν τύπον τὸν δεδειγμένον σοι ἐν τῷ ὄρει

Inspice, et fac secundum exemplar quod tibi in monte monstratum est.

10 L. króka skal vera i hverjum jaðri hártjaldana, at þau megi samtengja.

40 And look that thou make them after their pattern, which was shewed thee in the mount.

כו

Κςʹ

Cap. 26

11 L. nista ór eiri gjǫr skulu viðtengjast krókunum, at tjǫldin megi saman tengjast.

א. וְאֶת הַמִּשְׁכָּן תַּעֲשֶׂה עֶשֶׂר יְרִיעֹת שֵׁשׁ מָשְׁזָר וּתְכֵלֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן וְתֹלַעַת שָׁנִי כְּרֻבִים מַעֲשֵׂה חשֵׁב תַּעֲשֶׂה אֹתָם:

καὶ τὴν σκηνὴν ποιήσεις δέκα αὐλαίας ἐκ βύσσου κεκλωσμένης καὶ ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου κεκλωσμένου χερουβιμ ἐργασίᾳ ὑφάντου ποιήσεις αὐτάς

Tabernaculum vero ita facies: decem cortinas de bysso retorta, et hyacintho, ac purpura, coccoque bis tincto, variatas opere plumario facies.

14 Gera skaltu af hrútagærum rauðum, ok yfir útan af skinnum jakinktius.

1 Moreover thou shalt make the tabernacle with ten curtains of fine twined linen, and blue, and purple, and scarlet: with cherubims of cunning work shalt thou make them.

ב. אֹרֶךְ הַיְרִיעָה הָאַחַת שְׁמֹנֶה וְעֶשְׂרִים בָּאַמָּה וְרֹחַב אַרְבַּע בָּאַמָּה הַיְרִיעָה הָאֶחָת מִדָּה אַחַת לְכָל הַיְרִיעֹת:

μῆκος τῆς αὐλαίας τῆς μιᾶς ὀκτὼ καὶ εἴκοσι πήχεων καὶ εὖρος τεσσάρων πήχεων ἡ αὐλαία ἡ μία ἔσται μέτρον τὸ αὐτὸ ἔσται πάσαις ταῖς αὐλαίαις

Longitudo cortinæ unius habebit viginti octo cubitos: latitudo, quatuor cubitorum erit. Unius mensuræ fient universa tentoria.

15 Þú skalt ok gera fjalar þær er upp standi i tjaldbúðina af trjá sichem

2 The length of one curtain shall be eight and twenty cubits, and the breadth of one curtain four cubits: and every one of the curtains shall have one measure.

ג. חֲמֵשׁ הַיְרִיעֹת תִּהְיֶיןָ חֹבְרֹת אִשָּׁה אֶל אֲחֹתָהּ וְחָמֵשׁ יְרִיעֹת חֹבְרֹת אִשָּׁה אֶל אֲחֹתָהּ:

πέντε δὲ αὐλαῖαι ἔσονται ἐξ ἀλλήλων ἐχόμεναι ἡ ἑτέρα ἐκ τῆς ἑτέρας καὶ πέντε αὐλαῖαι ἔσονται συνεχόμεναι ἑτέρα τῇ ἑτέρᾳ

Quinque cortinæ sibi jungentur mutuo, et aliæ quinque nexu simili cohærebunt.

16 alnar langar, en hálfrar alnar breiðar

3 The five curtains shall be coupled together one to another; and other five curtains shall be coupled one to another.

ד. וְעָשִׂיתָ לֻלְאֹת תְּכֵלֶת עַל שְׂפַת הַיְרִיעָה הָאֶחָת מִקָּצָה בַּחֹבָרֶת וְכֵן תַּעֲשֶׂה בִּשְׂפַת הַיְרִיעָה הַקִּיצוֹנָה בַּמַּחְבֶּרֶת הַשֵּׁנִית:

καὶ ποιήσεις αὐταῖς ἀγκύλας ὑακινθίνας ἐπὶ τοῦ χείλους τῆς αὐλαίας τῆς μιᾶς ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς μέρους εἰς τὴν συμβολὴν καὶ οὕτως ποιήσεις ἐπὶ τοῦ χείλους τῆς αὐλαίας τῆς ἐξωτέρας πρὸς τῇ συμβολῇ τῇ δευτέρᾳ

Ansulas hyacinthinas in lateribus ac summitatibus facies cortinarum, ut possint invicem copulari.

17 ok greypa hverja við aðra.

4 And thou shalt make loops of blue upon the edge of the one curtain from the selvedge in the coupling; and likewise shalt thou make in the uttermost edge of another curtain, in the coupling of the second.

ה. חֲמִשִּׁים לֻלָאֹת תַּעֲשֶׂה בַּיְרִיעָה הָאֶחָת וַחֲמִשִּׁים לֻלָאֹת תַּעֲשֶׂה בִּקְצֵה הַיְרִיעָה אֲשֶׁר בַּמַּחְבֶּרֶת הַשֵּׁנִית מַקְבִּילֹת הַלֻּלָאֹת אִשָּׁה אֶל אֲחֹתָהּ:

πεντήκοντα ἀγκύλας ποιήσεις τῇ αὐλαίᾳ τῇ μιᾷ καὶ πεντήκοντα ἀγκύλας ποιήσεις ἐκ τοῦ μέρους τῆς αὐλαίας κατὰ τὴν συμβολὴν τῆς δευτέρας ἀντιπρόσωποι ἀντιπίπτουσαι ἀλλήλαις εἰς ἑκάστην

Quinquagenas ansulas cortina habebit in utraque parte, ita insertas ut ansa contra ansam veniat, et altera alteri possit aptari.

18 Skulu x. vera fyrir sunnan i tjaldbúðinni

5 Fifty loops shalt thou make in the one curtain, and fifty loops shalt thou make in the edge of the curtain that is in the coupling of the second; that the loops may take hold one of another.

ו. וְעָשִׂיתָ חֲמִשִּׁים קַרְסֵי זָהָב וְחִבַּרְתָּ אֶת הַיְרִיעֹת אִשָּׁה אֶל אֲחֹתָהּ בַּקְּרָסִים וְהָיָה הַמִּשְׁכָּן אֶחָד:

καὶ ποιήσεις κρίκους πεντήκοντα χρυσοῦς καὶ συνάψεις τὰς αὐλαίας ἑτέραν τῇ ἑτέρᾳ τοῖς κρίκοις καὶ ἔσται ἡ σκηνὴ μία

Facies et quinquaginta circulos aureos quibus cortinarum vela jungenda sunt, ut unum tabernaculum fiat.

19 ok ij. knútar af silfri gervir undir enda hverrar fjalarinnar.

6 And thou shalt make fifty taches of gold, and couple the curtains together with the taches: and it shall be one tabernacle.

ז. וְעָשִׂיתָ יְרִיעֹת עִזִּים לְאֹהֶל עַל הַמִּשְׁכָּן עַשְׁתֵּי עֶשְׂרֵה יְרִיעֹת תַּעֲשֶׂה אֹתָם:

καὶ ποιήσεις δέρρεις τριχίνας σκέπην ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς ἕνδεκα δέρρεις ποιήσεις αὐτάς

Facies et saga cilicina undecim, ad operiendum tectum tabernaculi.

7 And thou shalt make curtains of goats' hair to be a covering upon the tabernacle: eleven curtains shalt thou make.

ח. אֹרֶךְ הַיְרִיעָה הָאַחַת שְׁלשִׁים בָּאַמָּה וְרֹחַב אַרְבַּע בָּאַמָּה הַיְרִיעָה הָאֶחָת מִדָּה אַחַת לְעַשְׁתֵּי עֶשְׂרֵה יְרִיעֹת:

τὸ μῆκος τῆς δέρρεως τῆς μιᾶς ἔσται τριάκοντα πήχεων καὶ τεσσάρων πήχεων τὸ εὖρος τῆς δέρρεως τῆς μιᾶς μέτρον τὸ αὐτὸ ἔσται ταῖς ἕνδεκα δέρρεσι

Longitudo sagi unius habebit triginta cubitos, et latitudo, quatuor: æqua erit mensura sagorum omnium.

8 The length of one curtain shall be thirty cubits, and the breadth of one curtain four cubits: and the eleven curtains shall be all of one measure.

ט. וְחִבַּרְתָּ אֶת חֲמֵשׁ הַיְרִיעֹת לְבָד וְאֶת שֵׁשׁ הַיְרִיעֹת לְבָד וְכָפַלְתָּ אֶת הַיְרִיעָה הַשִּׁשִּׁית אֶל מוּל פְּנֵי הָאֹהֶל:

καὶ συνάψεις τὰς πέντε δέρρεις ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ τὰς ἓξ δέρρεις ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό καὶ ἐπιδιπλώσεις τὴν δέρριν τὴν ἕκτην κατὰ πρόσωπον τῆς σκηνῆς

E quibus quinque junges seorsum, et sex sibi mutuo copulabis, ita ut sextum sagum in fronte tecti duplices.

9 And thou shalt couple five curtains by themselves, and six curtains by themselves, and shalt double the sixth curtain in the forefront of the tabernacle.

י. וְעָשִׂיתָ חֲמִשִּׁים לֻלָאֹת עַל שְׂפַת הַיְרִיעָה הָאֶחָת הַקִּיצֹנָה בַּחֹבָרֶת וַחֲמִשִּׁים לֻלָאֹת עַל שְׂפַת הַיְרִיעָה הַחֹבֶרֶת הַשֵּׁנִית:

καὶ ποιήσεις ἀγκύλας πεντήκοντα ἐπὶ τοῦ χείλους τῆς δέρρεως τῆς μιᾶς τῆς ἀνὰ μέσον κατὰ συμβολὴν καὶ πεντήκοντα ἀγκύλας ποιήσεις ἐπὶ τοῦ χείλους τῆς δέρρεως τῆς συναπτούσης τῆς δευτέρας

Facies et quinquaginta ansas in ora sagi unius, ut conjungi cum altero queat, et quinquaginta ansas in ora sagi alterius, ut cum altero copuletur.

10 And thou shalt make fifty loops on the edge of the one curtain that is outmost in the coupling, and fifty loops in the edge of the curtain which coupleth the second.

יא. וְעָשִׂיתָ קַרְסֵי נְחשֶׁת חֲמִשִּׁים וְהֵבֵאתָ אֶת הַקְּרָסִים בַּלֻּלָאֹת וְחִבַּרְתָּ אֶת הָאֹהֶל וְהָיָה אֶחָד:

καὶ ποιήσεις κρίκους χαλκοῦς πεντήκοντα καὶ συνάψεις τοὺς κρίκους ἐκ τῶν ἀγκυλῶν καὶ συνάψεις τὰς δέρρεις καὶ ἔσται ἕν

Facies et quinquaginta fibulas æneas quibus jungantur ansæ, ut unum ex omnibus operimentum fiat.

11 And thou shalt make fifty taches of brass, and put the taches into the loops, and couple the tent together, that it may be one.

יב. וְסֶרַח הָעֹדֵף בִּירִיעֹת הָאֹהֶל חֲצִי הַיְרִיעָה הָעֹדֶפֶת תִּסְרַח עַל אֲחֹרֵי הַמִּשְׁכָּן:

καὶ ὑποθήσεις τὸ πλεονάζον ἐν ταῖς δέρρεσιν τῆς σκηνῆς τὸ ἥμισυ τῆς δέρρεως τὸ ὑπολελειμμένον ὑποκαλύψεις τὸ πλεονάζον τῶν δέρρεων τῆς σκηνῆς ὑποκαλύψεις ὀπίσω τῆς σκηνῆς

Quod autem superfuerit in sagis quæ parantur tecto, id est unum sagum quod amplius est, ex medietate ejus operies posteriora tabernaculi.

12 And the remnant that remaineth of the curtains of the tent, the half curtain that remaineth, shall hang over the backside of the tabernacle.

יג. וְהָאַמָּה מִזֶּה וְהָאַמָּה מִזֶּה בָּעֹדֵף בְּאֹרֶךְ יְרִיעֹת הָאֹהֶל יִהְיֶה סָרוּחַ עַל צִדֵּי הַמִּשְׁכָּן מִזֶּה וּמִזֶּה לְכַסֹּתוֹ:

πῆχυν ἐκ τούτου καὶ πῆχυν ἐκ τούτου ἐκ τοῦ ὑπερέχοντος τῶν δέρρεων ἐκ τοῦ μήκους τῶν δέρρεων τῆς σκηνῆς ἔσται συγκαλύπτον ἐπὶ τὰ πλάγια τῆς σκηνῆς ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν ἵνα καλύπτῃ

Et cubitus ex una parte pendebit, et alter ex altera qui plus est in sagorum longitudine, utrumque latus tabernaculi protegens.

13 And a cubit on the one side, and a cubit on the other side of that which remaineth in the length of the curtains of the tent, it shall hang over the sides of the tabernacle on this side and on that side, to cover it.

יד. וְעָשִׂיתָ מִכְסֶה לָאֹהֶל עֹרֹת אֵילִם מְאָדָּמִים וּמִכְסֵה עֹרֹת תְּחָשִׁים מִלְמָעְלָה:

καὶ ποιήσεις κατακάλυμμα τῇ σκηνῇ δέρματα κριῶν ἠρυθροδανωμένα καὶ ἐπικαλύμματα δέρματα ὑακίνθινα ἐπάνωθεν

Facies et operimentum aliud tecto de pellibus arietum rubricatis: et super hoc rursum aliud operimentum de janthinis pellibus.

14 And thou shalt make a covering for the tent of rams' skins dyed red, and a covering above of badgers' skins.

טו. וְעָשִׂיתָ אֶת הַקְּרָשִׁים לַמִּשְׁכָּן עֲצֵי שִׁטִּים עֹמְדִים:

καὶ ποιήσεις στύλους τῇ σκηνῇ ἐκ ξύλων ἀσήπτων

Facies et tabulas stantes tabernaculi de lignis setim,

15 And thou shalt make boards for the tabernacle of shittim wood standing up.

טז. עֶשֶׂר אַמּוֹת אֹרֶךְ הַקָּרֶשׁ וְאַמָּה וַחֲצִי הָאַמָּה רֹחַב הַקֶּרֶשׁ הָאֶחָד:

δέκα πήχεων ποιήσεις τὸν στῦλον τὸν ἕνα καὶ πήχεος ἑνὸς καὶ ἡμίσους τὸ πλάτος τοῦ στύλου τοῦ ἑνός

quæ singulæ denos cubitos in longitudine habeant, et in latitudine singulos ac semissem.

16 Ten cubits shall be the length of a board, and a cubit and a half shall be the breadth of one board.

יז. שְׁתֵּי יָדוֹת לַקֶּרֶשׁ הָאֶחָד מְשֻׁלָּבֹת אִשָּׁה אֶל אֲחֹתָהּ כֵּן תַּעֲשֶׂה לְכֹל קַרְשֵׁי הַמִּשְׁכָּן:

δύο ἀγκωνίσκους τῷ στύλῳ τῷ ἑνὶ ἀντιπίπτοντας ἕτερον τῷ ἑτέρῳ οὕτως ποιήσεις πᾶσι τοῖς στύλοις τῆς σκηνῆς

In lateribus tabulæ, duæ incastraturæ fient, quibus tabula alteri tabulæ connectatur: atque in hunc modum cunctæ tabulæ parabuntur.

17 Two tenons shall there be in one board, set in order one against another: thus shalt thou make for all the boards of the tabernacle.

יח. וְעָשִׂיתָ אֶת הַקְּרָשִׁים לַמִּשְׁכָּן עֶשְׂרִים קֶרֶשׁ לִפְאַת נֶגְבָּה תֵימָנָה:

καὶ ποιήσεις στύλους τῇ σκηνῇ εἴκοσι στύλους ἐκ τοῦ κλίτους τοῦ πρὸς βορρᾶν

Quarum viginti erunt in latere meridiano quod vergit ad austrum.

18 And thou shalt make the boards for the tabernacle, twenty boards on the south side southward.

יט. וְאַרְבָּעִים אַדְנֵי כֶסֶף תַּעֲשֶׂה תַּחַת עֶשְׂרִים הַקָּרֶשׁ שְׁנֵי אֲדָנִים תַּחַת הַקֶּרֶשׁ הָאֶחָד לִשְׁתֵּי יְדֹתָיו וּשְׁנֵי אֲדָנִים תַּחַת הַקֶּרֶשׁ הָאֶחָד לִשְׁתֵּי יְדֹתָיו:

καὶ τεσσαράκοντα βάσεις ἀργυρᾶς ποιήσεις τοῖς εἴκοσι στύλοις δύο βάσεις τῷ στύλῳ τῷ ἑνὶ εἰς ἀμφότερα τὰ μέρη αὐτοῦ καὶ δύο βάσεις τῷ στύλῳ τῷ ἑνὶ εἰς ἀμφότερα τὰ μέρη αὐτοῦ

Quibus quadraginta bases argenteas fundes, ut binæ bases singulis tabulis per duos angulos subjiciantur.

19 And thou shalt make forty sockets of silver under the twenty boards; two sockets under one board for his two tenons, and two sockets under another board for his two tenons.

כ. וּלְצֶלַע הַמִּשְׁכָּן הַשֵּׁנִית לִפְאַת צָפוֹן עֶשְׂרִים קָרֶשׁ:

καὶ τὸ κλίτος τὸ δεύτερον τὸ πρὸς νότον εἴκοσι στύλους

In latere quoque secundo tabernaculi quod vergit ad aquilonem, viginti tabulæ erunt,

20 And for the second side of the tabernacle on the north side there shall be twenty boards:

כא. וְאַרְבָּעִים אַדְנֵיהֶם כָּסֶף שְׁנֵי אֲדָנִים תַּחַת הַקֶּרֶשׁ הָאֶחָד וּשְׁנֵי אֲדָנִים תַּחַת הַקֶּרֶשׁ הָאֶחָד:

καὶ τεσσαράκοντα βάσεις αὐτῶν ἀργυρᾶς δύο βάσεις τῷ στύλῳ τῷ ἑνὶ εἰς ἀμφότερα τὰ μέρη αὐτοῦ καὶ δύο βάσεις τῷ στύλῳ τῷ ἑνὶ εἰς ἀμφότερα τὰ μέρη αὐτοῦ

quadraginta habentes bases argenteas, binæ bases singulis tabulis supponentur.

21 And their forty sockets of silver; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board.

כב. וּלְיַרְכְּתֵי הַמִּשְׁכָּן יָמָּה תַּעֲשֶׂה שִׁשָּׁה קְרָשִׁים:

καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὀπίσω τῆς σκηνῆς κατὰ τὸ μέρος τὸ πρὸς θάλασσαν ποιήσεις ἓξ στύλους

Ad occidentalem vero plagam tabernaculi facies sex tabulas,

22 And for the sides of the tabernacle westward thou shalt make six boards.

כג. וּשְׁנֵי קְרָשִׁים תַּעֲשֶׂה לִמְקֻצְעֹת הַמִּשְׁכָּן בַּיַּרְכָתָיִם:

καὶ δύο στύλους ποιήσεις ἐπὶ τῶν γωνιῶν τῆς σκηνῆς ἐκ τῶν ὀπισθίων

et rursum alias duas quæ in angulis erigantur post tergum tabernaculi.

23 And two boards shalt thou make for the corners of the tabernacle in the two sides.

כד. וְיִהְיוּ תֹאֲמִם מִלְּמַטָּה וְיַחְדָּו יִהְיוּ תַמִּים עַל רֹאשׁוֹ אֶל הַטַּבַּעַת הָאֶחָת כֵּן יִהְיֶה לִשְׁנֵיהֶם לִשְׁנֵי הַמִּקְצֹעֹת יִהְיוּ:

καὶ ἔσται ἐξ ἴσου κάτωθεν κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ ἔσονται ἴσοι ἐκ τῶν κεφαλίδων εἰς σύμβλησιν μίαν οὕτως ποιήσεις ἀμφοτέραις ταῖς δυσὶν γωνίαις ἔστωσαν

Eruntque conjunctæ a deorsum usque sursum, et una omnes compago retinebit. Duabus quoque tabulis quæ in angulis ponendæ sunt, similis junctura servabitur.

24 And they shall be coupled together beneath, and they shall be coupled together above the head of it unto one ring: thus shall it be for them both; they shall be for the two corners.

כה. וְהָיוּ שְׁמֹנָה קְרָשִׁים וְאַדְנֵיהֶם כֶּסֶף שִׁשָּׁה עָשָׂר אֲדָנִים שְׁנֵי אֲדָנִים תַּחַת הַקֶּרֶשׁ הָאֶחָד וּשְׁנֵי אֲדָנִים תַּחַת הַקֶּרֶשׁ הָאֶחָד:

καὶ ἔσονται ὀκτὼ στῦλοι καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν ἀργυραῖ δέκα ἕξ δύο βάσεις τῷ στύλῳ τῷ ἑνὶ εἰς ἀμφότερα τὰ μέρη αὐτοῦ καὶ δύο βάσεις τῷ στύλῳ τῷ ἑνί

Et erunt simul tabulæ octo, bases earum argenteæ sedecim, duabus basibus per unam tabulam supputatis.

25 And they shall be eight boards, and their sockets of silver, sixteen sockets; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board.

כו. וְעָשִׂיתָ בְרִיחִם עֲצֵי שִׁטִּים חֲמִשָּׁה לְקַרְשֵׁי צֶלַע הַמִּשְׁכָּן הָאֶחָד:

καὶ ποιήσεις μοχλοὺς ἐκ ξύλων ἀσήπτων πέντε τῷ ἑνὶ στύλῳ ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς μέρους τῆς σκηνῆς

Facies et vectes de lignis setim quinque ad continendas tabulas in uno latere tabernaculi,

26 And thou shalt make bars of shittim wood; five for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle,

כז. וַחֲמִשָּׁה בְרִיחִם לְקַרְשֵׁי צֶלַע הַמִּשְׁכָּן הַשֵּׁנִית וַחֲמִשָּׁה בְרִיחִם לְקַרְשֵׁי צֶלַע הַמִּשְׁכָּן לַיַּרְכָתַיִם יָמָּה:

καὶ πέντε μοχλοὺς τῷ στύλῳ τῷ κλίτει τῆς σκηνῆς τῷ δευτέρῳ καὶ πέντε μοχλοὺς τῷ στύλῳ τῷ ὀπισθίῳ τῷ κλίτει τῆς σκηνῆς τῷ πρὸς θάλασσαν

et quinque alios in altero, et ejusdem numeri ad occidentalem plagam:

27 And five bars for the boards of the other side of the tabernacle, and five bars for the boards of the side of the tabernacle, for the two sides westward.

כח. וְהַבְּרִיחַ הַתִּיכֹן בְּתוֹךְ הַקְּרָשִׁים מַבְרִחַ מִן הַקָּצֶה אֶל הַקָּצֶה:

καὶ ὁ μοχλὸς ὁ μέσος ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν στύλων διικνείσθω ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑνὸς κλίτους εἰς τὸ ἕτερον κλίτος

qui mittentur per medias tabulas a summo usque ad summum.

28 And the middle bar in the midst of the boards shall reach from end to end.

כט. וְאֶת הַקְּרָשִׁים תְּצַפֶּה זָהָב וְאֶת טַבְּעֹתֵיהֶם תַּעֲשֶׂה זָהָב בָּתִּים לַבְּרִיחִם וְצִפִּיתָ אֶת הַבְּרִיחִם זָהָב:

καὶ τοὺς στύλους καταχρυσώσεις χρυσίῳ καὶ τοὺς δακτυλίους ποιήσεις χρυσοῦς εἰς οὓς εἰσάξεις τοὺς μοχλούς καὶ καταχρυσώσεις τοὺς μοχλοὺς χρυσίῳ

Ipsas quoque tabulas deaurabis, et fundes in eis annulos aureos per quos vectes tabulata contineant: quos operies laminis aureis.

29 And thou shalt overlay the boards with gold, and make their rings of gold for places for the bars: and thou shalt overlay the bars with gold.

ל. וַהֲקֵמֹתָ אֶת הַמִּשְׁכָּן כְּמִשְׁפָּטוֹ אֲשֶׁר הָרְאֵיתָ בָּהָר:

καὶ ἀναστήσεις τὴν σκηνὴν κατὰ τὸ εἶδος τὸ δεδειγμένον σοι ἐν τῷ ὄρει

Et eriges tabernaculum juxta exemplar quod tibi in monte monstratum est.

30 And thou shalt rear up the tabernacle according to the fashion thereof which was shewed thee in the mount.

לא. וְעָשִׂיתָ פָרֹכֶת תְּכֵלֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן וְתוֹלַעַת שָׁנִי וְשֵׁשׁ מָשְׁזָר מַעֲשֵׂה חשֵׁב יַעֲשֶׂה אֹתָהּ כְּרֻבִים:

καὶ ποιήσεις καταπέτασμα ἐξ ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου κεκλωσμένου καὶ βύσσου νενησμένης ἔργον ὑφαντὸν ποιήσεις αὐτὸ χερουβιμ

Facies et velum de hyacintho, et purpura, coccoque bis tincto, et bysso retorta, opere plumario et pulchra varietate contextum:

31 And thou shalt make a vail of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen of cunning work: with cherubims shall it be made:

לב. וְנָתַתָּה אֹתָהּ עַל אַרְבָּעָה עַמּוּדֵי שִׁטִּים מְצֻפִּים זָהָב וָוֵיהֶם זָהָב עַל אַרְבָּעָה אַדְנֵי כָסֶף:

καὶ ἐπιθήσεις αὐτὸ ἐπὶ τεσσάρων στύλων ἀσήπτων κεχρυσωμένων χρυσίῳ καὶ αἱ κεφαλίδες αὐτῶν χρυσαῖ καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν τέσσαρες ἀργυραῖ

quod appendes ante quatuor columnas de lignis setim, quæ ipsæ quidem deauratæ erunt, et habebunt capita aurea, sed bases argenteas.

32 And thou shalt hang it upon four pillars of shittim wood overlaid with gold: their hooks shall be of gold, upon the four sockets of silver.

לג. וְנָתַתָּה אֶת הַפָּרֹכֶת תַּחַת הַקְּרָסִים וְהֵבֵאתָ שָׁמָּה מִבֵּית לַפָּרֹכֶת אֵת אֲרוֹן הָעֵדוּת וְהִבְדִּילָה הַפָּרֹכֶת לָכֶם בֵּין הַקֹּדֶשׁ וּבֵין קֹדֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִׁים:

καὶ θήσεις τὸ καταπέτασμα ἐπὶ τοὺς στύλους καὶ εἰσοίσεις ἐκεῖ ἐσώτερον τοῦ καταπετάσματος τὴν κιβωτὸν τοῦ μαρτυρίου καὶ διοριεῖ τὸ καταπέτασμα ὑμῖν ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ ἁγίου καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ ἁγίου τῶν ἁγίων

Inseretur autem velum per circulos, intra quod pones arcam testimonii, quo et sanctuarium, et sanctuarii sanctuaria dividentur.

33 And thou shalt hang up the vail under the taches, that thou mayest bring in thither within the vail the ark of the testimony: and the vail shall divide unto you between the holy place and the most holy.

לד. וְנָתַתָּ אֶת הַכַּפֹּרֶת עַל אֲרוֹן הָעֵדֻת בְּקֹדֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִׁים:

καὶ κατακαλύψεις τῷ καταπετάσματι τὴν κιβωτὸν τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ τῶν ἁγίων

Pones et propitiatorium super arcam testimonii in Sancto sanctorum,

34 And thou shalt put the mercy seat upon the ark of the testimony in the most holy place.

לה. וְשַׂמְתָּ אֶת הַשֻּׁלְחָן מִחוּץ לַפָּרֹכֶת וְאֶת הַמְּנֹרָה נֹכַח הַשֻּׁלְחָן עַל צֶלַע הַמִּשְׁכָּן תֵּימָנָה וְהַשֻּׁלְחָן תִּתֵּן עַל צֶלַע צָפוֹן:

καὶ θήσεις τὴν τράπεζαν ἔξωθεν τοῦ καταπετάσματος καὶ τὴν λυχνίαν ἀπέναντι τῆς τραπέζης ἐπὶ μέρους τῆς σκηνῆς τὸ πρὸς νότον καὶ τὴν τράπεζαν θήσεις ἐπὶ μέρους τῆς σκηνῆς τὸ πρὸς βορρᾶν

mensamque extra velum, et contra mensam candelabrum in latere tabernaculi meridiano: mensa enim stabit in parte aquilonis.

35 And thou shalt set the table without the vail, and the candlestick over against the table on the side of the tabernacle toward the south: and thou shalt put the table on the north side.

לו. וְעָשִׂיתָ מָסָךְ לְפֶתַח הָאֹהֶל תְּכֵלֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן וְתוֹלַעַת שָׁנִי וְשֵׁשׁ מָשְׁזָר מַעֲשֵׂה רֹקֵם:

καὶ ποιήσεις ἐπίσπαστρον ἐξ ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου κεκλωσμένου καὶ βύσσου κεκλωσμένης ἔργον ποικιλτοῦ

Facies et tentorium in introitu tabernaculi de hyacintho, et purpura, coccoque bis tincto, et bysso retorta, opere plumarii.

36 And thou shalt make an hanging for the door of the tent, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, wrought with needlework.

לז. וְעָשִׂיתָ לַמָּסָךְ חֲמִשָּׁה עַמּוּדֵי שִׁטִּים וְצִפִּיתָ אֹתָם זָהָב וָוֵיהֶם זָהָב וְיָצַקְתָּ לָהֶם חֲמִשָּׁה אַדְנֵי נְחשֶׁת:

καὶ ποιήσεις τῷ καταπετάσματι πέντε στύλους καὶ χρυσώσεις αὐτοὺς χρυσίῳ καὶ αἱ κεφαλίδες αὐτῶν χρυσαῖ καὶ χωνεύσεις αὐτοῖς πέντε βάσεις χαλκᾶς

Et quinque columnas deaurabis lignorum setim, ante quas ducetur tentorium: quarum erunt capita aurea, et bases æneæ.

37 And thou shalt make for the hanging five pillars of shittim wood, and overlay them with gold, and their hooks shall be of gold: and thou shalt cast five sockets of brass for them.

כז

ΚΖʹ

Cap. 27

א. וְעָשִׂיתָ אֶת הַמִּזְבֵּחַ עֲצֵי שִׁטִּים חָמֵשׁ אַמּוֹת אֹרֶךְ וְחָמֵשׁ אַמּוֹת רֹחַב רָבוּעַ יִהְיֶה הַמִּזְבֵּחַ וְשָׁלשׁ אַמּוֹת קֹמָתוֹ:

καὶ ποιήσεις θυσιαστήριον ἐκ ξύλων ἀσήπτων πέντε πήχεων τὸ μῆκος καὶ πέντε πήχεων τὸ εὖρος τετράγωνον ἔσται τὸ θυσιαστήριον καὶ τριῶν πήχεων τὸ ὕψος αὐτοῦ

Facies et altare de lignis setim, quod habebit quinque cubitus in longitudine, et totidem in latitudine, id est, quadrum, et tres cubitos in altitudine.

1 And thou shalt make an altar of shittim wood, five cubits long, and five cubits broad; the altar shall be foursquare: and the height thereof shall be three cubits.

ב. וְעָשִׂיתָ קַרְנֹתָיו עַל אַרְבַּע פִּנֹּתָיו מִמֶּנּוּ תִּהְיֶיןָ קַרְנֹתָיו וְצִפִּיתָ אֹתוֹ נְחשֶׁת:

καὶ ποιήσεις τὰ κέρατα ἐπὶ τῶν τεσσάρων γωνιῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔσται τὰ κέρατα καὶ καλύψεις αὐτὰ χαλκῷ

Cornua autem per quatuor angulos ex ipso erunt: et operies illud ære.

2 And thou shalt make the horns of it upon the four corners thereof: his horns shall be of the same: and thou shalt overlay it with brass.

ג. וְעָשִׂיתָ סִּירֹתָיו לְדַשְּׁנוֹ וְיָעָיו וּמִזְרְקֹתָיו וּמִזְלְגֹתָיו וּמַחְתֹּתָיו לְכָל כֵּלָיו תַּעֲשֶׂה נְחשֶׁת:

καὶ ποιήσεις στεφάνην τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ καὶ τὸν καλυπτῆρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰς φιάλας αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰς κρεάγρας αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ πυρεῖον αὐτοῦ καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ποιήσεις χαλκᾶ

Faciesque in usus ejus lebetes ad suscipiendos cineres, et forcipes atque fuscinulas, et ignium receptacula; omnia vasa ex ære fabricabis.

3 And thou shalt make his pans to receive his ashes, and his shovels, and his basons, and his fleshhooks, and his firepans: all the vessels thereof thou shalt make of brass.

ד. וְעָשִׂיתָ לּוֹ מִכְבָּר מַעֲשֵׂה רֶשֶׁת נְחשֶׁת וְעָשִׂיתָ עַל הָרֶשֶׁת אַרְבַּע טַבְּעֹת נְחשֶׁת עַל אַרְבַּע קְצוֹתָיו:

καὶ ποιήσεις αὐτῷ ἐσχάραν ἔργῳ δικτυωτῷ χαλκῆν καὶ ποιήσεις τῇ ἐσχάρᾳ τέσσαρας δακτυλίους χαλκοῦς ἐπὶ τὰ τέσσαρα κλίτη

Craticulamque in modum retis æneam: per cujus quatuor angulos erunt quatuor annuli ænei.

4 And thou shalt make for it a grate of network of brass; and upon the net shalt thou make four brasen rings in the four corners thereof.

ה. וְנָתַתָּה אֹתָהּ תַּחַת כַּרְכֹּב הַמִּזְבֵּחַ מִלְּמָטָּה וְהָיְתָה הָרֶשֶׁת עַד חֲצִי הַמִּזְבֵּחַ:

καὶ ὑποθήσεις αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ τὴν ἐσχάραν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου κάτωθεν ἔσται δὲ ἡ ἐσχάρα ἕως τοῦ ἡμίσους τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου

Quos pones subter arulam altaris: eritque craticula usque ad altaris medium.

5 And thou shalt put it under the compass of the altar beneath, that the net may be even to the midst of the altar.

ו. וְעָשִׂיתָ בַדִּים לַמִּזְבֵּחַ בַּדֵּי עֲצֵי שִׁטִּים וְצִפִּיתָ אֹתָם נְחשֶׁת:

καὶ ποιήσεις τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ φορεῖς ἐκ ξύλων ἀσήπτων καὶ περιχαλκώσεις αὐτοὺς χαλκῷ

Facies et vectes altaris de lignis setim duos, quos operies laminis æneis:

6 And thou shalt make staves for the altar, staves of shittim wood, and overlay them with brass.

ז. וְהוּבָא אֶת בַּדָּיו בַּטַּבָּעֹת וְהָיוּ הַבַּדִּים עַל שְׁתֵּי צַלְעֹת הַמִּזְבֵּחַ בִּשְׂאֵת אֹתוֹ:

καὶ εἰσάξεις τοὺς φορεῖς εἰς τοὺς δακτυλίους καὶ ἔστωσαν οἱ φορεῖς κατὰ τὰ πλευρὰ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου ἐν τῷ αἴρειν αὐτό

et induces per circulos, eruntque ex utroque latere altaris ad portandum.

7 And the staves shall be put into the rings, and the staves shall be upon the two sides of the altar, to bear it.

ח. נְבוּב לֻחֹת תַּעֲשֶׂה אֹתוֹ כַּאֲשֶׁר הֶרְאָה אֹתְךָ בָּהָר כֵּן יַעֲשׂוּ:

κοῖλον σανιδωτὸν ποιήσεις αὐτό κατὰ τὸ παραδειχθέν σοι ἐν τῷ ὄρει οὕτως ποιήσεις αὐτό

Non solidum, sed inane et cavum intrinsecus facies illud, sicut tibi in monte monstratum est.

8 Hollow with boards shalt thou make it: as it was shewed thee in the mount, so shall they make it.

ט. וְעָשִׂיתָ אֵת חֲצַר הַמִּשְׁכָּן לִפְאַת נֶגֶב תֵּימָנָה קְלָעִים לֶחָצֵר שֵׁשׁ מָשְׁזָר מֵאָה בָאַמָּה אֹרֶךְ לַפֵּאָה הָאֶחָת:

καὶ ποιήσεις αὐλὴν τῇ σκηνῇ εἰς τὸ κλίτος τὸ πρὸς λίβα ἱστία τῆς αὐλῆς ἐκ βύσσου κεκλωσμένης μῆκος ἑκατὸν πηχῶν τῷ ἑνὶ κλίτει

Facies et atrium tabernaculi, in cujus australi plaga contra meridiem erunt tentoria de bysso retorta: centum cubitos unum latus tenebit in longitudine.

ΚΗʹ

9 And thou shalt make the court of the tabernacle: for the south side southward there shall be hangings for the court of fine twined linen of an hundred cubits long for one side:

י. וְעַמֻּדָיו עֶשְׂרִים וְאַדְנֵיהֶם עֶשְׂרִים נְחשֶׁת וָוֵי הָעַמֻּדִים וַחֲשֻׁקֵיהֶם כָּסֶף:

καὶ οἱ στῦλοι αὐτῶν εἴκοσι καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν εἴκοσι χαλκαῖ καὶ οἱ κρίκοι αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ ψαλίδες αὐτῶν ἀργυραῖ

Et columnas viginti cum basibus totidem æneis, quæ capita cum cælaturis suis habebunt argentea.

10 And the twenty pillars thereof and their twenty sockets shall be of brass; the hooks of the pillars and their fillets shall be of silver.

יא. וְכֵן לִפְאַת צָפוֹן בָּאֹרֶךְ קְלָעִים מֵאָה אֹרֶךְ וְעַמּוּדָיו עֶשְׂרִים וְאַדְנֵיהֶם עֶשְׂרִים נְחשֶׁת וָוֵי הָעַמֻּדִים וַחֲשֻׁקֵיהֶם כָּסֶף:

οὕτως τῷ κλίτει τῷ πρὸς ἀπηλιώτην ἱστία ἑκατὸν πηχῶν μῆκος καὶ οἱ στῦλοι αὐτῶν εἴκοσι καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν εἴκοσι χαλκαῖ καὶ οἱ κρίκοι καὶ αἱ ψαλίδες τῶν στύλων καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν περιηργυρωμέναι ἀργύρῳ

Similiter et in latere aquilonis per longum erunt tentoria centum cubitorum, columnæ viginti, et bases æneæ ejusdem numeri, et capita earum cum cælaturis suis argentea.

11 And likewise for the north side in length there shall be hangings of an hundred cubits long, and his twenty pillars and their twenty sockets of brass; the hooks of the pillars and their fillets of silver.

יב. וְרֹחַב הֶחָצֵר לִפְאַת יָם קְלָעִים חֲמִשִּׁים אַמָּה עַמֻּדֵיהֶם עֲשָׂרָה וְאַדְנֵיהֶם עֲשָׂרָה:

τὸ δὲ εὖρος τῆς αὐλῆς τὸ κατὰ θάλασσαν ἱστία πεντήκοντα πηχῶν στῦλοι αὐτῶν δέκα καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν δέκα

In latitudine vero atrii, quod respicit ad occidentem, erunt tentoria per quinquaginta cubitos, et columnæ decem, basesque totidem.

12 And for the breadth of the court on the west side shall be hangings of fifty cubits: their pillars ten, and their sockets ten.

יג. וְרֹחַב הֶחָצֵר לִפְאַת קֵדְמָה מִזְרָחָה חֲמִשִּׁים אַמָּה:

καὶ εὖρος τῆς αὐλῆς τὸ πρὸς νότον ἱστία πεντήκοντα πήχεων στῦλοι αὐτῶν δέκα καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν δέκα

In ea quoque atrii latitudine, quæ respicit ad orientem, quinquaginta cubiti erunt.

13 And the breadth of the court on the east side eastward shall be fifty cubits.

יד. וַחֲמֵשׁ עֶשְׂרֵה אַמָּה קְלָעִים לַכָּתֵף עַמֻּדֵיהֶם שְׁלשָׁה וְאַדְנֵיהֶם שְׁלשָׁה:

καὶ πεντεκαίδεκα πήχεων τὸ ὕψος τῶν ἱστίων τῷ κλίτει τῷ ἑνί στῦλοι αὐτῶν τρεῖς καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν τρεῖς

In quibus quindecim cubitorum tentoria lateri uno deputabuntur, columnæque tres et bases totidem:

14 The hangings of one side of the gate shall be fifteen cubits: their pillars three, and their sockets three.

טו. וְלַכָּתֵף הַשֵּׁנִית חֲמֵשׁ עֶשְׂרֵה קְלָעִים עַמֻּדֵיהֶם שְׁלשָׁה וְאַדְנֵיהֶם שְׁלשָׁה:

καὶ τὸ κλίτος τὸ δεύτερον δέκα πέντε πηχῶν τῶν ἱστίων τὸ ὕψος στῦλοι αὐτῶν τρεῖς καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν τρεῖς

et in latere altero erunt tentoria cubitos obtinentia quindecim, columnæ tres, et bases totidem.

15 And on the other side shall be hangings fifteen cubits: their pillars three, and their sockets three.

טז. וּלְשַׁעַר הֶחָצֵר מָסָךְ עֶשְׂרִים אַמָּה תְּכֵלֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן וְתוֹלַעַת שָׁנִי וְשֵׁשׁ מָשְׁזָר מַעֲשֵׂה רֹקֵם עַמֻּדֵיהֶם אַרְבָּעָה וְאַדְנֵיהֶם אַרְבָּעָה:

καὶ τῇ πύλῃ τῆς αὐλῆς κάλυμμα εἴκοσι πηχῶν τὸ ὕψος ἐξ ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου κεκλωσμένου καὶ βύσσου κεκλωσμένης τῇ ποικιλίᾳ τοῦ ῥαφιδευτοῦ στῦλοι αὐτῶν τέσσαρες καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν τέσσαρες

In introitu vero atrii fiet tentorium cubitorum viginti ex hyacintho et purpura, coccoque bis tincto, et bysso retorta, opere plumarii: columnas habebit quatuor, cum basibus totidem.

16 And for the gate of the court shall be an hanging of twenty cubits, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, wrought with needlework: and their pillars shall be four, and their sockets four.

יז. כָּל עַמּוּדֵי הֶחָצֵר סָבִיב מְחֻשָּׁקִים כֶּסֶף וָוֵיהֶם כָּסֶף וְאַדְנֵיהֶם נְחשֶׁת:

πάντες οἱ στῦλοι τῆς αὐλῆς κύκλῳ κατηργυρωμένοι ἀργυρίῳ καὶ αἱ κεφαλίδες αὐτῶν ἀργυραῖ καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν χαλκαῖ

Omnes columnæ atrii per circuitum vestitæ erunt argenteis laminis, capitibus argenteis, et basibus æneis.

17 All the pillars round about the court shall be filleted with silver; their hooks shall be of silver, and their sockets of brass.

יח. אֹרֶךְ הֶחָצֵר מֵאָה בָאַמָּה וְרֹחַב חֲמִשִּׁים בַּחֲמִשִּׁים וְקֹמָה חָמֵשׁ אַמּוֹת שֵׁשׁ מָשְׁזָר וְאַדְנֵיהֶם נְחשֶׁת:

τὸ δὲ μῆκος τῆς αὐλῆς ἑκατὸν ἐφ᾽ ἑκατόν καὶ εὖρος πεντήκοντα ἐπὶ πεντήκοντα καὶ ὕψος πέντε πηχῶν ἐκ βύσσου κεκλωσμένης καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν χαλκαῖ

In longitudine occupabit atrium cubitos centum, in latitudine quinquaginta, altitudo quinque cubitorum erit: fietque de bysso retorta, et habebit bases æneas.

18 The length of the court shall be an hundred cubits, and the breadth fifty every where, and the height five cubits of fine twined linen, and their sockets of brass.

יט. לְכֹל כְּלֵי הַמִּשְׁכָּן בְּכֹל עֲבֹדָתוֹ וְכָל יְתֵדֹתָיו וְכָל יִתְדֹת הֶחָצֵר נְחשֶׁת:

καὶ πᾶσα ἡ κατασκευὴ καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐργαλεῖα καὶ οἱ πάσσαλοι τῆς αὐλῆς χαλκοῖ

Cuncta vasa tabernaculi in omnes usus et cæremonias, tam paxillos ejus quam atrii, ex ære facies.

19 All the vessels of the tabernacle in all the service thereof, and all the pins thereof, and all the pins of the court, shall be of brass.

כ. וְאַתָּה תְּצַוֶּה אֶת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְיִקְחוּ אֵלֶיךָ שֶׁמֶן זַיִת זָךְ כָּתִית לַמָּאוֹר לְהַעֲלֹת נֵר תָּמִיד:

καὶ σὺ σύνταξον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ καὶ λαβέτωσάν σοι ἔλαιον ἐξ ἐλαίων ἄτρυγον καθαρὸν κεκομμένον εἰς φῶς καῦσαι ἵνα κάηται λύχνος διὰ παντός

Præcipe filiis Israël ut afferant tibi oleum de arboribus olivarum purissimum, piloque contusum, ut ardeat lucerna semper

20 And thou shalt command the children of Israel, that they bring thee pure oil olive beaten for the light, to cause the lamp to burn always.

כא. בְּאֹהֶל מוֹעֵד מִחוּץ לַפָּרֹכֶת אֲשֶׁר עַל הָעֵדֻת יַעֲרֹךְ אֹתוֹ אַהֲרֹן וּבָנָיו מֵעֶרֶב עַד בֹּקֶר לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה חֻקַּת עוֹלָם לְדֹרֹתָם מֵאֵת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל:

ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἔξωθεν τοῦ καταπετάσματος τοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς διαθήκης καύσει αὐτὸ Ααρων καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ ἀφ᾽ ἑσπέρας ἕως πρωὶ ἐναντίον κυρίου νόμιμον αἰώνιον εἰς τὰς γενεὰς ὑμῶν παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ

in tabernaculo testimonii, extra velum quod oppansum est testimonio. Et collocabunt eam Aaron et filii ejus, ut usque mane luceat coram Domino. Perpetuus erit cultus per successiones eorum a filiis Israël.

21 In the tabernacle of the congregation without the vail, which is before the testimony, Aaron and his sons shall order it from evening to morning before the LORD: it shall be a statute for ever unto their generations on the behalf of the children of Israel.

כח

ΚΗʹ

Cap. 28

א. וְאַתָּה הַקְרֵב אֵלֶיךָ אֶת אַהֲרֹן אָחִיךָ וְאֶת בָּנָיו אִתּוֹ מִתּוֹךְ בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל לְכַהֲנוֹ לִי אַהֲרֹן נָדָב וַאֲבִיהוּא אֶלְעָזָר וְאִיתָמָר בְּנֵי אַהֲרֹן:

καὶ σὺ προσαγάγου πρὸς σεαυτὸν τόν τε Ααρων τὸν ἀδελφόν σου καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ ἱερατεύειν μοι Ααρων καὶ Ναδαβ καὶ Αβιουδ καὶ Ελεαζαρ καὶ Ιθαμαρ υἱοὺς Ααρων

Applica quoque ad te Aaron fratrem tuum cum filiis suis de medio filiorum Israël, ut sacerdotio fungantur mihi: Aaron, Nadab, et Abiu, Eleazar, et Ithamar.

1 And take thou unto thee Aaron thy brother, and his sons with him, from among the children of Israel, that he may minister unto me in the priest's office, even Aaron, Nadab and Abihu, Eleazar and Ithamar, Aaron's sons.

ב. וְעָשִׂיתָ בִגְדֵי קֹדֶשׁ לְאַהֲרֹן אָחִיךָ לְכָבוֹד וּלְתִפְאָרֶת:

καὶ ποιήσεις στολὴν ἁγίαν Ααρων τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου εἰς τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν

Faciesque vestem sanctam Aaron fratri tuo in gloriam et decorem.

2 And thou shalt make holy garments for Aaron thy brother for glory and for beauty.

ג. וְאַתָּה תְּדַבֵּר אֶל כָּל חַכְמֵי לֵב אֲשֶׁר מִלֵּאתִיו רוּחַ חָכְמָה וְעָשׂוּ אֶת בִּגְדֵי אַהֲרֹן לְקַדְּשׁוֹ לְכַהֲנוֹ לִי:

καὶ σὺ λάλησον πᾶσι τοῖς σοφοῖς τῇ διανοίᾳ οὓς ἐνέπλησα πνεύματος αἰσθήσεως καὶ ποιήσουσιν τὴν στολὴν τὴν ἁγίαν Ααρων εἰς τὸ ἅγιον ἐν ᾗ ἱερατεύσει μοι

Et loqueris cunctis sapientibus corde quos replevi spiritu prudentiæ, ut faciant vestes Aaron, in quibus sanctificatus ministret mihi.

3 And thou shalt speak unto all that are wise hearted, whom I have filled with the spirit of wisdom, that they may make Aaron's garments to consecrate him, that he may minister unto me in the priest's office.

ד. וְאֵלֶּה הַבְּגָדִים אֲשֶׁר יַעֲשׂוּ חשֶׁן וְאֵפוֹד וּמְעִיל וּכְתֹנֶת תַּשְׁבֵּץ מִצְנֶפֶת וְאַבְנֵט וְעָשׂוּ בִגְדֵי קֹדֶשׁ לְאַהֲרֹן אָחִיךָ וּלְבָנָיו לְכַהֲנוֹ לִי:

καὶ αὗται αἱ στολαί ἃς ποιήσουσιν τὸ περιστήθιον καὶ τὴν ἐπωμίδα καὶ τὸν ποδήρη καὶ χιτῶνα κοσυμβωτὸν καὶ κίδαριν καὶ ζώνην καὶ ποιήσουσιν στολὰς ἁγίας Ααρων καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἱερατεύειν μοι

Hæc autem erunt vestimenta quæ faciet: rationale et superhumerale, tunicam et lineam strictam, cidarim et balteum. Facient vestimenta sancta fratri tuo Aaron et filiis ejus, ut sacerdotio fungantur mihi.

4 And these are the garments which they shall make; a breastplate, and an ephod, and a robe, and a broidered coat, a mitre, and a girdle: and they shall make holy garments for Aaron thy brother, and his sons, that he may minister unto me in the priest's office.

ה. וְהֵם יִקְחוּ אֶת הַזָּהָב וְאֶת הַתְּכֵלֶת וְאֶת הָאַרְגָּמָן וְאֶת תּוֹלַעַת הַשָּׁנִי וְאֶת הַשֵּׁשׁ:

καὶ αὐτοὶ λήμψονται τὸ χρυσίον καὶ τὴν ὑάκινθον καὶ τὴν πορφύραν καὶ τὸ κόκκινον καὶ τὴν βύσσον

Accipientque aurum, et hyacinthum, et purpuram, coccumque bis tinctum, et byssum.

5 And they shall take gold, and blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine linen.

ו. וְעָשׂוּ אֶת הָאֵפֹד זָהָב תְּכֵלֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן תּוֹלַעַת שָׁנִי וְשֵׁשׁ מָשְׁזָר מַעֲשֵׂה חשֵׁב:

καὶ ποιήσουσιν τὴν ἐπωμίδα ἐκ βύσσου κεκλωσμένης ἔργον ὑφαντὸν ποικιλτοῦ

Facient autem superhumerale de auro et hyacintho et purpura, coccoque bis tincto, et bysso retorta, opere polymito.

6 And they shall make the ephod of gold, of blue, and of purple, of scarlet, and fine twined linen, with cunning work.

ז. שְׁתֵּי כְתֵפֹת חֹבְרֹת יִהְיֶה לּוֹ אֶל שְׁנֵי קְצוֹתָיו וְחֻבָּר:

δύο ἐπωμίδες συνέχουσαι ἔσονται αὐτῷ ἑτέρα τὴν ἑτέραν ἐπὶ τοῖς δυσὶ μέρεσιν ἐξηρτημέναι

Duas oras junctas habebit in utroque latere summitatum, ut in unum redeant.

7 It shall have the two shoulderpieces thereof joined at the two edges thereof; and so it shall be joined together.

ח. וְחֵשֶׁב אֲפֻדָּתוֹ אֲשֶׁר עָלָיו כְּמַעֲשֵׂהוּ מִמֶּנּוּ יִהְיֶה זָהָב תְּכֵלֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן וְתוֹלַעַת שָׁנִי וְשֵׁשׁ מָשְׁזָר:

καὶ τὸ ὕφασμα τῶν ἐπωμίδων ὅ ἐστιν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ κατὰ τὴν ποίησιν ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔσται ἐκ χρυσίου καὶ ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου διανενησμένου καὶ βύσσου κεκλωσμένης

Ipsa quoque textura et cuncta operis varietas erit ex auro et hyacintho, et purpura, coccoque bis tincto, et bysso retorta.

8 And the curious girdle of the ephod, which is upon it, shall be of the same, according to the work thereof; even of gold, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen.

ט. וְלָקַחְתָּ אֶת שְׁתֵּי אַבְנֵי שֹׁהַם וּפִתַּחְתָּ עֲלֵיהֶם שְׁמוֹת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל:

καὶ λήμψῃ τοὺς δύο λίθους λίθους σμαράγδου καὶ γλύψεις ἐν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ

Sumesque duos lapides onychinos, et sculpes in eis nomina filiorum Israël:

9 And thou shalt take two onyx stones, and grave on them the names of the children of Israel:

י. שִׁשָּׁה מִשְּׁמֹתָם עַל הָאֶבֶן הָאֶחָת וְאֶת שְׁמוֹת הַשִּׁשָּׁה הַנּוֹתָרִים עַל הָאֶבֶן הַשֵּׁנִית כְּתוֹלְדֹתָם:

ἓξ ὀνόματα ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τὸν ἕνα καὶ τὰ ἓξ ὀνόματα τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τὸν δεύτερον κατὰ τὰς γενέσεις αὐτῶν

sex nomina in lapide uno, et sex reliqua in altero, juxta ordinem nativitatis eorum.

10 Six of their names on one stone, and the other six names of the rest on the other stone, according to their birth.

יא. מַעֲשֵׂה חָרַשׁ אֶבֶן פִּתּוּחֵי חֹתָם תְּפַתַּח אֶת שְׁתֵּי הָאֲבָנִים עַל שְׁמֹת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מֻסַבֹּת מִשְׁבְּצוֹת זָהָב תַּעֲשֶׂה אֹתָם:

ἔργον λιθουργικῆς τέχνης γλύμμα σφραγῖδος διαγλύψεις τοὺς δύο λίθους ἐπὶ τοῖς ὀνόμασιν τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ

Opere sculptoris et cælatura gemmarii, sculpes eos nominibus filiorum Israël, inclusos auro atque circumdatos:

11 With the work of an engraver in stone, like the engravings of a signet, shalt thou engrave the two stones with the names of the children of Israel: thou shalt make them to be set in ouches of gold.

יב. וְשַׂמְתָּ אֶת שְׁתֵּי הָאֲבָנִים עַל כִּתְפֹת הָאֵפֹד אַבְנֵי זִכָּרֹן לִבְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְנָשָׂא אַהֲרֹן אֶת שְׁמוֹתָם לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה עַל שְׁתֵּי כְתֵפָיו לְזִכָּרֹן:

καὶ θήσεις τοὺς δύο λίθους ἐπὶ τῶν ὤμων τῆς ἐπωμίδος λίθοι μνημοσύνου εἰσὶν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ καὶ ἀναλήμψεται Ααρων τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ ἔναντι κυρίου ἐπὶ τῶν δύο ὤμων αὐτοῦ μνημόσυνον περὶ αὐτῶν

et pones in utroque latere superhumeralis, memoriale filiis Israël. Portabitque Aaron nomina eorum coram Domino super utrumque humerum, ob recordationem.

12 And thou shalt put the two stones upon the shoulders of the ephod for stones of memorial unto the children of Israel: and Aaron shall bear their names before the LORD upon his two shoulders for a memorial.

יג. וְעָשִׂיתָ מִשְׁבְּצֹת זָהָב:

καὶ ποιήσεις ἀσπιδίσκας ἐκ χρυσίου καθαροῦ

Facies et uncinos ex auro,

13 And thou shalt make ouches of gold;

יד. וּשְׁתֵּי שַׁרְשְׁרֹת זָהָב טָהוֹר מִגְבָּלֹת תַּעֲשֶׂה אֹתָם מַעֲשֵׂה עֲבֹת וְנָתַתָּה אֶת שַׁרְשְׁרֹת הָעֲבֹתֹת עַל הַמִּשְׁבְּצֹת:

καὶ ποιήσεις δύο κροσσωτὰ ἐκ χρυσίου καθαροῦ καταμεμιγμένα ἐν ἄνθεσιν ἔργον πλοκῆς καὶ ἐπιθήσεις τὰ κροσσωτὰ τὰ πεπλεγμένα ἐπὶ τὰς ἀσπιδίσκας κατὰ τὰς παρωμίδας αὐτῶν ἐκ τῶν ἐμπροσθίων

et duas catenulas ex auro purissimo sibi invicem cohærentes, quas inseres uncinis.

14 And two chains of pure gold at the ends; of wreathen work shalt thou make them, and fasten the wreathen chains to the ouches.

טו. וְעָשִׂיתָ חשֶׁן מִשְׁפָּט מַעֲשֵׂה חשֵׁב כְּמַעֲשֵׂה אֵפֹד תַּעֲשֶׂנּוּ זָהָב תְּכֵלֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן וְתוֹלַעַת שָׁנִי וְשֵׁשׁ מָשְׁזָר תַּעֲשֶׂה אֹתוֹ:

καὶ ποιήσεις λογεῖον τῶν κρίσεων ἔργον ποικιλτοῦ κατὰ τὸν ῥυθμὸν τῆς ἐπωμίδος ποιήσεις αὐτό ἐκ χρυσίου καὶ ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου κεκλωσμένου καὶ βύσσου κεκλωσμένης ποιήσεις αὐτό

Rationale quoque judicii facies opere polymito juxta texturam superhumeralis, ex auro, hyacintho, et purpura, coccoque bis tincto, et bysso retorta.

15 And thou shalt make the breastplate of judgment with cunning work; after the work of the ephod thou shalt make it; of gold, of blue, and of purple, and of scarlet, and of fine twined linen, shalt thou make it.

טז. רָבוּעַ יִהְיֶה כָּפוּל זֶרֶת אָרְכּוֹ וְזֶרֶת רָחְבּוֹ:

τετράγωνον ἔσται διπλοῦν σπιθαμῆς τὸ μῆκος καὶ σπιθαμῆς τὸ εὖρος

Quadrangulum erit et duplex: mensuram palmi habebit tam in longitudine quam in latitudine.

16 Foursquare it shall be being doubled; a span shall be the length thereof, and a span shall be the breadth thereof.

יז. וּמִלֵּאתָ בוֹ מִלֻּאַת אֶבֶן אַרְבָּעָה טוּרִים אָבֶן טוּר אֹדֶם פִּטְדָה וּבָרֶקֶת הַטּוּר הָאֶחָד:

καὶ καθυφανεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ ὕφασμα κατάλιθον τετράστιχον στίχος λίθων ἔσται σάρδιον τοπάζιον καὶ σμάραγδος ὁ στίχος ὁ εἷς

Ponesque in eo quatuor ordines lapidum: in primo versu erit lapis sardius, et topazius, et smaragdus:

17 And thou shalt set in it settings of stones, even four rows of stones: the first row shall be a sardius, a topaz, and a carbuncle: this shall be the first row.

יח. וְהַטּוּר הַשֵּׁנִי נֹפֶךְ סַפִּיר וְיָהֲלֹם:

καὶ ὁ στίχος ὁ δεύτερος ἄνθραξ καὶ σάπφειρος καὶ ἴασπις

in secundo carbunculus, sapphirus, et jaspis:

18 And the second row shall be an emerald, a sapphire, and a diamond.

יט. וְהַטּוּר הַשְּׁלִישִׁי לֶשֶׁם שְׁבוֹ וְאַחְלָמָה:

καὶ ὁ στίχος ὁ τρίτος λιγύριον ἀχάτης καὶ ἀμέθυστος

in tertio ligurius, achates, et amethystus:

19 And the third row a ligure, an agate, and an amethyst.

כ. וְהַטּוּר הָרְבִיעִי תַּרְשִׁישׁ וְשֹׁהַם וְיָשְׁפֵה מְשֻׁבָּצִים זָהָב יִהְיוּ בְּמִלּוּאֹתָם:

καὶ ὁ στίχος ὁ τέταρτος χρυσόλιθος καὶ βηρύλλιον καὶ ὀνύχιον περικεκαλυμμένα χρυσίῳ συνδεδεμένα ἐν χρυσίῳ ἔστωσαν κατὰ στίχον αὐτῶν

in quarto chrysolithus, onychinus, et beryllus. Inclusi auro erunt per ordines suos.

20 And the fourth row a beryl, and an onyx, and a jasper: they shall be set in gold in their inclosings.

כא. וְהָאֲבָנִים תִּהְיֶיןָ עַל שְׁמֹת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל שְׁתֵּים עֶשְׂרֵה עַל שְׁמֹתָם פִּתּוּחֵי חוֹתָם אִישׁ עַל שְׁמוֹ תִּהְיֶיןָ לִשְׁנֵי עָשָׂר שָׁבֶט:

καὶ οἱ λίθοι ἔστωσαν ἐκ τῶν ὀνομάτων τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ δέκα δύο κατὰ τὰ ὀνόματα αὐτῶν γλυφαὶ σφραγίδων ἕκαστος κατὰ τὸ ὄνομα ἔστωσαν εἰς δέκα δύο φυλάς

Habebuntque nomina filiorum Israël: duodecim nominibus cælabuntur, singuli lapides nominibus singulorum per duodecim tribus.

21 And the stones shall be with the names of the children of Israel, twelve, according to their names, like the engravings of a signet; every one with his name shall they be according to the twelve tribes.

כב. וְעָשִׂיתָ עַל הַחשֶׁן שַׁרְשֹׁת גַּבְלֻת מַעֲשֵׂה עֲבֹת זָהָב טָהוֹר:

καὶ ποιήσεις ἐπὶ τὸ λογεῖον κροσσοὺς συμπεπλεγμένους ἔργον ἁλυσιδωτὸν ἐκ χρυσίου καθαροῦ

Facies in rationali catenas sibi invicem cohærentes ex auro purissimo,

22 And thou shalt make upon the breastplate chains at the ends of wreathen work of pure gold.

כג. וְעָשִׂיתָ עַל הַחשֶׁן שְׁתֵּי טַבְּעוֹת זָהָב וְנָתַתָּ אֶת שְׁתֵּי הַטַּבָּעוֹת עַל שְׁנֵי קְצוֹת הַחשֶׁן:

et duos annulos aureos, quos pones in utraque rationalis summitate:

23 And thou shalt make upon the breastplate two rings of gold, and shalt put the two rings on the two ends of the breastplate.

כד. וְנָתַתָּה אֶת שְׁתֵּי עֲבֹתֹת הַזָּהָב עַל שְׁתֵּי הַטַּבָּעֹת אֶל קְצוֹת הַחשֶׁן:

catenasque aureas junges annulis, qui sunt in marginibus ejus,

24 And thou shalt put the two wreathen chains of gold in the two rings which are on the ends of the breastplate.

כה. וְאֵת שְׁתֵּי קְצוֹת שְׁתֵּי הָעֲבֹתֹת תִּתֵּן עַל שְׁתֵּי הַמִּשְׁבְּצוֹת וְנָתַתָּה עַל כִּתְפוֹת הָאֵפֹד אֶל מוּל פָּנָיו:

et ipsarum catenarum extrema duobus copulabis uncinis in utroque latere superhumeralis quod rationale respicit.

25 And the other two ends of the two wreathen chains thou shalt fasten in the two ouches, and put them on the shoulderpieces of the ephod before it.

כו. וְעָשִׂיתָ שְׁתֵּי טַבְּעוֹת זָהָב וְשַׂמְתָּ אֹתָם עַל שְׁנֵי קְצוֹת הַחשֶׁן עַל שְׂפָתוֹ אֲשֶׁר אֶל עֵבֶר הָאֵפוֹד בָּיְתָה:

Facies et duos annulos aureos, quos pones in summitatibus rationalis, in oris, quæ e regione sunt superhumeralis, et posteriora ejus aspiciunt.

26 And thou shalt make two rings of gold, and thou shalt put them upon the two ends of the breastplate in the border thereof, which is in the side of the ephod inward.

כז. וְעָשִׂיתָ שְׁתֵּי טַבְּעוֹת זָהָב וְנָתַתָּה אֹתָם עַל שְׁתֵּי כִתְפוֹת הָאֵפוֹד מִלְּמַטָּה מִמּוּל פָּנָיו לְעֻמַּת מַחְבַּרְתּוֹ מִמַּעַל לְחֵשֶׁב הָאֵפוֹד:

Necnon et alios duos annulos aureos, qui ponendi sunt in utroque latere superhumeralis deorsum, quod respicit contra faciem juncturæ inferioris, ut aptari possit cum superhumerali,

27 And two other rings of gold thou shalt make, and shalt put them on the two sides of the ephod underneath, toward the forepart thereof, over against the other coupling thereof, above the curious girdle of the ephod.

כח. וְיִרְכְּסוּ אֶת הַחשֶׁן מִטַּבְּעֹתָיו אֶל טַבְּעֹת הָאֵפוֹד בִּפְתִיל תְּכֵלֶת לִהְיוֹת עַל חֵשֶׁב הָאֵפוֹד וְלֹא יִזַּח הַחשֶׁן מֵעַל הָאֵפוֹד:

et stringatur rationale annulis suis cum annulis superhumeralis vitta hyacinthina, ut maneat junctura fabrefacta, et a se invicem rationale et superhumerale nequeant separari.

28 And they shall bind the breastplate by the rings thereof unto the rings of the ephod with a lace of blue, that it may be above the curious girdle of the ephod, and that the breastplate be not loosed from the ephod.

כט. וְנָשָׂא אַהֲרֹן אֶת שְׁמוֹת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל בְּחשֶׁן הַמִּשְׁפָּט עַל לִבּוֹ בְּבֹאוֹ אֶל הַקֹּדֶשׁ לְזִכָּרֹן לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה תָּמִיד:

καὶ λήμψεται Ααρων τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ ἐπὶ τοῦ λογείου τῆς κρίσεως ἐπὶ τοῦ στήθους εἰσιόντι εἰς τὸ ἅγιον μνημόσυνον ἔναντι τοῦ θεοῦ ~ καὶ θήσεις ἐπὶ τὸ λογεῖον τῆς κρίσεως τοὺς κροσσούς τὰ ἁλυσιδωτὰ ἐπ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν κλιτῶν τοῦ λογείου ἐπιθήσεις καὶ τὰς δύο ἀσπιδίσκας ἐπιθήσεις ἐπ᾽ ἀμφοτέρους τοὺς ὤμους τῆς ἐπωμίδος κατὰ πρόσωπον

Portabitque Aaron nomina filiorum Israël in rationali judicii super pectus suum, quando ingredietur Sanctuarium, memoriale coram Domino in æternum.

29 And Aaron shall bear the names of the children of Israel in the breastplate of judgment upon his heart, when he goeth in unto the holy place, for a memorial before the LORD continually.

ל. וְנָתַתָּ אֶל חשֶׁן הַמִּשְׁפָּט אֶת הָאוּרִים וְאֶת הַתֻּמִּים וְהָיוּ עַל לֵב אַהֲרֹן בְּבֹאוֹ לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה וְנָשָׂא אַהֲרֹן אֶת מִשְׁפַּט בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל עַל לִבּוֹ לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה תָּמִיד:

καὶ ἐπιθήσεις ἐπὶ τὸ λογεῖον τῆς κρίσεως τὴν δήλωσιν καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ ἔσται ἐπὶ τοῦ στήθους Ααρων ὅταν εἰσπορεύηται εἰς τὸ ἅγιον ἐναντίον κυρίου καὶ οἴσει Ααρων τὰς κρίσεις τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ ἐπὶ τοῦ στήθους ἐναντίον κυρίου διὰ παντός

Pones autem in rationali judicii Doctrinam et Veritatem, quæ erunt in pectore Aaron, quando ingredietur coram Domino: et gestabit judicium filiorum Israël in pectore suo, in conspectu Domini semper.

30 And thou shalt put in the breastplate of judgment the Urim and the Thummim; and they shall be upon Aaron's heart, when he goeth in before the LORD: and Aaron shall bear the judgment of the children of Israel upon his heart before the LORD continually.

לא. וְעָשִׂיתָ אֶת מְעִיל הָאֵפוֹד כְּלִיל תְּכֵלֶת:

καὶ ποιήσεις ὑποδύτην ποδήρη ὅλον ὑακίνθινον

Facies et tunicam superhumeralis totam hyacinthinam,

ΚΘʹ

31 And thou shalt make the robe of the ephod all of blue.

לב. וְהָיָה פִי רֹאשׁוֹ בְּתוֹכוֹ שָׂפָה יִהְיֶה לְפִיו סָבִיב מַעֲשֵׂה אֹרֵג כְּפִי תַחְרָא יִהְיֶה לּוֹ לֹא יִקָּרֵעַ:

καὶ ἔσται τὸ περιστόμιον ἐξ αὐτοῦ μέσον ᾤαν ἔχον κύκλῳ τοῦ περιστομίου ἔργον ὑφάντου τὴν συμβολὴν συνυφασμένην ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἵνα μὴ ῥαγῇ

in cujus medio supra erit capitium, et ora per gyrum ejus textilis, sicut fieri solet in extremis vestium partibus, ne facile rumpatur.

32 And there shall be an hole in the top of it, in the midst thereof: it shall have a binding of woven work round about the hole of it, as it were the hole of an habergeon, that it be not rent.

לג. וְעָשִׂיתָ עַל שׁוּלָיו רִמֹּנֵי תְּכֵלֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן וְתוֹלַעַת שָׁנִי עַל שׁוּלָיו סָבִיב וּפַעֲמֹנֵי זָהָב בְּתוֹכָם סָבִיב:

καὶ ποιήσεις ἐπὶ τὸ λῶμα τοῦ ὑποδύτου κάτωθεν ὡσεὶ ἐξανθούσης ῥόας ῥοίσκους ἐξ ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου διανενησμένου καὶ βύσσου κεκλωσμένης ἐπὶ τοῦ λώματος τοῦ ὑποδύτου κύκλῳ τὸ αὐτὸ δὲ εἶδος ῥοίσκους χρυσοῦς καὶ κώδωνας ἀνὰ μέσον τούτων περικύκλῳ

Deorsum vero, ad pedes ejusdem tunicæ, per circuitum, quasi mala punica facies, ex hyacintho, et purpura, et cocco bis tincto, mistis in medio tintinnabulis,

33 And beneath upon the hem of it thou shalt make pomegranates of blue, and of purple, and of scarlet, round about the hem thereof; and bells of gold between them round about:

לד. פַּעֲמֹן זָהָב וְרִמּוֹן פַּעֲמֹן זָהָב וְרִמּוֹן עַל שׁוּלֵי הַמְּעִיל סָבִיב:

παρὰ ῥοίσκον χρυσοῦν κώδωνα καὶ ἄνθινον ἐπὶ τοῦ λώματος τοῦ ὑποδύτου κύκλῳ

ita ut tintinnabulum sit aureum et malum punicum: rursumque tintinnabulum aliud aureum et malum punicum.

34 A golden bell and a pomegranate, a golden bell and a pomegranate, upon the hem of the robe round about.

לה. וְהָיָה עַל אַהֲרֹן לְשָׁרֵת וְנִשְׁמַע קוֹלוֹ בְּבֹאוֹ אֶל הַקֹּדֶשׁ לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה וּבְצֵאתוֹ וְלֹא יָמוּת:

καὶ ἔσται Ααρων ἐν τῷ λειτουργεῖν ἀκουστὴ ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ εἰσιόντι εἰς τὸ ἅγιον ἐναντίον κυρίου καὶ ἐξιόντι ἵνα μὴ ἀποθάνῃ

Et vestietur ea Aaron in officio ministerii, ut audiatur sonitus quando ingreditur et egreditur sanctuarium in conspectu Domini, et non moriatur.

35 And it shall be upon Aaron to minister: and his sound shall be heard when he goeth in unto the holy place before the LORD, and when he cometh out, that he die not.

לו. וְעָשִׂיתָ צּיץ זָהָב טָהוֹר וּפִתַּחְתָּ עָלָיו פִּתּוּחֵי חֹתָם קֹדֶשׁ לַיהֹוָה:

καὶ ποιήσεις πέταλον χρυσοῦν καθαρὸν καὶ ἐκτυπώσεις ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτύπωμα σφραγῖδος ἁγίασμα κυρίου

Facies et laminam de auro purissimo, in qua sculpes opere cælatoris, Sanctum Domino.

36 And thou shalt make a plate of pure gold, and grave upon it, like the engravings of a signet, HOLINESS TO THE LORD.

לז. וְשַׂמְתָּ אֹתוֹ עַל פְּתִיל תְּכֵלֶת וְהָיָה עַל הַמִּצְנָפֶת אֶל מוּל פְּנֵי הַמִּצְנֶפֶת יִהְיֶה:

καὶ ἐπιθήσεις αὐτὸ ἐπὶ ὑακίνθου κεκλωσμένης καὶ ἔσται ἐπὶ τῆς μίτρας κατὰ πρόσωπον τῆς μίτρας ἔσται

Ligabisque eam vitta hyacinthina, et erit super tiaram,

37 And thou shalt put it on a blue lace, that it may be upon the mitre; upon the forefront of the mitre it shall be.

לח. וְהָיָה עַל מֵצַח אַהֲרֹן וְנָשָׂא אַהֲרֹן אֶת עֲוֹן הַקֳּדָשִׁים אֲשֶׁר יַקְדִּישׁוּ בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל לְכָל מַתְּנֹת קָדְשֵׁיהֶם וְהָיָה עַל מִצְחוֹ תָּמִיד לְרָצוֹן לָהֶם לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה:

καὶ ἔσται ἐπὶ τοῦ μετώπου Ααρων καὶ ἐξαρεῖ Ααρων τὰ ἁμαρτήματα τῶν ἁγίων ὅσα ἂν ἁγιάσωσιν οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ παντὸς δόματος τῶν ἁγίων αὐτῶν καὶ ἔσται ἐπὶ τοῦ μετώπου Ααρων διὰ παντός δεκτὸν αὐτοῖς ἔναντι κυρίου

imminens fronti pontificis. Portabitque Aaron iniquitates eorum, quæ obtulerunt et sanctificaverunt filii Israël, in cunctis muneribus et donariis suis. Erit autem lamina semper in fronte ejus, ut placatus sit eis Dominus.

38 And it shall be upon Aaron's forehead, that Aaron may bear the iniquity of the holy things, which the children of Israel shall hallow in all their holy gifts; and it shall be always upon his forehead, that they may be accepted before the LORD.

לט. וְשִׁבַּצְתָּ הַכְּתֹנֶת שֵׁשׁ וְעָשִׂיתָ מִצְנֶפֶת שֵׁשׁ וְאַבְנֵט תַּעֲשֶׂה מַעֲשֵׂה רֹקֵם:

καὶ οἱ κόσυμβοι τῶν χιτώνων ἐκ βύσσου καὶ ποιήσεις κίδαριν βυσσίνην καὶ ζώνην ποιήσεις ἔργον ποικιλτοῦ

Stringesque tunicam bysso, et tiaram byssinam facies, et balteum opere plumarii.

39 And thou shalt embroider the coat of fine linen, and thou shalt make the mitre of fine linen, and thou shalt make the girdle of needlework.

מ. וְלִבְנֵי אַהֲרֹן תַּעֲשֶׂה כֻתֳּנֹת וְעָשִׂיתָ לָהֶם אַבְנֵטִים וּמִגְבָּעוֹת תַּעֲשֶׂה לָהֶם לְכָבוֹד וּלְתִפְאָרֶת:

καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς Ααρων ποιήσεις χιτῶνας καὶ ζώνας καὶ κιδάρεις ποιήσεις αὐτοῖς εἰς τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν

Porro filiis Aaron tunicas lineas parabis et balteos ac tiaras in gloriam et decorem:

40 And for Aaron's sons thou shalt make coats, and thou shalt make for them girdles, and bonnets shalt thou make for them, for glory and for beauty.

מא. וְהִלְבַּשְׁתָּ אֹתָם אֶת אַהֲרֹן אָחִיךָ וְאֶת בָּנָיו אִתּוֹ וּמָשַׁחְתָּ אֹתָם וּמִלֵּאתָ אֶת יָדָם וְקִדַּשְׁתָּ אֹתָם וְכִהֲנוּ לִי:

καὶ ἐνδύσεις αὐτὰ Ααρων τὸν ἀδελφόν σου καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ καὶ χρίσεις αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐμπλήσεις αὐτῶν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ ἁγιάσεις αὐτούς ἵνα ἱερατεύωσίν μοι

vestiesque his omnibus Aaron fratrem tuum et filios ejus cum eo. Et cunctorum consecrabis manus, sanctificabisque illos, ut sacerdotio fungantur mihi.

41 And thou shalt put them upon Aaron thy brother, and his sons with him; and shalt anoint them, and consecrate them, and sanctify them, that they may minister unto me in the priest's office.

מב. וַעֲשֵׂה לָהֶם מִכְנְסֵי בָד לְכַסּוֹת בְּשַׂר עֶרְוָה מִמָּתְנַיִם וְעַד יְרֵכַיִם יִהְיוּ:

καὶ ποιήσεις αὐτοῖς περισκελῆ λινᾶ καλύψαι ἀσχημοσύνην χρωτὸς αὐτῶν ἀπὸ ὀσφύος ἕως μηρῶν ἔσται

Facies et feminalia linea, ut operiant carnem turpitudinis suæ, a renibus usque ad femora:

42 And thou shalt make them linen breeches to cover their nakedness; from the loins even unto the thighs they shall reach:

מג. וְהָיוּ עַל אַהֲרֹן וְעַל בָּנָיו בְּבֹאָם אֶל אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד אוֹ בְגִשְׁתָּם אֶל הַמִּזְבֵּחַ לְשָׁרֵת בַּקֹּדֶשׁ וְלֹא יִשְׂאוּ עָוֹן וָמֵתוּ חֻקַּת עוֹלָם לוֹ וּלְזַרְעוֹ אַחֲרָיו:

καὶ ἕξει Ααρων αὐτὰ καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς ἂν εἰσπορεύωνται εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἢ ὅταν προσπορεύωνται λειτουργεῖν πρὸς τὸ θυσιαστήριον τοῦ ἁγίου καὶ οὐκ ἐπάξονται πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς ἁμαρτίαν ἵνα μὴ ἀποθάνωσιν νόμιμον αἰώνιον αὐτῷ καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ μετ᾽ αὐτόν

et utentur eis Aaron et filii ejus quando ingredientur tabernaculum testimonii, vel quando appropinquant ad altare ut ministrent in sanctuario, ne iniquitatis rei moriantur. Legitimum sempiternum erit Aaron, et semini ejus post eum.

43 And they shall be upon Aaron, and upon his sons, when they come in unto the tabernacle of the congregation, or when they come near unto the altar to minister in the holy place; that they bear not iniquity, and die: it shall be a statute for ever unto him and his seed after him.

כט

ΚΘʹ

Cap. 29

א. וְזֶה הַדָּבָר אֲשֶׁר תַּעֲשֶׂה לָהֶם לְקַדֵּשׁ אֹתָם לְכַהֵן לִי לְקַח פַּר אֶחָד בֶּן בָּקָר וְאֵילִם שְׁנַיִם תְּמִימִם:

καὶ ταῦτά ἐστιν ἃ ποιήσεις αὐτοῖς ἁγιάσαι αὐτοὺς ὥστε ἱερατεύειν μοι αὐτούς λήμψῃ μοσχάριον ἐκ βοῶν ἓν καὶ κριοὺς δύο ἀμώμους

Sed et hoc facies, ut mihi in sacerdotio consecrentur. Tolle vitulum de armento, et arietes duos immaculatos,

1 And this is the thing that thou shalt do unto them to hallow them, to minister unto me in the priest's office: Take one young bullock, and two rams without blemish,

ב. וְלֶחֶם מַצּוֹת וְחַלֹּת מַצֹּת בְּלוּלֹת בַּשֶּׁמֶן וּרְקִיקֵי מַצּוֹת מְשֻׁחִים בַּשָּׁמֶן סֹלֶת חִטִּים תַּעֲשֶׂה אֹתָם:

καὶ ἄρτους ἀζύμους πεφυραμένους ἐν ἐλαίῳ καὶ λάγανα ἄζυμα κεχρισμένα ἐν ἐλαίῳ σεμίδαλιν ἐκ πυρῶν ποιήσεις αὐτά

panesque azymos, et crustulam absque fermento, quæ conspersa sit oleo, lagana quoque azyma oleo lita: de simila triticea cuncta facies.

2 And unleavened bread, and cakes unleavened tempered with oil, and wafers unleavened anointed with oil: of wheaten flour shalt thou make them.

ג. וְנָתַתָּ אוֹתָם עַל סַל אֶחָד וְהִקְרַבְתָּ אֹתָם בַּסָּל וְאֶת הַפָּר וְאֵת שְׁנֵי הָאֵילִם:

καὶ ἐπιθήσεις αὐτὰ ἐπὶ κανοῦν ἓν καὶ προσοίσεις αὐτὰ ἐπὶ τῷ κανῷ καὶ τὸ μοσχάριον καὶ τοὺς δύο κριούς

Et posita in canistro offeres: vitulum autem et duos arietes.

3 And thou shalt put them into one basket, and bring them in the basket, with the bullock and the two rams.

ד. וְאֶת אַהֲרֹן וְאֶת בָּנָיו תַּקְרִיב אֶל פֶּתַח אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וְרָחַצְתָּ אֹתָם בַּמָּיִם:

καὶ Ααρων καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ προσάξεις ἐπὶ τὰς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου καὶ λούσεις αὐτοὺς ἐν ὕδατι

Et Aaron ac filios ejus applicabis ad ostium tabernaculi testimonii. Cumque laveris patrem cum filiis suis aqua,

4 And Aaron and his sons thou shalt bring unto the door of the tabernacle of the congregation, and shalt wash them with water.

ה. וְלָקַחְתָּ אֶת הַבְּגָדִים וְהִלְבַּשְׁתָּ אֶת אַהֲרֹן אֶת הַכֻּתֹּנֶת וְאֵת מְעִיל הָאֵפֹד וְאֶת הָאֵפֹד וְאֶת הַחשֶׁן וְאָפַדְתָּ לוֹ בְּחֵשֶׁב הָאֵפֹד:

καὶ λαβὼν τὰς στολὰς ἐνδύσεις Ααρων τὸν ἀδελφόν σου καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα τὸν ποδήρη καὶ τὴν ἐπωμίδα καὶ τὸ λογεῖον καὶ συνάψεις αὐτῷ τὸ λογεῖον πρὸς τὴν ἐπωμίδα

indues Aaron vestimentis suis, id est, linea et tunica, et superhumerali et rationali, quod constringes balteo.

5 And thou shalt take the garments, and put upon Aaron the coat, and the robe of the ephod, and the ephod, and the breastplate, and gird him with the curious girdle of the ephod:

ו. וְשַׂמְתָּ הַמִּצְנֶפֶת עַל רֹאשׁוֹ וְנָתַתָּ אֶת נֵזֶר הַקֹּדֶשׁ עַל הַמִּצְנָפֶת:

καὶ ἐπιθήσεις τὴν μίτραν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπιθήσεις τὸ πέταλον τὸ ἁγίασμα ἐπὶ τὴν μίτραν

Et pones tiaram in capite ejus, et laminam sanctam super tiaram,

6 And thou shalt put the mitre upon his head, and put the holy crown upon the mitre.

ז. וְלָקַחְתָּ אֶת שֶׁמֶן הַמִּשְׁחָה וְיָצַקְתָּ עַל רֹאשׁוֹ וּמָשַׁחְתָּ אֹתוֹ:

καὶ λήμψῃ τοῦ ἐλαίου τοῦ χρίσματος καὶ ἐπιχεεῖς αὐτὸ ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ χρίσεις αὐτόν

et oleum unctionis fundes super caput ejus: atque hoc ritu consecrabitur.

7 Then shalt thou take the anointing oil, and pour it upon his head, and anoint him.

ח. וְאֶת בָּנָיו תַּקְרִיב וְהִלְבַּשְׁתָּם כֻּתֳּנֹת:

καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ προσάξεις καὶ ἐνδύσεις αὐτοὺς χιτῶνας

Filios quoque illius applicabis, et indues tunicis lineis, cingesque balteo,

8 And thou shalt bring his sons, and put coats upon them.

ט. וְחָגַרְתָּ אֹתָם אַבְנֵט אַהֲרֹן וּבָנָיו וְחָבַשְׁתָּ לָהֶם מִגְבָּעֹת וְהָיְתָה לָהֶם כְּהֻנָּה לְחֻקַּת עוֹלָם וּמִלֵּאתָ יַד אַהֲרֹן וְיַד בָּנָיו:

καὶ ζώσεις αὐτοὺς ταῖς ζώναις καὶ περιθήσεις αὐτοῖς τὰς κιδάρεις καὶ ἔσται αὐτοῖς ἱερατεία ἐμοὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ τελειώσεις τὰς χεῖρας Ααρων καὶ τὰς χεῖρας τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ

Aaron scilicet et liberos ejus, et impones eis mitras: eruntque sacerdotes mihi religione perpetua. Postquam initiaveris manus eorum,

9 And thou shalt gird them with girdles, Aaron and his sons, and put the bonnets on them: and the priest's office shall be theirs for a perpetual statute: and thou shalt consecrate Aaron and his sons.

י. וְהִקְרַבְתָּ אֶת הַפָּר לִפְנֵי אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וְסָמַךְ אַהֲרֹן וּבָנָיו אֶת יְדֵיהֶם עַל רֹאשׁ הַפָּר:

καὶ προσάξεις τὸν μόσχον ἐπὶ τὰς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου καὶ ἐπιθήσουσιν Ααρων καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ μόσχου ἔναντι κυρίου παρὰ τὰς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου

applicabis et vitulum coram tabernaculo testimonii. Imponentque Aaron et filii ejus manus super caput illius,

10 And thou shalt cause a bullock to be brought before the tabernacle of the congregation: and Aaron and his sons shall put their hands upon the head of the bullock.

יא. וְשָׁחַטְתָּ אֶת הַפָּר לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה פֶּתַח אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד:

καὶ σφάξεις τὸν μόσχον ἔναντι κυρίου παρὰ τὰς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου

et mactabis eum in conspectu Domini, juxta ostium tabernaculi testimonii.

11 And thou shalt kill the bullock before the LORD, by the door of the tabernacle of the congregation.

יב. וְלָקַחְתָּ מִדַּם הַפָּר וְנָתַתָּה עַל קַרְנֹת הַמִּזְבֵּחַ בְּאֶצְבָּעֶךָ וְאֶת כָּל הַדָּם תִּשְׁפֹּךְ אֶל יְסוֹד הַמִּזְבֵּחַ:

καὶ λήμψῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ μόσχου καὶ θήσεις ἐπὶ τῶν κεράτων τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τῷ δακτύλῳ σου τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν πᾶν αἷμα ἐκχεεῖς παρὰ τὴν βάσιν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου

Sumptumque de sanguine vituli, pones super cornua altaris digito tuo, reliquum autem sanguinem fundes juxta basim ejus.

12 And thou shalt take of the blood of the bullock, and put it upon the horns of the altar with thy finger, and pour all the blood beside the bottom of the altar.

יג. וְלָקַחְתָּ אֶת כָּל הַחֵלֶב הַמְכַסֶּה אֶת הַקֶּרֶב וְאֵת הַיֹּתֶרֶת עַל הַכָּבֵד וְאֵת שְׁתֵּי הַכְּלָיֹת וְאֶת הַחֵלֶב אֲשֶׁר עֲלֵיהֶן וְהִקְטַרְתָּ הַמִּזְבֵּחָה:

καὶ λήμψῃ πᾶν τὸ στέαρ τὸ ἐπὶ τῆς κοιλίας καὶ τὸν λοβὸν τοῦ ἥπατος καὶ τοὺς δύο νεφροὺς καὶ τὸ στέαρ τὸ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπιθήσεις ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον

Sumes et adipem totum qui operit intestina, et reticulum jecoris, ac duos renes, et adipem qui super eos est, et offeres incensum super altare:

13 And thou shalt take all the fat that covereth the inwards, and the caul that is above the liver, and the two kidneys, and the fat that is upon them, and burn them upon the altar.

יד. וְאֶת בְּשַׂר הַפָּר וְאֶת עֹרוֹ וְאֶת פִּרְשׁוֹ תִּשְׂרֹף בָּאֵשׁ מִחוּץ לַמַּחֲנֶה חַטָּאת הוּא:

τὰ δὲ κρέα τοῦ μόσχου καὶ τὸ δέρμα καὶ τὴν κόπρον κατακαύσεις πυρὶ ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς ἁμαρτίας γάρ ἐστιν

carnes vero vituli et corium et fimum combures foris extra castra, eo quod pro peccato sit.

14 But the flesh of the bullock, and his skin, and his dung, shalt thou burn with fire without the camp: it is a sin offering.

טו. וְאֶת הָאַיִל הָאֶחָד תִּקָּח וְסָמְכוּ אַהֲרֹן וּבָנָיו אֶת יְדֵיהֶם עַל רֹאשׁ הָאָיִל:

καὶ τὸν κριὸν λήμψῃ τὸν ἕνα καὶ ἐπιθήσουσιν Ααρων καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ κριοῦ

Unum quoque arietem sumes, super cujus caput ponent Aaron et filii ejus manus.

15 Thou shalt also take one ram; and Aaron and his sons shall put their hands upon the head of the ram.

טז. וְשָׁחַטְתָּ אֶת הָאָיִל וְלָקַחְתָּ אֶת דָּמוֹ וְזָרַקְתָּ עַל הַמִּזְבֵּחַ סָבִיב:

καὶ σφάξεις αὐτὸν καὶ λαβὼν τὸ αἷμα προσχεεῖς πρὸς τὸ θυσιαστήριον κύκλῳ

Quem cum mactaveris, tolles de sanguine ejus, et fundes circa altare.

16 And thou shalt slay the ram, and thou shalt take his blood, and sprinkle it round about upon the altar.

יז. וְאֶת הָאַיִל תְּנַתֵּחַ לִנְתָחָיו וְרָחַצְתָּ קִרְבּוֹ וּכְרָעָיו וְנָתַתָּ עַל נְתָחָיו וְעַל רֹאשׁוֹ:

καὶ τὸν κριὸν διχοτομήσεις κατὰ μέλη καὶ πλυνεῖς τὰ ἐνδόσθια καὶ τοὺς πόδας ὕδατι καὶ ἐπιθήσεις ἐπὶ τὰ διχοτομήματα σὺν τῇ κεφαλῇ

Ipsum autem arietem secabis in frustra: lotaque intestina ejus ac pedes, pones super concisas carnes, et super caput illius.

17 And thou shalt cut the ram in pieces, and wash the inwards of him, and his legs, and put them unto his pieces, and unto his head.

יח. וְהִקְטַרְתָּ אֶת כָּל הָאַיִל הַמִּזְבֵּחָה עֹלָה הוּא לַיהֹוָה רֵיחַ נִיחוֹחַ אִשֶּׁה לַיהֹוָה הוּא:

καὶ ἀνοίσεις ὅλον τὸν κριὸν ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον ὁλοκαύτωμα κυρίῳ εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας θυσίασμα κυρίῳ ἐστίν

Et offeres totum arietem in incensum super altare: oblatio est Domino, odor suavissimus victimæ Domini.

18 And thou shalt burn the whole ram upon the altar: it is a burnt offering unto the LORD: it is a sweet savour, an offering made by fire unto the LORD.

יט. וְלָקַחְתָּ אֵת הָאַיִל הַשֵּׁנִי וְסָמַךְ אַהֲרֹן וּבָנָיו אֶת יְדֵיהֶם עַל רֹאשׁ הָאָיִל:

καὶ λήμψῃ τὸν κριὸν τὸν δεύτερον καὶ ἐπιθήσει Ααρων καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ κριοῦ

Tolles quoque arietem alterum, super cujus caput Aaron et filii ejus ponent manus.

19 And thou shalt take the other ram; and Aaron and his sons shall put their hands upon the head of the ram.

כ. וְשָׁחַטְתָּ אֶת הָאַיִל וְלָקַחְתָּ מִדָּמוֹ וְנָתַתָּה עַל תְּנוּךְ אֹזֶן אַהֲרֹן וְעַל תְּנוּךְ אֹזֶן בָּנָיו הַיְמָנִית וְעַל בֹּהֶן יָדָם הַיְמָנִית וְעַל בֹּהֶן רַגְלָם הַיְמָנִית וְזָרַקְתָּ אֶת הַדָּם עַל הַמִּזְבֵּחַ סָבִיב:

καὶ σφάξεις αὐτὸν καὶ λήμψῃ τοῦ αἵματος αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπιθήσεις ἐπὶ τὸν λοβὸν τοῦ ὠτὸς Ααρων τοῦ δεξιοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον τῆς χειρὸς τῆς δεξιᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ ποδὸς τοῦ δεξιοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς λοβοὺς τῶν ὤτων τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ τῶν δεξιῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἄκρα τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν τῶν δεξιῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἄκρα τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῶν τῶν δεξιῶν

Quem cum immolaveris, sumes de sanguine ejus, et pones super extremum auriculæ dextræ Aaron et filiorum ejus, et super pollices manus eorum ac pedis dextri, fundesque sanguinem super altare per circuitum.

20 Then shalt thou kill the ram, and take of his blood, and put it upon the tip of the right ear of Aaron, and upon the tip of the right ear of his sons, and upon the thumb of their right hand, and upon the great toe of their right foot, and sprinkle the blood upon the altar round about.

כא. וְלָקַחְתָּ מִן הַדָּם אֲשֶׁר עַל הַמִּזְבֵּחַ וּמִשֶּׁמֶן הַמִּשְׁחָה וְהִזֵּיתָ עַל אַהֲרֹן וְעַל בְּגָדָיו וְעַל בָּנָיו וְעַל בִּגְדֵי בָנָיו אִתּוֹ וְקָדַשׁ הוּא וּבְגָדָיו וּבָנָיו וּבִגְדֵי בָנָיו אִתּוֹ:

καὶ λήμψῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐλαίου τῆς χρίσεως καὶ ῥανεῖς ἐπὶ Ααρων καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν στολὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς στολὰς τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἁγιασθήσεται αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ στολὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ στολαὶ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὸ δὲ αἷμα τοῦ κριοῦ προσχεεῖς πρὸς τὸ θυσιαστήριον κύκλῳ

Cumque tuleris de sanguine qui est super altare, et de oleo unctionis, asperges Aaron et vestes ejus, filios et vestimenta eorum. Consecratisque ipsis et vestibus,

21 And thou shalt take of the blood that is upon the altar, and of the anointing oil, and sprinkle it upon Aaron, and upon his garments, and upon his sons, and upon the garments of his sons with him: and he shall be hallowed, and his garments, and his sons, and his sons' garments with him.

כב. וְלָקַחְתָּ מִן הָאַיִל הַחֵלֶב וְהָאַלְיָה וְאֶת הַחֵלֶב הַמְכַסֶּה אֶת הַקֶּרֶב וְאֵת יֹתֶרֶת הַכָּבֵד וְאֵת שְׁתֵּי הַכְּלָיֹת וְאֶת הַחֵלֶב אֲשֶׁר עֲלֵיהֶן וְאֵת שׁוֹק הַיָּמִין כִּי אֵיל מִלֻּאִים הוּא:

καὶ λήμψῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ κριοῦ τὸ στέαρ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ στέαρ τὸ κατακαλύπτον τὴν κοιλίαν καὶ τὸν λοβὸν τοῦ ἥπατος καὶ τοὺς δύο νεφροὺς καὶ τὸ στέαρ τὸ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν καὶ τὸν βραχίονα τὸν δεξιόν ἔστιν γὰρ τελείωσις αὕτη

tolles adipem de ariete, et caudam et arvinam, quæ operit vitalia, ac reticulum jecoris, et duos renes, atque adipem, qui super eos est, armumque dextrum, eo quod sit aries consecrationis:

22 Also thou shalt take of the ram the fat and the rump, and the fat that covereth the inwards, and the caul above the liver, and the two kidneys, and the fat that is upon them, and the right shoulder; for it is a ram of consecration:

כג. וְכִכַּר לֶחֶם אַחַת וְחַלַּת לֶחֶם שֶׁמֶן אַחַת וְרָקִיק אֶחָד מִסַּל הַמַּצּוֹת אֲשֶׁר לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה:

καὶ ἄρτον ἕνα ἐξ ἐλαίου καὶ λάγανον ἓν ἀπὸ τοῦ κανοῦ τῶν ἀζύμων τῶν προτεθειμένων ἔναντι κυρίου

tortamque panis unius, crustulam conspersam oleo, laganum de canistro azymorum, quod positum est in conspectu Domini:

23 And one loaf of bread, and one cake of oiled bread, and one wafer out of the basket of the unleavened bread that is before the LORD:

כד. וְשַׂמְתָּ הַכֹּל עַל כַּפֵּי אַהֲרֹן וְעַל כַּפֵּי בָנָיו וְהֵנַפְתָּ אֹתָם תְּנוּפָה לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה:

καὶ ἐπιθήσεις τὰ πάντα ἐπὶ τὰς χεῖρας Ααρων καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς χεῖρας τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀφοριεῖς αὐτοὺς ἀφόρισμα ἔναντι κυρίου

ponesque omnia super manus Aaron et filiorum ejus, et sanctificabis eos elevans coram Domino.

24 And thou shalt put all in the hands of Aaron, and in the hands of his sons; and shalt wave them for a wave offering before the LORD.

כה. וְלָקַחְתָּ אֹתָם מִיָּדָם וְהִקְטַרְתָּ הַמִּזְבֵּחָה עַל הָעֹלָה לְרֵיחַ נִיחוֹחַ לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה אִשֶּׁה הוּא לַיהֹוָה:

καὶ λήμψῃ αὐτὰ ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν καὶ ἀνοίσεις ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τῆς ὁλοκαυτώσεως εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας ἔναντι κυρίου κάρπωμά ἐστιν κυρίῳ

Suscipiesque universa de manibus eorum: et incendes super altare in holocaustum, odorem suavissimum in conspectu Domini, quia oblatio ejus est.

25 And thou shalt receive them of their hands, and burn them upon the altar for a burnt offering, for a sweet savour before the LORD: it is an offering made by fire unto the LORD.

כו. וְלָקַחְתָּ אֶת הֶחָזֶה מֵאֵיל הַמִּלֻּאִים אֲשֶׁר לְאַהֲרֹן וְהֵנַפְתָּ אֹתוֹ תְּנוּפָה לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה וְהָיָה לְךָ לְמָנָה:

καὶ λήμψῃ τὸ στηθύνιον ἀπὸ τοῦ κριοῦ τῆς τελειώσεως ὅ ἐστιν Ααρων καὶ ἀφοριεῖς αὐτὸ ἀφόρισμα ἔναντι κυρίου καὶ ἔσται σοι ἐν μερίδι

Sumes quoque pectusculum de ariete, quo initiatus est Aaron, sanctificabisque illud elevatum coram Domino, et cedet in partem tuam.

26 And thou shalt take the breast of the ram of Aaron's consecration, and wave it for a wave offering before the LORD: and it shall be thy part.

כז. וְקִדַּשְׁתָּ אֵת חֲזֵה הַתְּנוּפָה וְאֵת שׁוֹק הַתְּרוּמָה אֲשֶׁר הוּנַף וַאֲשֶׁר הוּרָם מֵאֵיל הַמִּלֻּאִים מֵאֲשֶׁר לְאַהֲרֹן וּמֵאֲשֶׁר לְבָנָיו:

καὶ ἁγιάσεις τὸ στηθύνιον ἀφόρισμα καὶ τὸν βραχίονα τοῦ ἀφαιρέματος ὃς ἀφώρισται καὶ ὃς ἀφῄρηται ἀπὸ τοῦ κριοῦ τῆς τελειώσεως ἀπὸ τοῦ Ααρων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ

Sanctificabisque et pectusculum consecratum, et armum quem de ariete separasti,

27 And thou shalt sanctify the breast of the wave offering, and the shoulder of the heave offering, which is waved, and which is heaved up, of the ram of the consecration, even of that which is for Aaron, and of that which is for his sons:

כח. וְהָיָה לְאַהֲרֹן וּלְבָנָיו לְחָק עוֹלָם מֵאֵת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל כִּי תְרוּמָה הוּא וּתְרוּמָה יִהְיֶה מֵאֵת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מִזִּבְחֵי שַׁלְמֵיהֶם תְּרוּמָתָם לַיהֹוָה:

καὶ ἔσται Ααρων καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ νόμιμον αἰώνιον παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ ἔστιν γὰρ ἀφαίρεμα τοῦτο καὶ ἀφαίρεμα ἔσται παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ ἀπὸ τῶν θυμάτων τῶν σωτηρίων τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ ἀφαίρεμα κυρίῳ

quo initiatus est Aaron et filii ejus, cedentque in partem Aaron et filiorum ejus jure perpetuo a filiis Israël: quia primitiva sunt et initia de victimis eorum pacificis quæ offerunt Domino.

28 And it shall be Aaron's and his sons' by a statute for ever from the children of Israel: for it is an heave offering: and it shall be an heave offering from the children of Israel of the sacrifice of their peace offerings, even their heave offering unto the LORD.

כט. וּבִגְדֵי הַקֹּדֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר לְאַהֲרֹן יִהְיוּ לְבָנָיו אַחֲרָיו לְמָשְׁחָה בָהֶם וּלְמַלֵּא בָם אֶת יָדָם:

καὶ ἡ στολὴ τοῦ ἁγίου ἥ ἐστιν Ααρων ἔσται τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ μετ᾽ αὐτόν χρισθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ τελειῶσαι τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν

Vestem autem sanctam, qua utetur Aaron, habebunt filii ejus post eum, ut ungantur in ea, et consecrantur manus eorum.

29 And the holy garments of Aaron shall be his sons' after him, to be anointed therein, and to be consecrated in them.

ל. שִׁבְעַת יָמִים יִלְבָּשָׁם הַכֹּהֵן תַּחְתָּיו מִבָּנָיו אֲשֶׁר יָבֹא אֶל אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד לְשָׁרֵת בַּקֹּדֶשׁ:

ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας ἐνδύσεται αὐτὰ ὁ ἱερεὺς ὁ ἀντ᾽ αὐτοῦ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ ὃς εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου λειτουργεῖν ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις

Septem diebus utetur illa qui pontifex pro eo fuerit constitutus de filiis ejus, et qui ingredietur tabernaculum testimonii ut ministret in sanctuario.

30 And that son that is priest in his stead shall put them on seven days, when he cometh into the tabernacle of the congregation to minister in the holy place.

לא. וְאֵת אֵיל הַמִּלֻּאִים תִּקָּח וּבִשַּׁלְתָּ אֶת בְּשָׂרוֹ בְּמָקֹם קָדשׁ:

καὶ τὸν κριὸν τῆς τελειώσεως λήμψῃ καὶ ἑψήσεις τὰ κρέα ἐν τόπῳ ἁγίῳ

Arietem autem consecrationis tolles, et coques carnes ejus in loco sancto:

31 And thou shalt take the ram of the consecration, and seethe his flesh in the holy place.

לב. וְאָכַל אַהֲרֹן וּבָנָיו אֶת בְּשַׂר הָאַיִל וְאֶת הַלֶּחֶם אֲשֶׁר בַּסָּל פֶּתַח אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד:

καὶ ἔδονται Ααρων καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ τὰ κρέα τοῦ κριοῦ καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τοὺς ἐν τῷ κανῷ παρὰ τὰς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου

quibus vescetur Aaron et filii ejus. Panes quoque, qui sunt in canistro, in vestibulo tabernaculi testimonii comedent,

32 And Aaron and his sons shall eat the flesh of the ram, and the bread that is in the basket by the door of the tabernacle of the congregation.

לג. וְאָכְלוּ אֹתָם אֲשֶׁר כֻּפַּר בָּהֶם לְמַלֵּא אֶת יָדָם לְקַדֵּשׁ אֹתָם וְזָר לֹא יֹאכַל כִּי קֹדֶשׁ הֵם:

ἔδονται αὐτά ἐν οἷς ἡγιάσθησαν ἐν αὐτοῖς τελειῶσαι τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν ἁγιάσαι αὐτούς καὶ ἀλλογενὴς οὐκ ἔδεται ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἔστιν γὰρ ἅγια

ut sit placabile sacrificium, et sanctificentur offerentium manus. Alienigena non vescetur ex eis, quia sancti sunt.

33 And they shall eat those things wherewith the atonement was made, to consecrate and to sanctify them: but a stranger shall not eat thereof, because they are holy.

לד. וְאִם יִוָּתֵר מִבְּשַׂר הַמִּלֻּאִים וּמִן הַלֶּחֶם עַד הַבֹּקֶר וְשָׂרַפְתָּ אֶת הַנּוֹתָר בָּאֵשׁ לֹא יֵאָכֵל כִּי קֹדֶשׁ הוּא:

ἐὰν δὲ καταλειφθῇ ἀπὸ τῶν κρεῶν τῆς θυσίας τῆς τελειώσεως καὶ τῶν ἄρτων ἕως πρωί κατακαύσεις τὰ λοιπὰ πυρί οὐ βρωθήσεται ἁγίασμα γάρ ἐστιν

Quod si remanserit de carnibus consecratis, sive de panibus usque mane, combures reliquias igni: non comedentur, quia sanctificata sunt.

Λʹ

34 And if ought of the flesh of the consecrations, or of the bread, remain unto the morning, then thou shalt burn the remainder with fire: it shall not be eaten, because it is holy.

לה. וְעָשִׂיתָ לְאַהֲרֹן וּלְבָנָיו כָּכָה כְּכֹל אֲשֶׁר צִוִּיתִי אֹתָכָה שִׁבְעַת יָמִים תְּמַלֵּא יָדָם:

καὶ ποιήσεις Ααρων καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ οὕτως κατὰ πάντα ὅσα ἐνετειλάμην σοι ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας τελειώσεις αὐτῶν τὰς χεῖρας

Omnia, quæ præcepi tibi, facies super Aaron et filiis ejus. Septem diebus consecrabis manus eorum:

35 And thus shalt thou do unto Aaron, and to his sons, according to all things which I have commanded thee: seven days shalt thou consecrate them.

לו. וּפַר חַטָּאת תַּעֲשֶׂה לַיּוֹם עַל הַכִּפֻּרִים וְחִטֵּאתָ עַל הַמִּזְבֵּחַ בְּכַפֶּרְךָ עָלָיו וּמָשַׁחְתָּ אֹתוֹ לְקַדְּשׁוֹ:

καὶ τὸ μοσχάριον τῆς ἁμαρτίας ποιήσεις τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ καὶ καθαριεῖς τὸ θυσιαστήριον ἐν τῷ ἁγιάζειν σε ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ καὶ χρίσεις αὐτὸ ὥστε ἁγιάσαι αὐτό

et vitulum pro peccato offeres per singulos dies ad expiandum. Mundabisque altare cum immolaveris expiationis hostiam, et unges illud in sanctificationem.

36 And thou shalt offer every day a bullock for a sin offering for atonement: and thou shalt cleanse the altar, when thou hast made an atonement for it, and thou shalt anoint it, to sanctify it.

לז. שִׁבְעַת יָמִים תְּכַפֵּר עַל הַמִּזְבֵּחַ וְקִדַּשְׁתָּ אֹתוֹ וְהָיָה הַמִּזְבֵּחַ קֹדֶשׁ קָדָשִׁים כָּל הַנֹּגֵעַ בַּמִּזְבֵּחַ יִקְדָּשׁ:

ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας καθαριεῖς τὸ θυσιαστήριον καὶ ἁγιάσεις αὐτό καὶ ἔσται τὸ θυσιαστήριον ἅγιον τοῦ ἁγίου πᾶς ὁ ἁπτόμενος τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου ἁγιασθήσεται

Septem diebus expiabis altare, et sanctificabis, et erit Sanctum sanctorum: omnis, qui tetigerit illud, sanctificabitur.

37 Seven days thou shalt make an atonement for the altar, and sanctify it; and it shall be an altar most holy: whatsoever toucheth the altar shall be holy.

לח. וְזֶה אֲשֶׁר תַּעֲשֶׂה עַל הַמִּזְבֵּחַ כְּבָשִׂים בְּנֵי שָׁנָה שְׁנַיִם לַיּוֹם תָּמִיד:

καὶ ταῦτά ἐστιν ἃ ποιήσεις ἐπὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου ἀμνοὺς ἐνιαυσίους ἀμώμους δύο τὴν ἡμέραν ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον ἐνδελεχῶς κάρπωμα ἐνδελεχισμοῦ

Hoc est quod facies in altari: agnos anniculos duos per singulos dies jugiter,

38 Now this is that which thou shalt offer upon the altar; two lambs of the first year day by day continually.

לט. אֶת הַכֶּבֶשׂ הָאֶחָד תַּעֲשֶׂה בַבֹּקֶר וְאֵת הַכֶּבֶשׂ הַשֵּׁנִי תַּעֲשֶׂה בֵּין הָעַרְבָּיִם:

τὸν ἀμνὸν τὸν ἕνα ποιήσεις τὸ πρωὶ καὶ τὸν ἀμνὸν τὸν δεύτερον ποιήσεις τὸ δειλινόν

unum agnum mane, et alterum vespere,

39 The one lamb thou shalt offer in the morning; and the other lamb thou shalt offer at even:

מ. וְעִשָּׂרֹן סֹלֶת בָּלוּל בְּשֶׁמֶן כָּתִית רֶבַע הַהִין וְנֵסֶךְ רְבִיעִת הַהִין יָיִן לַכֶּבֶשׂ הָאֶחָד:

καὶ δέκατον σεμιδάλεως πεφυραμένης ἐν ἐλαίῳ κεκομμένῳ τῷ τετάρτῳ τοῦ ιν καὶ σπονδὴν τὸ τέταρτον τοῦ ιν οἴνου τῷ ἀμνῷ τῷ ἑνί

decimam partem similæ conspersæ oleo tuso, quod habeat mensuram quartam partem hin, et vinum ad libandum ejusdem mensuræ in agno uno.

40 And with the one lamb a tenth deal of flour mingled with the fourth part of an hin of beaten oil; and the fourth part of an hin of wine for a drink offering.

מא. וְאֵת הַכֶּבֶשׂ הַשֵּׁנִי תַּעֲשֶׂה בֵּין הָעַרְבָּיִם כְּמִנְחַת הַבֹּקֶר וּכְנִסְכָּהּ תַּעֲשֶׂה לָּהּ לְרֵיחַ נִיחֹחַ אִשֶּׁה לַיהֹוָה:

καὶ τὸν ἀμνὸν τὸν δεύτερον ποιήσεις τὸ δειλινόν κατὰ τὴν θυσίαν τὴν πρωινὴν καὶ κατὰ τὴν σπονδὴν αὐτοῦ ποιήσεις εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας κάρπωμα κυρίῳ

Alterum vero agnum offeres ad vesperam juxta ritum matutinæ oblationis, et juxta ea quæ diximus, in odorem suavitatis:

41 And the other lamb thou shalt offer at even, and shalt do thereto according to the meat offering of the morning, and according to the drink offering thereof, for a sweet savour, an offering made by fire unto the LORD.

מב. עֹלַת תָּמִיד לְדֹרֹתֵיכֶם פֶּתַח אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה אֲשֶׁר אִוָּעֵד לָכֶם שָׁמָּה לְדַבֵּר אֵלֶיךָ שָׁם:

θυσίαν ἐνδελεχισμοῦ εἰς γενεὰς ὑμῶν ἐπὶ θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἔναντι κυρίου ἐν οἷς γνωσθήσομαί σοι ἐκεῖθεν ὥστε λαλῆσαί σοι

sacrificium est Domino, oblatione perpetua in generationes vestras, ad ostium tabernaculi testimonii coram Domino, ubi constituam ut loquar ad te.

42 This shall be a continual burnt offering throughout your generations at the door of the tabernacle of the congregation before the LORD: where I will meet you, to speak there unto thee.

מג. וְנֹעַדְתִּי שָׁמָּה לִבְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְנִקְדַּשׁ בִּכְבֹדִי:

καὶ τάξομαι ἐκεῖ τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ καὶ ἁγιασθήσομαι ἐν δόξῃ μου

Ibique præcipiam filiis Israël, et sanctificabitur altare in gloria mea.

43 And there I will meet with the children of Israel, and the tabernacle shall be sanctified by my glory.

מד. וְקִדַּשְׁתִּי אֶת אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וְאֶת הַמִּזְבֵּחַ וְאֶת אַהֲרֹן וְאֶת בָּנָיו אֲקַדֵּשׁ לְכַהֵן לִי:

καὶ ἁγιάσω τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον καὶ Ααρων καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ ἁγιάσω ἱερατεύειν μοι

Sanctificabo et tabernaculum testimonii cum altari, et Aaron cum filiis suis, ut sacerdotio fungantur mihi.

44 And I will sanctify the tabernacle of the congregation, and the altar: I will sanctify also both Aaron and his sons, to minister to me in the priest's office.

מה. וְשָׁכַנְתִּי בְּתוֹךְ בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְהָיִיתִי לָהֶם לֵאלֹהִים:

καὶ ἐπικληθήσομαι ἐν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ καὶ ἔσομαι αὐτῶν θεός

Et habitabo in medio filiorum Israël, eroque eis Deus,

45 And I will dwell among the children of Israel, and will be their God.

מו. וְיָדְעוּ כִּי אֲנִי יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵיהֶם אֲשֶׁר הוֹצֵאתִי אֹתָם מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם לְשָׁכְנִי בְתוֹכָם אֲנִי יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵיהֶם:

καὶ γνώσονται ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι κύριος ὁ θεὸς αὐτῶν ὁ ἐξαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου ἐπικληθῆναι αὐτοῖς καὶ θεὸς εἶναι αὐτῶν

et scient quia ego Dominus Deus eorum, qui eduxi eos de terra Ægypti, ut manerem inter illos, ego Dominus Deus ipsorum.

46 And they shall know that I am the LORD their God, that brought them forth out of the land of Egypt, that I may dwell among them: I am the LORD their God.

Λʹ

Cap. 30

א. וְעָשִׂיתָ מִזְבֵּחַ מִקְטַר קְטֹרֶת עֲצֵי שִׁטִּים תַּעֲשֶׂה אֹתוֹ:

καὶ ποιήσεις θυσιαστήριον θυμιάματος ἐκ ξύλων ἀσήπτων καὶ ποιήσεις αὐτὸ

Facies quoque altare ad adolendum thymiama, de lignis setim,

1 And thou shalt make an altar to burn incense upon: of shittim wood shalt thou make it.

ב. אַמָּה אָרְכּוֹ וְאַמָּה רָחְבּוֹ רָבוּעַ יִהְיֶה וְאַמָּתַיִם קֹמָתוֹ מִמֶּנּוּ קַרְנֹתָיו:

πήχεος τὸ μῆκος καὶ πήχεος τὸ εὖρος τετράγωνον ἔσται καὶ δύο πήχεων τὸ ὕψος ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔσται τὰ κέρατα αὐτοῦ

habens cubitum longitudinis, et alterum latitudinis, id est, quadrangulum, et duos cubitos in altitudine. Cornua ex ipso procedent.

2 A cubit shall be the length thereof, and a cubit the breadth thereof; foursquare shall it be: and two cubits shall be the height thereof: the horns thereof shall be of the same.

ג. וְצִפִּיתָ אֹתוֹ זָהָב טָהוֹר אֶת גַּגּוֹ וְאֶת קִירֹתָיו סָבִיב וְאֶת קַרְנֹתָיו וְעָשִׂיתָ לּוֹ זֵר זָהָב סָבִיב:

καὶ καταχρυσώσεις αὐτὰ χρυσίῳ καθαρῷ τὴν ἐσχάραν αὐτοῦ καὶ τοὺς τοίχους αὐτοῦ κύκλῳ καὶ τὰ κέρατα αὐτοῦ καὶ ποιήσεις αὐτῷ στρεπτὴν στεφάνην χρυσῆν κύκλῳ

Vestiesque illud auro purissimo, tam craticulam ejus, quam parietes per circuitum, et cornua. Faciesque ei coronam aureolam per gyrum,

3 And thou shalt overlay it with pure gold, the top thereof, and the sides thereof round about, and the horns thereof; and thou shalt make unto it a crown of gold round about.

ד. וּשְׁתֵּי טַבְּעֹת זָהָב תַּעֲשֶׂה לּוֹ מִתַּחַת לְזֵרוֹ עַל שְׁתֵּי צַלְעֹתָיו תַּעֲשֶׂה עַל שְׁנֵי צִדָּיו וְהָיָה לְבָתִּים לְבַדִּים לָשֵׂאת אֹתוֹ בָּהֵמָּה:

καὶ δύο δακτυλίους χρυσοῦς καθαροὺς ποιήσεις ὑπὸ τὴν στρεπτὴν στεφάνην αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰ δύο κλίτη ποιήσεις ἐν τοῖς δυσὶ πλευροῖς καὶ ἔσονται ψαλίδες ταῖς σκυτάλαις ὥστε αἴρειν αὐτὸ ἐν αὐταῖς

et duos annulos aureos sub corona per singula latera, ut mittantur in eos vectes, et altare portetur.

4 And two golden rings shalt thou make to it under the crown of it, by the two corners thereof, upon the two sides of it shalt thou make it; and they shall be for places for the staves to bear it withal.

ה. וְעָשִׂיתָ אֶת הַבַּדִּים עֲצֵי שִׁטִּים וְצִפִּיתָ אֹתָם זָהָב:

καὶ ποιήσεις σκυτάλας ἐκ ξύλων ἀσήπτων καὶ καταχρυσώσεις αὐτὰς χρυσίῳ

Ipsos quoque vectes facies de lignis setim, et inaurabis.

5 And thou shalt make the staves of shittim wood, and overlay them with gold.

ו. וְנָתַתָּה אֹתוֹ לִפְנֵי הַפָּרֹכֶת אֲשֶׁר עַל אֲרֹן הָעֵדֻת לִפְנֵי הַכַּפֹּרֶת אֲשֶׁר עַל הָעֵדֻת אֲשֶׁר אִוָּעֵד לְךָ שָׁמָּה:

καὶ θήσεις αὐτὸ ἀπέναντι τοῦ καταπετάσματος τοῦ ὄντος ἐπὶ τῆς κιβωτοῦ τῶν μαρτυρίων ἐν οἷς γνωσθήσομαί σοι ἐκεῖθεν

Ponesque altare contra velum, quod ante arcum pendet testimonii coram propitiatorio quo tegitur testimonium, ubi loquar tibi.

6 And thou shalt put it before the vail that is by the ark of the testimony, before the mercy seat that is over the testimony, where I will meet with thee.

ז. וְהִקְטִיר עָלָיו אַהֲרֹן קְטֹרֶת סַמִּים בַּבֹּקֶר בַּבֹּקֶר בְּהֵיטִיבוֹ אֶת הַנֵּרֹת יַקְטִירֶנָּה:

καὶ θυμιάσει ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ Ααρων θυμίαμα σύνθετον λεπτόν τὸ πρωὶ πρωί ὅταν ἐπισκευάζῃ τοὺς λύχνους θυμιάσει ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ

Et adolebit incensum super eo Aaron, suave fragrans, mane. Quando componet lucernas, incendet illud:

7 And Aaron shall burn thereon sweet incense every morning: when he dresseth the lamps, he shall burn incense upon it.

ח. וּבְהַעֲלֹת אַהֲרֹן אֶת הַנֵּרֹת בֵּין הָעַרְבַּיִם יַקְטִירֶנָּה קְטֹרֶת תָּמִיד לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה לְדֹרֹתֵיכֶם:

καὶ ὅταν ἐξάπτῃ Ααρων τοὺς λύχνους ὀψέ θυμιάσει ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ θυμίαμα ἐνδελεχισμοῦ διὰ παντὸς ἔναντι κυρίου εἰς γενεὰς αὐτῶν

et quando collocabit eas ad vesperum, uret thymiama sempiternum coram Domino in generationes vestras.

8 And when Aaron lighteth the lamps at even, he shall burn incense upon it, a perpetual incense before the LORD throughout your generations.

ט. לֹא תַעֲלוּ עָלָיו קְטֹרֶת זָרָה וְעֹלָה וּמִנְחָה וְנֵסֶךְ לֹא תִסְּכוּ עָלָיו:

καὶ οὐκ ἀνοίσεις ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ θυμίαμα ἕτερον κάρπωμα θυσίαν καὶ σπονδὴν οὐ σπείσεις ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ

Non offeretis super eo thymiama compositionis alterius, nec oblationem, et victimam, nec libabitis libamina.

9 Ye shall offer no strange incense thereon, nor burnt sacrifice, nor meat offering; neither shall ye pour drink offering thereon.

י. וְכִפֶּר אַהֲרֹן עַל קַרְנֹתָיו אַחַת בַּשָּׁנָה מִדַּם חַטַּאת הַכִּפֻּרִים אַחַת בַּשָּׁנָה יְכַפֵּר עָלָיו לְדֹרֹתֵיכֶם קֹדֶשׁ קָדָשִׁים הוּא לַיהֹוָה:

καὶ ἐξιλάσεται ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸ Ααρων ἐπὶ τῶν κεράτων αὐτοῦ ἅπαξ τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τοῦ ἐξιλασμοῦ ἅπαξ τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ καθαριεῖ αὐτὸ εἰς τὰς γενεὰς αὐτῶν ἅγιον τῶν ἁγίων ἐστὶν κυρίῳ

Et deprecabitur Aaron super cornua ejus semel per annum, in sanguine quod oblatum est pro peccato, et placabit super eo in generationibus vestris. Sanctum sanctorum erit Domino.

10 And Aaron shall make an atonement upon the horns of it once in a year with the blood of the sin offering of atonements: once in the year shall he make atonement upon it throughout your generations: it is most holy unto the LORD.

יא. וַיְדַבֵּר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה לֵּאמֹר:

καὶ ἐλάλησεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων

Locutusque est Dominus ad Moysen, dicens:

11 And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,

יב. כִּי תִשָּׂא אֶת רֹאשׁ בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל לִפְקֻדֵיהֶם וְנָתְנוּ אִישׁ כֹּפֶר נַפְשׁוֹ לַיהֹוָה בִּפְקֹד אֹתָם וְלֹא יִהְיֶה בָהֶם נֶגֶף בִּפְקֹד אֹתָם:

ἐὰν λάβῃς τὸν συλλογισμὸν τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ ἐν τῇ ἐπισκοπῇ αὐτῶν καὶ δώσουσιν ἕκαστος λύτρα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ἐν αὐτοῖς πτῶσις ἐν τῇ ἐπισκοπῇ αὐτῶν

Quando tuleris summam filiorum Israël juxta numerum, dabunt singuli pretium pro animabus suis Domino, et non erit plaga in eis, cum fuerint recensiti.

12 When thou takest the sum of the children of Israel after their number, then shall they give every man a ransom for his soul unto the LORD, when thou numberest them; that there be no plague among them, when thou numberest them.

יג. זֶה יִתְּנוּ כָּל הָעֹבֵר עַל הַפְּקֻדִים מַחֲצִית הַשֶּׁקֶל בְּשֶׁקֶל הַקֹּדֶשׁ עֶשְׂרִים גֵּרָה הַשֶּׁקֶל מַחֲצִית הַשֶּׁקֶל תְּרוּמָה לַיהֹוָה:

καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν ὃ δώσουσιν ὅσοι ἂν παραπορεύωνται τὴν ἐπίσκεψιν τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ διδράχμου ὅ ἐστιν κατὰ τὸ δίδραχμον τὸ ἅγιον εἴκοσι ὀβολοὶ τὸ δίδραχμον τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ τοῦ διδράχμου εἰσφορὰ κυρίῳ

Hoc autem dabit omnis qui transit ad nomen, dimidium sicli juxta mensuram templi (siclus viginti obolos habet); media pars sicli offeretur Domino.

13 This they shall give, every one that passeth among them that are numbered, half a shekel after the shekel of the sanctuary: (a shekel is twenty gerahs:) an half shekel shall be the offering of the LORD.

יד. כֹּל הָעֹבֵר עַל הַפְּקֻדִים מִבֶּן עֶשְׂרִים שָׁנָה וָמָעְלָה יִתֵּן תְּרוּמַת יְהֹוָה:

πᾶς ὁ παραπορευόμενος εἰς τὴν ἐπίσκεψιν ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω δώσουσιν τὴν εἰσφορὰν κυρίῳ

Qui habetur in numero, a viginti annis et supra, dabit pretium.

14 Every one that passeth among them that are numbered, from twenty years old and above, shall give an offering unto the LORD.

טו. הֶעָשִׁיר לֹא יַרְבֶּה וְהַדַּל לֹא יַמְעִיט מִמַּחֲצִית הַשָּׁקֶל לָתֵת אֶת תְּרוּמַת יְהֹוָה לְכַפֵּר עַל נַפְשֹׁתֵיכֶם:

ὁ πλουτῶν οὐ προσθήσει καὶ ὁ πενόμενος οὐκ ἐλαττονήσει ἀπὸ τοῦ ἡμίσους τοῦ διδράχμου ἐν τῷ διδόναι τὴν εἰσφορὰν κυρίῳ ἐξιλάσασθαι περὶ τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν

Dives non addet ad medium sicli, et pauper nihil minuet.

15 The rich shall not give more, and the poor shall not give less than half a shekel, when they give an offering unto the LORD, to make an atonement for your souls.

טז. וְלָקַחְתָּ אֶת כֶּסֶף הַכִּפֻּרִים מֵאֵת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְנָתַתָּ אֹתוֹ עַל עֲבֹדַת אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וְהָיָה לִבְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל לְזִכָּרוֹן לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה לְכַפֵּר עַל נַפְשֹׁתֵיכֶם:

καὶ λήμψῃ τὸ ἀργύριον τῆς εἰσφορᾶς παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ καὶ δώσεις αὐτὸ εἰς κάτεργον τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου καὶ ἔσται τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ μνημόσυνον ἔναντι κυρίου ἐξιλάσασθαι περὶ τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν

Susceptamque pecuniam, quæ collata est a filiis Israël, trades in usus tabernaculi testimonii, ut sit monimentum eorum coram Domino, et propitietur animabus eorum.

16 And thou shalt take the atonement money of the children of Israel, and shalt appoint it for the service of the tabernacle of the congregation; that it may be a memorial unto the children of Israel before the LORD, to make an atonement for your souls.

יז. וַיְדַבֵּר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה לֵּאמֹר:

καὶ ἐλάλησεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων

Locutusque est Dominus ad Moysen, dicens:

17 And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,

יח. וְעָשִׂיתָ כִּיּוֹר נְחשֶׁת וְכַנּוֹ נְחשֶׁת לְרָחְצָה וְנָתַתָּ אֹתוֹ בֵּין אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וּבֵין הַמִּזְבֵּחַ וְנָתַתָּ שָׁמָּה מָיִם:

ποίησον λουτῆρα χαλκοῦν καὶ βάσιν αὐτῷ χαλκῆν ὥστε νίπτεσθαι καὶ θήσεις αὐτὸν ἀνὰ μέσον τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου καὶ ἐκχεεῖς εἰς αὐτὸν ὕδωρ

Facies et labrum æneum cum basi sua ad lavandum: ponesque illud inter tabernaculum testimonii et altare. Et missa aqua,

18 Thou shalt also make a laver of brass, and his foot also of brass, to wash withal: and thou shalt put it between the tabernacle of the congregation and the altar, and thou shalt put water therein.

יט. וְרָחֲצוּ אַהֲרֹן וּבָנָיו מִמֶּנּוּ אֶת יְדֵיהֶם וְאֶת רַגְלֵיהֶם:

καὶ νίψεται Ααρων καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐξ αὐτοῦ τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας ὕδατι

lavabunt in ea Aaron et filii ejus manus suas ac pedes,

19 For Aaron and his sons shall wash their hands and their feet thereat:

כ. בְּבֹאָם אֶל אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד יִרְחֲצוּ מַיִם וְלֹא יָמֻתוּ אוֹ בְגִשְׁתָּם אֶל הַמִּזְבֵּחַ לְשָׁרֵת לְהַקְטִיר אִשֶּׁה לַיהֹוָה:

ὅταν εἰσπορεύωνται εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου νίψονται ὕδατι καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνωσιν ἢ ὅταν προσπορεύωνται πρὸς τὸ θυσιαστήριον λειτουργεῖν καὶ ἀναφέρειν τὰ ὁλοκαυτώματα κυρίῳ

quando ingressuri sunt tabernaculum testimonii, et quando accessuri sunt ad altare, ut offerant in eo thymiama Domino,

20 When they go into the tabernacle of the congregation, they shall wash with water, that they die not; or when they come near to the altar to minister, to burn offering made by fire unto the LORD:

כא. וְרָחֲצוּ יְדֵיהֶם וְרַגְלֵיהֶם וְלֹא יָמֻתוּ וְהָיְתָה לָהֶם חָק עוֹלָם לוֹ וּלְזַרְעוֹ לְדֹרֹתָם:

νίψονται τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας ὕδατι ὅταν εἰσπορεύωνται εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου νίψονται ὕδατι ἵνα μὴ ἀποθάνωσιν καὶ ἔσται αὐτοῖς νόμιμον αἰώνιον αὐτῷ καὶ ταῖς γενεαῖς αὐτοῦ μετ᾽ αὐτόν

ne forte moriantur; legitimum sempiternum erit ipsi, et semini ejus per successiones.

21 So they shall wash their hands and their feet, that they die not: and it shall be a statute for ever to them, even to him and to his seed throughout their generations.

כב. וַיְדַבֵּר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה לֵּאמֹר:

καὶ ἐλάλησεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων

Locutusque est Dominus ad Moysen,

22 Moreover the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,

כג. וְאַתָּה קַח לְךָ בְּשָׂמִים רֹאשׁ מָר דְּרוֹר חֲמֵשׁ מֵאוֹת וְקִנְּמָן בֶּשֶׂם מַחֲצִיתוֹ חֲמִשִּׁים וּמָאתָיִם וּקְנֵה בֹשֶׂם חֲמִשִּׁים וּמָאתָיִם:

καὶ σὺ λαβὲ ἡδύσματα τὸ ἄνθος σμύρνης ἐκλεκτῆς πεντακοσίους σίκλους καὶ κινναμώμου εὐώδους τὸ ἥμισυ τούτου διακοσίους πεντήκοντα καὶ καλάμου εὐώδους διακοσίους πεντήκοντα

dicens: Sume tibi aromata, primæ myrrhæ et electæ quingentos siclos, et cinnamomi medium, id est, ducentos quinquaginta siclos, calami similiter ducentos quinquaginta,

23 Take thou also unto thee principal spices, of pure myrrh five hundred shekels, and of sweet cinnamon half so much, even two hundred and fifty shekels, and of sweet calamus two hundred and fifty shekels,

כד. וְקִדָּה חֲמֵשׁ מֵאוֹת בְּשֶׁקֶל הַקֹּדֶשׁ וְשֶׁמֶן זַיִת הִין:

καὶ ἴρεως πεντακοσίους σίκλους τοῦ ἁγίου καὶ ἔλαιον ἐξ ἐλαίων ιν

casiæ autem quingentos siclos, in pondere sanctuarii, olei de olivetis mensuram hin:

24 And of cassia five hundred shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary, and of oil olive an hin:

כה. וְעָשִׂיתָ אֹתוֹ שֶׁמֶן מִשְׁחַת קֹדֶשׁ רֹקַח מִרְקַחַת מַעֲשֵׂה רֹקֵחַ שֶׁמֶן מִשְׁחַת קֹדֶשׁ יִהְיֶה:

καὶ ποιήσεις αὐτὸ ἔλαιον χρῖσμα ἅγιον μύρον μυρεψικὸν τέχνῃ μυρεψοῦ ἔλαιον χρῖσμα ἅγιον ἔσται

faciesque unctionis oleum sanctum, unguentum compositum opere unguentarii,

25 And thou shalt make it an oil of holy ointment, an ointment compound after the art of the apothecary: it shall be an holy anointing oil.

כו. וּמָשַׁחְתָּ בוֹ אֶת אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וְאֵת אֲרוֹן הָעֵדֻת:

καὶ χρίσεις ἐξ αὐτοῦ τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου καὶ τὴν κιβωτὸν τοῦ μαρτυρίου

et unges ex eo tabernaculum testimonii, et arcam testamenti,

ΛΑʹ

26 And thou shalt anoint the tabernacle of the congregation therewith, and the ark of the testimony,

כז. וְאֶת הַשֻּׁלְחָן וְאֶת כָּל כֵּלָיו וְאֶת הַמְּנֹרָה וְאֶת כֵּלֶיהָ וְאֵת מִזְבַּח הַקְּטֹרֶת:

καὶ τὴν λυχνίαν καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη αὐτῆς καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τοῦ θυμιάματος

mensamque cum vasis suis, et candelabrum, et utensilia ejus, altaria thymiamatis,

27 And the table and all his vessels, and the candlestick and his vessels, and the altar of incense,

כח. וְאֶת מִזְבַּח הָעֹלָה וְאֶת כָּל כֵּלָיו וְאֶת הַכִּיֹּר וְאֶת כַּנּוֹ:

καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τῶν ὁλοκαυτωμάτων καὶ πάντα αὐτοῦ τὰ σκεύη καὶ τὴν τράπεζαν καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη αὐτῆς καὶ τὸν λουτῆρα καὶ τὴν βάσιν αὐτοῦ

et holocausti, et universam supellectilem quæ ad cultum eorum pertinet.

28 And the altar of burnt offering with all his vessels, and the laver and his foot.

כט. וְקִדַּשְׁתָּ אֹתָם וְהָיוּ קֹדֶשׁ קָדָשִׁים כָּל הַנֹּגֵעַ בָּהֶם יִקְדָּשׁ:

καὶ ἁγιάσεις αὐτά καὶ ἔσται ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων πᾶς ὁ ἁπτόμενος αὐτῶν ἁγιασθήσεται

Sanctificabisque omnia, et erunt Sancta sanctorum; qui tetigerit ea, sanctificabitur.

29 And thou shalt sanctify them, that they may be most holy: whatsoever toucheth them shall be holy.

ל. וְאֶת אַהֲרֹן וְאֶת בָּנָיו תִּמְשָׁח וְקִדַּשְׁתָּ אֹתָם לְכַהֵן לִי:

καὶ Ααρων καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ χρίσεις καὶ ἁγιάσεις αὐτοὺς ἱερατεύειν μοι

Aaron et filios ejus unges, sanctificabisque eos, ut sacerdotio fungantur mihi.

30 And thou shalt anoint Aaron and his sons, and consecrate them, that they may minister unto me in the priest's office.

לא. וְאֶל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל תְּדַבֵּר לֵאמֹר שֶׁמֶן מִשְׁחַת קֹדֶשׁ יִהְיֶה זֶה לִי לְדֹרֹתֵיכֶם:

καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ λαλήσεις λέγων ἔλαιον ἄλειμμα χρίσεως ἅγιον ἔσται τοῦτο ὑμῖν εἰς τὰς γενεὰς ὑμῶν

Filiis quoque Israël dices: Hoc oleum unctionis sanctum erit mihi in generationes vestras.

31 And thou shalt speak unto the children of Israel, saying, This shall be an holy anointing oil unto me throughout your generations.

לב. עַל בְּשַׂר אָדָם לֹא יִיסָךְ וּבְמַתְכֻּנְתּוֹ לֹא תַעֲשׂוּ כָּמֹהוּ קֹדֶשׁ הוּא קֹדֶשׁ יִהְיֶה לָכֶם:

ἐπὶ σάρκα ἀνθρώπου οὐ χρισθήσεται καὶ κατὰ τὴν σύνθεσιν ταύτην οὐ ποιήσετε ὑμῖν ἑαυτοῖς ὡσαύτως ἅγιόν ἐστιν καὶ ἁγίασμα ἔσται ὑμῖν

Caro hominis non ungetur ex eo, et juxta compositionem ejus non facietis aliud, quia sanctificatum est, et sanctum erit vobis.

32 Upon man's flesh shall it not be poured, neither shall ye make any other like it, after the composition of it: it is holy, and it shall be holy unto you.

לג. אִישׁ אֲשֶׁר יִרְקַח כָּמֹהוּ וַאֲשֶׁר יִתֵּן מִמֶּנּוּ עַל זָר וְנִכְרַת מֵעַמָּיו:

ὃς ἂν ποιήσῃ ὡσαύτως καὶ ὃς ἂν δῷ ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἀλλογενεῖ ἐξολεθρευθήσεται ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ

Homo quicumque tale composuerit, et dederit ex eo alieno, exterminabitur de populo suo.

33 Whosoever compoundeth any like it, or whosoever putteth any of it upon a stranger, shall even be cut off from his people.

לד. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה קַח לְךָ סַמִּים נָטָף וּשְׁחֵלֶת וְחֶלְבְּנָה סַמִּים וּלְבֹנָה זַכָּה בַּד בְּבַד יִהְיֶה:

καὶ εἶπεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λαβὲ σεαυτῷ ἡδύσματα στακτήν ὄνυχα χαλβάνην ἡδυσμοῦ καὶ λίβανον διαφανῆ ἴσον ἴσῳ ἔσται

Dixitque Dominus ad Moysen: Sume tibi aromata, stacten et onycha, galbanum boni odoris, et thus lucidissimum; æqualis ponderis erunt omnia:

34 And the LORD said unto Moses, Take unto thee sweet spices, stacte, and onycha, and galbanum; these sweet spices with pure frankincense: of each shall there be a like weight:

לה. וְעָשִׂיתָ אֹתָהּ קְטֹרֶת רֹקַח מַעֲשֵׂה רוֹקֵחַ מְמֻלָּח טָהוֹר קֹדֶשׁ:

καὶ ποιήσουσιν ἐν αὐτῷ θυμίαμα μυρεψικὸν ἔργον μυρεψοῦ μεμιγμένον καθαρόν ἔργον ἅγιον

faciesque thymiama compositum opere unguentarii, mistum diligenter, et purum, et sanctificatione dignissimum.

35 And thou shalt make it a perfume, a confection after the art of the apothecary, tempered together, pure and holy:

לו. וְשָׁחַקְתָּ מִמֶּנָּה הָדֵק וְנָתַתָּה מִמֶּנָּה לִפְנֵי הָעֵדֻת בְּאֹהֶל מוֹעֵד אֲשֶׁר אִוָּעֵד לְךָ שָׁמָּה קֹדֶשׁ קָדָשִׁים תִּהְיֶה לָכֶם:

καὶ συγκόψεις ἐκ τούτων λεπτὸν καὶ θήσεις ἀπέναντι τῶν μαρτυρίων ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου ὅθεν γνωσθήσομαί σοι ἐκεῖθεν ἅγιον τῶν ἁγίων ἔσται ὑμῖν

Cumque in tenuissimum pulverem universa contuderis, pones ex eo coram tabernaculo testimonii, in quo loco apparebo tibi. Sanctum sanctorum erit vobis thymiama.

36 And thou shalt beat some of it very small, and put of it before the testimony in the tabernacle of the congregation, where I will meet with thee: it shall be unto you most holy.

לז. וְהַקְּטֹרֶת אֲשֶׁר תַּעֲשֶׂה בְּמַתְכֻּנְתָּהּ לֹא תַעֲשׂוּ לָכֶם קֹדֶשׁ תִּהְיֶה לְךָ לַיהֹוָה:

θυμίαμα κατὰ τὴν σύνθεσιν ταύτην οὐ ποιήσετε ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς ἁγίασμα ἔσται ὑμῖν κυρίῳ

Talem compositionem non facietis in usus vestros, quia sanctum est Domino.

37 And as for the perfume which thou shalt make, ye shall not make to yourselves according to the composition thereof: it shall be unto thee holy for the LORD.

לח. אִישׁ אֲשֶׁר יַעֲשֶׂה כָמוֹהָ לְהָרִיחַ בָּהּ וְנִכְרַת מֵעַמָּיו:

ὃς ἂν ποιήσῃ ὡσαύτως ὥστε ὀσφραίνεσθαι ἐν αὐτῷ ἀπολεῖται ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ

Homo quicumque fecerit simile, ut odore illius perfruatur, peribit de populis suis.

38 Whosoever shall make like unto that, to smell thereto, shall even be cut off from his people.

לא

ΛΑʹ

Cap. 31

א. וַיְדַבֵּר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה לֵּאמֹר:

καὶ ἐλάλησεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων

Locutusque est Dominus ad Moysen, dicens:

1 And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,

ב. רְאֵה קָרָאתִי בְשֵׁם בְּצַלְאֵל בֶּן אוּרִי בֶן חוּר לְמַטֵּה יְהוּדָה:

ἰδοὺ ἀνακέκλημαι ἐξ ὀνόματος τὸν Βεσελεηλ τὸν τοῦ Ουριου τὸν Ωρ τῆς φυλῆς Ιουδα

Ecce, vocavi ex nomine Beseleel filium Uri filii Hur de tribu Juda,

2 See, I have called by name Bezaleel the son of Uri, the son of Hur, of the tribe of Judah:

ג. וָאֲמַלֵּא אֹתוֹ רוּחַ אֱלֹהִים בְּחָכְמָה וּבִתְבוּנָה וּבְדַעַת וּבְכָל מְלָאכָה:

καὶ ἐνέπλησα αὐτὸν πνεῦμα θεῖον σοφίας καὶ συνέσεως καὶ ἐπιστήμης ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ

et implevi spiritu Dei, sapientia, et intelligentia et scientia in omni opere,

3 And I have filled him with the spirit of God, in wisdom, and in understanding, and in knowledge, and in all manner of workmanship,

ד. לַחְשֹׁב מַחֲשָׁבֹת לַעֲשׂוֹת בַּזָּהָב וּבַכֶּסֶף וּבַנְּחשֶׁת:

διανοεῖσθαι καὶ ἀρχιτεκτονῆσαι ἐργάζεσθαι τὸ χρυσίον καὶ τὸ ἀργύριον καὶ τὸν χαλκὸν καὶ τὴν ὑάκινθον καὶ τὴν πορφύραν καὶ τὸ κόκκινον τὸ νηστὸν καὶ τὴν βύσσον τὴν κεκλωσμένην

ad excogitandum quidquid fabrefieri potest ex auro, et argento, et ære,

4 To devise cunning works, to work in gold, and in silver, and in brass,

ה. וּבַחֲרשֶׁת אֶבֶן לְמַלֹּאת וּבַחֲרשֶׁת עֵץ לַעֲשׂוֹת בְּכָל מְלָאכָה:

καὶ τὰ λιθουργικὰ καὶ εἰς τὰ ἔργα τὰ τεκτονικὰ τῶν ξύλων ἐργάζεσθαι κατὰ πάντα τὰ ἔργα

marmore, et gemmis, et diversitate lignorum.

5 And in cutting of stones, to set them, and in carving of timber, to work in all manner of workmanship.

ו. וַאֲנִי הִנֵּה נָתַתִּי אִתּוֹ אֵת אָהֳלִיאָב בֶּן אֲחִיסָמָךְ לְמַטֵּה דָן וּבְלֵב כָּל חֲכַם לֵב נָתַתִּי חָכְמָה וְעָשׂוּ אֵת כָּל אֲשֶׁר צִוִּיתִךָ:

καὶ ἐγὼ ἔδωκα αὐτὸν καὶ τὸν Ελιαβ τὸν τοῦ Αχισαμαχ ἐκ φυλῆς Δαν καὶ παντὶ συνετῷ καρδίᾳ δέδωκα σύνεσιν καὶ ποιήσουσιν πάντα ὅσα σοι συνέταξα

Dedique ei socium Ooliab filium Achisamech de tribu Dan. Et in corde omnis eruditi posui sapientiam: ut faciant cuncta quæ præcepi tibi,

ΛΒʹ

6 And I, behold, I have given with him Aholiab, the son of Ahisamach, of the tribe of Dan: and in the hearts of all that are wise hearted I have put wisdom, that they may make all that I have commanded thee;

ז. אֵת אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וְאֶת הָאָרֹן לָעֵדֻת וְאֶת הַכַּפֹּרֶת אֲשֶׁר עָלָיו וְאֵת כָּל כְּלֵי הָאֹהֶל:

τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου καὶ τὴν κιβωτὸν τῆς διαθήκης καὶ τὸ ἱλαστήριον τὸ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς καὶ τὴν διασκευὴν τῆς σκηνῆς

tabernaculum fœderis, et arcam testimonii, et propitiatorium, quod super eam est, et cuncta vasa tabernaculi,

7 The tabernacle of the congregation, and the ark of the testimony, and the mercy seat that is thereupon, and all the furniture of the tabernacle,

ח. וְאֶת הַשֻּׁלְחָן וְאֶת כֵּלָיו וְאֶת הַמְּנֹרָה הַטְּהֹרָה וְאֶת כָּל כֵּלֶיהָ וְאֵת מִזְבַּח הַקְּטֹרֶת:

καὶ τὰ θυσιαστήρια καὶ τὴν τράπεζαν καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη αὐτῆς καὶ τὴν λυχνίαν τὴν καθαρὰν καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη αὐτῆς

mensamque et vasa ejus, candelabrum purissimum cum vasis suis, et altaris thymiamatis,

8 And the table and his furniture, and the pure candlestick with all his furniture, and the altar of incense,

ט. וְאֶת מִזְבַּח הָעֹלָה וְאֶת כָּל כֵּלָיו וְאֶת הַכִּיּוֹר וְאֶת כַּנּוֹ:

καὶ τὸν λουτῆρα καὶ τὴν βάσιν αὐτοῦ

et holocausti, et omnia vasa eorum, labrum cum basi sua,

9 And the altar of burnt offering with all his furniture, and the laver and his foot,

י. וְאֵת בִּגְדֵי הַשְּׂרָד וְאֶת בִּגְדֵי הַקֹּדֶשׁ לְאַהֲרֹן הַכֹּהֵן וְאֶת בִּגְדֵי בָנָיו לְכַהֵן:

καὶ τὰς στολὰς τὰς λειτουργικὰς Ααρων καὶ τὰς στολὰς τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ ἱερατεύειν μοι

vestes sanctas in ministerio Aaron sacerdoti, et filiis ejus, ut fungantur officio suo in sacris:

10 And the cloths of service, and the holy garments for Aaron the priest, and the garments of his sons, to minister in the priest's office,

יא. וְאֵת שֶׁמֶן הַמִּשְׁחָה וְאֶת קְטֹרֶת הַסַּמִּים לַקֹּדֶשׁ כְּכֹל אֲשֶׁר צִוִּיתִךָ יַעֲשׂוּ:

καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον τῆς χρίσεως καὶ τὸ θυμίαμα τῆς συνθέσεως τοῦ ἁγίου κατὰ πάντα ὅσα ἐγὼ ἐνετειλάμην σοι ποιήσουσιν

oleum unctionis, et thymiama aromatum in sanctuario, omnia quæ præcepi tibi, facient.

11 And the anointing oil, and sweet incense for the holy place: according to all that I have commanded thee shall they do.

יב. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה לֵּאמֹר:

καὶ ἐλάλησεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων

Et locutus est Dominus ad Moysen, dicens:

12 And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,

יג. וְאַתָּה דַּבֵּר אֶל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל לֵאמֹר אַךְ אֶת שַׁבְּתֹתַי תִּשְׁמֹרוּ כִּי אוֹת הִוא בֵּינִי וּבֵינֵיכֶם לְדֹרֹתֵיכֶם לָדַעַת כִּי אֲנִי יְהֹוָה מְקַדִּשְׁכֶם:

καὶ σὺ σύνταξον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ λέγων ὁρᾶτε καὶ τὰ σάββατά μου φυλάξεσθε σημεῖόν ἐστιν παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν εἰς τὰς γενεὰς ὑμῶν ἵνα γνῶτε ὅτι ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ ἁγιάζων ὑμᾶς

Loquere filiis Israël, et dices ad eos: Videte ut sabbatum meum custodiatis: quia signum est inter me et vos in generationibus vestris: ut sciatis quia ego Dominus, qui sanctifico vos.

13 Speak thou also unto the children of Israel, saying, Verily my sabbaths ye shall keep: for it is a sign between me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the LORD that doth sanctify you.

יד. וּשְׁמַרְתֶּם אֶת הַשַּׁבָּת כִּי קֹדֶשׁ הִוא לָכֶם מְחַלֲלֶיהָ מוֹת יוּמָת כִּי כָּל הָעֹשֶׂה בָהּ מְלָאכָה וְנִכְרְתָה הַנֶּפֶשׁ הַהִוא מִקֶּרֶב עַמֶּיהָ:

καὶ φυλάξεσθε τὰ σάββατα ὅτι ἅγιον τοῦτό ἐστιν κυρίου ὑμῖν ὁ βεβηλῶν αὐτὸ θανάτῳ θανατωθήσεται πᾶς ὃς ποιήσει ἐν αὐτῷ ἔργον ἐξολεθρευθήσεται ἡ ψυχὴ ἐκείνη ἐκ μέσου τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ

Custodite sabbatum meum, sanctum est enim vobis: qui polluerit illud, morte morietur; qui fecerit in eo opus, peribit anima illius de medio populi sui.

14 Ye shall keep the sabbath therefore; for it is holy unto you: every one that defileth it shall surely be put to death: for whosoever doeth any work therein, that soul shall be cut off from among his people.

טו. שֵׁשֶׁת יָמִים יֵעָשֶׂה מְלָאכָה וּבַיּוֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי שַׁבַּת שַׁבָּתוֹן קֹדֶשׁ לַיהֹוָה כָּל הָעֹשֶׂה מְלָאכָה בְּיוֹם הַשַּׁבָּת מוֹת יוּמָת:

ἓξ ἡμέρας ποιήσεις ἔργα τῇ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ σάββατα ἀνάπαυσις ἁγία τῷ κυρίῳ πᾶς ὃς ποιήσει ἔργον τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ θανάτῳ θανατωθήσεται

Sex diebus facietis opus: in die septimo sabbatum est, requies sancta Domino; omnis qui fecerit opus in hac die, morietur.

15 Six days may work be done; but in the seventh is the sabbath of rest, holy to the LORD: whosoever doeth any work in the sabbath day, he shall surely be put to death.

טז. וְשָׁמְרוּ בְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אֶת הַשַּׁבָּת לַעֲשׂוֹת אֶת הַשַּׁבָּת לְדֹרֹתָם בְּרִית עוֹלָם:

καὶ φυλάξουσιν οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ τὰ σάββατα ποιεῖν αὐτὰ εἰς τὰς γενεὰς αὐτῶν διαθήκη αἰώνιος

Custodiant filii Israël sabbatum, et celebrent illud in generationibus suis. Pactum est sempiternum

16 Wherefore the children of Israel shall keep the sabbath, to observe the sabbath throughout their generations, for a perpetual covenant.

יז. בֵּינִי וּבֵין בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אוֹת הִוא לְעֹלָם כִּי שֵׁשֶׁת יָמִים עָשָׂה יְהֹוָה אֶת הַשָּׁמַיִם וְאֶת הָאָרֶץ וּבַיּוֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי שָׁבַת וַיִּנָּפַשׁ:

ἐν ἐμοὶ καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ σημεῖόν ἐστιν αἰώνιον ὅτι ἐν ἓξ ἡμέραις ἐποίησεν κύριος τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ ἐπαύσατο καὶ κατέπαυσεν

inter me et filios Israël, signumque perpetuum; sex enim diebus fecit Dominus cælum et terram, et in septimo ab opere cessavit.

17 It is a sign between me and the children of Israel for ever: for in six days the LORD made heaven and earth, and on the seventh day he rested, and was refreshed.

יח. וַיִּתֵּן אֶל משֶׁה כְּכַלֹּתוֹ לְדַבֵּר אִתּוֹ בְּהַר סִינַי שְׁנֵי לֻחֹת הָעֵדֻת לֻחֹת אֶבֶן כְּתֻבִים בְּאֶצְבַּע אֱלֹהִים:

καὶ ἔδωκεν Μωυσεῖ ἡνίκα κατέπαυσεν λαλῶν αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ ὄρει τῷ Σινα τὰς δύο πλάκας τοῦ μαρτυρίου πλάκας λιθίνας γεγραμμένας τῷ δακτύλῳ τοῦ θεοῦ

Deditque Dominus Moysi, completis hujuscemodi sermonibus in monte Sinai, duas tabulas testimonii lapideas, scriptas digito Dei.

18 And he gave unto Moses, when he had made an end of communing with him upon mount Sinai, two tables of testimony, tables of stone, written with the finger of God.

לב

ΛΒʹ

Cap. 32

א. וַיַּרְא הָעָם כִּי בשֵׁשׁ משֶׁה לָרֶדֶת מִן הָהָר וַיִּקָּהֵל הָעָם עַל אַהֲרֹן וַיֹּאמְרוּ אֵלָיו קוּם עֲשֵׂה לָנוּ אֱלֹהִים אֲשֶׁר יֵלְכוּ לְפָנֵינוּ כִּי זֶה משֶׁה הָאִישׁ אֲשֶׁר הֶעֱלָנוּ מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם לֹא יָדַעְנוּ מֶה הָיָה לוֹ:

καὶ ἰδὼν ὁ λαὸς ὅτι κεχρόνικεν Μωυσῆς καταβῆναι ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους συνέστη ὁ λαὸς ἐπὶ Ααρων καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ ἀνάστηθι καὶ ποίησον ἡμῖν θεούς οἳ προπορεύσονται ἡμῶν ὁ γὰρ Μωυσῆς οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὃς ἐξήγαγεν ἡμᾶς ἐξ Αἰγύπτου οὐκ οἴδαμεν τί γέγονεν αὐτῷ

Videns autem populus quod moram faceret descendendi de monte Moyses, congregatus adversus Aaron, dixit: Surge, fac nobis deos, qui nos præcedant: Moysi enim huic viro, qui nos eduxit de terra Ægypti, ignoramus quid acciderit.

1 And when the people saw that Moses delayed to come down out of the mount, the people gathered themselves together unto Aaron, and said unto him, Up, make us gods, which shall go before us; for as for this Moses, the man that brought us up out of the land of Egypt, we wot not what is become of him.

ב. וַיֹּאמֶר אֲלֵהֶם אַהֲרֹן פָּרְקוּ נִזְמֵי הַזָּהָב אֲשֶׁר בְּאָזְנֵי נְשֵׁיכֶם בְּנֵיכֶם וּבְנֹתֵיכֶם וְהָבִיאוּ אֵלָי:

καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς Ααρων περιέλεσθε τὰ ἐνώτια τὰ χρυσᾶ τὰ ἐν τοῖς ὠσὶν τῶν γυναικῶν ὑμῶν καὶ θυγατέρων καὶ ἐνέγκατε πρός με

Dixitque ad eos Aaron: Tollite inaures aureas de uxorum, filiorumque et filiarum vestrarum auribus, et afferte ad me.

2 And Aaron said unto them, Break off the golden earrings, which are in the ears of your wives, of your sons, and of your daughters, and bring them unto me.

ג. וַיִּתְפָּרְקוּ כָּל הָעָם אֶת נִזְמֵי הַזָּהָב אֲשֶׁר בְּאָזְנֵיהֶם וַיָּבִיאוּ אֶל אַהֲרֹן:

καὶ περιείλαντο πᾶς ὁ λαὸς τὰ ἐνώτια τὰ χρυσᾶ τὰ ἐν τοῖς ὠσὶν αὐτῶν καὶ ἤνεγκαν πρὸς Ααρων

Fecitque populus quæ jusserat, deferens inaures ad Aaron.

3 And all the people brake off the golden earrings which were in their ears, and brought them unto Aaron.

ד. וַיִּקַּח מִיָּדָם וַיָּצַר אֹתוֹ בַּחֶרֶט וַיַּעֲשֵׂהוּ עֵגֶל מַסֵּכָה וַיֹּאמְרוּ אֵלֶּה אֱלֹהֶיךָ יִשְׂרָאֵל אֲשֶׁר הֶעֱלוּךָ מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

καὶ ἐδέξατο ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν καὶ ἔπλασεν αὐτὰ ἐν τῇ γραφίδι καὶ ἐποίησεν αὐτὰ μόσχον χωνευτὸν καὶ εἶπεν οὗτοι οἱ θεοί σου Ισραηλ οἵτινες ἀνεβίβασάν σε ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου

Quas cum ille accepisset, formavit opere fusorio, et fecit ex eis vitulum conflatilem: dixeruntque: Hi sunt dii tui Israël, qui te eduxerunt de terra Ægypti.

4 And he received them at their hand, and fashioned it with a graving tool, after he had made it a molten calf: and they said, These be thy gods, O Israel, which brought thee up out of the land of Egypt.

ה. וַיַּרְא אַהֲרֹן וַיִּבֶן מִזְבֵּחַ לְפָנָיו וַיִּקְרָא אַהֲרֹן וַיֹּאמַר חַג לַיהֹוָה מָחָר:

καὶ ἰδὼν Ααρων ᾠκοδόμησεν θυσιαστήριον κατέναντι αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκήρυξεν Ααρων λέγων ἑορτὴ τοῦ κυρίου αὔριον

Quod cum vidisset Aaron, ædificavit altare coram eo, et præconis voce clamavit dicens: Cras solemnitas Domini est.

5 And when Aaron saw it, he built an altar before it; and Aaron made proclamation, and said, To morrow is a feast to the LORD.

ו. וַיַּשְׁכִּימוּ מִמָּחֳרָת וַיַּעֲלוּ עֹלֹת וַיַּגִּשׁוּ שְׁלָמִים וַיֵּשֶׁב הָעָם לֶאֱכֹל וְשָׁתוֹ וַיָּקֻמוּ לְצַחֵק:

καὶ ὀρθρίσας τῇ ἐπαύριον ἀνεβίβασεν ὁλοκαυτώματα καὶ προσήνεγκεν θυσίαν σωτηρίου καὶ ἐκάθισεν ὁ λαὸς φαγεῖν καὶ πιεῖν καὶ ἀνέστησαν παίζειν

Surgentesque mane, obtulerunt holocausta, et hostias pacificas, et sedit populus manducare, et bibere, et surrexerunt ludere.

6 And they rose up early on the morrow, and offered burnt offerings, and brought peace offerings; and the people sat down to eat and to drink, and rose up to play.

ז. וַיְדַבֵּר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה לֶךְ רֵד כִּי שִׁחֵת עַמְּךָ אֲשֶׁר הֶעֱלֵיתָ מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

καὶ ἐλάλησεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων βάδιζε τὸ τάχος ἐντεῦθεν κατάβηθι ἠνόμησεν γὰρ ὁ λαός σου οὓς ἐξήγαγες ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου

Locutus est autem Dominus ad Moysen, dicens: Vade, descende: peccavit populus tuus, quem eduxisti de terra Ægypti.

7 And the LORD said unto Moses, Go, get thee down; for thy people, which thou broughtest out of the land of Egypt, have corrupted themselves:

ח. סָרוּ מַהֵר מִן הַדֶּרֶךְ אֲשֶׁר צִוִּיתִם עָשׂוּ לָהֶם עֵגֶל מַסֵּכָה וַיִּשְׁתַּחֲווּ לוֹ וַיִּזְבְּחוּ לוֹ וַיֹּאמְרוּ אֵלֶּה אֱלֹהֶיךָ יִשְׂרָאֵל אֲשֶׁר הֶעֱלוּךָ מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם:

παρέβησαν ταχὺ ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἧς ἐνετείλω αὐτοῖς ἐποίησαν ἑαυτοῖς μόσχον καὶ προσκεκυνήκασιν αὐτῷ καὶ τεθύκασιν αὐτῷ καὶ εἶπαν οὗτοι οἱ θεοί σου Ισραηλ οἵτινες ἀνεβίβασάν σε ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου

Recesserunt cito de via, quam ostendisti eis: feceruntque sibi vitulum conflatilem, et adoraverunt, atque immolantes ei hostias, dixerunt: Isti sunt dii tui Israël, qui te eduxerunt de terra Ægypti.

8 They have turned aside quickly out of the way which I commanded them: they have made them a molten calf, and have worshipped it, and have sacrificed thereunto, and said, These be thy gods, O Israel, which have brought thee up out of the land of Egypt.

ט. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה רָאִיתִי אֶת הָעָם הַזֶּה וְהִנֵּה עַם קְשֵׁה עֹרֶף הוּא:

Rursumque ait Dominus ad Moysen: Cerno quod populus iste duræ cervicis sit:

9 And the LORD said unto Moses, I have seen this people, and, behold, it is a stiffnecked people:

י. וְעַתָּה הַנִּיחָה לִּי וְיִחַר אַפִּי בָהֶם וַאֲכַלֵּם וְאֶעֱשֶׂה אוֹתְךָ לְגוֹי גָּדוֹל:

καὶ νῦν ἔασόν με καὶ θυμωθεὶς ὀργῇ εἰς αὐτοὺς ἐκτρίψω αὐτοὺς καὶ ποιήσω σὲ εἰς ἔθνος μέγα

dimitte me, ut irascatur furor meus contra eos, et deleam eos, faciamque te in gentem magnam.

10 Now therefore let me alone, that my wrath may wax hot against them, and that I may consume them: and I will make of thee a great nation.

יא. וַיְחַל משֶׁה אֶת פְּנֵי יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהָיו וַיֹּאמֶר לָמָה יְהֹוָה יֶחֱרֶה אַפְּךָ בְּעַמֶּךָ אֲשֶׁר הוֹצֵאתָ מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם בְּכֹחַ גָּדוֹל וּבְיָד חֲזָקָה:

καὶ ἐδεήθη Μωυσῆς ἔναντι κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ εἶπεν ἵνα τί κύριε θυμοῖ ὀργῇ εἰς τὸν λαόν σου οὓς ἐξήγαγες ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου ἐν ἰσχύι μεγάλῃ καὶ ἐν τῷ βραχίονί σου τῷ ὑψηλῷ

Moyses autem orabat Dominum Deum suum, dicens: Cur, Domine, irascitur furor tuus contra populum tuum, quem eduxisti de terra Ægypti, in fortitudine magna, et in manu robusta?

11 And Moses besought the LORD his God, and said, LORD, why doth thy wrath wax hot against thy people, which thou hast brought forth out of the land of Egypt with great power, and with a mighty hand?

יב. לָמָּה יֹאמְרוּ מִצְרַיִם לֵאמֹר בְּרָעָה הוֹצִיאָם לַהֲרֹג אֹתָם בֶּהָרִים וּלְכַלֹּתָם מֵעַל פְּנֵי הָאֲדָמָה שׁוּב מֵחֲרוֹן אַפֶּךָ וְהִנָּחֵם עַל הָרָעָה לְעַמֶּךָ:

μήποτε εἴπωσιν οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι λέγοντες μετὰ πονηρίας ἐξήγαγεν αὐτοὺς ἀποκτεῖναι ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν καὶ ἐξαναλῶσαι αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς παῦσαι τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ θυμοῦ σου καὶ ἵλεως γενοῦ ἐπὶ τῇ κακίᾳ τοῦ λαοῦ σου

Ne quæso dicant Ægyptii: Callide eduxit eos, ut interficeret in montibus, et deleret e terra: quiescat ira tua, et esto placabilis super nequitia populi tui.

12 Wherefore should the Egyptians speak, and say, For mischief did he bring them out, to slay them in the mountains, and to consume them from the face of the earth? Turn from thy fierce wrath, and repent of this evil against thy people.

יג. זְכֹר לְאַבְרָהָם לְיִצְחָק וּלְיִשְׂרָאֵל עֲבָדֶיךָ אֲשֶׁר נִשְׁבַּעְתָּ לָהֶם בָּךְ וַתְּדַבֵּר אֲלֵהֶם אַרְבֶּה אֶת זַרְעֲכֶם כְּכוֹכְבֵי הַשָּׁמָיִם וְכָל הָאָרֶץ הַזֹּאת אֲשֶׁר אָמַרְתִּי אֶתֵּן לְזַרְעֲכֶם וְנָחֲלוּ לְעֹלָם:

μνησθεὶς Αβρααμ καὶ Ισαακ καὶ Ιακωβ τῶν σῶν οἰκετῶν οἷς ὤμοσας κατὰ σεαυτοῦ καὶ ἐλάλησας πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγων πολυπληθυνῶ τὸ σπέρμα ὑμῶν ὡσεὶ τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τῷ πλήθει καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ταύτην ἣν εἶπας δοῦναι τῷ σπέρματι αὐτῶν καὶ καθέξουσιν αὐτὴν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα

Recordare Abraham, Isaac, et Israël servorum tuorum, quibus jurasti per temetipsum, dicens: Multiplicabo semen vestrum sicut stellas cæli; et universam terram hanc, de qua locutus sum, dabo semini vestro, et possidebitis eam semper.

13 Remember Abraham, Isaac, and Israel, thy servants, to whom thou swarest by thine own self, and saidst unto them, I will multiply your seed as the stars of heaven, and all this land that I have spoken of will I give unto your seed, and they shall inherit it for ever.

יד. וַיִּנָּחֶם יְהֹוָה עַל הָרָעָה אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּר לַעֲשׂוֹת לְעַמּוֹ:

καὶ ἱλάσθη κύριος περὶ τῆς κακίας ἧς εἶπεν ποιῆσαι τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ

Placatusque est Dominus ne faceret malum quod locutus fuerat adversus populum suum.

14 And the LORD repented of the evil which he thought to do unto his people.

טו. וַיִּפֶן וַיֵּרֶד משֶׁה מִן הָהָר וּשְׁנֵי לֻחֹת הָעֵדֻת בְּיָדוֹ לֻחֹת כְּתֻבִים מִשְּׁנֵי עֶבְרֵיהֶם מִזֶּה וּמִזֶּה הֵם כְּתֻבִים:

καὶ ἀποστρέψας Μωυσῆς κατέβη ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους καὶ αἱ δύο πλάκες τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ πλάκες λίθιναι καταγεγραμμέναι ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν μερῶν αὐτῶν ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν ἦσαν γεγραμμέναι

Et reversus est Moyses de monte, portans duas tabulas testimonii in manu sua, scriptas ex utraque parte,

15 And Moses turned, and went down from the mount, and the two tables of the testimony were in his hand: the tables were written on both their sides; on the one side and on the other were they written.

טז. וְהַלֻּחֹת מַעֲשֵׂה אֱלֹהִים הֵמָּה וְהַמִּכְתָּב מִכְתַּב אֱלֹהִים הוּא חָרוּת עַל הַלֻּחֹת:

καὶ αἱ πλάκες ἔργον θεοῦ ἦσαν καὶ ἡ γραφὴ γραφὴ θεοῦ ἐστιν κεκολαμμένη ἐν ταῖς πλαξίν

et factas opere Dei: scriptura quoque Dei erat sculpta in tabulis.

16 And the tables were the work of God, and the writing was the writing of God, graven upon the tables.

יז. וַיִּשְׁמַע יְהוֹשֻׁעַ אֶת קוֹל הָעָם בְּרֵעֹה וַיֹּאמֶר אֶל משֶׁה קוֹל מִלְחָמָה בַּמַּחֲנֶה:

καὶ ἀκούσας Ἰησοῦς τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ λαοῦ κραζόντων λέγει πρὸς Μωυσῆν φωνὴ πολέμου ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ

Audiens autem Josue tumultum populi vociferantis, dixit ad Moysen: Ululatus pugnæ auditur in castris.

17 And when Joshua heard the noise of the people as they shouted, he said unto Moses, There is a noise of war in the camp.

יח. וַיֹּאמֶר אֵין קוֹל עֲנוֹת גְּבוּרָה וְאֵין קוֹל עֲנוֹת חֲלוּשָׁה קוֹל עַנּוֹת אָנֹכִי שֹׁמֵעַ:

καὶ λέγει οὐκ ἔστιν φωνὴ ἐξαρχόντων κατ᾽ ἰσχὺν οὐδὲ φωνὴ ἐξαρχόντων τροπῆς ἀλλὰ φωνὴν ἐξαρχόντων οἴνου ἐγὼ ἀκούω

Qui respondit: Non est clamor adhortantium ad pugnam, neque vociferatio compellentium ad fugam: sed vocem cantantium ego audio.

18 And he said, It is not the voice of them that shout for mastery, neither is it the voice of them that cry for being overcome: but the noise of them that sing do I hear.

יט. וַיְהִי כַּאֲשֶׁר קָרַב אֶל הַמַּחֲנֶה וַיַּרְא אֶת הָעֵגֶל וּמְחֹלֹת וַיִּחַר אַף משֶׁה וַיַּשְׁלֵךְ מִיָּדָו אֶת הַלֻּחֹת וַיְשַׁבֵּר אֹתָם תַּחַת הָהָר:

καὶ ἡνίκα ἤγγιζεν τῇ παρεμβολῇ ὁρᾷ τὸν μόσχον καὶ τοὺς χορούς καὶ ὀργισθεὶς θυμῷ Μωυσῆς ἔρριψεν ἀπὸ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ τὰς δύο πλάκας καὶ συνέτριψεν αὐτὰς ὑπὸ τὸ ὄρος

Cumque appropinquasset ad castra, vidit vitulum, et choros: iratusque valde, projecit de manu tabulas, et confregit eas ad radicem montis:

19 And it came to pass, as soon as he came nigh unto the camp, that he saw the calf, and the dancing: and Moses' anger waxed hot, and he cast the tables out of his hands, and brake them beneath the mount.

כ. וַיִּקַּח אֶת הָעֵגֶל אֲשֶׁר עָשׂוּ וַיִּשְׂרֹף בָּאֵשׁ וַיִּטְחַן עַד אֲשֶׁר דָּק וַיִּזֶר עַל פְּנֵי הַמַּיִם וַיַּשְׁק אֶת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל:

καὶ λαβὼν τὸν μόσχον ὃν ἐποίησαν κατέκαυσεν αὐτὸν ἐν πυρὶ καὶ κατήλεσεν αὐτὸν λεπτὸν καὶ ἔσπειρεν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ ἐπότισεν αὐτὸ τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραηλ

arripiensque vitulum quem fecerant, combussit, et contrivit usque ad pulverem, quem sparsit in aquam, et dedit ex eo potum filiis Israël.

20 And he took the calf which they had made, and burnt it in the fire, and ground it to powder, and strawed it upon the water, and made the children of Israel drink of it.

כא. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה אֶל אַהֲרֹן מֶה עָשָׂה לְךָ הָעָם הַזֶּה כִּי הֵבֵאתָ עָלָיו חֲטָאָה גְדֹלָה:

καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς τῷ Ααρων τί ἐποίησέν σοι ὁ λαὸς οὗτος ὅτι ἐπήγαγες ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς ἁμαρτίαν μεγάλην

Dixitque ad Aaron: Quid tibi fecit hic populus, ut induceres super eum peccatum maximum?

21 And Moses said unto Aaron, What did this people unto thee, that thou hast brought so great a sin upon them?

כב. וַיֹּאמֶר אַהֲרֹן אַל יִחַר אַף אֲדֹנִי אַתָּה יָדַעְתָּ אֶת הָעָם כִּי בְרָע הוּא:

καὶ εἶπεν Ααρων πρὸς Μωυσῆν μὴ ὀργίζου κύριε σὺ γὰρ οἶδας τὸ ὅρμημα τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου

Cui ille respondit: Ne indignetur dominus meus: tu enim nosti populum istum, quod pronus sit ad malum:

22 And Aaron said, Let not the anger of my lord wax hot: thou knowest the people, that they are set on mischief.

כג. וַיֹּאמְרוּ לִי עֲשֵׂה לָנוּ אֱלֹהִים אֲשֶׁר יֵלְכוּ לְפָנֵינוּ כִּי זֶה משֶׁה הָאִישׁ אֲשֶׁר הֶעֱלָנוּ מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם לֹא יָדַעְנוּ מֶה הָיָה לוֹ:

λέγουσιν γάρ μοι ποίησον ἡμῖν θεούς οἳ προπορεύσονται ἡμῶν ὁ γὰρ Μωυσῆς οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὃς ἐξήγαγεν ἡμᾶς ἐξ Αἰγύπτου οὐκ οἴδαμεν τί γέγονεν αὐτῷ

dixerunt mihi: Fac nobis deos, qui nos præcedant: huic enim Moysi, qui nos eduxit de terra Ægypti, nescimus quid acciderit.

ΛΓʹ

23 For they said unto me, Make us gods, which shall go before us: for as for this Moses, the man that brought us up out of the land of Egypt, we wot not what is become of him.

כד. וָאֹמַר לָהֶם לְמִי זָהָב הִתְפָּרָקוּ וַיִּתְּנוּ לִי וָאַשְׁלִכֵהוּ בָאֵשׁ וַיֵּצֵא הָעֵגֶל הַזֶּה:

καὶ εἶπα αὐτοῖς εἴ τινι ὑπάρχει χρυσία περιέλεσθε καὶ ἔδωκάν μοι καὶ ἔρριψα εἰς τὸ πῦρ καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ὁ μόσχος οὗτος

Quibus ego dixi: Quis vestrum habet aurum? Tulerunt, et dederunt mihi: et projeci illud in ignem, egressusque est hic vitulus.

24 And I said unto them, Whosoever hath any gold, let them break it off. So they gave it me: then I cast it into the fire, and there came out this calf.

כה. וַיַּרְא משֶׁה אֶת הָעָם כִּי פָרֻעַ הוּא כִּי פְרָעֹה אַהֲרֹן לְשִׁמְצָה בְּקָמֵיהֶם:

καὶ ἰδὼν Μωυσῆς τὸν λαὸν ὅτι διεσκέδασται διεσκέδασεν γὰρ αὐτοὺς Ααρων ἐπίχαρμα τοῖς ὑπεναντίοις αὐτῶν

Videns ergo Moyses populum quod esset nudatus (spoliaverat enim eum Aaron propter ignominiam sordis, et inter hostes nudum constituerat),

25 And when Moses saw that the people were naked; (for Aaron had made them naked unto their shame among their enemies:)

כו. וַיַּעֲמֹד משֶׁה בְּשַׁעַר הַמַּחֲנֶה וַיֹּאמֶר מִי לַיהֹוָה אֵלָי וַיֵּאָסְפוּ אֵלָיו כָּל בְּנֵי לֵוִי:

ἔστη δὲ Μωυσῆς ἐπὶ τῆς πύλης τῆς παρεμβολῆς καὶ εἶπεν τίς πρὸς κύριον ἴτω πρός με συνῆλθον οὖν πρὸς αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ υἱοὶ Λευι

et stans in porta castrorum, ait: Si quis est Domini, jungatur mihi. Congregatique sunt ad eum omnes filii Levi:

26 Then Moses stood in the gate of the camp, and said, Who is on the LORD's side? let him come unto me. And all the sons of Levi gathered themselves together unto him.

כז. וַיֹּאמֶר לָהֶם כֹּה אָמַר יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל שִׂימוּ אִישׁ חַרְבּוֹ עַל יְרֵכוֹ עִבְרוּ וָשׁוּבוּ מִשַּׁעַר לָשַׁעַר בַּמַּחֲנֶה וְהִרְגוּ אִישׁ אֶת אָחִיו וְאִישׁ אֶת רֵעֵהוּ וְאִישׁ אֶת קְרֹבוֹ:

καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς τάδε λέγει κύριος ὁ θεὸς Ισραηλ θέσθε ἕκαστος τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ῥομφαίαν ἐπὶ τὸν μηρὸν καὶ διέλθατε καὶ ἀνακάμψατε ἀπὸ πύλης ἐπὶ πύλην διὰ τῆς παρεμβολῆς καὶ ἀποκτείνατε ἕκαστος τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἕκαστος τὸν πλησίον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἕκαστος τὸν ἔγγιστα αὐτοῦ

quibus ait: Hæc dicit Dominus Deus Israël: Ponat vir gladium super femur suum: ite, et redite de porta usque ad portam per medium castrorum, et occidat unusquisque fratrem, et amicum, et proximum suum.

27 And he said unto them, Thus saith the LORD God of Israel, Put every man his sword by his side, and go in and out from gate to gate throughout the camp, and slay every man his brother, and every man his companion, and every man his neighbour.

כח. וַיַּעֲשׂוּ בְנֵי לֵוִי כִּדְבַר משֶׁה וַיִּפֹּל מִן הָעָם בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא כִּשְׁלשֶׁת אַלְפֵי אִישׁ:

καὶ ἐποίησαν οἱ υἱοὶ Λευι καθὰ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς Μωυσῆς καὶ ἔπεσαν ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ εἰς τρισχιλίους ἄνδρας

Feceruntque filii Levi juxta sermonem Moysi, cecideruntque in die illa quasi viginti tria millia hominum.

28 And the children of Levi did according to the word of Moses: and there fell of the people that day about three thousand men.

כט. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה מִלְאוּ יֶדְכֶם הַיּוֹם לַיהֹוָה כִּי אִישׁ בִּבְנוֹ וּבְאָחִיו וְלָתֵת עֲלֵיכֶם הַיּוֹם בְּרָכָה:

καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Μωυσῆς ἐπληρώσατε τὰς χεῖρας ὑμῶν σήμερον κυρίῳ ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ υἱῷ ἢ τῷ ἀδελφῷ δοθῆναι ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς εὐλογίαν

Et ait Moyses: Consecrastis manus vestras hodie Domino, unusquisque in filio, et in fratre suo, ut detur vobis benedictio.

29 For Moses had said, Consecrate yourselves today to the LORD, even every man upon his son, and upon his brother; that he may bestow upon you a blessing this day.

ל. וַיְהִי מִמָּחֳרָת וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה אֶל הָעָם אַתֶּם חֲטָאתֶם חֲטָאָה גְדֹלָה וְעַתָּה אֶעֱלֶה אֶל יְהֹוָה אוּלַי אֲכַפְּרָה בְּעַד חַטַּאתְכֶם:

καὶ ἐγένετο μετὰ τὴν αὔριον εἶπεν Μωυσῆς πρὸς τὸν λαόν ὑμεῖς ἡμαρτήκατε ἁμαρτίαν μεγάλην καὶ νῦν ἀναβήσομαι πρὸς τὸν θεόν ἵνα ἐξιλάσωμαι περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὑμῶν

Facto autem altero die, locutus est Moyses ad populum: Peccastis peccatum maximum: ascendam ad Dominum, si quomodo quivero eum deprecari pro scelere vestro.

30 And it came to pass on the morrow, that Moses said unto the people, Ye have sinned a great sin: and now I will go up unto the LORD; peradventure I shall make an atonement for your sin.

לא. וַיָּשָׁב משֶׁה אֶל יְהֹוָה וַיֹּאמַר אָנָּא חָטָא הָעָם הַזֶּה חֲטָאָה גְדֹלָה וַיַּעֲשׂוּ לָהֶם אֱלֹהֵי זָהָב:

ὑπέστρεψεν δὲ Μωυσῆς πρὸς κύριον καὶ εἶπεν δέομαι κύριε ἡμάρτηκεν ὁ λαὸς οὗτος ἁμαρτίαν μεγάλην καὶ ἐποίησαν ἑαυτοῖς θεοὺς χρυσοῦς

Reversusque ad Dominum, ait: Obsecro, peccavit populus iste peccatum maximum, feceruntque sibi deos aureos: aut dimitte eis hanc noxam,

31 And Moses returned unto the LORD, and said, Oh, this people have sinned a great sin, and have made them gods of gold.

לב. וְעַתָּה אִם תִּשָּׂא חַטָּאתָם וְאִם אַיִן מְחֵנִי נָא מִסִּפְרְךָ אֲשֶׁר כָּתָבְתָּ:

καὶ νῦν εἰ μὲν ἀφεῖς αὐτοῖς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἄφες εἰ δὲ μή ἐξάλειψόν με ἐκ τῆς βίβλου σου ἧς ἔγραψας

aut si non facis, dele me de libro tuo quem scripsisti.

32 Yet now, if thou wilt forgive their sin--; and if not, blot me, I pray thee, out of thy book which thou hast written.

לג. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה מִי אֲשֶׁר חָטָא לִי אֶמְחֶנּוּ מִסִּפְרִי:

καὶ εἶπεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν εἴ τις ἡμάρτηκεν ἐνώπιόν μου ἐξαλείψω αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς βίβλου μου

Cui respondit Dominus: Qui peccaverit mihi, delebo eum de libro meo:

33 And the LORD said unto Moses, Whosoever hath sinned against me, him will I blot out of my book.

לד. וְעַתָּה לֵךְ נְחֵה אֶת הָעָם אֶל אֲשֶׁר דִּבַּרְתִּי לָךְ הִנֵּה מַלְאָכִי יֵלֵךְ לְפָנֶיךָ וּבְיוֹם פָּקְדִי וּפָקַדְתִּי עֲלֵהֶם חַטָּאתָם:

νυνὶ δὲ βάδιζε κατάβηθι καὶ ὁδήγησον τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον εἰς τὸν τόπον ὃν εἶπά σοι ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄγγελός μου προπορεύεται πρὸ προσώπου σου ᾗ δ᾽ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκέπτωμαι ἐπάξω ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν αὐτῶν

tu autem vade, et duc populum istum quo locutus sum tibi: angelus meus præcedet te. Ego autem in die ultionis visitabo et hoc peccatum eorum.

34 Therefore now go, lead the people unto the place of which I have spoken unto thee: behold, mine Angel shall go before thee: nevertheless in the day when I visit I will visit their sin upon them.

לה. וַיִּגֹּף יְהֹוָה אֶת הָעָם עַל אֲשֶׁר עָשׂוּ אֶת הָעֵגֶל אֲשֶׁר עָשָׂה אַהֲרֹן:

καὶ ἐπάταξεν κύριος τὸν λαὸν περὶ τῆς ποιήσεως τοῦ μόσχου οὗ ἐποίησεν Ααρων

Percussit ergo Dominus populum pro reatu vituli, quem fecerat Aaron.

35 And the LORD plagued the people, because they made the calf, which Aaron made.

לג

ΛΓʹ

Cap. 33

א. וַיְדַבֵּר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה לֵךְ עֲלֵה מִזֶּה אַתָּה וְהָעָם אֲשֶׁר הֶעֱלִיתָ מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם אֶל הָאָרֶץ אֲשֶׁר נִשְׁבַּעְתִּי לְאַבְרָהָם לְיִצְחָק וּלְיַעֲקֹב לֵאמֹר לְזַרְעֲךָ אֶתְּנֶנָּה:

καὶ εἶπεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν πορεύου ἀνάβηθι ἐντεῦθεν σὺ καὶ ὁ λαός σου οὓς ἐξήγαγες ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ὤμοσα τῷ Αβρααμ καὶ Ισαακ καὶ Ιακωβ λέγων τῷ σπέρματι ὑμῶν δώσω αὐτήν

Locutusque est Dominus ad Moysen, dicens: Vade, ascende de loco isto tu, et populus tuus quem eduxisti de terra Ægypti, in terram quam juravi Abraham, Isaac et Jacob, dicens: Semini tuo dabo eam:

1 And the LORD said unto Moses, Depart, and go up hence, thou and the people which thou hast brought up out of the land of Egypt, unto the land which I sware unto Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, saying, Unto thy seed will I give it:

ב. וְשָׁלַחְתִּי לְפָנֶיךָ מַלְאָךְ וְגֵרַשְׁתִּי אֶת הַכְּנַעֲנִי הָאֱמֹרִי וְהַחִתִּי וְהַפְּרִזִּי הַחִוִּי וְהַיְבוּסִי:

καὶ συναποστελῶ τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου καὶ ἐκβαλεῖ τὸν Αμορραῖον καὶ Χετταῖον καὶ Φερεζαῖον καὶ Γεργεσαῖον καὶ Ευαῖον καὶ Ιεβουσαῖον

et mittam præcursorem tui angelum, ut ejiciam Chananæum, et Amorrhæum, et Hethæum, et Pherezæum, et Hevæum, et Jebusæum,

2 And I will send an angel before thee; and I will drive out the Canaanite, the Amorite, and the Hittite, and the Perizzite, the Hivite, and the Jebusite:

ג. אֶל אֶרֶץ זָבַת חָלָב וּדְבָשׁ כִּי לֹא אֶעֱלֶה בְּקִרְבְּךָ כִּי עַם קְשֵׁה עֹרֶף אַתָּה פֶּן אֲכֶלְךָ בַּדָּרֶךְ:

καὶ εἰσάξω σε εἰς γῆν ῥέουσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι οὐ γὰρ μὴ συναναβῶ μετὰ σοῦ διὰ τὸ λαὸν σκληροτράχηλόν σε εἶναι ἵνα μὴ ἐξαναλώσω σε ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ

et intres in terram fluentem lacte et melle. Non enim ascendam tecum, quia populus duræ cervicis es: ne forte disperdam te in via.

3 Unto a land flowing with milk and honey: for I will not go up in the midst of thee; for thou art a stiffnecked people: lest I consume thee in the way.

ד. וַיִּשְׁמַע הָעָם אֶת הַדָּבָר הָרָע הַזֶּה וַיִּתְאַבָּלוּ וְלֹא שָׁתוּ אִישׁ עֶדְיוֹ עָלָיו:

καὶ ἀκούσας ὁ λαὸς τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ πονηρὸν τοῦτο κατεπένθησαν ἐν πενθικοῖς

Audiensque populus sermonem hunc pessimum, luxit: et nullus ex more indutus est cultu suo.

4 And when the people heard these evil tidings, they mourned: and no man did put on him his ornaments.

ה. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה אֱמֹר אֶל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אַתֶּם עַם קְשֵׁה עֹרֶף רֶגַע אֶחָד אֶעֱלֶה בְקִרְבְּךָ וְכִלִּיתִיךָ וְעַתָּה הוֹרֵד עֶדְיְךָ מֵעָלֶיךָ וְאֵדְעָה מָה אֶעֱשֶׂה לָּךְ:

καὶ εἶπεν κύριος τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ ὑμεῖς λαὸς σκληροτράχηλος ὁρᾶτε μὴ πληγὴν ἄλλην ἐπάξω ἐγὼ ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς καὶ ἐξαναλώσω ὑμᾶς νῦν οὖν ἀφέλεσθε τὰς στολὰς τῶν δοξῶν ὑμῶν καὶ τὸν κόσμον καὶ δείξω σοι ἃ ποιήσω σοι

Dixitque Dominus ad Moysen: Loquere filiis Israël: Populus duræ cervicis es: semel ascendam in medio tui, et delebo te. Jam nunc depone ornatum tuum, ut sciam quid faciam tibi.

5 For the LORD had said unto Moses, Say unto the children of Israel, Ye are a stiffnecked people: I will come up into the midst of thee in a moment, and consume thee: therefore now put off thy ornaments from thee, that I may know what to do unto thee.

ו. וַיִּתְנַצְּלוּ בְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אֶת עֶדְיָם מֵהַר חוֹרֵב:

καὶ περιείλαντο οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ τὸν κόσμον αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν περιστολὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους τοῦ Χωρηβ

Deposuerunt ergo filii Israël ornatum suum a monte Horeb.

6 And the children of Israel stripped themselves of their ornaments by the mount Horeb.

ז. וּמשֶׁה יִקַּח אֶת הָאֹהֶל וְנָטָה לוֹ מִחוּץ לַמַּחֲנֶה הַרְחֵק מִן הַמַּחֲנֶה וְקָרָא לוֹ אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וְהָיָה כָּל מְבַקֵּשׁ יְהֹוָה יֵצֵא אֶל אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד אֲשֶׁר מִחוּץ לַמַּחֲנֶה:

καὶ λαβὼν Μωυσῆς τὴν σκηνὴν αὐτοῦ ἔπηξεν ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς παρεμβολῆς καὶ ἐκλήθη σκηνὴ μαρτυρίου καὶ ἐγένετο πᾶς ὁ ζητῶν κύριον ἐξεπορεύετο εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς

Moyses quoque tollens tabernaculum, tetendit extra castra procul, vocavitque nomen ejus, Tabernaculum fœderis. Et omnis populus, qui habebat aliquam quæstionem, egrediebatur ad tabernaculum fœderis, extra castra.

7 And Moses took the tabernacle, and pitched it without the camp, afar off from the camp, and called it the Tabernacle of the congregation. And it came to pass, that every one which sought the LORD went out unto the tabernacle of the congregation, which was without the camp.

ח. וְהָיָה כְּצֵאת משֶׁה אֶל הָאֹהֶל יָקוּמוּ כָּל הָעָם וְנִצְּבוּ אִישׁ פֶּתַח אָהֳלוֹ וְהִבִּיטוּ אַחֲרֵי משֶׁה עַד בֹּאוֹ הָאֹהֱלָה:

ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Μωυσῆς εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς εἱστήκει πᾶς ὁ λαὸς σκοπεύοντες ἕκαστος παρὰ τὰς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς αὐτοῦ καὶ κατενοοῦσαν ἀπιόντος Μωυσῆ ἕως τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν σκηνήν

Cumque egrederetur Moyses ad tabernaculum, surgebat universa plebs, et stabat unusquisque in ostio papilionis sui, aspiciebantque tergum Moysi, donec ingrederetur tentorium.

8 And it came to pass, when Moses went out unto the tabernacle, that all the people rose up, and stood every man at his tent door, and looked after Moses, until he was gone into the tabernacle.

ט. וְהָיָה כְּבֹא משֶׁה הָאֹהֱלָה יֵרֵד עַמּוּד הֶעָנָן וְעָמַד פֶּתַח הָאֹהֶל וְדִבֶּר עִם משֶׁה:

ὡς δ᾽ ἂν εἰσῆλθεν Μωυσῆς εἰς τὴν σκηνήν κατέβαινεν ὁ στῦλος τῆς νεφέλης καὶ ἵστατο ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τῆς σκηνῆς καὶ ἐλάλει Μωυσῇ

Ingresso autem illo tabernaculum fœderis, descendebat columna nubis, et stabat ad ostium, loquebaturque cum Moyse,

9 And it came to pass, as Moses entered into the tabernacle, the cloudy pillar descended, and stood at the door of the tabernacle, and the Lord talked with Moses.

י. וְרָאָה כָל הָעָם אֶת עַמּוּד הֶעָנָן עֹמֵד פֶּתַח הָאֹהֶל וְקָם כָּל הָעָם וְהִשְׁתַּחֲווּ אִישׁ פֶּתַח אָהֳלוֹ:

καὶ ἑώρα πᾶς ὁ λαὸς τὸν στῦλον τῆς νεφέλης ἑστῶτα ἐπὶ τῆς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς καὶ στάντες πᾶς ὁ λαὸς προσεκύνησαν ἕκαστος ἀπὸ τῆς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς αὐτοῦ

cernentibus universis quod columna nubis staret ad ostium tabernaculi. Stabantque ipsi, et adorabant per fores tabernaculorum suorum.

10 And all the people saw the cloudy pillar stand at the tabernacle door: and all the people rose up and worshipped, every man in his tent door.

יא. וְדִבֶּר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה פָּנִים אֶל פָּנִים כַּאֲשֶׁר יְדַבֵּר אִישׁ אֶל רֵעֵהוּ וְשָׁב אֶל הַמַּחֲנֶה וּמְשָׁרְתוֹ יְהוֹשֻׁעַ בִּן נוּן נַעַר לֹא יָמִישׁ מִתּוֹךְ הָאֹהֶל:

καὶ ἐλάλησεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἐνώπιος ἐνωπίῳ ὡς εἴ τις λαλήσει πρὸς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ φίλον καὶ ἀπελύετο εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν ὁ δὲ θεράπων Ἰησοῦς υἱὸς Ναυη νέος οὐκ ἐξεπορεύετο ἐκ τῆς σκηνῆς

Loquebatur autem Dominus ad Moysen facie ad faciem, sicut solet loqui homo ad amicum suum. Cumque ille reverteretur in castra, minister ejus Josue filius Nun, puer, non recedebat de tabernaculo.

ΛΔʹ

11 And the LORD spake unto Moses face to face, as a man speaketh unto his friend. And he turned again into the camp: but his servant Joshua, the son of Nun, a young man, departed not out of the tabernacle.

יב. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה אֶל יְהֹוָה רְאֵה אַתָּה אֹמֵר אֵלַי הַעַל אֶת הָעָם הַזֶּה וְאַתָּה לֹא הוֹדַעְתַּנִי אֵת אֲשֶׁר תִּשְׁלַח עִמִּי וְאַתָּה אָמַרְתָּ יְדַעְתִּיךָ בְשֵׁם וְגַם מָצָאתָ חֵן בְּעֵינָי:

καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς πρὸς κύριον ἰδοὺ σύ μοι λέγεις ἀνάγαγε τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον σὺ δὲ οὐκ ἐδήλωσάς μοι ὃν συναποστελεῖς μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ σὺ δέ μοι εἶπας οἶδά σε παρὰ πάντας καὶ χάριν ἔχεις παρ᾽ ἐμοί

Dixit autem Moyses ad Dominum: Præcipis ut educam populum istum: et non indicas mihi quem missurus es mecum, præsertim cum dixeris: Novi te ex nomine, et invenisti gratiam coram me.

12 And Moses said unto the LORD, See, thou sayest unto me, Bring up this people: and thou hast not let me know whom thou wilt send with me. Yet thou hast said, I know thee by name, and thou hast also found grace in my sight.

יג. וְעַתָּה אִם נָא מָצָאתִי חֵן בְּעֵינֶיךָ הוֹדִעֵנִי נָא אֶת דְּרָכֶךָ וְאֵדָעֲךָ לְמַעַן אֶמְצָא חֵן בְּעֵינֶיךָ וּרְאֵה כִּי עַמְּךָ הַגּוֹי הַזֶּה:

εἰ οὖν εὕρηκα χάριν ἐναντίον σου ἐμφάνισόν μοι σεαυτόν γνωστῶς ἴδω σε ὅπως ἂν ὦ εὑρηκὼς χάριν ἐναντίον σου καὶ ἵνα γνῶ ὅτι λαός σου τὸ ἔθνος τὸ μέγα τοῦτο

Si ergo inveni gratiam in conspectu tuo, ostende mihi faciem tuam, ut sciam te, et inveniam gratiam ante oculos tuos: respice populum tuum gentem hanc.

13 Now therefore, I pray thee, if I have found grace in thy sight, shew me now thy way, that I may know thee, that I may find grace in thy sight: and consider that this nation is thy people.

יד. וַיֹּאמַר פָּנַי יֵלֵכוּ וַהֲנִחֹתִי לָךְ:

καὶ λέγει αὐτὸς προπορεύσομαί σου καὶ καταπαύσω σε

Dixitque Dominus: Facies mea præcedet te, et requiem dabo tibi.

14 And he said, My presence shall go with thee, and I will give thee rest.

טו. וַיֹּאמֶר אֵלָיו אִם אֵין פָּנֶיךָ הֹלְכִים אַל תַּעֲלֵנוּ מִזֶּה:

καὶ λέγει πρὸς αὐτόν εἰ μὴ αὐτὸς σὺ πορεύῃ μή με ἀναγάγῃς ἐντεῦθεν

Et ait Moyses: Si non tu ipse præcedas, ne educas nos de loco isto.

15 And he said unto him, If thy presence go not with me, carry us not up hence.

טז. וּבַמֶּה יִוָּדַע אֵפוֹא כִּי מָצָאתִי חֵן בְּעֵינֶיךָ אֲנִי וְעַמֶּךָ הֲלוֹא בְּלֶכְתְּךָ עִמָּנוּ וְנִפְלִינוּ אֲנִי וְעַמְּךָ מִכָּל הָעָם אֲשֶׁר עַל פְּנֵי הָאֲדָמָה:

καὶ πῶς γνωστὸν ἔσται ἀληθῶς ὅτι εὕρηκα χάριν παρὰ σοί ἐγώ τε καὶ ὁ λαός σου ἀλλ᾽ ἢ συμπορευομένου σου μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν καὶ ἐνδοξασθήσομαι ἐγώ τε καὶ ὁ λαός σου παρὰ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ὅσα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν

In quo enim scire poterimus ego et populus tuus invenisse nos gratiam in conspectu tuo, nisi ambulaveris nobiscum, ut glorificemur ab omnibus populis qui habitant super terram?

16 For wherein shall it be known here that I and thy people have found grace in thy sight? is it not in that thou goest with us? so shall we be separated, I and thy people, from all the people that are upon the face of the earth.

יז. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה גַּם אֶת הַדָּבָר הַזֶּה אֲשֶׁר דִּבַּרְתָּ אֶעֱשֶׂה כִּי מָצָאתָ חֵן בְּעֵינַי וָאֵדָעֲךָ בְּשֵׁם:

καὶ εἶπεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ τοῦτόν σοι τὸν λόγον ὃν εἴρηκας ποιήσω εὕρηκας γὰρ χάριν ἐνώπιόν μου καὶ οἶδά σε παρὰ πάντας

Dixit autem Dominus ad Moysen: Et verbum istud, quod locutus es, faciam: invenisti enim gratiam coram me, et teipsum novi ex nomine.

17 And the LORD said unto Moses, I will do this thing also that thou hast spoken: for thou hast found grace in my sight, and I know thee by name.

יח. וַיֹּאמַר הַרְאֵנִי נָא אֶת כְּבֹדֶךָ:

καὶ λέγει δεῖξόν μοι τὴν σεαυτοῦ δόξαν

Qui ait: Ostende mihi gloriam tuam.

18 And he said, I beseech thee, shew me thy glory.

יט. וַיֹּאמֶר אֲנִי אַעֲבִיר כָּל טוּבִי עַל פָּנֶיךָ וְקָרָאתִי בְשֵׁם יְהֹוָה לְפָנֶיךָ וְחַנֹּתִי אֶת אֲשֶׁר אָחֹן וְרִחַמְתִּי אֶת אֲשֶׁר אֲרַחֵם:

καὶ εἶπεν ἐγὼ παρελεύσομαι πρότερός σου τῇ δόξῃ μου καὶ καλέσω ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου κύριος ἐναντίον σου καὶ ἐλεήσω ὃν ἂν ἐλεῶ καὶ οἰκτιρήσω ὃν ἂν οἰκτίρω

Respondit: Ego ostendam omne bonum tibi, et vocabo in nomine Domini coram te: et miserebor cui voluero, et clemens ero in quem mihi placuerit.

19 And he said, I will make all my goodness pass before thee, and I will proclaim the name of the LORD before thee; and will be gracious to whom I will be gracious, and will shew mercy on whom I will shew mercy.

כ. וַיֹּאמֶר לֹא תוּכַל לִרְאֹת אֶת פָּנָי כִּי לֹא יִרְאַנִי הָאָדָם וָחָי:

καὶ εἶπεν οὐ δυνήσῃ ἰδεῖν μου τὸ πρόσωπον οὐ γὰρ μὴ ἴδῃ ἄνθρωπος τὸ πρόσωπόν μου καὶ ζήσεται

Rursumque ait: Non poteris videre faciem meam: non enim videbit me homo et vivet.

20 And he said, Thou canst not see my face: for there shall no man see me, and live.

כא. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה הִנֵּה מָקוֹם אִתִּי וְנִצַּבְתָּ עַל הַצּוּר:

καὶ εἶπεν κύριος ἰδοὺ τόπος παρ᾽ ἐμοί στήσῃ ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας

Et iterum: Ecce, inquit, est locus apud me, et stabis supra petram.

21 And the LORD said, Behold, there is a place by me, and thou shalt stand upon a rock:

כב. וְהָיָה בַּעֲבֹר כְּבֹדִי וְשַׂמְתִּיךָ בְּנִקְרַת הַצּוּר וְשַׂכֹּתִי כַפִּי עָלֶיךָ עַד עָבְרִי:

ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἂν παρέλθῃ μου ἡ δόξα καὶ θήσω σε εἰς ὀπὴν τῆς πέτρας καὶ σκεπάσω τῇ χειρί μου ἐπὶ σέ ἕως ἂν παρέλθω

Cumque transibit gloria mea, ponam te in foramine petræ, et protegam dextera mea, donec transeam:

22 And it shall come to pass, while my glory passeth by, that I will put thee in a clift of the rock, and will cover thee with my hand while I pass by:

כג. וַהֲסִרֹתִי אֶת כַּפִּי וְרָאִיתָ אֶת אֲחֹרָי וּפָנַי לֹא יֵרָאוּ:

καὶ ἀφελῶ τὴν χεῖρα καὶ τότε ὄψῃ τὰ ὀπίσω μου τὸ δὲ πρόσωπόν μου οὐκ ὀφθήσεταί σοι

tollamque manum meam, et videbis posteriora mea: faciem autem meam videre non poteris.

23 And I will take away mine hand, and thou shalt see my back parts: but my face shall not be seen.

לד

ΛΔʹ

Cap. 34

א. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה פְּסָל לְךָ שְׁנֵי לֻחֹת אֲבָנִים כָּרִאשֹׁנִים וְכָתַבְתִּי עַל הַלֻּחֹת אֶת הַדְּבָרִים אֲשֶׁר הָיוּ עַל הַלֻּחֹת הָרִאשֹׁנִים אֲשֶׁר שִׁבַּרְתָּ:

καὶ εἶπεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λάξευσον σεαυτῷ δύο πλάκας λιθίνας καθὼς καὶ αἱ πρῶται καὶ ἀνάβηθι πρός με εἰς τὸ ὄρος καὶ γράψω ἐπὶ τῶν πλακῶν τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἦν ἐν ταῖς πλαξὶν ταῖς πρώταις αἷς συνέτριψας

Ac deinceps: Præcide, ait, tibi duas tabulas lapideas instar priorum, et scribam super eas verba, quæ habuerunt tabulæ quas fregisti.

1 And the LORD said unto Moses, Hew thee two tables of stone like unto the first: and I will write upon these tables the words that were in the first tables, which thou brakest.

ב. וֶהְיֵה נָכוֹן לַבֹּקֶר וְעָלִיתָ בַבֹּקֶר אֶל הַר סִינַי וְנִצַּבְתָּ לִי שָׁם עַל רֹאשׁ הָהָר:

καὶ γίνου ἕτοιμος εἰς τὸ πρωὶ καὶ ἀναβήσῃ ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος τὸ Σινα καὶ στήσῃ μοι ἐκεῖ ἐπ᾽ ἄκρου τοῦ ὄρους

Esto paratus mane, ut ascendas statim in montem Sinai, stabisque mecum super verticem montis.

2 And be ready in the morning, and come up in the morning unto mount Sinai, and present thyself there to me in the top of the mount.

ג. וְאִישׁ לֹא יַעֲלֶה עִמָּךְ וְגַם אִישׁ אַל יֵרָא בְּכָל הָהָר גַּם הַצֹּאן וְהַבָּקָר אַל יִרְעוּ אֶל מוּל הָהָר הַהוּא:

καὶ μηδεὶς ἀναβήτω μετὰ σοῦ μηδὲ ὀφθήτω ἐν παντὶ τῷ ὄρει καὶ τὰ πρόβατα καὶ αἱ βόες μὴ νεμέσθωσαν πλησίον τοῦ ὄρους ἐκείνου

Nullus ascendat tecum, nec videatur quispiam per totum montem: boves quoque et oves non pascantur e contra.

3 And no man shall come up with thee, neither let any man be seen throughout all the mount; neither let the flocks nor herds feed before that mount.

ד. וַיִּפְסֹל שְׁנֵי לֻחֹת אֲבָנִים כָּרִאשֹׁנִים וַיַּשְׁכֵּם משֶׁה בַבֹּקֶר וַיַּעַל אֶל הַר סִינַי כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֹתוֹ וַיִּקַּח בְּיָדוֹ שְׁנֵי לֻחֹת אֲבָנִים:

καὶ ἐλάξευσεν δύο πλάκας λιθίνας καθάπερ καὶ αἱ πρῶται καὶ ὀρθρίσας Μωυσῆς ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος τὸ Σινα καθότι συνέταξεν αὐτῷ κύριος καὶ ἔλαβεν Μωυσῆς τὰς δύο πλάκας τὰς λιθίνας

Excidit ergo duas tabulas lapideas, quales antea fuerant: et de nocte consurgens ascendit in montem Sinai, sicut præceperat ei Dominus, portans secum tabulas.

4 And he hewed two tables of stone like unto the first; and Moses rose up early in the morning, and went up unto mount Sinai, as the LORD had commanded him, and took in his hand the two tables of stone.

ה. וַיֵּרֶד יְהֹוָה בֶּעָנָן וַיִּתְיַצֵּב עִמּוֹ שָׁם וַיִּקְרָא בְשֵׁם יְהֹוָה:

καὶ κατέβη κύριος ἐν νεφέλῃ καὶ παρέστη αὐτῷ ἐκεῖ καὶ ἐκάλεσεν τῷ ὀνόματι κυρίου

Cumque descendisset Dominus per nubem, stetit Moyses cum eo, invocans nomen Domini.

5 And the LORD descended in the cloud, and stood with him there, and proclaimed the name of the LORD.

ו. וַיַּעֲבֹר יְהֹוָה עַל פָּנָיו וַיִּקְרָא יְהֹוָה יְהֹוָה אֵל רַחוּם וְחַנּוּן אֶרֶךְ אַפַּיִם וְרַב חֶסֶד וֶאֱמֶת:

καὶ παρῆλθεν κύριος πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκάλεσεν κύριος ὁ θεὸς οἰκτίρμων καὶ ἐλεήμων μακρόθυμος καὶ πολυέλεος καὶ ἀληθινὸς

Quo transeunte coram eo, ait: Dominator Domine Deus, misericors et clemens, patiens et multæ miserationis, ac verax,

6 And the LORD passed by before him, and proclaimed, The LORD, The LORD God, merciful and gracious, longsuffering, and abundant in goodness and truth,

ז. נצֵר חֶסֶד לָאֲלָפִים נֹשֵׂא עָוֹן וָפֶשַׁע וְחַטָּאָה וְנַקֵּה לֹא יְנַקֶּה פֹּקֵד עֲוֹן אָבוֹת עַל בָּנִים וְעַל בְּנֵי בָנִים עַל שִׁלֵּשִׁים וְעַל רִבֵּעִים:

καὶ δικαιοσύνην διατηρῶν καὶ ποιῶν ἔλεος εἰς χιλιάδας ἀφαιρῶν ἀνομίας καὶ ἀδικίας καὶ ἁμαρτίας καὶ οὐ καθαριεῖ τὸν ἔνοχον ἐπάγων ἀνομίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα καὶ ἐπὶ τέκνα τέκνων ἐπὶ τρίτην καὶ τετάρτην γενεάν

qui custodis misericordiam in millia; qui aufers iniquitatem, et scelera, atque peccata, nullusque apud te per se innocens est; qui reddis iniquitatem patrum filiis, ac nepotibus in tertiam et quartam progeniem.

7 Keeping mercy for thousands, forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin, and that will by no means clear the guilty; visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children, and upon the children's children, unto the third and to the fourth generation.

ח. וַיְמַהֵר משֶׁה וַיִּקֹּד אַרְצָה וַיִּשְׁתָּחוּ:

καὶ σπεύσας Μωυσῆς κύψας ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν προσεκύνησεν

Festinusque Moyses, curvatus est pronus in terram, et adorans

8 And Moses made haste, and bowed his head toward the earth, and worshipped.

ט. וַיֹּאמֶר אִם נָא מָצָאתִי חֵן בְּעֵינֶיךָ אֲדֹנָי יֵלֶךְ נָא אֲדֹנָי בְּקִרְבֵּנוּ כִּי עַם קְשֵׁה עֹרֶף הוּא וְסָלַחְתָּ לַעֲו‍ֹנֵנוּ וּלְחַטָּאתֵנוּ וּנְחַלְתָּנוּ:

καὶ εἶπεν εἰ εὕρηκα χάριν ἐνώπιόν σου συμπορευθήτω ὁ κύριός μου μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν ὁ λαὸς γὰρ σκληροτράχηλός ἐστιν καὶ ἀφελεῖς σὺ τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν καὶ τὰς ἀνομίας ἡμῶν καὶ ἐσόμεθα σοί

ait: Si inveni gratiam in conspectu tuo, Domine, obsecro ut gradiaris nobiscum (populus enim duræ cervicis est) et auferas iniquitates nostras atque peccata, nosque possideas.

9 And he said, If now I have found grace in thy sight, O LORD, let my LORD, I pray thee, go among us; for it is a stiffnecked people; and pardon our iniquity and our sin, and take us for thine inheritance.

י. וַיֹּאמֶר הִנֵּה אָנֹכִי כֹּרֵת בְּרִית נֶגֶד כָּל עַמְּךָ אֶעֱשֶׂה נִפְלָאֹת אֲשֶׁר לֹא נִבְרְאוּ בְכָל הָאָרֶץ וּבְכָל הַגּוֹיִם וְרָאָה כָל הָעָם אֲשֶׁר אַתָּה בְקִרְבּוֹ אֶת מַעֲשֵׂה יְהֹוָה כִּי נוֹרָא הוּא אֲשֶׁר אֲנִי עֹשֶׂה עִמָּךְ:

καὶ εἶπεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ τίθημί σοι διαθήκην ἐνώπιον παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ σου ποιήσω ἔνδοξα ἃ οὐ γέγονεν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ καὶ ἐν παντὶ ἔθνει καὶ ὄψεται πᾶς ὁ λαός ἐν οἷς εἶ σύ τὰ ἔργα κυρίου ὅτι θαυμαστά ἐστιν ἃ ἐγὼ ποιήσω σοι

Respondit Dominus: Ego inibo pactum videntibus cunctis: signa faciam quæ numquam visa sunt super terram, nec in ullis gentibus, ut cernat populus iste, in cujus es medio, opus Domini terribile quod facturus sum.

10 And he said, Behold, I make a covenant: before all thy people I will do marvels, such as have not been done in all the earth, nor in any nation: and all the people among which thou art shall see the work of the LORD: for it is a terrible thing that I will do with thee.

יא. שׁמָר לְךָ אֵת אֲשֶׁר אָנֹכִי מְצַוְּךָ הַיּוֹם הִנְנִי גֹרֵשׁ מִפָּנֶיךָ אֶת הָאֱמֹרִי וְהַכְּנַעֲנִי וְהַחִתִּי וְהַפְּרִזִּי וְהַחִוִּי וְהַיְבוּסִי:

πρόσεχε σὺ πάντα ὅσα ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω πρὸ προσώπου ὑμῶν τὸν Αμορραῖον καὶ Χαναναῖον καὶ Χετταῖον καὶ Φερεζαῖον καὶ Ευαῖον καὶ Γεργεσαῖον καὶ Ιεβουσαῖον

Observa cuncta quæ hodie mando tibi: ego ipse ejiciam ante faciem tuam Amorrhæum, et Chananæum, et Hethæum, Pherezæum quoque, et Hevæum, et Jebusæum.

11 Observe thou that which I command thee this day: behold, I drive out before thee the Amorite, and the Canaanite, and the Hittite, and the Perizzite, and the Hivite, and the Jebusite.

יב. הִשָּׁמֶר לְךָ פֶּן תִּכְרֹת בְּרִית לְיוֹשֵׁב הָאָרֶץ אֲשֶׁר אַתָּה בָּא עָלֶיהָ פֶּן יִהְיֶה לְמוֹקֵשׁ בְּקִרְבֶּךָ:

πρόσεχε σεαυτῷ μήποτε θῇς διαθήκην τοῖς ἐγκαθημένοις ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς εἰς ἣν εἰσπορεύῃ εἰς αὐτήν μή σοι γένηται πρόσκομμα ἐν ὑμῖν

Cave ne umquam cum habitatoribus terræ illius jungas amicitias, quæ sint tibi in ruinam:

12 Take heed to thyself, lest thou make a covenant with the inhabitants of the land whither thou goest, lest it be for a snare in the midst of thee:

יג. כִּי אֶת מִזְבְּחֹתָם תִּתֹּצוּן וְאֶת מַצֵּבֹתָם תְּשַׁבֵּרוּן וְאֶת אֲשֵׁרָיו תִּכְרֹתוּן:

τοὺς βωμοὺς αὐτῶν καθελεῖτε καὶ τὰς στήλας αὐτῶν συντρίψετε καὶ τὰ ἄλση αὐτῶν ἐκκόψετε καὶ τὰ γλυπτὰ τῶν θεῶν αὐτῶν κατακαύσετε ἐν πυρί

sed aras eorum destrue, confringe statuas, lucosque succide:

13 But ye shall destroy their altars, break their images, and cut down their groves:

יד. כִּי לֹא תִשְׁתַּחֲוֶה לְאֵל אַחֵר כִּי יְהֹוָה קַנָּא שְׁמוֹ אֵל קַנָּא הוּא:

οὐ γὰρ μὴ προσκυνήσητε θεῷ ἑτέρῳ ὁ γὰρ κύριος ὁ θεὸς ζηλωτὸν ὄνομα θεὸς ζηλωτής ἐστιν

noli adorare deum alienum. Dominus zelotes nomen ejus; Deus est æmulator.

14 For thou shalt worship no other god: for the LORD, whose name is Jealous, is a jealous God:

טו. פֶּן תִּכְרֹת בְּרִית לְיוֹשֵׁב הָאָרֶץ וְזָנוּ אַחֲרֵי אֱלֹהֵיהֶם וְזָבְחוּ לֵאלֹהֵיהֶם וְקָרָא לְךָ וְאָכַלְתָּ מִזִּבְחוֹ:

μήποτε θῇς διαθήκην τοῖς ἐγκαθημένοις πρὸς ἀλλοφύλους ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ ἐκπορνεύσωσιν ὀπίσω τῶν θεῶν αὐτῶν καὶ θύσωσι τοῖς θεοῖς αὐτῶν καὶ καλέσωσίν σε καὶ φάγῃς τῶν θυμάτων αὐτῶν

Ne ineas pactum cum hominibus illarum regionum: ne, cum fornicati fuerint cum diis suis, et adoraverint simulacra eorum, vocet te quispiam ut comedas de immolatis.

15 Lest thou make a covenant with the inhabitants of the land, and they go a whoring after their gods, and do sacrifice unto their gods, and one call thee, and thou eat of his sacrifice;

טז. וְלָקַחְתָּ מִבְּנֹתָיו לְבָנֶיךָ וְזָנוּ בְנֹתָיו אַחֲרֵי אֱלֹהֵיהֶן וְהִזְנוּ אֶת בָּנֶיךָ אַחֲרֵי אֱלֹהֵיהֶן:

καὶ λάβῃς τῶν θυγατέρων αὐτῶν τοῖς υἱοῖς σου καὶ τῶν θυγατέρων σου δῷς τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκπορνεύσωσιν αἱ θυγατέρες σου ὀπίσω τῶν θεῶν αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκπορνεύσωσιν τοὺς υἱούς σου ὀπίσω τῶν θεῶν αὐτῶν

Nec uxorem de filiabus eorum accipies filiis tuis: ne, postquam ipsæ fuerint fornicatæ, fornicari faciant et filios tuos in deos suos.

16 And thou take of their daughters unto thy sons, and their daughters go a whoring after their gods, and make thy sons go a whoring after their gods.

יז. אֱלֹהֵי מַסֵּכָה לֹא תַעֲשֶׂה לָּךְ:

καὶ θεοὺς χωνευτοὺς οὐ ποιήσεις σεαυτῷ

Deos conflatiles non facies tibi.

17 Thou shalt make thee no molten gods.

יח. אֶת חַג הַמַּצּוֹת תִּשְׁמֹר שִׁבְעַת יָמִים תֹּאכַל מַצּוֹת אֲשֶׁר צִוִּיתִךָ לְמוֹעֵד חֹדֶשׁ הָאָבִיב כִּי בְּחֹדֶשׁ הָאָבִיב יָצָאתָ מִמִּצְרָיִם:

καὶ τὴν ἑορτὴν τῶν ἀζύμων φυλάξῃ ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας φάγῃ ἄζυμα καθάπερ ἐντέταλμαί σοι εἰς τὸν καιρὸν ἐν μηνὶ τῶν νέων ἐν γὰρ μηνὶ τῶν νέων ἐξῆλθες ἐξ Αἰγύπτου

Solemnitatem azymorum custodies. Septem diebus vesceris azymis, sicut præcepi tibi, in tempore mensis novorum: mense enim verni temporis egressus es de Ægypto.

18 The feast of unleavened bread shalt thou keep. Seven days thou shalt eat unleavened bread, as I commanded thee, in the time of the month Abib: for in the month Abib thou camest out from Egypt.

יט. כָּל פֶּטֶר רֶחֶם לִי וְכָל מִקְנְךָ תִּזָּכָר פֶּטֶר שׁוֹר וָשֶׂה:

πᾶν διανοῖγον μήτραν ἐμοί τὰ ἀρσενικά πρωτότοκον μόσχου καὶ πρωτότοκον προβάτου

Omne quod aperit vulvam generis masculini, meum erit. De cunctis animantibus, tam de bobus, quam de ovibus, meum erit.

19 All that openeth the matrix is mine; and every firstling among thy cattle, whether ox or sheep, that is male.

כ. וּפֶטֶר חֲמוֹר תִּפְדֶּה בְשֶׂה וְאִם לֹא תִפְדֶּה וַעֲרַפְתּוֹ כֹּל בְּכוֹר בָּנֶיךָ תִּפְדֶּה וְלֹא יֵרָאוּ פָנַי רֵיקָם:

καὶ πρωτότοκον ὑποζυγίου λυτρώσῃ προβάτῳ ἐὰν δὲ μὴ λυτρώσῃ αὐτό τιμὴν δώσεις πᾶν πρωτότοκον τῶν υἱῶν σου λυτρώσῃ οὐκ ὀφθήσῃ ἐνώπιόν μου κενός

Primogenitum asini redimes ove: sin autem nec pretium pro eo dederis, occidetur. Primogenitum filiorum tuorum redimes: nec apparebis in conspectu meo vacuus.

20 But the firstling of an ass thou shalt redeem with a lamb: and if thou redeem him not, then shalt thou break his neck. All the firstborn of thy sons thou shalt redeem. And none shall appear before me empty.

כא. שֵׁשֶׁת יָמִים תַּעֲבֹד וּבַיּוֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי תִּשְׁבֹּת בֶּחָרִישׁ וּבַקָּצִיר תִּשְׁבֹּת:

ἓξ ἡμέρας ἐργᾷ τῇ δὲ ἑβδόμῃ καταπαύσεις τῷ σπόρῳ καὶ τῷ ἀμήτῳ καταπαύσεις

Sex diebus operaberis; die septimo cessabis arare et metere.

21 Six days thou shalt work, but on the seventh day thou shalt rest: in earing time and in harvest thou shalt rest.

כב. וְחַג שָׁבֻעֹת תַּעֲשֶׂה לְךָ בִּכּוּרֵי קְצִיר חִטִּים וְחַג הָאָסִיף תְּקוּפַת הַשָּׁנָה:

καὶ ἑορτὴν ἑβδομάδων ποιήσεις μοι ἀρχὴν θερισμοῦ πυρῶν καὶ ἑορτὴν συναγωγῆς μεσοῦντος τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ

Solemnitatem hebdomadarum facies tibi in primitiis frugum messis tuæ triticeæ, et solemnitatem, quando redeunte anni tempore cuncta conduntur.

22 And thou shalt observe the feast of weeks, of the firstfruits of wheat harvest, and the feast of ingathering at the year's end.

כג. שָׁלשׁ פְּעָמִים בַּשָּׁנָה יֵרָאֶה כָּל זְכוּרְךָ אֶת פְּנֵי הָאָדֹן יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל:

τρεῖς καιροὺς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ὀφθήσεται πᾶν ἀρσενικόν σου ἐνώπιον κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ Ισραηλ

Tribus temporibus anni apparebit omne masculinum tuum in conspectu omnipotentis Domini Dei Israël.

ΛΕʹ

23 Thrice in the year shall all your menchildren appear before the LORD God, the God of Israel.

כד. כִּי אוֹרִישׁ גּוֹיִם מִפָּנֶיךָ וְהִרְחַבְתִּי אֶת גְּבֻלֶךָ וְלֹא יַחְמֹד אִישׁ אֶת אַרְצְךָ בַּעֲלֹתְךָ לֵרָאוֹת אֶת פְּנֵי יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ שָׁלשׁ פְּעָמִים בַּשָּׁנָה:

ὅταν γὰρ ἐκβάλω τὰ ἔθνη πρὸ προσώπου σου καὶ πλατύνω τὰ ὅριά σου οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσει οὐδεὶς τῆς γῆς σου ἡνίκα ἂν ἀναβαίνῃς ὀφθῆναι ἐναντίον κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου τρεῖς καιροὺς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ

Cum enim tulero gentes a facie tua, et dilatavero terminos tuos, nullus insidiabitur terræ tuæ, ascendente te, et apparente in conspectu Domini Dei tui ter in anno.

24 For I will cast out the nations before thee, and enlarge thy borders: neither shall any man desire thy land, when thou shalt go up to appear before the LORD thy God thrice in the year.

כה. לֹא תִשְׁחַט עַל חָמֵץ דַּם זִבְחִי וְלֹא יָלִין לַבֹּקֶר זֶבַח חַג הַפָּסַח:

οὐ σφάξεις ἐπὶ ζύμῃ αἷμα θυμιαμάτων μου καὶ οὐ κοιμηθήσεται εἰς τὸ πρωὶ θύματα τῆς ἑορτῆς τοῦ πασχα

Non immolabis super fermento sanguinem hostiæ meæ: neque residebit mane de victima solemnitatis Phase.

25 Thou shalt not offer the blood of my sacrifice with leaven; neither shall the sacrifice of the feast of the passover be left unto the morning.

כו. רֵאשִׁית בִּכּוּרֵי אַדְמָתְךָ תָּבִיא בֵּית יְהֹוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ לֹא תְבַשֵּׁל גְּדִי בַּחֲלֵב אִמּוֹ:

τὰ πρωτογενήματα τῆς γῆς σου θήσεις εἰς τὸν οἶκον κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου οὐ προσοίσεις ἄρνα ἐν γάλακτι μητρὸς αὐτοῦ

Primitias frugum terræ tuæ offeres in domo Domini Dei tui. Non coques hædum in lacte matris suæ.

26 The first of the firstfruits of thy land thou shalt bring unto the house of the LORD thy God. Thou shalt not seethe a kid in his mother's milk.

כז. וַיֹּאמֶר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה כְּתָב לְךָ אֶת הַדְּבָרִים הָאֵלֶּה כִּי עַל פִּי הַדְּבָרִים הָאֵלֶּה כָּרַתִּי אִתְּךָ בְּרִית וְאֶת יִשְׂרָאֵל:

καὶ εἶπεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν γράψον σεαυτῷ τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα ἐπὶ γὰρ τῶν λόγων τούτων τέθειμαί σοι διαθήκην καὶ τῷ Ισραηλ

Dixitque Dominus ad Moysen: Scribe tibi verba hæc, quibus et tecum et cum Israël pepigi fœdus.

27 And the LORD said unto Moses, Write thou these words: for after the tenor of these words I have made a covenant with thee and with Israel.

כח. וַיְהִי שָׁם עִם יְהֹוָה אַרְבָּעִים יוֹם וְאַרְבָּעִים לַיְלָה לֶחֶם לֹא אָכַל וּמַיִם לֹא שָׁתָה וַיִּכְתֹּב עַל הַלֻּחֹת אֵת דִּבְרֵי הַבְּרִית עֲשֶׂרֶת הַדְּבָרִים:

καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ Μωυσῆς ἐναντίον κυρίου τεσσαράκοντα ἡμέρας καὶ τεσσαράκοντα νύκτας ἄρτον οὖκ ἔφαγεν καὶ ὕδωρ οὐκ ἔπιεν καὶ ἔγραψεν τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα ἐπὶ τῶν πλακῶν τῆς διαθήκης τοὺς δέκα λόγους

Fuit ergo ibi cum Domino quadraginta dies et quadraginta noctes: panem non comedit, et aquam non bibit, et scripsit in tabulis verba fœderis decem.

28 And he was there with the LORD forty days and forty nights; he did neither eat bread, nor drink water. And he wrote upon the tables the words of the covenant, the ten commandments.

כט. וַיְהִי בְּרֶדֶת משֶׁה מֵהַר סִינַי וּשְׁנֵי לֻחֹת הָעֵדֻת בְּיַד משֶׁה בְּרִדְתּוֹ מִן הָהָר וּמשֶׁה לֹא יָדַע כִּי קָרַן עוֹר פָּנָיו בְּדַבְּרוֹ אִתּוֹ:

ὡς δὲ κατέβαινεν Μωυσῆς ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους καὶ αἱ δύο πλάκες ἐπὶ τῶν χειρῶν Μωυσῆ καταβαίνοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους Μωυσῆς οὐκ ᾔδει ὅτι δεδόξασται ἡ ὄψις τοῦ χρώματος τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ λαλεῖν αὐτὸν αὐτῷ

Cumque descenderet Moyses de monte Sinai, tenebat duas tabulas testimonii, et ignorabat quod cornuta esset facies sua ex consortio sermonis Domini.

29 And it came to pass, when Moses came down from mount Sinai with the two tables of testimony in Moses' hand, when he came down from the mount, that Moses wist not that the skin of his face shone while he talked with him.

ל. וַיַּרְא אַהֲרֹן וְכָל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אֶת משֶׁה וְהִנֵּה קָרַן עוֹר פָּנָיו וַיִּירְאוּ מִגֶּשֶׁת אֵלָיו:

καὶ εἶδεν Ααρων καὶ πάντες οἱ πρεσβύτεροι Ισραηλ τὸν Μωυσῆν καὶ ἦν δεδοξασμένη ἡ ὄψις τοῦ χρώματος τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν ἐγγίσαι αὐτοῦ

Videntes autem Aaron et filii Israël cornutam Moysi faciem, timuerunt prope accedere.

30 And when Aaron and all the children of Israel saw Moses, behold, the skin of his face shone; and they were afraid to come nigh him.

לא. וַיִּקְרָא אֲלֵהֶם משֶׁה וַיָּשֻׁבוּ אֵלָיו אַהֲרֹן וְכָל הַנְּשִׂאִים בָּעֵדָה וַיְדַבֵּר משֶׁה אֲלֵהֶם:

καὶ ἐκάλεσεν αὐτοὺς Μωυσῆς καὶ ἐπεστράφησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν Ααρων καὶ πάντες οἱ ἄρχοντες τῆς συναγωγῆς καὶ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς Μωυσῆς

Vocatique ab eo, reversi sunt tam Aaron, quam principes synagogæ. Et postquam locutus est ad eos,

31 And Moses called unto them; and Aaron and all the rulers of the congregation returned unto him: and Moses talked with them.

לב. וְאַחֲרֵי כֵן נִגְּשׁוּ כָּל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וַיְצַוֵּם אֵת כָּל אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּר יְהֹוָה אִתּוֹ בְּהַר סִינָי:

καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα προσῆλθον πρὸς αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ καὶ ἐνετείλατο αὐτοῖς πάντα ὅσα ἐλάλησεν κύριος πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ ὄρει Σινα

venerunt ad eum etiam omnes filii Israël: quibus præcepit cuncta quæ audierat a Domino in monte Sinai.

32 And afterward all the children of Israel came nigh: and he gave them in commandment all that the LORD had spoken with him in mount Sinai.

לג. וַיְכַל משֶׁה מִדַּבֵּר אִתָּם וַיִּתֵּן עַל פָּנָיו מַסְוֶה:

καὶ ἐπειδὴ κατέπαυσεν λαλῶν πρὸς αὐτούς ἐπέθηκεν ἐπὶ τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ κάλυμμα

Impletisque sermonibus, posuit velamen super faciem suam.

33 And till Moses had done speaking with them, he put a vail on his face.

לד. וּבְבֹא משֶׁה לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה לְדַבֵּר אִתּוֹ יָסִיר אֶת הַמַּסְוֶה עַד צֵאתוֹ וְיָצָא וְדִבֶּר אֶל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אֵת אֲשֶׁר יְצֻוֶּה:

ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Μωυσῆς ἔναντι κυρίου λαλεῖν αὐτῷ περιῃρεῖτο τὸ κάλυμμα ἕως τοῦ ἐκπορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἐλάλει πᾶσιν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ ὅσα ἐνετείλατο αὐτῷ κύριος

Quod ingressus ad Dominum, et loquens cum eo, auferebat donec exiret, et tunc loquebatur ad filios Israël omnia quæ sibi fuerant imperata.

34 But when Moses went in before the LORD to speak with him, he took the vail off, until he came out. And he came out, and spake unto the children of Israel that which he was commanded.

לה. וְרָאוּ בְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אֶת פְּנֵי משֶׁה כִּי קָרַן עוֹר פְּנֵי משֶׁה וְהֵשִׁיב משֶׁה אֶת הַמַּסְוֶה עַל פָּנָיו עַד בֹּאוֹ לְדַבֵּר אִתּוֹ:

καὶ εἶδον οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ τὸ πρόσωπον Μωυσῆ ὅτι δεδόξασται καὶ περιέθηκεν Μωυσῆς κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὸ πρόσωπον ἑαυτοῦ ἕως ἂν εἰσέλθῃ συλλαλεῖν αὐτῷ

Qui videbant faciem egredientis Moysi esse cornutam, sed operiebat ille rursus faciem suam, siquando loquebatur ad eos.

35 And the children of Israel saw the face of Moses, that the skin of Moses' face shone: and Moses put the vail upon his face again, until he went in to speak with him.

לה

ΛΕʹ

Cap. 35

א. וַיַּקְהֵל משֶׁה אֶת כָּל עֲדַת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וַיֹּאמֶר אֲלֵהֶם אֵלֶּה הַדְּבָרִים אֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה לַעֲשׂת אֹתָם:

καὶ συνήθροισεν Μωυσῆς πᾶσαν συναγωγὴν υἱῶν Ισραηλ καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι οὓς εἶπεν κύριος ποιῆσαι αὐτούς

Igitur congregata omni turba filiorum Israël, dixit ad eos: Hæc sunt quæ jussit Dominus fieri.

1 And Moses gathered all the congregation of the children of Israel together, and said unto them, These are the words which the LORD hath commanded, that ye should do them.

ב. שֵׁשֶׁת יָמִים תֵּעָשֶׂה מְלָאכָה וּבַיּוֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי יִהְיֶה לָכֶם קֹדֶשׁ שַׁבַּת שַׁבָּתוֹן לַיהֹוָה כָּל הָעֹשֶׂה בוֹ מְלָאכָה יוּמָת:

ἓξ ἡμέρας ποιήσεις ἔργα τῇ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ κατάπαυσις ἅγιον σάββατα ἀνάπαυσις κυρίῳ πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν ἔργον ἐν αὐτῇ τελευτάτω

Sex diebus facietis opus: septimus dies erit vobis sanctus, sabbatum, et requies Domini: qui fecerit opus in eo, occidetur.

2 Six days shall work be done, but on the seventh day there shall be to you an holy day, a sabbath of rest to the LORD: whosoever doeth work therein shall be put to death.

ג. לֹא תְבַעֲרוּ אֵשׁ בְּכֹל משְׁבֹתֵיכֶם בְּיוֹם הַשַּׁבָּת:

οὐ καύσετε πῦρ ἐν πάσῃ κατοικίᾳ ὑμῶν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων ἐγὼ κύριος

Non succendetis ignem in omnibus habitaculis vestris per diem sabbati.

3 Ye shall kindle no fire throughout your habitations upon the sabbath day.

ד. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה אֶל כָּל עֲדַת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל לֵאמֹר זֶה הַדָּבָר אֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה לֵאמֹר:

καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς πρὸς πᾶσαν συναγωγὴν υἱῶν Ισραηλ λέγων τοῦτο τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ συνέταξεν κύριος λέγων

Et ait Moyses ad omnem catervam filiorum Israël: Iste est sermo quem præcepit Dominus, dicens:

4 And Moses spake unto all the congregation of the children of Israel, saying, This is the thing which the LORD commanded, saying,

ה. קְחוּ מֵאִתְּכֶם תְּרוּמָה לַיהֹוָה כֹּל נְדִיב לִבּוֹ יְבִיאֶהָ אֵת תְּרוּמַת יְהֹוָה זָהָב וָכֶסֶף וּנְחשֶׁת:

λάβετε παρ᾽ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἀφαίρεμα κυρίῳ πᾶς ὁ καταδεχόμενος τῇ καρδίᾳ οἴσουσιν τὰς ἀπαρχὰς κυρίῳ χρυσίον ἀργύριον χαλκόν

Separate apud vos primitias Domino. Omnis voluntarius et prono animo offerat eas Domino: aurum et argentum, et æs,

5 Take ye from among you an offering unto the LORD: whosoever is of a willing heart, let him bring it, an offering of the LORD; gold, and silver, and brass,

ו. וּתְכֵלֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן וְתוֹלַעַת שָׁנִי וְשֵׁשׁ וְעִזִּים:

ὑάκινθον πορφύραν κόκκινον διπλοῦν διανενησμένον καὶ βύσσον κεκλωσμένην καὶ τρίχας αἰγείας

hyacinthum et purpuram, coccumque bis tinctum, et byssum, pilos caprarum,

6 And blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine linen, and goats' hair,

ז. וְעֹרֹת אֵילִם מְאָדָּמִים וְעֹרֹת תְּחָשִׁים וַעֲצֵי שִׁטִּים:

καὶ δέρματα κριῶν ἠρυθροδανωμένα καὶ δέρματα ὑακίνθινα καὶ ξύλα ἄσηπτα

pellesque arietum rubricatas, et janthinas, ligna setim,

7 And rams' skins dyed red, and badgers' skins, and shittim wood,

ח. וְשֶׁמֶן לַמָּאוֹר וּבְשָׂמִים לְשֶׁמֶן הַמִּשְׁחָה וְלִקְטֹרֶת הַסַּמִּים:

et oleum ad luminaria concinnanda, et ut conficiatur unguentum, et thymiama suavissimum,

8 And oil for the light, and spices for anointing oil, and for the sweet incense,

ט. וְאַבְנֵי שֹׁהַם וְאַבְנֵי מִלֻּאִים לָאֵפוֹד וְלַחשֶׁן:

καὶ λίθους σαρδίου καὶ λίθους εἰς τὴν γλυφὴν εἰς τὴν ἐπωμίδα καὶ τὸν ποδήρη

lapides onychinos, et gemmas ad ornatum superhumeralis et rationalis.

9 And onyx stones, and stones to be set for the ephod, and for the breastplate.

י. וְכָל חֲכַם לֵב בָּכֶם יָבֹאוּ וְיַעֲשׂוּ אֵת כָּל אֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה:

καὶ πᾶς σοφὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλθὼν ἐργαζέσθω πάντα ὅσα συνέταξεν κύριος

Quisque vestrum sapiens est, veniat, et faciat quod Dominus imperavit:

10 And every wise hearted among you shall come, and make all that the LORD hath commanded;

יא. אֶת הַמִּשְׁכָּן אֶת אָהֳלוֹ וְאֶת מִכְסֵהוּ אֶת קְרָסָיו וְאֶת קְרָשָׁיו אֶת בְּרִיחָו אֶת עַמֻּדָיו וְאֶת אֲדָנָיו:

τὴν σκηνὴν καὶ τὰ παραρρύματα καὶ τὰ καλύμματα καὶ τὰ διατόνια καὶ τοὺς μοχλοὺς καὶ τοὺς στύλους

tabernaculum scilicet, et tectum ejus, atque operimentum, annulos, et tabulata cum vectibus, paxillos, et bases:

11 The tabernacle, his tent, and his covering, his taches, and his boards, his bars, his pillars, and his sockets,

יב. אֶת הָאָרֹן וְאֶת בַּדָּיו אֶת הַכַּפֹּרֶת וְאֵת פָּרֹכֶת הַמָּסָךְ:

καὶ τὴν κιβωτὸν τοῦ μαρτυρίου καὶ τοὺς ἀναφορεῖς αὐτῆς καὶ τὸ ἱλαστήριον αὐτῆς καὶ τὸ καταπέτασμα ~ καὶ τὰ ἱστία τῆς αὐλῆς καὶ τοὺς στύλους αὐτῆς καὶ τοὺς λίθους τῆς σμαράγδου καὶ τὸ θυμίαμα καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον τοῦ χρίσματος

arcam et vectes, propitiatorium, et velum, quod ante illud oppanditur:

12 The ark, and the staves thereof, with the mercy seat, and the vail of the covering,

יג. אֶת הַשֻּׁלְחָן וְאֶת בַּדָּיו וְאֶת כָּל כֵּלָיו וְאֵת לֶחֶם הַפָּנִים:

καὶ τὴν τράπεζαν καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη αὐτῆς

mensam cum vectibus et vasis, et propositionis panibus:

13 The table, and his staves, and all his vessels, and the shewbread,

יד. וְאֶת מְנֹרַת הַמָּאוֹר וְאֶת כֵּלֶיהָ וְאֶת נֵרֹתֶיהָ וְאֵת שֶׁמֶן הַמָּאוֹר:

καὶ τὴν λυχνίαν τοῦ φωτὸς καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη αὐτῆς

candelabrum ad luminaria sustentanda, vasa illius et lucernas, et oleum ad nutrimenta ignium:

14 The candlestick also for the light, and his furniture, and his lamps, with the oil for the light,

טו. וְאֶת מִזְבַּח הַקְּטֹרֶת וְאֶת בַּדָּיו וְאֵת שֶׁמֶן הַמִּשְׁחָה וְאֵת קְטֹרֶת הַסַּמִּים וְאֶת מָסַךְ הַפֶּתַח לְפֶתַח הַמִּשְׁכָּן:

altare thymiamatis, et vectes, et oleum unctionis et thymiama ex aromatibus: tentorium ad ostium tabernaculi:

15 And the incense altar, and his staves, and the anointing oil, and the sweet incense, and the hanging for the door at the entering in of the tabernacle,

טז. אֵת מִזְבַּח הָעֹלָה וְאֶת מִכְבַּר הַנְּחשֶׁת אֲשֶׁר לוֹ אֶת בַּדָּיו וְאֶת כָּל כֵּלָיו אֶת הַכִּיֹּר וְאֶת כַּנּוֹ:

καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ

altare holocausti, et craticulam ejus æneam cum vectibus et vasis suis: labrum et basim ejus:

16 The altar of burnt offering, with his brasen grate, his staves, and all his vessels, the laver and his foot,

יז. אֵת קַלְעֵי הֶחָצֵר אֶת עַמֻּדָיו וְאֶת אֲדָנֶיהָ וְאֵת מָסַךְ שַׁעַר הֶחָצֵר:

cortinas atrii cum columnis et basibus, tentorium in foribus vestibuli,

17 The hangings of the court, his pillars, and their sockets, and the hanging for the door of the court,

יח. אֶת יִתְדֹת הַמִּשְׁכָּן וְאֶת יִתְדֹת הֶחָצֵר וְאֶת מֵיתְרֵיהֶם:

paxillos tabernaculi et atrii cum funiculis suis:

18 The pins of the tabernacle, and the pins of the court, and their cords,

יט. אֶת בִּגְדֵי הַשְּׂרָד לְשָׁרֵת בַּקֹּדֶשׁ אֶת בִּגְדֵי הַקֹּדֶשׁ לְאַהֲרֹן הַכֹּהֵן וְאֶת בִּגְדֵי בָנָיו לְכַהֵן:

καὶ τὰς στολὰς τὰς ἁγίας Ααρων τοῦ ἱερέως καὶ τὰς στολάς ἐν αἷς λειτουργήσουσιν ἐν αὐταῖς καὶ τοὺς χιτῶνας τοῖς υἱοῖς Ααρων τῆς ἱερατείας καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον τοῦ χρίσματος καὶ τὸ θυμίαμα τῆς συνθέσεως

vestimenta, quorum usus est in ministerio sanctuarii, vestes Aaron pontificis ac filiorum ejus, ut sacerdotio fungantur mihi.

19 The cloths of service, to do service in the holy place, the holy garments for Aaron the priest, and the garments of his sons, to minister in the priest's office.

כ. וַיֵּצְאוּ כָּל עֲדַת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מִלִּפְנֵי משֶׁה:

καὶ ἐξῆλθεν πᾶσα συναγωγὴ υἱῶν Ισραηλ ἀπὸ Μωυσῆ

Egressaque omnis multitudo filiorum Israël de conspectu Moysi,

20 And all the congregation of the children of Israel departed from the presence of Moses.

כא. וַיָּבֹאוּ כָּל אִישׁ אֲשֶׁר נְשָׂאוֹ לִבּוֹ וְכֹל אֲשֶׁר נָדְבָה רוּחוֹ אֹתוֹ הֵבִיאוּ אֶת תְּרוּמַת יְהֹוָה לִמְלֶאכֶת אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וּלְכָל עֲבֹדָתוֹ וּלְבִגְדֵי הַקֹּדֶשׁ:

καὶ ἤνεγκαν ἕκαστος ὧν ἔφερεν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία καὶ ὅσοις ἔδοξεν τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτῶν ἤνεγκαν ἀφαίρεμα κυρίῳ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔργα τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ κάτεργα αὐτῆς καὶ εἰς πάσας τὰς στολὰς τοῦ ἁγίου

obtulerunt mente promptissima atque devota primitias Domino, ad faciendum opus tabernaculi testimonii. Quidquid ad cultum et ad vestes sanctas necessarium erat,

21 And they came, every one whose heart stirred him up, and every one whom his spirit made willing, and they brought the LORD's offering to the work of the tabernacle of the congregation, and for all his service, and for the holy garments.

כב. וַיָּבֹאוּ הָאֲנָשִׁים עַל הַנָּשִׁים כֹּל נְדִיב לֵב הֵבִיאוּ חָח וָנֶזֶם וְטַבַּעַת וְכוּמָז כָּל כְּלִי זָהָב וְכָל אִישׁ אֲשֶׁר הֵנִיף תְּנוּפַת זָהָב לַיהֹוָה:

καὶ ἤνεγκαν οἱ ἄνδρες παρὰ τῶν γυναικῶν πᾶς ᾧ ἔδοξεν τῇ διανοίᾳ ἤνεγκαν σφραγῖδας καὶ ἐνώτια καὶ δακτυλίους καὶ ἐμπλόκια καὶ περιδέξια πᾶν σκεῦος χρυσοῦν καὶ πάντες ὅσοι ἤνεγκαν ἀφαιρέματα χρυσίου κυρίῳ

viri cum mulieribus præbuerunt, armillas et inaures, annulos et dextralia: omne vas aureum in donaria Domini separatum est.

22 And they came, both men and women, as many as were willing hearted, and brought bracelets, and earrings, and rings, and tablets, all jewels of gold: and every man that offered offered an offering of gold unto the LORD.

כג. וְכָל אִישׁ אֲשֶׁר נִמְצָא אִתּוֹ תְּכֵלֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן וְתוֹלַעַת שָׁנִי וְשֵׁשׁ וְעִזִּים וְעֹרֹת אֵילִם מְאָדָּמִים וְעֹרֹת תְּחָשִׁים הֵבִיאוּ:

καὶ παρ᾽ ᾧ εὑρέθη βύσσος καὶ δέρματα ὑακίνθινα καὶ δέρματα κριῶν ἠρυθροδανωμένα ἤνεγκαν

Si quis habebat hyacinthum, et purpuram, coccumque bis tinctum, byssum et pilos caprarum, pelles arietum rubricatas, et janthinas,

Λςʹ

23 And every man, with whom was found blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine linen, and goats' hair, and red skins of rams, and badgers' skins, brought them.

כד. כָּל מֵרִים תְּרוּמַת כֶּסֶף וּנְחשֶׁת הֵבִיאוּ אֵת תְּרוּמַת יְהֹוָה וְכֹל אֲשֶׁר נִמְצָא אִתּוֹ עֲצֵי שִׁטִּים לְכָל מְלֶאכֶת הָעֲבֹדָה הֵבִיאוּ:

καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἀφαιρῶν ἀφαίρεμα ἀργύριον καὶ χαλκὸν ἤνεγκαν τὰ ἀφαιρέματα κυρίῳ καὶ παρ᾽ οἷς εὑρέθη ξύλα ἄσηπτα εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔργα τῆς κατασκευῆς ἤνεγκαν

argenti, ærisque metalla, obtulerunt Domino, lignaque setim in varios usus.

24 Every one that did offer an offering of silver and brass brought the LORD's offering: and every man, with whom was found shittim wood for any work of the service, brought it.

כה. וְכָל אִשָּׁה חַכְמַת לֵב בְּיָדֶיהָ טָווּ וַיָּבִיאוּ מַטְוֶה אֶת הַתְּכֵלֶת וְאֶת הָאַרְגָּמָן אֶת תּוֹלַעַת הַשָּׁנִי וְאֶת הַשֵּׁשׁ:

καὶ πᾶσα γυνὴ σοφὴ τῇ διανοίᾳ ταῖς χερσὶν νήθειν ἤνεγκαν νενησμένα τὴν ὑάκινθον καὶ τὴν πορφύραν καὶ τὸ κόκκινον καὶ τὴν βύσσον

Sed et mulieres doctæ, quæ neverant, dederunt hyacinthum, purpuram, et vermiculum, ac byssum,

25 And all the women that were wise hearted did spin with their hands, and brought that which they had spun, both of blue, and of purple, and of scarlet, and of fine linen.

כו. וְכָל הַנָּשִׁים אֲשֶׁר נָשָׂא לִבָּן אֹתָנָה בְּחָכְמָה טָווּ אֶת הָעִזִּים:

καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ γυναῖκες αἷς ἔδοξεν τῇ διανοίᾳ αὐτῶν ἐν σοφίᾳ ἔνησαν τὰς τρίχας τὰς αἰγείας

et pilos caprarum, sponte propria cuncta tribuentes.

26 And all the women whose heart stirred them up in wisdom spun goats' hair.

כז. וְהַנְּשִׂאִם הֵבִיאוּ אֵת אַבְנֵי הַשֹּׁהַם וְאֵת אַבְנֵי הַמִּלֻּאִים לָאֵפוֹד וְלַחשֶׁן:

καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες ἤνεγκαν τοὺς λίθους τῆς σμαράγδου καὶ τοὺς λίθους τῆς πληρώσεως εἰς τὴν ἐπωμίδα καὶ εἰς τὸ λογεῖον

Principes vero obtulerunt lapides onychinos, et gemmas ad superhumerale et rationale,

27 And the rulers brought onyx stones, and stones to be set, for the ephod, and for the breastplate;

כח. וְאֶת הַבֹּשֶׂם וְאֶת הַשָּׁמֶן לְמָאוֹר וּלְשֶׁמֶן הַמִּשְׁחָה וְלִקְטֹרֶת הַסַּמִּים:

καὶ τὰς συνθέσεις καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον τῆς χρίσεως καὶ τὴν σύνθεσιν τοῦ θυμιάματος

aromataque et oleum ad luminaria concinnanda, et ad præparandum unguentum, ac thymiama odoris suavissimi componendum.

28 And spice, and oil for the light, and for the anointing oil, and for the sweet incense.

כט. כָּל אִישׁ וְאִשָּׁה אֲשֶׁר נָדַב לִבָּם אֹתָם לְהָבִיא לְכָל הַמְּלָאכָה אֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה לַעֲשׂוֹת בְּיַד משֶׁה הֵבִיאוּ בְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל נְדָבָה לַיהֹוָה:

καὶ πᾶς ἀνὴρ καὶ γυνή ὧν ἔφερεν ἡ διάνοια αὐτῶν εἰσελθόντας ποιεῖν πάντα τὰ ἔργα ὅσα συνέταξεν κύριος ποιῆσαι αὐτὰ διὰ Μωυσῆ ἤνεγκαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ ἀφαίρεμα κυρίῳ

Omnes viri et mulieres mente devota obtulerunt donaria, ut fierent opera, quæ jusserat Dominus per manum Moysi. Cuncti filii Israël voluntaria Domino dedicaverunt.

29 The children of Israel brought a willing offering unto the LORD, every man and woman, whose heart made them willing to bring for all manner of work, which the LORD had commanded to be made by the hand of Moses.

ל. וַיֹּאמֶר משֶׁה אֶל בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל רְאוּ קָרָא יְהֹוָה בְּשֵׁם בְּצַלְאֵל בֶּן אוּרִי בֶן חוּר לְמַטֵּה יְהוּדָה:

καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραηλ ἰδοὺ ἀνακέκληκεν ὁ θεὸς ἐξ ὀνόματος τὸν Βεσελεηλ τὸν τοῦ Ουριου τὸν Ωρ ἐκ φυλῆς Ιουδα

Dixitque Moyses ad filios Israël: Ecce, vocavit Dominus ex nomine Beseleel filium Uri, filii Hur de tribu Juda,

30 And Moses said unto the children of Israel, See, the LORD hath called by name Bezaleel the son of Uri, the son of Hur, of the tribe of Judah;

לא. וַיְמַלֵּא אֹתוֹ רוּחַ אֱלֹהִים בְּחָכְמָה בִּתְבוּנָה וּבְדַעַת וּבְכָל מְלָאכָה:

καὶ ἐνέπλησεν αὐτὸν πνεῦμα θεῖον σοφίας καὶ συνέσεως καὶ ἐπιστήμης πάντων

implevitque eum spiritu Dei, sapientia et intelligentia, et scientia et omni doctrina,

31 And he hath filled him with the spirit of God, in wisdom, in understanding, and in knowledge, and in all manner of workmanship;

לב. וְלַחְשֹׁב מַחֲשָׁבֹת לַעֲשׂת בַּזָּהָב וּבַכֶּסֶף וּבַנְּחשֶׁת:

ἀρχιτεκτονεῖν κατὰ πάντα τὰ ἔργα τῆς ἀρχιτεκτονίας ποιεῖν τὸ χρυσίον καὶ τὸ ἀργύριον καὶ τὸν χαλκὸν

ad excogitandum, et faciendum opus in auro, et argento, et ære,

32 And to devise curious works, to work in gold, and in silver, and in brass,

לג. וּבַחֲרשֶׁת אֶבֶן לְמַלֹּאת וּבַחֲרשֶׁת עֵץ לַעֲשׂוֹת בְּכָל מְלֶאכֶת מַחֲשָׁבֶת:

καὶ λιθουργῆσαι τὸν λίθον καὶ κατεργάζεσθαι τὰ ξύλα καὶ ποιεῖν ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ σοφίας

sculpendisque lapidibus, et opere carpentario, quidquid fabre adinveniri potest,

33 And in the cutting of stones, to set them, and in carving of wood, to make any manner of cunning work.

לד. וּלְהוֹרֹת נָתַן בְּלִבּוֹ הוּא וְאָהֳלִיאָב בֶּן אֲחִיסָמָךְ לְמַטֵּה דָן:

καὶ προβιβάσαι γε ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ αὐτῷ τε καὶ Ελιαβ τῷ τοῦ Αχισαμακ ἐκ φυλῆς Δαν

dedit in corde ejus: Ooliab quoque filium Achisamech de tribu Dan:

34 And he hath put in his heart that he may teach, both he, and Aholiab, the son of Ahisamach, of the tribe of Dan.

לה. מִלֵּא אֹתָם חָכְמַת לֵב לַעֲשׂוֹת כָּל מְלֶאכֶת חָרָשׁ וְחשֵׁב וְרֹקֵם בַּתְּכֵלֶת וּבָאַרְגָּמָן בְּתוֹלַעַת הַשָּׁנִי וּבַשֵּׁשׁ וְאֹרֵג עֹשֵׂי כָּל מְלָאכָה וְחשְׁבֵי מַחֲשָׁבֹת:

ἐνέπλησεν αὐτοὺς σοφίας καὶ συνέσεως διανοίας πάντα συνιέναι ποιῆσαι τὰ ἔργα τοῦ ἁγίου καὶ τὰ ὑφαντὰ καὶ ποικιλτὰ ὑφᾶναι τῷ κοκκίνῳ καὶ τῇ βύσσῳ ποιεῖν πᾶν ἔργον ἀρχιτεκτονίας ποικιλίας

ambos erudivit sapientia, ut faciant opera abietarii, polymitarii, ac plumarii, de hyacintho ac purpura, coccoque bis tincto, et bysso, et texant omnia, ac nova quæque reperiant.

35 Them hath he filled with wisdom of heart, to work all manner of work, of the engraver, and of the cunning workman, and of the embroiderer, in blue, and in purple, in scarlet, and in fine linen, and of the weaver, even of them that do any work, and of those that devise cunning work.

לו

Λςʹ

Cap. 36

א. וְעָשָׂה בְצַלְאֵל וְאָהֳלִיאָב וְכֹל אִישׁ חֲכַם לֵב אֲשֶׁר נָתַן יְהֹוָה חָכְמָה וּתְבוּנָה בָּהֵמָּה לָדַעַת לַעֲשׂת אֶת כָּל מְלֶאכֶת עֲבֹדַת הַקֹּדֶשׁ לְכֹל אֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה:

καὶ ἐποίησεν Βεσελεηλ καὶ Ελιαβ καὶ πᾶς σοφὸς τῇ διανοίᾳ ᾧ ἐδόθη σοφία καὶ ἐπιστήμη ἐν αὐτοῖς συνιέναι ποιεῖν πάντα τὰ ἔργα κατὰ τὰ ἅγια καθήκοντα κατὰ πάντα ὅσα συνέταξεν κύριος

Fecit ergo Beseleel, et Ooliab, et omnis vir sapiens, quibus dedit Dominus sapientiam et intellectum, ut scirent fabre operari quæ in usus sanctuarii necessaria sunt, et quæ præcepit Dominus.

1 Then wrought Bezaleel and Aholiab, and every wise hearted man, in whom the LORD put wisdom and understanding to know how to work all manner of work for the service of the sanctuary, according to all that the LORD had commanded.

ב. וַיִּקְרָא משֶׁה אֶל בְּצַלְאֵל וְאֶל אָהֳלִיאָב וְאֶל כָּל אִישׁ חֲכַם לֵב אֲשֶׁר נָתַן יְהֹוָה חָכְמָה בְּלִבּוֹ כֹּל אֲשֶׁר נְשָׂאוֹ לִבּוֹ לְקָרְבָה אֶל הַמְּלָאכָה לַעֲשׂת אֹתָהּ:

καὶ ἐκάλεσεν Μωυσῆς Βεσελεηλ καὶ Ελιαβ καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἔχοντας τὴν σοφίαν ᾧ ἔδωκεν ὁ θεὸς ἐπιστήμην ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἑκουσίως βουλομένους προσπορεύεσθαι πρὸς τὰ ἔργα ὥστε συντελεῖν αὐτά

Cumque vocasset eos Moyses et omnem eruditum virum, cui dederat Dominus sapientiam, et qui sponte sua obtulerant se ad faciendum opus,

2 And Moses called Bezaleel and Aholiab, and every wise hearted man, in whose heart the LORD had put wisdom, even every one whose heart stirred him up to come unto the work to do it:

ג. וַיִּקְחוּ מִלִּפְנֵי משֶׁה אֵת כָּל הַתְּרוּמָה אֲשֶׁר הֵבִיאוּ בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל לִמְלֶאכֶת עֲבֹדַת הַקֹּדֶשׁ לַעֲשׂת אֹתָהּ וְהֵם הֵבִיאוּ אֵלָיו עוֹד נְדָבָה בַּבֹּקֶר בַּבֹּקֶר:

καὶ ἔλαβον παρὰ Μωυσῆ πάντα τὰ ἀφαιρέματα ἃ ἤνεγκαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔργα τοῦ ἁγίου ποιεῖν αὐτά καὶ αὐτοὶ προσεδέχοντο ἔτι τὰ προσφερόμενα παρὰ τῶν φερόντων τὸ πρωὶ πρωί

tradidit eis universa donaria filiorum Israël. Qui cum instarent operi, quotidie mane vota populus offerebat.

3 And they received of Moses all the offering, which the children of Israel had brought for the work of the service of the sanctuary, to make it withal. And they brought yet unto him free offerings every morning.

ד. וַיָּבֹאוּ כָּל הַחֲכָמִים הָעֹשִׂים אֵת כָּל מְלֶאכֶת הַקֹּדֶשׁ אִישׁ אִישׁ מִמְּלַאכְתּוֹ אֲשֶׁר הֵמָּה עֹשִׂים:

καὶ παρεγίνοντο πάντες οἱ σοφοὶ οἱ ποιοῦντες τὰ ἔργα τοῦ ἁγίου ἕκαστος κατὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ ἔργον ὃ αὐτοὶ ἠργάζοντο

Unde artifices venire compulsi,

4 And all the wise men, that wrought all the work of the sanctuary, came every man from his work which they made;

ה. וַיֹּאמְרוּ אֶל משֶׁה לֵּאמֹר מַרְבִּים הָעָם לְהָבִיא מִדֵּי הָעֲבֹדָה לַמְּלָאכָה אֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה לַעֲשׂת אֹתָהּ:

καὶ εἶπαν πρὸς Μωυσῆν ὅτι πλῆθος φέρει ὁ λαὸς παρὰ τὰ ἔργα ὅσα συνέταξεν κύριος ποιῆσαι

dixerunt Moysi: Plus offert populus quam necessarium est.

5 And they spake unto Moses, saying, The people bring much more than enough for the service of the work, which the LORD commanded to make.

ו. וַיְצַו משֶׁה וַיַּעֲבִירוּ קוֹל בַּמַּחֲנֶה לֵאמֹר אִישׁ וְאִשָּׁה אַל יַעֲשׂוּ עוֹד מְלָאכָה לִתְרוּמַת הַקֹּדֶשׁ וַיִּכָּלֵא הָעָם מֵהָבִיא:

καὶ προσέταξεν Μωυσῆς καὶ ἐκήρυξεν ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ λέγων ἀνὴρ καὶ γυνὴ μηκέτι ἐργαζέσθωσαν εἰς τὰς ἀπαρχὰς τοῦ ἁγίου καὶ ἐκωλύθη ὁ λαὸς ἔτι προσφέρειν

Jussit ergo Moyses præconis voce cantari: Nec vir, nec mulier quidquam offerat ultra in opere sanctuarii. Sicque cessatum est a muneribus offerendis,

6 And Moses gave commandment, and they caused it to be proclaimed throughout the camp, saying, Let neither man nor woman make any more work for the offering of the sanctuary. So the people were restrained from bringing.

ז. וְהַמְּלָאכָה הָיְתָה דַיָּם לְכָל הַמְּלָאכָה לַעֲשׂוֹת אֹתָהּ וְהוֹתֵר:

καὶ τὰ ἔργα ἦν αὐτοῖς ἱκανὰ εἰς τὴν κατασκευὴν ποιῆσαι καὶ προσκατέλιπον

eo quod oblata sufficerent et superabundarent.

7 For the stuff they had was sufficient for all the work to make it, and too much.

ח. וַיַּעֲשׂוּ כָל חֲכַם לֵב בְּעֹשֵׂי הַמְּלָאכָה אֶת הַמִּשְׁכָּן עֶשֶׂר יְרִיעֹת שֵׁשׁ מָשְׁזָר וּתְכֵלֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן וְתוֹלַעַת שָׁנִי כְּרֻבִים מַעֲשֵׂה חשֵׁב עָשָׂה אֹתָם:

καὶ ἐποίησεν πᾶς σοφὸς ἐν τοῖς ἐργαζομένοις τὰς στολὰς τῶν ἁγίων αἵ εἰσιν Ααρων τῷ ἱερεῖ καθὰ συνέταξεν κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ

Feceruntque omnes corde sapientes ad explendum opus tabernaculi, cortinas decem de bysso retorta, et hyacintho, et purpura, coccoque bis tincto, opere vario, et arte polymita:

8 And every wise hearted man among them that wrought the work of the tabernacle made ten curtains of fine twined linen, and blue, and purple, and scarlet: with cherubims of cunning work made he them.

ט. אֹרֶךְ הַיְרִיעָה הָאַחַת שְׁמֹנֶה וְעֶשְׂרִים בָּאַמָּה וְרֹחַב אַרְבַּע בָּאַמָּה הַיְרִיעָה הָאֶחָת מִדָּה אַחַת לְכָל הַיְרִיעֹת:

καὶ ἐποίησαν τὴν ἐπωμίδα ἐκ χρυσίου καὶ ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου νενησμένου καὶ βύσσου κεκλωσμένης

quarum una habebat in longitudine viginti octo cubitos, et in latitudine quatuor; una mensura erat omnium cortinarum.

9 The length of one curtain was twenty and eight cubits, and the breadth of one curtain four cubits: the curtains were all of one size.

י. וַיְחַבֵּר אֶת חֲמֵשׁ הַיְרִיעֹת אַחַת אֶל אֶחָת וְחָמֵשׁ יְרִיעֹת חִבַּר אַחַת אֶל אֶחָת:

καὶ ἐτμήθη τὰ πέταλα τοῦ χρυσίου τρίχες ὥστε συνυφᾶναι σὺν τῇ ὑακίνθῳ καὶ τῇ πορφύρᾳ καὶ σὺν τῷ κοκκίνῳ τῷ διανενησμένῳ καὶ σὺν τῇ βύσσῳ τῇ κεκλωσμένῃ ἔργον ὑφαντόν

Conjunxitque cortinas quinque, alteram alteri, et alias quinque sibi invicem copulavit.

10 And he coupled the five curtains one unto another: and the other five curtains he coupled one unto another.

יא. וַיַּעַשׂ לֻלְאֹת תְּכֵלֶת עַל שְׂפַת הַיְרִיעָה הָאֶחָת מִקָּצָה בַּמַּחְבָּרֶת כֵּן עָשָׂה בִּשְׂפַת הַיְרִיעָה הַקִּיצוֹנָה בַּמַּחְבֶּרֶת הַשֵּׁנִית:

ἐποίησαν αὐτὸ ἐπωμίδας συνεχούσας ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν μερῶν

Fecit et ansas hyacinthinas in ora cortinæ unius ex utroque latere, et in ora cortinæ alterius similiter,

11 And he made loops of blue on the edge of one curtain from the selvedge in the coupling: likewise he made in the uttermost side of another curtain, in the coupling of the second.

יב. חֲמִשִּׁים לֻלָאֹת עָשָׂה בַּיְרִיעָה הָאֶחָת וַחֲמִשִּׁים לֻלָאֹת עָשָׂה בִּקְצֵה הַיְרִיעָה אֲשֶׁר בַּמַּחְבֶּרֶת הַשֵּׁנִית מַקְבִּילֹת הַלֻּלָאֹת אַחַת אֶל אֶחָת:

ἔργον ὑφαντὸν εἰς ἄλληλα συμπεπλεγμένον καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸ ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἐποίησαν κατὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ ποίησιν ἐκ χρυσίου καὶ ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου διανενησμένου καὶ βύσσου κεκλωσμένης καθὰ συνέταξεν κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ

ut contra se invicem venirent ansæ, et mutuo jungerentur.

12 Fifty loops made he in one curtain, and fifty loops made he in the edge of the curtain which was in the coupling of the second: the loops held one curtain to another.

יג. וַיַּעַשׂ חֲמִשִּׁים קַרְסֵי זָהָב וַיְחַבֵּר אֶת הַיְרִיעֹת אַחַת אֶל אַחַת בַּקְּרָסִים וַיְהִי הַמִּשְׁכָּן אֶחָד:

καὶ ἐποίησαν ἀμφοτέρους τοὺς λίθους τῆς σμαράγδου συμπεπορπημένους καὶ περισεσιαλωμένους χρυσίῳ γεγλυμμένους καὶ ἐκκεκολαμμένους ἐκκόλαμμα σφραγῖδος ἐκ τῶν ὀνομάτων τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ

Unde et quinquaginta fudit circulos aureos, qui morderent cortinarum ansas, et fieret unum tabernaculum.

13 And he made fifty taches of gold, and coupled the curtains one unto another with the taches: so it became one tabernacle.

יד. וַיַּעַשׂ יְרִיעֹת עִזִּים לְאֹהֶל עַל הַמִּשְׁכָּן עַשְׁתֵּי עֶשְׂרֵה יְרִיעֹת עָשָׂה אֹתָם:

καὶ ἐπέθηκεν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῆς ἐπωμίδος λίθους μνημοσύνου τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ καθὰ συνέταξεν κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ

Fecit et saga undecim de pilis caprarum ad operiendum tectum tabernaculi:

14 And he made curtains of goats' hair for the tent over the tabernacle: eleven curtains he made them.

טו. אֹרֶךְ הַיְרִיעָה הָאַחַת שְׁלשִׁים בָּאַמָּה וְאַרְבַּע אַמּוֹת רֹחַב הַיְרִיעָה הָאֶחָת מִדָּה אַחַת לְעַשְׁתֵּי עֶשְׂרֵה יְרִיעֹת:

καὶ ἐποίησαν λογεῖον ἔργον ὑφαντὸν ποικιλίᾳ κατὰ τὸ ἔργον τῆς ἐπωμίδος ἐκ χρυσίου καὶ ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου διανενησμένου καὶ βύσσου κεκλωσμένης

unum sagum in longitudine habebat cubitos triginta, et in latitudine cubitos quatuor: unius mensuræ erant omnia saga:

15 The length of one curtain was thirty cubits, and four cubits was the breadth of one curtain: the eleven curtains were of one size.

טז. וַיְחַבֵּר אֶת חֲמֵשׁ הַיְרִיעֹת לְבָד וְאֶת שֵׁשׁ הַיְרִיעֹת לְבָד:

τετράγωνον διπλοῦν ἐποίησαν τὸ λογεῖον σπιθαμῆς τὸ μῆκος καὶ σπιθαμῆς τὸ εὖρος διπλοῦν

quorum quinque junxit seorsum, et sex alia separatim.

16 And he coupled five curtains by themselves, and six curtains by themselves.

יז. וַיַּעַשׂ לֻלָאֹת חֲמִשִּׁים עַל שְׂפַת הַיְרִיעָה הַקִּיצֹנָה בַּמַּחְבָּרֶת וַחֲמִשִּׁים לֻלָאֹת עָשָׂה עַל שְׂפַת הַיְרִיעָה הַחֹבֶרֶת הַשֵּׁנִית:

καὶ συνυφάνθη ἐν αὐτῷ ὕφασμα κατάλιθον τετράστιχον στίχος λίθων σάρδιον καὶ τοπάζιον καὶ σμάραγδος ὁ στίχος ὁ εἷς

Fecitque ansas quinquaginta in ora sagi unius, et quinquaginta in ora sagi alterius, ut sibi invicem jungerentur.

17 And he made fifty loops upon the uttermost edge of the curtain in the coupling, and fifty loops made he upon the edge of the curtain which coupleth the second.

יח. וַיַּעַשׂ קַרְסֵי נְחשֶׁת חֲמִשִּׁים לְחַבֵּר אֶת הָאֹהֶל לִהְיֹת אֶחָד:

καὶ ὁ στίχος ὁ δεύτερος ἄνθραξ καὶ σάπφειρος καὶ ἴασπις

Et fibulas æneas quinquaginta, quibus necteretur tectum, ut unum pallium ex omnibus sagis fieret.

18 And he made fifty taches of brass to couple the tent together, that it might be one.

יט. וַיַּעַשׂ מִכְסֶה לָאֹהֶל עֹרֹת אֵילִם מְאָדָּמִים וּמִכְסֵה עֹרֹת תְּחָשִׁים מִלְמָעְלָה:

καὶ ὁ στίχος ὁ τρίτος λιγύριον καὶ ἀχάτης καὶ ἀμέθυστος

Fecit et opertorium tabernaculi de pellibus arietum rubricatis: aliudque desuper velamentum de pellibus janthinis.

19 And he made a covering for the tent of rams' skins dyed red, and a covering of badgers' skins above that.

כ. וַיַּעַשׂ אֶת הַקְּרָשִׁים לַמִּשְׁכָּן עֲצֵי שִׁטִּים עֹמְדִים:

καὶ ὁ στίχος ὁ τέταρτος χρυσόλιθος καὶ βηρύλλιον καὶ ὀνύχιον περικεκυκλωμένα χρυσίῳ καὶ συνδεδεμένα χρυσίῳ

Fecit et tabulas tabernaculi de lignis setim stantes.

20 And he made boards for the tabernacle of shittim wood, standing up.

כא. עֶשֶׂר אַמֹּת אֹרֶךְ הַקָּרֶשׁ וְאַמָּה וַחֲצִי הָאַמָּה רֹחַב הַקֶּרֶשׁ הָאֶחָד:

καὶ οἱ λίθοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν ὀνομάτων τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ δώδεκα ἐκ τῶν ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν ἐγγεγραμμένα εἰς σφραγῖδας ἕκαστος ἐκ τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ ὀνόματος εἰς τὰς δώδεκα φυλάς

Decem cubitorum erat longitudo tabulæ unius: et unum ac semis cubitum latitudo retinebat.

21 The length of a board was ten cubits, and the breadth of a board one cubit and a half.

כב. שְׁתֵּי יָדֹת לַקֶּרֶשׁ הָאֶחָד מְשֻׁלָּבֹת אַחַת אֶל אֶחָת כֵּן עָשָׂה לְכֹל קַרְשֵׁי הַמִּשְׁכָּן:

καὶ ἐποίησαν ἐπὶ τὸ λογεῖον κροσσοὺς συμπεπλεγμένους ἔργον ἐμπλοκίου ἐκ χρυσίου καθαροῦ

Binæ incastraturæ erant per singulas tabulas, ut altera alteri jungeretur. Sic fecit in omnibus tabernaculi tabulis.

22 One board had two tenons, equally distant one from another: thus did he make for all the boards of the tabernacle.

כג. וַיַּעַשׂ אֶת הַקְּרָשִׁים לַמִּשְׁכָּן עֶשְׂרִים קְרָשִׁים לִפְאַת נֶגֶב תֵּימָנָה:

καὶ ἐποίησαν δύο ἀσπιδίσκας χρυσᾶς καὶ δύο δακτυλίους χρυσοῦς καὶ ἐπέθηκαν τοὺς δύο δακτυλίους τοὺς χρυσοῦς ἐπ᾽ ἀμφοτέρας τὰς ἀρχὰς τοῦ λογείου

E quibus viginti ad plagam meridianam erant contra austrum,

23 And he made boards for the tabernacle; twenty boards for the south side southward:

כד. וְאַרְבָּעִים אַדְנֵי כֶסֶף עָשָׂה תַּחַת עֶשְׂרִים הַקְּרָשִׁים שְׁנֵי אֲדָנִים תַּחַת הַקֶּרֶשׁ הָאֶחָד לִשְׁתֵּי יְדֹתָיו וּשְׁנֵי אֲדָנִים תַּחַת הַקֶּרֶשׁ הָאֶחָד לִשְׁתֵּי יְדֹתָיו:

καὶ ἐπέθηκαν τὰ ἐμπλόκια ἐκ χρυσίου ἐπὶ τοὺς δακτυλίους ἐπ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν μερῶν τοῦ λογείου

cum quadraginta basibus argenteis. Duæ bases sub una tabula ponebantur ex utraque parte angulorum, ubi incastraturæ laterum in angulis terminantur.

24 And forty sockets of silver he made under the twenty boards; two sockets under one board for his two tenons, and two sockets under another board for his two tenons.

כה. וּלְצֶלַע הַמִּשְׁכָּן הַשֵּׁנִית לִפְאַת צָפוֹן עָשָׂה עֶשְׂרִים קְרָשִׁים:

καὶ εἰς τὰς δύο συμβολὰς τὰ δύο ἐμπλόκια καὶ ἐπέθηκαν ἐπὶ τὰς δύο ἀσπιδίσκας καὶ ἐπέθηκαν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῆς ἐπωμίδος ἐξ ἐναντίας κατὰ πρόσωπον

Ad plagam quoque tabernaculi, quæ respicit ad aquilonem, fecit viginti tabulas,

25 And for the other side of the tabernacle, which is toward the north corner, he made twenty boards,

כו. וְאַרְבָּעִים אַדְנֵיהֶם כָּסֶף שְׁנֵי אֲדָנִים תַּחַת הַקֶּרֶשׁ הָאֶחָד וּשְׁנֵי אֲדָנִים תַּחַת הַקֶּרֶשׁ הָאֶחָד:

καὶ ἐποίησαν δύο δακτυλίους χρυσοῦς καὶ ἐπέθηκαν ἐπὶ τὰ δύο πτερύγια ἐπ᾽ ἄκρου τοῦ λογείου ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ ὀπισθίου τῆς ἐπωμίδος ἔσωθεν

cum quadraginta basibus argenteis, duas bases per singulas tabulas.

ΛZʹ

26 And their forty sockets of silver; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board.

כז. וּלְיַרְכְּתֵי הַמִּשְׁכָּן יָמָּה עָשָׂה שִׁשָּׁה קְרָשִׁים:

καὶ ἐποίησαν δύο δακτυλίους χρυσοῦς καὶ ἐπέθηκαν ἐπ᾽ ἀμφοτέρους τοὺς ὤμους τῆς ἐπωμίδος κάτωθεν αὐτοῦ κατὰ πρόσωπον κατὰ τὴν συμβολὴν ἄνωθεν τῆς συνυφῆς τῆς ἐπωμίδος

Contra occidentem vero, id est, ad eam partem tabernaculi quæ mare respicit, fecit sex tabulas,

27 And for the sides of the tabernacle westward he made six boards.

כח. וּשְׁנֵי קְרָשִׁים עָשָׂה לִמְקֻצְעֹת הַמִּשְׁכָּן בַּיַּרְכָתָיִם:

καὶ συνέσφιγξεν τὸ λογεῖον ἀπὸ τῶν δακτυλίων τῶν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ εἰς τοὺς δακτυλίους τῆς ἐπωμίδος συνεχομένους ἐκ τῆς ὑακίνθου συμπεπλεγμένους εἰς τὸ ὕφασμα τῆς ἐπωμίδος ἵνα μὴ χαλᾶται τὸ λογεῖον ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπωμίδος καθὰ συνέταξεν κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ

et duas alias per singulos angulos tabernaculi retro:

28 And two boards made he for the corners of the tabernacle in the two sides.

כט. וְהָיוּ תוֹאֲמִם מִלְּמַטָּה וְיַחְדָּו יִהְיוּ תַמִּים אֶל רֹאשׁוֹ אֶל הַטַּבַּעַת הָאֶחָת כֵּן עָשָׂה לִשְׁנֵיהֶם לִשְׁנֵי הַמִּקְצֹעֹת:

καὶ ἐποίησαν τὸν ὑποδύτην ὑπὸ τὴν ἐπωμίδα ἔργον ὑφαντὸν ὅλον ὑακίνθινον

quæ junctæ erant a deorsum usque sursum, et in unam compaginem pariter ferebantur. Ita fecit ex utraque parte per angulos:

29 And they were coupled beneath, and coupled together at the head thereof, to one ring: thus he did to both of them in both the corners.

ל. וְהָיוּ שְׁמֹנָה קְרָשִׁים וְאַדְנֵיהֶם כֶּסֶף שִׁשָּׁה עָשָׂר אֲדָנִים שְׁנֵי אֲדָנִים שְׁנֵי אֲדָנִים תַּחַת הַקֶּרֶשׁ הָאֶחָד:

τὸ δὲ περιστόμιον τοῦ ὑποδύτου ἐν τῷ μέσῳ διυφασμένον συμπλεκτόν ᾤαν ἔχον κύκλῳ τὸ περιστόμιον ἀδιάλυτον

ut octo essent simul tabulæ, et haberent bases argenteas sedecim, binas scilicet bases sub singulis tabulis.

30 And there were eight boards; and their sockets were sixteen sockets of silver, under every board two sockets.

לא. וַיַּעַשׂ בְּרִיחֵי עֲצֵי שִׁטִּים חֲמִשָּׁה לְקַרְשֵׁי צֶלַע הַמִּשְׁכָּן הָאֶחָת:

καὶ ἐποίησαν ἐπὶ τοῦ λώματος τοῦ ὑποδύτου κάτωθεν ὡς ἐξανθούσης ῥόας ῥοίσκους ἐξ ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου νενησμένου καὶ βύσσου κεκλωσμένης

Fecit et vectes de lignis setim, quinque ad continendas tabulas unius lateris tabernaculi,

31 And he made bars of shittim wood; five for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle,

לב. וַחֲמִשָּׁה בְרִיחִם לְקַרְשֵׁי צֶלַע הַמִּשְׁכָּן הַשֵּׁנִית וַחֲמִשָּׁה בְרִיחִם לְקַרְשֵׁי הַמִּשְׁכָּן לַיַּרְכָתַיִם יָמָּה:

καὶ ἐποίησαν κώδωνας χρυσοῦς καὶ ἐπέθηκαν τοὺς κώδωνας ἐπὶ τὸ λῶμα τοῦ ὑποδύτου κύκλῳ ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ῥοίσκων

et quinque alios ad alterius lateris coaptandas tabulas: et extra hos, quinque alios vectes ad occidentalem plagam tabernaculi contra mare.

32 And five bars for the boards of the other side of the tabernacle, and five bars for the boards of the tabernacle for the sides westward.

לג. וַיַּעַשׂ אֶת הַבְּרִיחַ הַתִּיכֹן לִבְרֹחַ בְּתוֹךְ הַקְּרָשִׁים מִן הַקָּצֶה אֶל הַקָּצֶה:

κώδων χρυσοῦς καὶ ῥοίσκος ἐπὶ τοῦ λώματος τοῦ ὑποδύτου κύκλῳ εἰς τὸ λειτουργεῖν καθὰ συνέταξεν κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ

Fecit quoque vectem alium, qui per medias tabulas ab angulo usque ad angulum perveniret.

33 And he made the middle bar to shoot through the boards from the one end to the other.

לד. וְאֶת הַקְּרָשִׁים צִפָּה זָהָב וְאֶת טַבְּעֹתָם עָשָׂה זָהָב בָּתִּים לַבְּרִיחִם וַיְצַף אֶת הַבְּרִיחִם זָהָב:

καὶ ἐποίησαν χιτῶνας βυσσίνους ἔργον ὑφαντὸν Ααρων καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ

Ipsa autem tabulata deauravit, fusis basibus earum argenteis. Et circulos eorum fecit aureos, per quos vectes induci possent: quos et ipsos laminis aureis operuit.

34 And he overlaid the boards with gold, and made their rings of gold to be places for the bars, and overlaid the bars with gold.

לה. וַיַּעַשׂ אֶת הַפָּרֹכֶת תְּכֵלֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן וְתוֹלַעַת שָׁנִי וְשֵׁשׁ מָשְׁזָר מַעֲשֵׂה חשֵׁב עָשָׂה אֹתָהּ כְּרֻבִים:

καὶ τὰς κιδάρεις ἐκ βύσσου καὶ τὴν μίτραν ἐκ βύσσου καὶ τὰ περισκελῆ ἐκ βύσσου κεκλωσμένης

Fecit et velum de hyacintho, et purpura, vermiculo, ac bysso retorta, opere polymitario, varium atque distinctum:

35 And he made a vail of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen: with cherubims made he it of cunning work.

לו. וַיַּעַשׂ לָהּ אַרְבָּעָה עַמּוּדֵי שִׁטִּים וַיְצַפֵּם זָהָב וָוֵיהֶם זָהָב וַיִּצֹק לָהֶם אַרְבָּעָה אַדְנֵי כָסֶף:

καὶ τὰς ζώνας αὐτῶν ἐκ βύσσου καὶ ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου νενησμένου ἔργον ποικιλτοῦ ὃν τρόπον συνέταξεν κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ

et quatuor columnas de lignis setim, quas cum capitibus deauravit, fusis basibus earum argenteis.

36 And he made thereunto four pillars of shittim wood, and overlaid them with gold: their hooks were of gold; and he cast for them four sockets of silver.

לז. וַיַּעַשׂ מָסָךְ לְפֶתַח הָאֹהֶל תְּכֵלֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן וְתוֹלַעַת שָׁנִי וְשֵׁשׁ מָשְׁזָר מַעֲשֵׂה רֹקֵם:

καὶ ἐποίησαν τὸ πέταλον τὸ χρυσοῦν ἀφόρισμα τοῦ ἁγίου χρυσίου καθαροῦ καὶ ἔγραψεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ γράμματα ἐκτετυπωμένα σφραγῖδος ἁγίασμα κυρίῳ

Fecit et tentorium in introitu tabernaculi ex hyacintho, purpura, vermiculo, byssoque retorta, opere plumarii:

37 And he made an hanging for the tabernacle door of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, of needlework;

לח. וְאֶת עַמּוּדָיו חֲמִשָּׁה וְאֶת וָוֵיהֶם וְצִפָּה רָאשֵׁיהֶם וַחֲשֻׁקֵיהֶם זָהָב וְאַדְנֵיהֶם חֲמִשָּׁה נְחשֶׁת:

καὶ ἐπέθηκαν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸ λῶμα ὑακίνθινον ὥστε ἐπικεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τὴν μίτραν ἄνωθεν ὃν τρόπον συνέταξεν κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ

et columnas quinque cum capitibus suis, quas operuit auro, basesque earum fudit æneas.

38 And the five pillars of it with their hooks: and he overlaid their chapiters and their fillets with gold: but their five sockets were of brass.

לז

ΛZʹ

Cap. 37

א. וַיַּעַשׂ בְּצַלְאֵל אֶת הָאָרֹן עֲצֵי שִׁטִּים אַמָּתַיִם וָחֵצִי אָרְכּוֹ וְאַמָּה וָחֵצִי רָחְבּוֹ וְאַמָּה וָחֵצִי קֹמָתוֹ:

καὶ ἐποίησαν τῇ σκηνῇ δέκα αὐλαίας

Fecit autem Beseleel et arcam de lignis setim, habentem duos semis cubitos in longitudine, et cubitum ac semissem in latitudine, altitudo quoque unius cubiti fuit et dimidii: vestivitque eam auro purissimo intus ac foris.

1 And Bezaleel made the ark of shittim wood: two cubits and a half was the length of it, and a cubit and a half the breadth of it, and a cubit and a half the height of it:

ב. וַיְצַפֵּהוּ זָהָב טָהוֹר מִבַּיִת וּמִחוּץ וַיַּעַשׂ לוֹ זֵר זָהָב סָבִיב:

ὀκτὼ καὶ εἴκοσι πήχεων μῆκος τῆς αὐλαίας τῆς μιᾶς τὸ αὐτὸ ἦσαν πᾶσαι καὶ τεσσάρων πηχῶν τὸ εὖρος τῆς αὐλαίας τῆς μιᾶς

Et fecit illi coronam auream per gyrum,

2 And he overlaid it with pure gold within and without, and made a crown of gold to it round about.

ג. וַיִּצֹק לוֹ אַרְבַּע טַבְּעֹת זָהָב עַל אַרְבַּע פַּעֲמֹתָיו וּשְׁתֵּי טַבָּעֹת עַל צַלְעוֹ הָאֶחָת וּשְׁתֵּי טַבָּעֹת עַל צַלְעוֹ הַשֵּׁנִית:

καὶ ἐποίησαν τὸ καταπέτασμα ἐξ ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου νενησμένου καὶ βύσσου κεκλωσμένης ἔργον ὑφάντου χερουβιμ

conflans quatuor annulos aureos per quatuor angulos ejus: duos annulos in latere uno, et duos in altero.

3 And he cast for it four rings of gold, to be set by the four corners of it; even two rings upon the one side of it, and two rings upon the other side of it.

ד. וַיַּעַשׂ בַּדֵּי עֲצֵי שִׁטִּים וַיְצַף אֹתָם זָהָב:

καὶ ἐπέθηκαν αὐτὸ ἐπὶ τέσσαρας στύλους ἀσήπτους κατακεχρυσωμένους ἐν χρυσίῳ καὶ αἱ κεφαλίδες αὐτῶν χρυσαῖ καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν τέσσαρες ἀργυραῖ

Vectes quoque fecit de lignis setim, quos vestivit auro,

4 And he made staves of shittim wood, and overlaid them with gold.

ה. וַיָּבֵא אֶת הַבַּדִּים בַּטַּבָּעֹת עַל צַלְעֹת הָאָרֹן לָשֵׂאת אֶת הָאָרֹן:

καὶ ἐποίησαν τὸ καταπέτασμα τῆς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἐξ ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου νενησμένου καὶ βύσσου κεκλωσμένης ἔργον ὑφάντου χερουβιμ

et quos misit in annulos, qui erant in lateribus arcæ ad portandum eam.

5 And he put the staves into the rings by the sides of the ark, to bear the ark.

ו. וַיַּעַשׂ כַּפֹּרֶת זָהָב טָהוֹר אַמָּתַיִם וָחֵצִי אָרְכָּהּ וְאַמָּה וָחֵצִי רָחְבָּהּ:

καὶ τοὺς στύλους αὐτοῦ πέντε καὶ τοὺς κρίκους καὶ τὰς κεφαλίδας αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς ψαλίδας αὐτῶν κατεχρύσωσαν χρυσίῳ καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν πέντε χαλκαῖ

Fecit et propitiatorium, id est, oraculum, de auro mundissimo, duorum cubitorum et dimidii in longitudine, et cubiti ac semis in latitudine.

6 And he made the mercy seat of pure gold: two cubits and a half was the length thereof, and one cubit and a half the breadth thereof.

ז. וַיַּעַשׂ שְׁנֵי כְרֻבִים זָהָב מִקְשָׁה עָשָׂה אֹתָם מִשְּׁנֵי קְצוֹת הַכַּפֹּרֶת:

καὶ ἐποίησαν τὴν αὐλήν τὰ πρὸς λίβα ἱστία τῆς αὐλῆς ἐκ βύσσου κεκλωσμένης ἑκατὸν ἐφ᾽ ἑκατόν

Duos etiam cherubim ex auro ductili, quos posuit ex utraque parte propitiatorii:

7 And he made two cherubims of gold, beaten out of one piece made he them, on the two ends of the mercy seat;

ח. כְּרוּב אֶחָד מִקָּצָה מִזֶּה וּכְרוּב אֶחָד מִקָּצָה מִזֶּה מִן הַכַּפֹּרֶת עָשָׂה אֶת הַכְּרֻבִים מִשְּׁנֵי קְצוֹתָיו:

καὶ οἱ στῦλοι αὐτῶν εἴκοσι καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν εἴκοσι

cherub unum in summitate unius partis, et cherub alterum in summitate partis alterius: duos cherubim in singulis summitatibus propitiatorii,

8 One cherub on the end on this side, and another cherub on the other end on that side: out of the mercy seat made he the cherubims on the two ends thereof.

ט. וַיִּהְיוּ הַכְּרֻבִים פֹּרְשֵׂי כְנָפַיִם לְמַעְלָה סֹכְכִים בְּכַנְפֵיהֶם עַל הַכַּפֹּרֶת וּפְנֵיהֶם אִישׁ אֶל אָחִיו אֶל הַכַּפֹּרֶת הָיוּ פְּנֵי הַכְּרֻבִים:

καὶ τὸ κλίτος τὸ πρὸς βορρᾶν ἑκατὸν ἐφ᾽ ἑκατόν καὶ οἱ στῦλοι αὐτῶν εἴκοσι καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν εἴκοσι

extendentes alas, et tegentes propitiatorium, seque mutuo et illud respicientes.

9 And the cherubims spread out their wings on high, and covered with their wings over the mercy seat, with their faces one to another; even to the mercy seatward were the faces of the cherubims.

י. וַיַּעַשׂ אֶת הַשֻּׁלְחָן עֲצֵי שִׁטִּים אַמָּתַיִם אָרְכּוֹ וְאַמָּה רָחְבּוֹ וְאַמָּה וָחֵצִי קֹמָתוֹ:

καὶ τὸ κλίτος τὸ πρὸς θάλασσαν αὐλαῖαι πεντήκοντα πήχεων στῦλοι αὐτῶν δέκα καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν δέκα

Fecit et mensam de lignis setim in longitudine duorum cubitorum, et in latitudine unius cubiti, quæ habebat in altitudine cubitum ac semissem.

10 And he made the table of shittim wood: two cubits was the length thereof, and a cubit the breadth thereof, and a cubit and a half the height thereof:

יא. וַיְצַף אֹתוֹ זָהָב טָהוֹר וַיַּעַשׂ לוֹ זֵר זָהָב סָבִיב:

καὶ τὸ κλίτος τὸ πρὸς ἀνατολὰς πεντήκοντα πήχεων

Circumdeditque eam auro mundissimo, et fecit illi labium aureum per gyrum,

11 And he overlaid it with pure gold, and made thereunto a crown of gold round about.

יב. וַיַּעַשׂ לוֹ מִסְגֶּרֶת טֹפַח סָבִיב וַיַּעַשׂ זֵר זָהָב לְמִסְגַּרְתּוֹ סָבִיב:

ἱστία πεντεκαίδεκα πήχεων τὸ κατὰ νώτου καὶ οἱ στῦλοι αὐτῶν τρεῖς καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν τρεῖς

ipsique labio coronam auream interrasilem quatuor digitorum, et super eamdem, alteram coronam auream.

12 Also he made thereunto a border of an handbreadth round about; and made a crown of gold for the border thereof round about.

יג. וַיִּצֹק לוֹ אַרְבַּע טַבְּעֹת זָהָב וַיִּתֵּן אֶת הַטַּבָּעֹת עַל אַרְבַּע הַפֵּאֹת אֲשֶׁר לְאַרְבַּע רַגְלָיו:

καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ νώτου τοῦ δευτέρου ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν κατὰ τὴν πύλην τῆς αὐλῆς αὐλαῖαι πεντεκαίδεκα πήχεων καὶ οἱ στῦλοι αὐτῶν τρεῖς καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν τρεῖς

Fudit et quatuor circulos aureos, quos posuit in quatuor angulis per singulos pedes mensæ

13 And he cast for it four rings of gold, and put the rings upon the four corners that were in the four feet thereof.

יד. לְעֻמַּת הַמִּסְגֶּרֶת הָיוּ הַטַּבָּעֹת בָּתִּים לַבַּדִּים לָשֵׂאת אֶת הַשֻּׁלְחָן:

πᾶσαι αἱ αὐλαῖαι τῆς αὐλῆς ἐκ βύσσου κεκλωσμένης

contra coronam: misitque in eos vectes, ut possit mensa portari.

14 Over against the border were the rings, the places for the staves to bear the table.

טו. וַיַּעַשׂ אֶת הַבַּדִּים עֲצֵי שִׁטִּים וַיְצַף אֹתָם זָהָב לָשֵׂאת אֶת הַשֻּׁלְחָן:

καὶ αἱ βάσεις τῶν στύλων χαλκαῖ καὶ αἱ ἀγκύλαι αὐτῶν ἀργυραῖ καὶ αἱ κεφαλίδες αὐτῶν περιηργυρωμέναι ἀργυρίῳ καὶ οἱ στῦλοι περιηργυρωμένοι ἀργυρίῳ πάντες οἱ στῦλοι τῆς αὐλῆς

Ipsos quoque vectes fecit de lignis setim, et circumdedit eos auro.

15 And he made the staves of shittim wood, and overlaid them with gold, to bear the table.

טז. וַיַּעַשׂ אֶת הַכֵּלִים אֲשֶׁר עַל הַשֻּׁלְחָן אֶת קְעָרֹתָיו וְאֶת כַּפֹּתָיו וְאֵת מְנַקִּיֹּתָיו וְאֶת הַקְּשָׂו‍ֹת אֲשֶׁר יֻסַּךְ בָּהֵן זָהָב טָהוֹר:

καὶ τὸ καταπέτασμα τῆς πύλης τῆς αὐλῆς ἔργον ποικιλτοῦ ἐξ ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου νενησμένου καὶ βύσσου κεκλωσμένης εἴκοσι πήχεων τὸ μῆκος καὶ τὸ ὕψος καὶ τὸ εὖρος πέντε πήχεων ἐξισούμενον τοῖς ἱστίοις τῆς αὐλῆς

Et vasa ad diversos usus mensæ, acetabula, phialas, et cyathos, et thuribula, ex auro puro, in quibus offerenda sunt libamina.

16 And he made the vessels which were upon the table, his dishes, and his spoons, and his bowls, and his covers to cover withal, of pure gold.

יז. וַיַּעַשׂ אֶת הַמְּנֹרָה זָהָב טָהוֹר מִקְשָׁה עָשָׂה אֶת הַמְּנֹרָה יְרֵכָהּ וְקָנָהּ גְּבִיעֶיהָ כַּפְתֹּרֶיהָ וּפְרָחֶיהָ מִמֶּנָּה הָיוּ:

καὶ οἱ στῦλοι αὐτῶν τέσσαρες καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν τέσσαρες χαλκαῖ καὶ αἱ ἀγκύλαι αὐτῶν ἀργυραῖ καὶ αἱ κεφαλίδες αὐτῶν περιηργυρωμέναι ἀργυρίῳ

Fecit et candelabrum ductile de auro mundissimo, de cujus vecte calami, scyphi, sphærulæque, ac lilia procedebant:

ΛHʹ

17 And he made the candlestick of pure gold: of beaten work made he the candlestick; his shaft, and his branch, his bowls, his knops, and his flowers, were of the same:

יח. וְשִׁשָּׁה קָנִים יֹצְאִים מִצִּדֶּיהָ שְׁלשָׁה קְנֵי מְנֹרָה מִצִּדָּהּ הָאֶחָד וּשְׁלשָׁה קְנֵי מְנֹרָה מִצִּדָּהּ הַשֵּׁנִי:

καὶ αὐτοὶ περιηργυρωμένοι ἀργυρίῳ καὶ πάντες οἱ πάσσαλοι τῆς αὐλῆς κύκλῳ χαλκοῖ

sex in utroque latere, tres calami ex parte una, et tres ex altera:

18 And six branches going out of the sides thereof; three branches of the candlestick out of the one side thereof, and three branches of the candlestick out of the other side thereof:

יט. שְׁלשָׁה גְבִעִים מְשֻׁקָּדִים בַּקָּנֶה הָאֶחָד כַּפְתֹּר וָפֶרַח וּשְׁלשָׁה גְבִעִים מְשֻׁקָּדִים בְּקָנֶה אֶחָד כַּפְתֹּר וָפָרַח כֵּן לְשֵׁשֶׁת הַקָּנִים הַיֹּצְאִים מִן הַמְּנֹרָה:

καὶ αὕτη ἡ σύνταξις τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου καθὰ συνετάγη Μωυσῇ τὴν λειτουργίαν εἶναι τῶν Λευιτῶν διὰ Ιθαμαρ τοῦ υἱοῦ Ααρων τοῦ ἱερέως

tres scyphi in nucis modum per calamos singulos, sphærulæque simul et lilia: et tres scyphi instar nucis in calamo altero, sphærulæque simul et lilia. Æquum erat opus sex calamorum, qui procedebant de stipite candelabri.

19 Three bowls made after the fashion of almonds in one branch, a knop and a flower; and three bowls made like almonds in another branch, a knop and a flower: so throughout the six branches going out of the candlestick.

כ. וּבַמְּנֹרָה אַרְבָּעָה גְבִעִים מְשֻׁקָּדִים כַּפְתֹּרֶיהָ וּפְרָחֶיהָ:

καὶ Βεσελεηλ ὁ τοῦ Ουριου ἐκ φυλῆς Ιουδα ἐποίησεν καθὰ συνέταξεν κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ

In ipso autem vecte erant quatuor scyphi in nucis modum, sphærulæque per singulos simul et lilia:

20 And in the candlestick were four bowls made like almonds, his knops, and his flowers:

כא. וְכַפְתֹּר תַּחַת שְׁנֵי הַקָּנִים מִמֶּנָּה וְכַפְתֹּר תַּחַת שְׁנֵי הַקָּנִים מִמֶּנָּה וְכַפְתֹּר תַּחַת שְׁנֵי הַקָּנִים מִמֶּנָּה לְשֵׁשֶׁת הַקָּנִים הַיֹּצְאִים מִמֶּנָּה:

καὶ Ελιαβ ὁ τοῦ Αχισαμακ ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Δαν ὃς ἠρχιτεκτόνησεν τὰ ὑφαντὰ καὶ τὰ ῥαφιδευτὰ καὶ ποικιλτικὰ ὑφᾶναι τῷ κοκκίνῳ καὶ τῇ βύσσῳ

et sphærulæ sub duobus calamis per loca tria, qui simul sex fiunt calami procedentes de vecte uno.

21 And a knop under two branches of the same, and a knop under two branches of the same, and a knop under two branches of the same, according to the six branches going out of it.

כב. כַּפְתֹּרֵיהֶם וּקְנֹתָם מִמֶּנָּה הָיוּ כֻּלָּהּ מִקְשָׁה אַחַת זָהָב טָהוֹר:

Et sphærulæ igitur, et calami ex ipso erant, universa ductilia ex auro purissimo.

22 Their knops and their branches were of the same: all of it was one beaten work of pure gold.

כג. וַיַּעַשׂ אֶת נֵרֹתֶיהָ שִׁבְעָה וּמַלְקָחֶיהָ וּמַחְתֹּתֶיהָ זָהָב טָהוֹר:

Fecit et lucernas septem cum emunctoriis suis, et vasa ubi ea, quæ emuncta sunt, extinguantur, de auro mundissimo.

23 And he made his seven lamps, and his snuffers, and his snuffdishes, of pure gold.

כד. כִּכָּר זָהָב טָהוֹר עָשָׂה אֹתָהּ וְאֵת כָּל כֵּלֶיהָ:

Talentum auri appendebat candelabrum cum omnibus vasis suis.

24 Of a talent of pure gold made he it, and all the vessels thereof.

כה. וַיַּעַשׂ אֶת מִזְבַּח הַקְּטֹרֶת עֲצֵי שִׁטִּים אַמָּה אָרְכּוֹ וְאַמָּה רָחְבּוֹ רָבוּעַ וְאַמָּתַיִם קֹמָתוֹ מִמֶּנּוּ הָיוּ קַרְנֹתָיו:

Fecit et altare thymiamatis de lignis setim, per quadrum singulos habens cubitos, et in altitudine duos: e cujus angulis procedebant cornua.

25 And he made the incense altar of shittim wood: the length of it was a cubit, and the breadth of it a cubit; it was foursquare; and two cubits was the height of it; the horns thereof were of the same.

כו. וַיְצַף אֹתוֹ זָהָב טָהוֹר אֶת גַּגּוֹ וְאֶת קִירֹתָיו סָבִיב וְאֶת קַרְנֹתָיו וַיַּעַשׂ לוֹ זֵר זָהָב סָבִיב:

Vestivitque illud auro purissimo cum craticula ac parietibus et cornibus.

26 And he overlaid it with pure gold, both the top of it, and the sides thereof round about, and the horns of it: also he made unto it a crown of gold round about.

כז. וּשְׁתֵּי טַבְּעֹת זָהָב עָשָׂה לוֹ מִתַּחַת לְזֵרוֹ עַל שְׁתֵּי צַלְעֹתָיו עַל שְׁנֵי צִדָּיו לְבָתִּים לְבַדִּים לָשֵׂאת אֹתוֹ בָּהֶם:

Fecitque ei coronam aureolam per gyrum, et duos annulos aureos sub corona per singula latera, ut mittantur in eos vectes, et possit altare portari.

27 And he made two rings of gold for it under the crown thereof, by the two corners of it, upon the two sides thereof, to be places for the staves to bear it withal.

כח. וַיַּעַשׂ אֶת הַבַּדִּים עֲצֵי שִׁטִּים וַיְצַף אֹתָם זָהָב:

Ipsos autem vectes fecit de lignis setim, et operuit laminis aureis.

28 And he made the staves of shittim wood, and overlaid them with gold.

כט. וַיַּעַשׂ אֶת שֶׁמֶן הַמִּשְׁחָה קֹדֶשׁ וְאֶת קְטֹרֶת הַסַּמִּים טָהוֹר מַעֲשֵׂה רֹקֵחַ:

Composuit et oleum ad sanctificationis unguentum, et thymiama de aromatibus mundissimis opere pigmentarii.

29 And he made the holy anointing oil, and the pure incense of sweet spices, according to the work of the apothecary.

לח

ΛHʹ

Cap. 38

א. וַיַּעַשׂ אֶת מִזְבַּח הָעֹלָה עֲצֵי שִׁטִּים חָמֵשׁ אַמּוֹת אָרְכּוֹ וְחָמֵשׁ אַמּוֹת רָחְבּוֹ רָבוּעַ וְשָׁלשׁ אַמּוֹת קֹמָתוֹ:

καὶ ἐποίησεν Βεσελεηλ τὴν κιβωτὸν

Fecit et altare holocausti de lignis setim, quinque cubitorum per quadrum, et trium in altitudine:

1 And he made the altar of burnt offering of shittim wood: five cubits was the length thereof, and five cubits the breadth thereof; it was foursquare; and three cubits the height thereof.

ב. וַיַּעַשׂ קַרְנֹתָיו עַל אַרְבַּע פִּנֹּתָיו מִמֶּנּוּ הָיוּ קַרְנֹתָיו וַיְצַף אֹתוֹ נְחשֶׁת:

καὶ κατεχρύσωσεν αὐτὴν χρυσίῳ καθαρῷ ἔσωθεν καὶ ἔξωθεν

cujus cornua de angulis procedebant, operuitque illum laminis æneis.

2 And he made the horns thereof on the four corners of it; the horns thereof were of the same: and he overlaid it with brass.

ג. וַיַּעַשׂ אֶת כָּל כְּלֵי הַמִּזְבֵּחַ אֶת הַסִּירֹת וְאֶת הַיָּעִים וְאֶת הַמִּזְרָקֹת אֶת הַמִּזְלָגֹת וְאֶת הַמַּחְתֹּת כָּל כֵּלָיו עָשָׂה נְחשֶׁת:

καὶ ἐχώνευσεν αὐτῇ τέσσαρας δακτυλίους χρυσοῦς δύο ἐπὶ τὸ κλίτος τὸ ἓν καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τὸ κλίτος τὸ δεύτερον

Et in usus ejus paravit ex ære vasa diversa, lebetes, forcipes, fuscinulas, uncinos, et ignium receptacula.

3 And he made all the vessels of the altar, the pots, and the shovels, and the basons, and the fleshhooks, and the firepans: all the vessels thereof made he of brass.

ד. וַיַּעַשׂ לַמִּזְבֵּחַ מִכְבָּר מַעֲשֵׂה רֶשֶׁת נְחשֶׁת תַּחַת כַּרְכֻּבּוֹ מִלְּמַטָּה עַד חֶצְיוֹ:

εὐρεῖς τοῖς διωστῆρσιν ὥστε αἴρειν αὐτὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς

Craticulamque ejus in modum retis fecit æneam, et subter eam in altaris medio arulam,

4 And he made for the altar a brasen grate of network under the compass thereof beneath unto the midst of it.

ה. וַיִּצֹק אַרְבַּע טַבָּעֹת בְּאַרְבַּע הַקְּצָוֹת לְמִכְבַּר הַנְּחשֶׁת בָּתִּים לַבַּדִּים:

καὶ ἐποίησεν τὸ ἱλαστήριον ἐπάνωθεν τῆς κιβωτοῦ ἐκ χρυσίου

fusis quatuor annulis per totidem retiaculi summitates, ad immittendos vectes ad portandum:

5 And he cast four rings for the four ends of the grate of brass, to be places for the staves.

ו. וַיַּעַשׂ אֶת הַבַּדִּים עֲצֵי שִׁטִּים וַיְצַף אֹתָם נְחשֶׁת:

καὶ τοὺς δύο χερουβιμ χρυσοῦς

quos et ipsos fecit de lignis setim, et operuit laminis æneis:

6 And he made the staves of shittim wood, and overlaid them with brass.

ז. וַיָּבֵא אֶת הַבַּדִּים בַּטַּבָּעֹת עַל צַלְעֹת הַמִּזְבֵּחַ לָשֵׂאת אֹתוֹ בָּהֶם נְבוּב לֻחֹת עָשָׂה אֹתוֹ:

χερουβ ἕνα ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ ἱλαστηρίου τὸ ἓν καὶ χερουβ ἕνα ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον τὸ δεύτερον τοῦ ἱλαστηρίου

induxitque in circulos, qui in lateribus altaris eminebant. Ipsum autem altare non erat solidum, sed cavum ex tabulis, et intus vacuum.

7 And he put the staves into the rings on the sides of the altar, to bear it withal; he made the altar hollow with boards.

ח. וַיַּעַשׂ אֵת הַכִּיּוֹר נְחשֶׁת וְאֵת כַּנּוֹ נְחשֶׁת בְּמַרְאֹת הַצֹּבְאֹת אֲשֶׁר צָבְאוּ פֶּתַח אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד:

σκιάζοντα ταῖς πτέρυξιν αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ ἱλαστήριον

Fecit et labrum æneum cum basi sua de speculis mulierum, quæ excubabant in ostio tabernaculi.

8 And he made the laver of brass, and the foot of it of brass, of the lookingglasses of the women assembling, which assembled at the door of the tabernacle of the congregation.

ט. וַיַּעַשׂ אֶת הֶחָצֵר לִפְאַת נֶגֶב תֵּימָנָה קַלְעֵי הֶחָצֵר שֵׁשׁ מָשְׁזָר מֵאָה בָּאַמָּה:

καὶ ἐποίησεν τὴν τράπεζαν τὴν προκειμένην ἐκ χρυσίου καθαροῦ

Fecit et atrium, in cujus australi plaga erant tentoria de bysso retorta, cubitorum centum,

9 And he made the court: on the south side southward the hangings of the court were of fine twined linen, an hundred cubits:

י. עַמּוּדֵיהֶם עֶשְׂרִים וְאַדְנֵיהֶם עֶשְׂרִים נְחשֶׁת וָוֵי הָעַמּוּדִים וַחֲשֻׁקֵיהֶם כָּסֶף:

καὶ ἐχώνευσεν αὐτῇ τέσσαρας δακτυλίους δύο ἐπὶ τοῦ κλίτους τοῦ ἑνὸς καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τοῦ κλίτους τοῦ δευτέρου εὐρεῖς ὥστε αἴρειν τοῖς διωστῆρσιν ἐν αὐτοῖς

columnæ æneæ viginti cum basibus suis, capita columnarum, et tota operis cælatura, argentea.

10 Their pillars were twenty, and their brasen sockets twenty; the hooks of the pillars and their fillets were of silver.

יא. וְלִפְאַת צָפוֹן מֵאָה בָאַמָּה עַמּוּדֵיהֶם עֶשְׂרִים וְאַדְנֵיהֶם עֶשְׂרִים נְחשֶׁת וָוֵי הָעַמּוּדִים וַחֲשֻׁקֵיהֶם כָּסֶף:

καὶ τοὺς διωστῆρας τῆς κιβωτοῦ καὶ τῆς τραπέζης ἐποίησεν καὶ κατεχρύσωσεν αὐτοὺς χρυσίῳ

Æque ad septentrionalem plagam tentoria columnæ, basesque et capita columnarum ejusdem mensuræ, et operis ac metalli, erant.

11 And for the north side the hangings were an hundred cubits, their pillars were twenty, and their sockets of brass twenty; the hooks of the pillars and their fillets of silver.

יב. וְלִפְאַת יָם קְלָעִים חֲמִשִּׁים בָּאַמָּה עַמּוּדֵיהֶם עֲשָׂרָה וְאַדְנֵיהֶם עֲשָׂרָה וָוֵי הָעַמֻּדִים וַחֲשׁוּקֵיהֶם כָּסֶף:

καὶ ἐποίησεν τὰ σκεύη τῆς τραπέζης τά τε τρυβλία καὶ τὰς θυίσκας καὶ τοὺς κυάθους καὶ τὰ σπονδεῖα ἐν οἷς σπείσει ἐν αὐτοῖς χρυσᾶ

In ea vero plaga, quæ ad occidentem respicit, fuerunt tentoria cubitorum quinquaginta, columnæ decem cum basibus suis æneæ, et capita columnarum, et tota operis cælatura, argentea.

12 And for the west side were hangings of fifty cubits, their pillars ten, and their sockets ten; the hooks of the pillars and their fillets of silver.

יג. וְלִפְאַת קֵדְמָה מִזְרָחָה חֲמִשִּׁים אַמָּה:

καὶ ἐποίησεν τὴν λυχνίαν ἣ φωτίζει χρυσῆν στερεὰν τὸν καυλόν

Porro contra orientem quinquaginta cubitorum paravit tentoria:

13 And for the east side eastward fifty cubits.

יד. קְלָעִים חֲמֵשׁ עֶשְׂרֵה אַמָּה אֶל הַכָּתֵף עַמּוּדֵיהֶם שְׁלשָׁה וְאַדְנֵיהֶם שְׁלשָׁה:

καὶ τοὺς καλαμίσκους ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν μερῶν αὐτῆς

e quibus, quindecim cubitos columnarum trium, cum basibus suis, unum tenebat latus:

14 The hangings of the one side of the gate were fifteen cubits; their pillars three, and their sockets three.

טו. וְלַכָּתֵף הַשֵּׁנִית מִזֶּה וּמִזֶּה לְשַׁעַר הֶחָצֵר קְלָעִים חֲמֵשׁ עֶשְׂרֵה אַמָּה עַמֻּדֵיהֶם שְׁלשָׁה וְאַדְנֵיהֶם שְׁלשָׁה:

ἐκ τῶν καλαμίσκων αὐτῆς οἱ βλαστοὶ ἐξέχοντες τρεῖς ἐκ τούτου καὶ τρεῖς ἐκ τούτου ἐξισούμενοι ἀλλήλοις

et in parte altera (quia inter utraque introitum tabernaculi fecit) quindecim æque cubitorum erant tentoria, columnæque tres, et bases totidem.

15 And for the other side of the court gate, on this hand and that hand, were hangings of fifteen cubits; their pillars three, and their sockets three.

טז. כָּל קַלְעֵי הֶחָצֵר סָבִיב שֵׁשׁ מָשְׁזָר:

καὶ τὰ λαμπάδια αὐτῶν ἅ ἐστιν ἐπὶ τῶν ἄκρων καρυωτὰ ἐξ αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ ἐνθέμια ἐξ αὐτῶν ἵνα ὦσιν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν οἱ λύχνοι καὶ τὸ ἐνθέμιον τὸ ἕβδομον ἀπ᾽ ἄκρου τοῦ λαμπαδίου ἐπὶ τῆς κορυφῆς ἄνωθεν στερεὸν ὅλον χρυσοῦν

Cuncta atrii tentoria byssus retorta texuerat.

16 All the hangings of the court round about were of fine twined linen.

יז. וְהָאֲדָנִים לָעַמֻּדִים נְחשֶׁת וָוֵי הָעַמּוּדִים וַחֲשׁוּקֵיהֶם כֶּסֶף וְצִפּוּי רָאשֵׁיהֶם כָּסֶף וְהֵם מְחֻשָּׁקִים כֶּסֶף כֹּל עַמֻּדֵי הֶחָצֵר:

καὶ ἑπτὰ λύχνους ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς χρυσοῦς καὶ τὰς λαβίδας αὐτῆς χρυσᾶς καὶ τὰς ἐπαρυστρίδας αὐτῶν χρυσᾶς

Bases columnarum fuere æneæ, capita autem earum cum cunctis cælaturis suis argentea: sed et ipsas columnas atrii vestivit argento.

17 And the sockets for the pillars were of brass; the hooks of the pillars and their fillets of silver; and the overlaying of their chapiters of silver; and all the pillars of the court were filleted with silver.

יח. וּמָסַךְ שַׁעַר הֶחָצֵר מַעֲשֵׂה רֹקֵם תְּכֵלֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן וְתוֹלַעַת שָׁנִי וְשֵׁשׁ מָשְׁזָר וְעֶשְׂרִים אַמָּה אֹרֶךְ וְקוֹמָה בְרֹחַב חָמֵשׁ אַמּוֹת לְעֻמַּת קַלְעֵי הֶחָצֵר:

οὗτος περιηργύρωσεν τοὺς στύλους καὶ ἐχώνευσεν τῷ στύλῳ δακτυλίους χρυσοῦς καὶ ἐχρύσωσεν τοὺς μοχλοὺς χρυσίῳ καὶ κατεχρύσωσεν τοὺς στύλους τοῦ καταπετάσματος χρυσίῳ καὶ ἐποίησεν τὰς ἀγκύλας χρυσᾶς

Et in introitu ejus opere plumario fecit tentorium ex hyacintho, purpura, vermiculo, ac bysso retorta, quod habebat viginti cubitos in longitudine, altitudo vero quinque cubitorum erat juxta mensuram, quam cuncta atrii tentoria habebant.

18 And the hanging for the gate of the court was needlework, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen: and twenty cubits was the length, and the height in the breadth was five cubits, answerable to the hangings of the court.

יט. וְעַמֻּדֵיהֶם אַרְבָּעָה וְאַדְנֵיהֶם אַרְבָּעָה נְחשֶׁת וָוֵיהֶם כֶּסֶף וְצִפּוּי רָאשֵׁיהֶם וַחֲשֻׁקֵיהֶם כָּסֶף:

οὗτος ἐποίησεν καὶ τοὺς κρίκους τῆς σκηνῆς χρυσοῦς καὶ τοὺς κρίκους τῆς αὐλῆς καὶ κρίκους εἰς τὸ ἐκτείνειν τὸ κατακάλυμμα ἄνωθεν χαλκοῦς

Columnæ autem in ingressu fuere quatuor cum basibus æneis, capitaque earum et cælaturæ argenteæ.

ΛΘʹ

19 And their pillars were four, and their sockets of brass four; their hooks of silver, and the overlaying of their chapiters and their fillets of silver.

כ. וְכָל הַיְתֵדֹת לַמִּשְׁכָּן וְלֶחָצֵר סָבִיב נְחשֶׁת:

οὗτος ἐχώνευσεν τὰς κεφαλίδας τὰς ἀργυρᾶς τῆς σκηνῆς καὶ τὰς κεφαλίδας τὰς χαλκᾶς τῆς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς καὶ τὴν πύλην τῆς αὐλῆς καὶ ἀγκύλας ἐποίησεν τοῖς στύλοις ἀργυρᾶς ἐπὶ τῶν στύλων οὗτος περιηργύρωσεν αὐτάς

Paxillos quoque tabernaculi et atrii per gyrum fecit æneos.

20 And all the pins of the tabernacle, and of the court round about, were of brass.

כא. אֵלֶּה פְקוּדֵי הַמִּשְׁכָּן מִשְׁכַּן הָעֵדֻת אֲשֶׁר פֻּקַּד עַל פִּי משֶׁה עֲבֹדַת הַלְוִיִּם בְּיַד אִיתָמָר בֶּן אַהֲרֹן הַכֹּהֵן:

οὗτος ἐποίησεν καὶ τοὺς πασσάλους τῆς σκηνῆς καὶ τοὺς πασσάλους τῆς αὐλῆς χαλκοῦς

Hæc sunt instrumenta tabernaculi testimonii, quæ enumerata sunt juxta præceptum Moysi in cæremoniis Levitarum per manum Ithamar filii Aaron sacerdotis:

21 This is the sum of the tabernacle, even of the tabernacle of testimony, as it was counted, according to the commandment of Moses, for the service of the Levites, by the hand of Ithamar, son to Aaron the priest.

כב. וּבְצַלְאֵל בֶּן אוּרִי בֶן חוּר לְמַטֵּה יְהוּדָה עָשָׂה אֵת כָּל אֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֶת משֶׁה:

οὗτος ἐποίησεν τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χαλκοῦν ἐκ τῶν πυρείων τῶν χαλκῶν ἃ ἦσαν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν τοῖς καταστασιάσασι μετὰ τῆς Κορε συναγωγῆς

quæ Beseleel filius Uri filii Hur de tribu Juda, Domino per Moysen jubente, compleverat,

22 And Bezaleel the son Uri, the son of Hur, of the tribe of Judah, made all that the LORD commanded Moses.

כג. וְאִתּוֹ אָהֳלִיאָב בֶּן אֲחִיסָמָךְ לְמַטֵּה דָן חָרָשׁ וְחשֵׁב וְרֹקֵם בַּתְּכֵלֶת וּבָאַרְגָּמָן וּבְתוֹלַעַת הַשָּׁנִי וּבַשֵּׁשׁ:

οὗτος ἐποίησεν πάντα τὰ σκεύη τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου καὶ τὸ πυρεῖον αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν βάσιν καὶ τὰς φιάλας καὶ τὰς κρεάγρας χαλκᾶς

juncto sibi socio Ooliab filio Achisamech de tribu Dan: qui et ipse artifex lignorum egregius fuit, et polymitarius atque plumarius ex hyacintho, purpura, vermiculo et bysso.

23 And with him was Aholiab, son of Ahisamach, of the tribe of Dan, an engraver, and a cunning workman, and an embroiderer in blue, and in purple, and in scarlet, and fine linen.

כד. כָּל הַזָּהָב הֶעָשׂוּי לַמְּלָאכָה בְּכֹל מְלֶאכֶת הַקֹּדֶשׁ וַיְהִי זְהַב הַתְּנוּפָה תֵּשַׁע וְעֶשְׂרִים כִּכָּר וּשְׁבַע מֵאוֹת וּשְׁלשִׁים שֶׁקֶל בְּשֶׁקֶל הַקֹּדֶשׁ:

οὗτος ἐποίησεν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ παράθεμα ἔργον δικτυωτόν κάτωθεν τοῦ πυρείου ὑπὸ αὐτὸ ἕως τοῦ ἡμίσους αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπέθηκεν αὐτῷ τέσσαρας δακτυλίους ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων μερῶν τοῦ παραθέματος τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου χαλκοῦς τοῖς μοχλοῖς εὐρεῖς ὥστε αἴρειν τὸ θυσιαστήριον ἐν αὐτοῖς

Omne aurum quod expensum est in opere sanctuarii, et quod oblatum est in donariis, viginti novem talentorum fuit, et septingentorum triginta siclorum ad mensuram sanctuarii.

24 All the gold that was occupied for the work in all the work of the holy place, even the gold of the offering, was twenty and nine talents, and seven hundred and thirty shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary.

כה. וְכֶסֶף פְּקוּדֵי הָעֵדָה מְאַת כִּכָּר וְאֶלֶף וּשְׁבַע מֵאוֹת וַחֲמִשָּׁה וְשִׁבְעִים שֶׁקֶל בְּשֶׁקֶל הַקֹּדֶשׁ:

οὗτος ἐποίησεν τὸ ἔλαιον τῆς χρίσεως τὸ ἅγιον καὶ τὴν σύνθεσιν τοῦ θυμιάματος καθαρὸν ἔργον μυρεψοῦ

Oblatum est autem ab his qui transierunt ad numerum a viginti annis et supra, de sexcentis tribus millibus et quingentis quinquaginta armatorum.

25 And the silver of them that were numbered of the congregation was an hundred talents, and a thousand seven hundred and threescore and fifteen shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary:

כו. בֶּקַע לַגֻּלְגֹּלֶת מַחֲצִית הַשֶּׁקֶל בְּשֶׁקֶל הַקֹּדֶשׁ לְכֹל הָעֹבֵר עַל הַפְּקֻדִים מִבֶּן עֶשְׂרִים שָׁנָה וָמַעְלָה לְשֵׁשׁ מֵאוֹת אֶלֶף וּשְׁלשֶׁת אֲלָפִים וַחֲמֵשׁ מֵאוֹת וַחֲמִשִּׁים:

οὗτος ἐποίησεν τὸν λουτῆρα χαλκοῦν καὶ τὴν βάσιν αὐτοῦ χαλκῆν ἐκ τῶν κατόπτρων τῶν νηστευσασῶν αἳ ἐνήστευσαν παρὰ τὰς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ ἔπηξεν αὐτήν

Fuerunt præterea centum talenta argenti e quibus conflatæ sunt bases sanctuarii, et introitus, ubi velum pendet.

26 A bekah for every man, that is, half a shekel, after the shekel of the sanctuary, for every one that went to be numbered, from twenty years old and upward, for six hundred thousand and three thousand and five hundred and fifty men.

כז. וַיְהִי מְאַת כִּכַּר הַכֶּסֶף לָצֶקֶת אֵת אַדְנֵי הַקֹּדֶשׁ וְאֵת אַדְנֵי הַפָּרֹכֶת מְאַת אֲדָנִים לִמְאַת הַכִּכָּר כִּכָּר לָאָדֶן:

καὶ ἐποίησεν τὸν λουτῆρα ἵνα νίπτωνται ἐξ αὐτοῦ Μωυσῆς καὶ Ααρων καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ τοὺς πόδας εἰσπορευομένων αὐτῶν εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἢ ὅταν προσπορεύωνται πρὸς τὸ θυσιαστήριον λειτουργεῖν ἐνίπτοντο ἐξ αὐτοῦ καθάπερ συνέταξεν κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ

Centum bases factæ sunt de talentis centum, singulis talentis per bases singulas supputatis.

27 And of the hundred talents of silver were cast the sockets of the sanctuary, and the sockets of the vail; an hundred sockets of the hundred talents, a talent for a socket.

כח. וְאֶת הָאֶלֶף וּשְׁבַע הַמֵּאוֹת וַחֲמִשָּׁה וְשִׁבְעִים עָשָׂה וָוִים לָעַמּוּדִים וְצִפָּה רָאשֵׁיהֶם וְחִשַּׁק אֹתָם:

De mille autem septingentis et septuaginta quinque, fecit capita columnarum, quas et ipsas vestivit argento.

28 And of the thousand seven hundred seventy and five shekels he made hooks for the pillars, and overlaid their chapiters, and filleted them.

כט. וּנְחשֶׁת הַתְּנוּפָה שִׁבְעִים כִּכָּר וְאַלְפַּיִם וְאַרְבַּע מֵאוֹת שָׁקֶל:

Æris quoque oblata sunt talenta septuaginta duo millia, et quadringenti supra sicli,

29 And the brass of the offering was seventy talents, and two thousand and four hundred shekels.

ל. וַיַּעַשׂ בָּהּ אֶת אַדְנֵי פֶּתַח אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וְאֵת מִזְבַּח הַנְּחשֶׁת וְאֶת מִכְבַּר הַנְּחשֶׁת אֲשֶׁר לוֹ וְאֵת כָּל כְּלֵי הַמִּזְבֵּחַ:

ex quibus fusæ sunt bases in introitu tabernaculi testimonii, et altare æneum cum craticula sua, omniaque vasa quæ ad usum ejus pertinent,

30 And therewith he made the sockets to the door of the tabernacle of the congregation, and the brasen altar, and the brasen grate for it, and all the vessels of the altar,

לא. וְאֶת אַדְנֵי הֶחָצֵר סָבִיב וְאֶת אַדְנֵי שַׁעַר הֶחָצֵר וְאֵת כָּל יִתְדֹת הַמִּשְׁכָּן וְאֶת כָּל יִתְדֹת הֶחָצֵר סָבִיב:

et bases atrii tam in circuitu quam in ingressu ejus, et paxilli tabernaculi atque atrii per gyrum.

31 And the sockets of the court round about, and the sockets of the court gate, and all the pins of the tabernacle, and all the pins of the court round about.

לט

ΛΘʹ

Cap. 39

א. וּמִן הַתְּכֵלֶת וְהָאַרְגָּמָן וְתוֹלַעַת הַשָּׁנִי עָשׂוּ בִגְדֵי שְׂרָד לְשָׁרֵת בַּקֹּדֶשׁ וַיַּעֲשׂוּ אֶת בִּגְדֵי הַקֹּדֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר לְאַהֲרֹן כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֶת משֶׁה:

πᾶν τὸ χρυσίον ὃ κατειργάσθη εἰς τὰ ἔργα κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν ἐργασίαν τῶν ἁγίων ἐγένετο χρυσίου τοῦ τῆς ἀπαρχῆς ἐννέα καὶ εἴκοσι τάλαντα καὶ ἑπτακόσιοι εἴκοσι σίκλοι κατὰ τὸν σίκλον τὸν ἅγιον

De hyacintho vero et purpura, vermiculo ac bysso, fecit vestes, quibus indueretur Aaron quando ministrabat in sanctis, sicut præcepit Dominus Moysi.

1 And of the blue, and purple, and scarlet, they made cloths of service, to do service in the holy place, and made the holy garments for Aaron; as the LORD commanded Moses.

ב. וַיַּעַשׂ אֶת הָאֵפֹד זָהָב תְּכֵלֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן וְתוֹלַעַת שָׁנִי וְשֵׁשׁ מָשְׁזָר:

καὶ ἀργυρίου ἀφαίρεμα παρὰ τῶν ἐπεσκεμμένων ἀνδρῶν τῆς συναγωγῆς ἑκατὸν τάλαντα καὶ χίλιοι ἑπτακόσιοι ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε σίκλοι

Fecit igitur superhumerale de auro, hyacintho, et purpura, coccoque bis tincto, et bysso retorta,

2 And he made the ephod of gold, blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen.

ג. וַיְרַקְּעוּ אֶת פַּחֵי הַזָּהָב וְקִצֵּץ פְּתִילִם לַעֲשׂוֹת בְּתוֹךְ הַתְּכֵלֶת וּבְתוֹךְ הָאַרְגָּמָן וּבְתוֹךְ תּוֹלַעַת הַשָּׁנִי וּבְתוֹךְ הַשֵּׁשׁ מַעֲשֵׂה חשֵׁב:

δραχμὴ μία τῇ κεφαλῇ τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ σίκλου κατὰ τὸν σίκλον τὸν ἅγιον πᾶς ὁ παραπορευόμενος τὴν ἐπίσκεψιν ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω εἰς τὰς ἑξήκοντα μυριάδας καὶ τρισχίλιοι πεντακόσιοι καὶ πεντήκοντα

opere polymitario: inciditque bracteas aureas, et extenuavit in fila, ut possent torqueri cum priorum colorum subtegmine,

3 And they did beat the gold into thin plates, and cut it into wires, to work it in the blue, and in the purple, and in the scarlet, and in the fine linen, with cunning work.

ד. כְּתֵפֹת עָשׂוּ לוֹ חֹבְרֹת עַל שְׁנֵי קְצוֹתָיו חֻבָּר:

καὶ ἐγενήθη τὰ ἑκατὸν τάλαντα τοῦ ἀργυρίου εἰς τὴν χώνευσιν τῶν ἑκατὸν κεφαλίδων τῆς σκηνῆς καὶ εἰς τὰς κεφαλίδας τοῦ καταπετάσματος ἑκατὸν κεφαλίδες εἰς τὰ ἑκατὸν τάλαντα τάλαντον τῇ κεφαλίδι

duasque oras sibi invicem copulatas in utroque latere summitatum,

4 They made shoulderpieces for it, to couple it together: by the two edges was it coupled together.

ה. וְחֵשֶׁב אֲפֻדָּתוֹ אֲשֶׁר עָלָיו מִמֶּנּוּ הוּא כְּמַעֲשֵׂהוּ זָהָב תְּכֵלֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן וְתוֹלַעַת שָׁנִי וְשֵׁשׁ מָשְׁזָר כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֶת משֶׁה:

καὶ τοὺς χιλίους ἑπτακοσίους ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε σίκλους ἐποίησαν εἰς τὰς ἀγκύλας τοῖς στύλοις καὶ κατεχρύσωσεν τὰς κεφαλίδας αὐτῶν καὶ κατεκόσμησεν αὐτούς

et balteum ex eisdem coloribus, sicut præceperat Dominus Moysi.

5 And the curious girdle of his ephod, that was upon it, was of the same, according to the work thereof; of gold, blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen; as the LORD commanded Moses.

ו. וַיַּעֲשׂוּ אֶת אַבְנֵי הַשֹּׁהַם מֻסַבֹּת מִשְׁבְּצֹת זָהָב מְפֻתָּחֹת פִּתּוּחֵי חוֹתָם עַל שְׁמוֹת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל:

καὶ ὁ χαλκὸς τοῦ ἀφαιρέματος ἑβδομήκοντα τάλαντα καὶ χίλιοι πεντακόσιοι σίκλοι

Paravit et duos lapides onychinos, astrictos et inclusos auro, et sculptos arte gemmaria nominibus filiorum Israël:

6 And they wrought onyx stones inclosed in ouches of gold, graven, as signets are graven, with the names of the children of Israel.

ז. וַיָּשֶׂם אֹתָם עַל כִּתְפֹת הָאֵפֹד אַבְנֵי זִכָּרוֹן לִבְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֶת משֶׁה:

καὶ ἐποίησεν ἐξ αὐτοῦ τὰς βάσεις τῆς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου

posuitque eos in lateribus superhumeralis in monimentum filiorum Israël, sicut præceperat Dominus Moysi.

7 And he put them on the shoulders of the ephod, that they should be stones for a memorial to the children of Israel; as the LORD commanded Moses.

ח. וַיַּעַשׂ אֶת הַחשֶׁן מַעֲשֵׂה חשֵׁב כְּמַעֲשֵׂה אֵפֹד זָהָב תְּכֵלֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן וְתוֹלַעַת שָׁנִי וְשֵׁשׁ מָשְׁזָר:

καὶ τὰς βάσεις τῆς αὐλῆς κύκλῳ καὶ τὰς βάσεις τῆς πύλης τῆς αὐλῆς καὶ τοὺς πασσάλους τῆς σκηνῆς καὶ τοὺς πασσάλους τῆς αὐλῆς κύκλῳ

Fecit et rationale opere polymito juxta opus superhumeralis, ex auro, hyacintho, purpura, coccoque bis tincto, et bysso retorta:

8 And he made the breastplate of cunning work, like the work of the ephod; of gold, blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen.

ט. רָבוּעַ הָיָה כָּפוּל עָשׂוּ אֶת הַחשֶׁן זֶרֶת אָרְכּוֹ וְזֶרֶת רָחְבּוֹ כָּפוּל:

καὶ τὸ παράθεμα τὸ χαλκοῦν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐργαλεῖα τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου

quadrangulum, duplex, mensuræ palmi.

9 It was foursquare; they made the breastplate double: a span was the length thereof, and a span the breadth thereof, being doubled.

י. וַיְמַלְאוּ בוֹ אַרְבָּעָה טוּרֵי אָבֶן טוּר אֹדֶם פִּטְדָה וּבָרֶקֶת הַטּוּר הָאֶחָד:

καὶ ἐποίησαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ καθὰ συνέταξεν κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ οὕτως ἐποίησαν

Et posuit in eo gemmarum ordines quatuor. In primo versu erat sardius, topazius, smaragdus.

10 And they set in it four rows of stones: the first row was a sardius, a topaz, and a carbuncle: this was the first row.

יא. וְהַטּוּר הַשֵּׁנִי נֹפֶךְ סַפִּיר וְיָהֲלֹם:

τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν χρυσίον τοῦ ἀφαιρέματος ἐποίησαν σκεύη εἰς τὸ λειτουργεῖν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἔναντι κυρίου

In secundo, carbunculus, sapphirus, et jaspis.

11 And the second row, an emerald, a sapphire, and a diamond.

יב. וְהַטּוּר הַשְּׁלִישִׁי לֶשֶׁם שְׁבוֹ וְאַחְלָמָה:

καὶ τὴν καταλειφθεῖσαν ὑάκινθον καὶ πορφύραν καὶ τὸ κόκκινον ἐποίησαν στολὰς λειτουργικὰς Ααρων ὥστε λειτουργεῖν ἐν αὐταῖς ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ

In tertio, ligurius, achates, et amethystus.

12 And the third row, a ligure, an agate, and an amethyst.

יג. וְהַטּוּר הָרְבִיעִי תַּרְשִׁישׁ שֹׁהַם וְיָשְׁפֵה מוּסַבֹּת מִשְׁבְּצֹת זָהָב בְּמִלֻּאֹתָם:

καὶ ἤνεγκαν τὰς στολὰς πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ τὴν σκηνὴν καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτῆς καὶ τὰς βάσεις καὶ τοὺς μοχλοὺς αὐτῆς καὶ τοὺς στύλους

In quarto, chrysolithus, onychinus, et beryllus, circumdati et inclusi auro per ordines suos.

13 And the fourth row, a beryl, an onyx, and a jasper: they were inclosed in ouches of gold in their inclosings.

יד. וְהָאֲבָנִים עַל שְׁמֹת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל הֵנָּה שְׁתֵּים עֶשְׂרֵה עַל שְׁמֹתָם פִּתּוּחֵי חֹתָם אִישׁ עַל שְׁמוֹ לִשְׁנֵים עָשָׂר שָׁבֶט:

καὶ τὴν κιβωτὸν τῆς διαθήκης καὶ τοὺς διωστῆρας αὐτῆς

Ipsique lapides duodecim sculpti erant nominibus duodecim tribuum Israël, singuli per nomina singulorum.

14 And the stones were according to the names of the children of Israel, twelve, according to their names, like the engravings of a signet, every one with his name, according to the twelve tribes.

טו. וַיַּעֲשׂוּ עַל הַחשֶׁן שַׁרְשְׁרֹת גַּבְלֻת מַעֲשֵׂה עֲבֹת זָהָב טָהוֹר:

καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον τῆς χρίσεως καὶ τὸ θυμίαμα τῆς συνθέσεως

Fecerunt in rationali et catenulas sibi invicem cohærentes, de auro purissimo:

15 And they made upon the breastplate chains at the ends, of wreathen work of pure gold.

טז. וַיַּעֲשׂוּ שְׁתֵּי מִשְׁבְּצֹת זָהָב וּשְׁתֵּי טַבְּעֹת זָהָב וַיִּתְּנוּ אֶת שְׁתֵּי הַטַּבָּעֹת עַל שְׁנֵי קְצוֹת הַחשֶׁן:

καὶ τὴν λυχνίαν τὴν καθαρὰν καὶ τοὺς λύχνους αὐτῆς λύχνους τῆς καύσεως καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον τοῦ φωτὸς

et duos uncinos, totidemque annulos aureos. Porro annulos posuerunt in utroque latere rationalis,

16 And they made two ouches of gold, and two gold rings; and put the two rings in the two ends of the breastplate.

יז. וַיִּתְּנוּ שְׁתֵּי הָעֲבֹתֹת הַזָּהָב עַל שְׁתֵּי הַטַּבָּעֹת עַל קְצוֹת הַחשֶׁן:

καὶ τὴν τράπεζαν τῆς προθέσεως καὶ πάντα τὰ αὐτῆς σκεύη καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τοὺς προκειμένους

e quibus penderent duæ catenæ aureæ, quas inseruerunt uncinis, qui in superhumeralis angulis eminebant.

17 And they put the two wreathen chains of gold in the two rings on the ends of the breastplate.

יח. וְאֵת שְׁתֵּי קְצוֹת שְׁתֵּי הָעֲבֹתֹת נָתְנוּ עַל שְׁתֵּי הַמִּשְׁבְּצֹת וַיִּתְּנֻם עַל כִּתְפֹת הָאֵפֹד אֶל מוּל פָּנָיו:

καὶ τὰς στολὰς τοῦ ἁγίου αἵ εἰσιν Ααρων καὶ τὰς στολὰς τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἱερατείαν

Hæc et ante et retro ita conveniebant sibi, ut superhumerale et rationale mutuo necterentur,

18 And the two ends of the two wreathen chains they fastened in the two ouches, and put them on the shoulderpieces of the ephod, before it.

יט. וַיַּעֲשׂוּ שְׁתֵּי טַבְּעֹת זָהָב וַיָּשִׂימוּ עַל שְׁנֵי קְצוֹת הַחשֶׁן עַל שְׂפָתוֹ אֲשֶׁר אֶל עֵבֶר הָאֵפֹד בָּיְתָה:

καὶ τὰ ἱστία τῆς αὐλῆς καὶ τοὺς στύλους καὶ τὸ καταπέτασμα τῆς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς καὶ τῆς πύλης τῆς αὐλῆς καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη τῆς σκηνῆς καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐργαλεῖα αὐτῆς

stricta ad balteum et annulis fortius copulata, quos jungebat vitta hyacinthina, ne laxa fluerent, et a se invicem moverentur, sicut præcepit Dominus Moysi.

19 And they made two rings of gold, and put them on the two ends of the breastplate, upon the border of it, which was on the side of the ephod inward.

כ. וַיַּעֲשׂוּ שְׁתֵּי טַבְּעֹת זָהָב וַיִּתְּנֻם עַל שְׁתֵּי כִתְפֹת הָאֵפֹד מִלְּמַטָּה מִמּוּל פָּנָיו לְעֻמַּת מַחְבַּרְתּוֹ מִמַּעַל לְחֵשֶׁב הָאֵפֹד:

καὶ τὰς διφθέρας δέρματα κριῶν ἠρυθροδανωμένα καὶ τὰ καλύμματα δέρματα ὑακίνθινα καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν τὰ ἐπικαλύμματα

Feceruntque quoque tunicam superhumeralis totam hyacinthinam,

20 And they made two other golden rings, and put them on the two sides of the ephod underneath, toward the forepart of it, over against the other coupling thereof, above the curious girdle of the ephod.

כא. וַיִּרְכְּסוּ אֶת הַחשֶׁן מִטַּבְּעֹתָיו אֶל טַבְּעֹת הָאֵפֹד בִּפְתִיל תְּכֵלֶת לִהְיֹת עַל חֵשֶׁב הָאֵפֹד וְלֹא יִזַּח הַחשֶׁן מֵעַל הָאֵפֹד כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֶת משֶׁה:

καὶ τοὺς πασσάλους καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐργαλεῖα τὰ εἰς τὰ ἔργα τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου

et capitium in superiori parte contra medium, oramque per gyrum capitii textilem:

21 And they did bind the breastplate by his rings unto the rings of the ephod with a lace of blue, that it might be above the curious girdle of the ephod, and that the breastplate might not be loosed from the ephod; as the LORD commanded Moses.

כב. וַיַּעַשׂ אֶת מְעִיל הָאֵפֹד מַעֲשֵׂה אֹרֵג כְּלִיל תְּכֵלֶת:

ὅσα συνέταξεν κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ οὕτως ἐποίησαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀποσκευήν

deorsum autem ad pedes mala punica ex hyacintho, purpura, vermiculo, ac bysso retorta:

22 And he made the robe of the ephod of woven work, all of blue.

כג. וּפִי הַמְּעִיל בְּתוֹכוֹ כְּפִי תַחְרָא שָׂפָה לְפִיו סָבִיב לֹא יִקָּרֵעַ:

καὶ εἶδεν Μωυσῆς πάντα τὰ ἔργα καὶ ἦσαν πεποιηκότες αὐτὰ ὃν τρόπον συνέταξεν κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ οὕτως ἐποίησαν αὐτά καὶ εὐλόγησεν αὐτοὺς Μωυσῆς

et tintinnabula de auro purissimo, quæ posuerunt inter malogranata, in extrema parte tunicæ per gyrum:

23 And there was an hole in the midst of the robe, as the hole of an habergeon, with a band round about the hole, that it should not rend.

כד. וַיַּעֲשׂוּ עַל שׁוּלֵי הַמְּעִיל רִמּוֹנֵי תְּכֵלֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן וְתוֹלַעַת שָׁנִי מָשְׁזָר:

tintinnabulum autem aureum, et malum punicum, quibus ornatus incedebat pontifex quando ministerio fungebatur, sicut præceperat Dominus Moysi.

24 And they made upon the hems of the robe pomegranates of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and twined linen.

כה. וַיַּעֲשׂוּ פַעֲמֹנֵי זָהָב טָהוֹר וַיִּתְּנוּ אֶת הַפַּעֲמֹנִים בְּתוֹךְ הָרִמֹּנִים עַל שׁוּלֵי הַמְּעִיל סָבִיב בְּתוֹךְ הָרִמֹּנִים:

Fecerunt et tunicas byssinas opere textili Aaron et filiis ejus:

25 And they made bells of pure gold, and put the bells between the pomegranates upon the hem of the robe, round about between the pomegranates;

כו. פַּעֲמֹן וְרִמֹּן פַּעֲמֹן וְרִמֹּן עַל שׁוּלֵי הַמְּעִיל סָבִיב לְשָׁרֵת כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֶת משֶׁה:

et mitras cum coronulis suis ex bysso:

26 A bell and a pomegranate, a bell and a pomegranate, round about the hem of the robe to minister in; as the LORD commanded Moses.

כז. וַיַּעֲשׂוּ אֶת הַכָּתְנֹת שֵׁשׁ מַעֲשֵׂה אֹרֵג לְאַהֲרֹן וּלְבָנָיו:

feminalia quoque linea, byssina:

27 And they made coats of fine linen of woven work for Aaron, and for his sons,

כח. וְאֵת הַמִּצְנֶפֶת שֵׁשׁ וְאֶת פַּאֲרֵי הַמִּגְבָּעֹת שֵׁשׁ וְאֶת מִכְנְסֵי הַבָּד שֵׁשׁ מָשְׁזָר:

cingulum vero de bysso retorta, hyacintho, purpura, ac vermiculo bis tincto, arte plumaria, sicut præceperat Dominus Moysi.

28 And a mitre of fine linen, and goodly bonnets of fine linen, and linen breeches of fine twined linen,

כט. וְאֶת הָאַבְנֵט שֵׁשׁ מָשְׁזָר וּתְכֵלֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן וְתוֹלַעַת שָׁנִי מַעֲשֵׂה רֹקֵם כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֶת משֶׁה:

Fecerunt et laminam sacræ venerationis de auro purissimo, scripseruntque in ea opere gemmario, Sanctum Domini:

29 And a girdle of fine twined linen, and blue, and purple, and scarlet, of needlework; as the LORD commanded Moses.

ל. וַיַּעֲשׂוּ אֶת צִיץ נֶזֶר הַקֹּדֶשׁ זָהָב טָהוֹר וַיִּכְתְּבוּ עָלָיו מִכְתַּב פִּתּוּחֵי חוֹתָם קֹדֶשׁ לַיהֹוָה:

et strinxerunt eam cum mitra vitta hyacinthina, sicut præceperat Dominus Moysi.

30 And they made the plate of the holy crown of pure gold, and wrote upon it a writing, like to the engravings of a signet, HOLINESS TO THE LORD.

לא. וַיִּתְּנוּ עָלָיו פְּתִיל תְּכֵלֶת לָתֵת עַל הַמִּצְנֶפֶת מִלְמָעְלָה כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֶת משֶׁה:

Perfectum est igitur omne opus tabernaculi et tecti testimonii: feceruntque filii Israël cuncta quæ præceperat Dominus Moysi.

Μʹ

31 And they tied unto it a lace of blue, to fasten it on high upon the mitre; as the LORD commanded Moses.

לב. וַתֵּכֶל כָּל עֲבֹדַת מִשְׁכַּן אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וַיַּעֲשׂוּ בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל כְּכֹל אֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֶת משֶׁה כֵּן עָשׂוּ:

Et obtulerunt tabernaculum et tectum et universam supellectilem, annulos, tabulas, vectes, columnas ac bases,

32 Thus was all the work of the tabernacle of the tent of the congregation finished: and the children of Israel did according to all that the LORD commanded Moses, so did they.

לג. וַיָּבִיאוּ אֶת הַמִּשְׁכָּן אֶל משֶׁה אֶת הָאֹהֶל וְאֶת כָּל כֵּלָיו קְרָסָיו קְרָשָׁיו בְּרִיחָיו וְעַמֻּדָיו וַאֲדָנָיו:

opertorium de pellibus arietum rubricatis, et aliud operimentum de janthinis pellibus,

33 And they brought the tabernacle unto Moses, the tent, and all his furniture, his taches, his boards, his bars, and his pillars, and his sockets,

לד. וְאֶת מִכְסֵה עוֹרֹת הָאֵילִם הַמְאָדָּמִים וְאֶת מִכְסֵה עֹרֹת הַתְּחָשִׁים וְאֵת פָּרֹכֶת הַמָּסָךְ:

velum; arcam, vectes, propitiatorium,

34 And the covering of rams' skins dyed red, and the covering of badgers' skins, and the vail of the covering,

לה. אֶת אֲרוֹן הָעֵדֻת וְאֶת בַּדָּיו וְאֵת הַכַּפֹּרֶת:

mensam cum vasis suis et propositionis panibus;

35 The ark of the testimony, and the staves thereof, and the mercy seat,

לו. אֶת הַשֻּׁלְחָן אֶת כָּל כֵּלָיו וְאֵת לֶחֶם הַפָּנִים:

candelabrum, lucernas, et utensilia earum cum oleo;

36 The table, and all the vessels thereof, and the shewbread,

לז. אֶת הַמְּנֹרָה הַטְּהֹרָה אֶת נֵרֹתֶיהָ נֵרֹת הַמַּעֲרָכָה וְאֶת כָּל כֵּלֶיהָ וְאֵת שֶׁמֶן הַמָּאוֹר:

altare aureum, et unguentum, et thymiama ex aromatibus,

37 The pure candlestick, with the lamps thereof, even with the lamps to be set in order, and all the vessels thereof, and the oil for light,

לח. וְאֵת מִזְבַּח הַזָּהָב וְאֵת שֶׁמֶן הַמִּשְׁחָה וְאֵת קְטֹרֶת הַסַּמִּים וְאֵת מָסַךְ פֶּתַח הָאֹהֶל:

et tentorium in introitu tabernaculi;

38 And the golden altar, and the anointing oil, and the sweet incense, and the hanging for the tabernacle door,

לט. אֵת מִזְבַּח הַנְּחשֶׁת וְאֶת מִכְבַּר הַנְּחשֶׁת אֲשֶׁר לוֹ אֶת בַּדָּיו וְאֶת כָּל כֵּלָיו אֶת הַכִּיֹּר וְאֶת כַּנּוֹ:

altare æneum, retiaculum, vectes, et vasa ejus omnia; labrum cum basi sua; tentoria atrii, et columnas cum basibus suis;

39 The brasen altar, and his grate of brass, his staves, and all his vessels, the laver and his foot,

מ. אֵת קַלְעֵי הֶחָצֵר אֶת עַמֻּדֶיהָ וְאֶת אֲדָנֶיהָ וְאֶת הַמָּסָךְ לְשַׁעַר הֶחָצֵר אֶת מֵיתָרָיו וִיתֵדֹתֶיהָ וְאֵת כָּל כְּלֵי עֲבֹדַת הַמִּשְׁכָּן לְאֹהֶל מוֹעֵד:

tentorium in introitu atrii, funiculosque illius et paxillos. Nihil ex vasis defuit, quæ in ministerium tabernaculi, et in tectum fœderis jussa sunt fieri.

40 The hangings of the court, his pillars, and his sockets, and the hanging for the court gate, his cords, and his pins, and all the vessels of the service of the tabernacle, for the tent of the congregation,

מא. אֶת בִּגְדֵי הַשְּׂרָד לְשָׁרֵת בַּקֹּדֶשׁ אֶת בִּגְדֵי הַקֹּדֶשׁ לְאַהֲרֹן הַכֹּהֵן וְאֶת בִּגְדֵי בָנָיו לְכַהֵן:

Vestes quoque, quibus sacerdotes utuntur in sanctuario, Aaron scilicet et filii ejus,

41 The cloths of service to do service in the holy place, and the holy garments for Aaron the priest, and his sons' garments, to minister in the priest's office.

מב. כְּכֹל אֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֶת משֶׁה כֵּן עָשׂוּ בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אֵת כָּל הָעֲבֹדָה:

obtulerunt filii Israël, sicut præceperat Dominus.

42 According to all that the LORD commanded Moses, so the children of Israel made all the work.

מג. וַיַּרְא משֶׁה אֶת כָּל הַמְּלָאכָה וְהִנֵּה עָשׂוּ אֹתָהּ כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה כֵּן עָשׂוּ וַיְבָרֶךְ אֹתָם משֶׁה:

Quæ postquam Moyses cuncta vidit completa, benedixit eis.

43 And Moses did look upon all the work, and, behold, they had done it as the LORD had commanded, even so had they done it: and Moses blessed them.

Μʹ

Cap. 40

א. וַיְדַבֵּר יְהֹוָה אֶל משֶׁה לֵּאמֹר:

καὶ ἐλάλησεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων

Locutusque est Dominus ad Moysen, dicens:

1 And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,

ב. בְּיוֹם הַחֹדֶשׁ הָרִאשׁוֹן בְּאֶחָד לַחֹדֶשׁ תָּקִים אֶת מִשְׁכַּן אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד:

ἐν ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ τοῦ μηνὸς τοῦ πρώτου νουμηνίᾳ στήσεις τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου

Mense primo, prima die mensis, eriges tabernaculum testimonii,

2 On the first day of the first month shalt thou set up the tabernacle of the tent of the congregation.

ג. וְשַׂמְתָּ שָׁם אֵת אֲרוֹן הָעֵדוּת וְסַכֹּתָ עַל הָאָרֹן אֶת הַפָּרֹכֶת:

καὶ θήσεις τὴν κιβωτὸν τοῦ μαρτυρίου καὶ σκεπάσεις τὴν κιβωτὸν τῷ καταπετάσματι

et pones in eo arcam, dimittesque ante illam velum:

3 And thou shalt put therein the ark of the testimony, and cover the ark with the vail.

ד. וְהֵבֵאתָ אֶת הַשֻּׁלְחָן וְעָרַכְתָּ אֶת עֶרְכּוֹ וְהֵבֵאתָ אֶת הַמְּנֹרָה וְהַעֲלֵיתָ אֶת נֵרֹתֶיהָ:

καὶ εἰσοίσεις τὴν τράπεζαν καὶ προθήσεις τὴν πρόθεσιν αὐτῆς καὶ εἰσοίσεις τὴν λυχνίαν καὶ ἐπιθήσεις τοὺς λύχνους αὐτῆς

et illata mensa, pones super eam quæ rite præcepta sunt. Candelabrum stabit cum lucernis suis,

4 And thou shalt bring in the table, and set in order the things that are to be set in order upon it; and thou shalt bring in the candlestick, and light the lamps thereof.

ה. וְנָתַתָּה אֶת מִזְבַּח הַזָּהָב לִקְטֹרֶת לִפְנֵי אֲרוֹן הָעֵדֻת וְשַׂמְתָּ אֶת מָסַךְ הַפֶּתַח לַמִּשְׁכָּן:

καὶ θήσεις τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν εἰς τὸ θυμιᾶν ἐναντίον τῆς κιβωτοῦ καὶ ἐπιθήσεις κάλυμμα καταπετάσματος ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου

et altare aureum, in quo adoletur incensum, coram arca testimonii. Tentorium in introitu tabernaculi pones,

5 And thou shalt set the altar of gold for the incense before the ark of the testimony, and put the hanging of the door to the tabernacle.

ו. וְנָתַתָּה אֵת מִזְבַּח הָעֹלָה לִפְנֵי פֶּתַח מִשְׁכַּן אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד:

καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τῶν καρπωμάτων θήσεις παρὰ τὰς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου

et ante illud altare holocausti:

6 And thou shalt set the altar of the burnt offering before the door of the tabernacle of the tent of the congregation.

ז. וְנָתַתָּ אֶת הַכִּיֹּר בֵּין אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וּבֵין הַמִּזְבֵּחַ וְנָתַתָּ שָׁם מָיִם:

labrum inter altare et tabernaculum, quod implebis aqua.

7 And thou shalt set the laver between the tent of the congregation and the altar, and shalt put water therein.

ח. וְשַׂמְתָּ אֶת הֶחָצֵר סָבִיב וְנָתַתָּ אֶת מָסַךְ שַׁעַר הֶחָצֵר:

καὶ περιθήσεις τὴν σκηνὴν καὶ πάντα τὰ αὐτῆς ἁγιάσεις κύκλῳ

Circumdabisque atrium tentoriis, et ingressum ejus.

8 And thou shalt set up the court round about, and hang up the hanging at the court gate.

ט. וְלָקַחְתָּ אֶת שֶׁמֶן הַמִּשְׁחָה וּמָשַׁחְתָּ אֶת הַמִּשְׁכָּן וְאֶת כָּל אֲשֶׁר בּוֹ וְקִדַּשְׁתָּ אֹתוֹ וְאֶת כָּל כֵּלָיו וְהָיָה קֹדֶשׁ:

καὶ λήμψῃ τὸ ἔλαιον τοῦ χρίσματος καὶ χρίσεις τὴν σκηνὴν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ καὶ ἁγιάσεις αὐτὴν καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη αὐτῆς καὶ ἔσται ἁγία

Et assumpto unctionis oleo unges tabernaculum cum vasis suis, ut sanctificentur:

9 And thou shalt take the anointing oil, and anoint the tabernacle, and all that is therein, and shalt hallow it, and all the vessels thereof: and it shall be holy.

י. וּמָשַׁחְתָּ אֶת מִזְבַּח הָעֹלָה וְאֶת כָּל כֵּלָיו וְקִדַּשְׁתָּ אֶת הַמִּזְבֵּחַ וְהָיָה הַמִּזְבֵּחַ קֹדֶשׁ קָדָשִׁים:

καὶ χρίσεις τὸ θυσιαστήριον τῶν καρπωμάτων καὶ πάντα αὐτοῦ τὰ σκεύη καὶ ἁγιάσεις τὸ θυσιαστήριον καὶ ἔσται τὸ θυσιαστήριον ἅγιον τῶν ἁγίων

altare holocausti et omnia vasa ejus,

10 And thou shalt anoint the altar of the burnt offering, and all his vessels, and sanctify the altar: and it shall be an altar most holy.

יא. וּמָשַׁחְתָּ אֶת הַכִּיֹּר וְאֶת כַּנּוֹ וְקִדַּשְׁתָּ אֹתוֹ:

labrum cum basi sua: omnia unctionis oleo consecrabis, ut sint Sancta sanctorum.

11 And thou shalt anoint the laver and his foot, and sanctify it.

יב. וְהִקְרַבְתָּ אֶת אַהֲרֹן וְאֶת בָּנָיו אֶל פֶּתַח אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וְרָחַצְתָּ אֹתָם בַּמָּיִם:

καὶ προσάξεις Ααρων καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὰς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου καὶ λούσεις αὐτοὺς ὕδατι

Applicabisque Aaron et filios ejus ad fores tabernaculi testimonii, et lotos aqua

12 And thou shalt bring Aaron and his sons unto the door of the tabernacle of the congregation, and wash them with water.

יג. וְהִלְבַּשְׁתָּ אֶת אַהֲרֹן אֵת בִּגְדֵי הַקֹּדֶשׁ וּמָשַׁחְתָּ אֹתוֹ וְקִדַּשְׁתָּ אֹתוֹ וְכִהֵן לִי:

καὶ ἐνδύσεις Ααρων τὰς στολὰς τὰς ἁγίας καὶ χρίσεις αὐτὸν καὶ ἁγιάσεις αὐτόν καὶ ἱερατεύσει μοι

indues sanctis vestibus, ut ministrent mihi, et unctio eorum in sacerdotium sempiternum proficiat.

13 And thou shalt put upon Aaron the holy garments, and anoint him, and sanctify him; that he may minister unto me in the priest's office.

יד. וְאֶת בָּנָיו תַּקְרִיב וְהִלְבַּשְׁתָּ אֹתָם כֻּתֳּנֹת:

καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ προσάξεις καὶ ἐνδύσεις αὐτοὺς χιτῶνας

14 And thou shalt bring his sons, and clothe them with coats:

טו. וּמָשַׁחְתָּ אֹתָם כַּאֲשֶׁר מָשַׁחְתָּ אֶת אֲבִיהֶם וְכִהֲנוּ לִי וְהָיְתָה לִהְיֹת לָהֶם מָשְׁחָתָם לִכְהֻנַּת עוֹלָם לְדֹרֹתָם:

καὶ ἀλείψεις αὐτούς ὃν τρόπον ἤλειψας τὸν πατέρα αὐτῶν καὶ ἱερατεύσουσίν μοι καὶ ἔσται ὥστε εἶναι αὐτοῖς χρῖσμα ἱερατείας εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα εἰς τὰς γενεὰς αὐτῶν

15 And thou shalt anoint them, as thou didst anoint their father, that they may minister unto me in the priest's office: for their anointing shall surely be an everlasting priesthood throughout their generations.

טז. וַיַּעַשׂ משֶׁה כְּכֹל אֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֹתוֹ כֵּן עָשָׂה:

καὶ ἐποίησεν Μωυσῆς πάντα ὅσα ἐνετείλατο αὐτῷ κύριος οὕτως ἐποίησεν

Fecitque Moyses omnia quæ præceperat Dominus.

16 Thus did Moses: according to all that the LORD commanded him, so did he.

יז. וַיְהִי בַּחֹדֶשׁ הָרִאשׁוֹן בַּשָּׁנָה הַשֵּׁנִית בְּאֶחָד לַחֹדֶשׁ הוּקַם הַמִּשְׁכָּן:

καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ μηνὶ τῷ πρώτῳ τῷ δευτέρῳ ἔτει ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου νουμηνίᾳ ἐστάθη ἡ σκηνή

Igitur mense primo anni secundi, prima die mensis, collocatum est tabernaculum.

17 And it came to pass in the first month in the second year, on the first day of the month, that the tabernacle was reared up.

יח. וַיָּקֶם משֶׁה אֶת הַמִּשְׁכָּן וַיִּתֵּן אֶת אֲדָנָיו וַיָּשֶׂם אֶת קְרָשָׁיו וַיִּתֵּן אֶת בְּרִיחָיו וַיָּקֶם אֶת עַמּוּדָיו:

καὶ ἔστησεν Μωυσῆς τὴν σκηνὴν καὶ ἐπέθηκεν τὰς κεφαλίδας καὶ διενέβαλεν τοὺς μοχλοὺς καὶ ἔστησεν τοὺς στύλους

Erexitque Moyses illud, et posuit tabulas ac bases et vectes, statuitque columnas,

18 And Moses reared up the tabernacle, and fastened his sockets, and set up the boards thereof, and put in the bars thereof, and reared up his pillars.

יט. וַיִּפְרֹשׂ אֶת הָאֹהֶל עַל הַמִּשְׁכָּן וַיָּשֶׂם אֶת מִכְסֵה הָאֹהֶל עָלָיו מִלְמָעְלָה כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֶת משֶׁה:

καὶ ἐξέτεινεν τὰς αὐλαίας ἐπὶ τὴν σκηνὴν καὶ ἐπέθηκεν τὸ κατακάλυμμα τῆς σκηνῆς ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς ἄνωθεν καθὰ συνέταξεν κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ

et expandit tectum super tabernaculum, imposito desuper operimento, sicut Dominus imperaverat.

19 And he spread abroad the tent over the tabernacle, and put the covering of the tent above upon it; as the LORD commanded Moses.

כ. וַיִּקַּח וַיִּתֵּן אֶת הָעֵדֻת אֶל הָאָרֹן וַיָּשֶׂם אֶת הַבַּדִּים עַל הָאָרֹן וַיִּתֵּן אֶת הַכַּפֹּרֶת עַל הָאָרֹן מִלְמָעְלָה:

καὶ λαβὼν τὰ μαρτύρια ἐνέβαλεν εἰς τὴν κιβωτὸν καὶ ὑπέθηκεν τοὺς διωστῆρας ὑπὸ τὴν κιβωτὸν

Posuit et testimonium in arca, subditis infra vectibus, et oraculum desuper.

20 And he took and put the testimony into the ark, and set the staves on the ark, and put the mercy seat above upon the ark:

כא. וַיָּבֵא אֶת הָאָרֹן אֶל הַמִּשְׁכָּן וַיָּשֶׂם אֵת פָּרֹכֶת הַמָּסָךְ וַיָּסֶךְ עַל אֲרוֹן הָעֵדוּת כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֶת משֶׁה:

καὶ εἰσήνεγκεν τὴν κιβωτὸν εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν καὶ ἐπέθηκεν τὸ κατακάλυμμα τοῦ καταπετάσματος καὶ ἐσκέπασεν τὴν κιβωτὸν τοῦ μαρτυρίου ὃν τρόπον συνέταξεν κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ

Cumque intulisset arcam in tabernaculum, appendit ante eam velum ut expleret Domini jussionem.

21 And he brought the ark into the tabernacle, and set up the vail of the covering, and covered the ark of the testimony; as the LORD commanded Moses.

כב. וַיִּתֵּן אֶת הַשֻּׁלְחָן בְּאֹהֶל מוֹעֵד עַל יֶרֶךְ הַמִּשְׁכָּן צָפֹנָה מִחוּץ לַפָּרֹכֶת:

καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν τράπεζαν εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἐπὶ τὸ κλίτος τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου τὸ πρὸς βορρᾶν ἔξωθεν τοῦ καταπετάσματος τῆς σκηνῆς

Posuit et mensam in tabernaculo testimonii ad plagam septentrionalem extra velum,

22 And he put the table in the tent of the congregation, upon the side of the tabernacle northward, without the vail.

כג. וַיַּעֲרֹךְ עָלָיו עֵרֶךְ לֶחֶם לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֶת משֶׁה:

καὶ προέθηκεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς ἄρτους τῆς προθέσεως ἔναντι κυρίου ὃν τρόπον συνέταξεν κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ

ordinatis coram propositionis panibus, sicut præceperat Dominus Moysi.

23 And he set the bread in order upon it before the LORD; as the LORD had commanded Moses.

כד. וַיָּשֶׂם אֶת הַמְּנֹרָה בְּאֹהֶל מוֹעֵד נֹכַח הַשֻּׁלְחָן עַל יֶרֶךְ הַמִּשְׁכָּן נֶגְבָּה:

καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν λυχνίαν εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου εἰς τὸ κλίτος τῆς σκηνῆς τὸ πρὸς νότον

Posuit et candelabrum in tabernaculo testimonii e regione mensæ in parte australi,

24 And he put the candlestick in the tent of the congregation, over against the table, on the side of the tabernacle southward.

כה. וַיַּעַל הַנֵּרֹת לִפְנֵי יְהֹוָה כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֶת משֶׁה:

καὶ ἐπέθηκεν τοὺς λύχνους αὐτῆς ἔναντι κυρίου ὃν τρόπον συνέταξεν κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ

locatis per ordinem lucernis, juxta præceptum Domini.

25 And he lighted the lamps before the LORD; as the LORD commanded Moses.

כו. וַיָּשֶׂם אֶת מִזְבַּח הַזָּהָב בְּאֹהֶל מוֹעֵד לִפְנֵי הַפָּרֹכֶת:

καὶ ἔθηκεν τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἀπέναντι τοῦ καταπετάσματος

Posuit et altare aureum sub tecto testimonii contra velum,

26 And he put the golden altar in the tent of the congregation before the vail:

כז. וַיַּקְטֵר עָלָיו קְטֹרֶת סַמִּים כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֶת משֶׁה:

καὶ ἐθυμίασεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὸ θυμίαμα τῆς συνθέσεως καθάπερ συνέταξεν κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ

et adolevit super eo incensum aromatum, sicut jusserat Dominus Moysi.

27 And he burnt sweet incense thereon; as the LORD commanded Moses.

כח. וַיָּשֶׂם אֶת מָסַךְ הַפֶּתַח לַמִּשְׁכָּן:

Posuit et tentorium in introitu tabernaculi testimonii,

28 And he set up the hanging at the door of the tabernacle.

כט. וְאֵת מִזְבַּח הָעֹלָה שָׂם פֶּתַח מִשְׁכַּן אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וַיַּעַל עָלָיו אֶת הָעֹלָה וְאֶת הַמִּנְחָה כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֶת משֶׁה:

καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τῶν καρπωμάτων ἔθηκεν παρὰ τὰς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς

et altare holocausti in vestibulo testimonii, offerens in eo holocaustum, et sacrificia, ut Dominus imperaverat.

29 And he put the altar of burnt offering by the door of the tabernacle of the tent of the congregation, and offered upon it the burnt offering and the meat offering; as the LORD commanded Moses.

ל. וַיָּשֶׂם אֶת הַכִּיֹּר בֵּין אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וּבֵין הַמִּזְבֵּחַ וַיִּתֵּן שָׁמָּה מַיִם לְרָחְצָה:

Labrum quoque statuit inter tabernaculum testimonii et altare, implens illud aqua.

30 And he set the laver between the tent of the congregation and the altar, and put water there, to wash withal.

לא. וְרָחֲצוּ מִמֶּנּוּ משֶׁה וְאַהֲרֹן וּבָנָיו אֶת יְדֵיהֶם וְאֶת רַגְלֵיהֶם:

Laveruntque Moyses et Aaron ac filii ejus manus suas et pedes,

31 And Moses and Aaron and his sons washed their hands and their feet thereat:

לב. בְּבֹאָם אֶל אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וּבְקָרְבָתָם אֶל הַמִּזְבֵּחַ יִרְחָצוּ כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהֹוָה אֶת משֶׁה:

cum ingrederentur tectum fœderis, et accederent ad altare, sicut præceperat Dominus Moysi.

32 When they went into the tent of the congregation, and when they came near unto the altar, they washed; as the LORD commanded Moses.

לג. וַיָּקֶם אֶת הֶחָצֵר סָבִיב לַמִּשְׁכָּן וְלַמִּזְבֵּחַ וַיִּתֵּן אֶת מָסַךְ שַׁעַר הֶחָצֵר וַיְכַל משֶׁה אֶת הַמְּלָאכָה:

καὶ ἔστησεν τὴν αὐλὴν κύκλῳ τῆς σκηνῆς καὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου καὶ συνετέλεσεν Μωυσῆς πάντα τὰ ἔργα

Erexit et atrium per gyrum tabernaculi et altaris, ducto in introitu ejus tentorio. Postquam omnia perfecta sunt,

33 And he reared up the court round about the tabernacle and the altar, and set up the hanging of the court gate. So Moses finished the work.

לד. וַיְכַס הֶעָנָן אֶת אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וּכְבוֹד יְהֹוָה מָלֵא אֶת הַמִּשְׁכָּן:

καὶ ἐκάλυψεν ἡ νεφέλη τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου καὶ δόξης κυρίου ἐπλήσθη ἡ σκηνή

operuit nubes tabernaculum testimonii, et gloria Domini implevit illud.

34 Then a cloud covered the tent of the congregation, and the glory of the LORD filled the tabernacle.

לה. וְלֹא יָכֹל משֶׁה לָבוֹא אֶל אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד כִּי שָׁכַן עָלָיו הֶעָנָן וּכְבוֹד יְהֹוָה מָלֵא אֶת הַמִּשְׁכָּן:

καὶ οὐκ ἠδυνάσθη Μωυσῆς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου ὅτι ἐπεσκίαζεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὴν ἡ νεφέλη καὶ δόξης κυρίου ἐπλήσθη ἡ σκηνή

Nec poterat Moyses ingredi tectum fœderis, nube operiente omnia, et majestate Domini coruscante, quia cuncta nubes operuerat.

35 And Moses was not able to enter into the tent of the congregation, because the cloud abode thereon, and the glory of the LORD filled the tabernacle.

לו. וּבְהֵעָלוֹת הֶעָנָן מֵעַל הַמִּשְׁכָּן יִסְעוּ בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל בְּכֹל מַסְעֵיהֶם:

ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἂν ἀνέβη ἡ νεφέλη ἀπὸ τῆς σκηνῆς ἀνεζεύγνυσαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ σὺν τῇ ἀπαρτίᾳ αὐτῶν

Siquando nubes tabernaculum deserebat, proficiscebantur filii Israël per turmas suas:

36 And when the cloud was taken up from over the tabernacle, the children of Israel went onward in all their journeys:

לז. וְאִם לֹא יֵעָלֶה הֶעָנָן וְלֹא יִסְעוּ עַד יוֹם הֵעָלֹתוֹ:

εἰ δὲ μὴ ἀνέβη ἡ νεφέλη οὐκ ἀνεζεύγνυσαν ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνέβη ἡ νεφέλη

si pendebat desuper, manebant in eodem loco.

37 But if the cloud were not taken up, then they journeyed not till the day that it was taken up.

לח. כִּי עֲנַן יְהֹוָה עַל הַמִּשְׁכָּן יוֹמָם וְאֵשׁ תִּהְיֶה לַיְלָה בּוֹ לְעֵינֵי כָל בֵּית יִשְׂרָאֵל בְּכָל מַסְעֵיהֶם:

νεφέλη γὰρ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς ἡμέρας καὶ πῦρ ἦν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς νυκτὸς ἐναντίον παντὸς Ισραηλ ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἀναζυγαῖς αὐτῶν

Nubes quippe Domini incubabat per diem tabernaculo, et ignis in nocte, videntibus cunctis populis Israël per cunctas mansiones suas.

38 For the cloud of the LORD was upon the tabernacle by day, and fire was on it by night, in the sight of all the house of Israel, throughout all their journeys.

Permanent link

http://www2.hf.uio.no/common/apps/permlink/permlink.php?app=polyglotta&context=ctext&uid=bd268105-a4bd-11e4-856a-001cc4ddf0f4

Choose languages

Choose images, etc.

Choose languages

Choose display